The URL can be used to link to this page

03/17/2004 Contract00118IThe Danny L. Kolhage (305) 292-3550 Office (305) 295-3663 Fax To: Peter Horton, Director KWIA Attn: Bevette Moore From: Isabel C. DeSantis,� f.1"' /, Deputy Clerk Date: Tuesday, April 20, 2004 At the BOCC meeting of March 17, 2004 the Board approved the following: Agreement between Monroe County and Hospitality Institute Public Preservation, (H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc.) concerning the Noise Insulation Program for the Key West International Airport. Attached hereto are three duplicate originals of the above document for your handling. Should you have any questions concerning the above, please do not hesitate to contact this office. cc: Finance County Attorney ,/File R M NN 0EE COUN BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS Noise Insulation Program - Phase 2 Key West International Airport AIP No. 3-12-00.37-1802 URS Contract No. C500004059.22 PROJECT MANUAL BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS MAYOR, Dixie M. Spehar, District 1 Mayor Pro Tem, Murray E. Nelson, District 5 Commissioner George Neugent, District 2 Commissioner Charles "Sonny" McCoy, District 3 Commissioner David P. Rice, District.4 James L. Roberts County Administrator November 2003 Prepared by: • jp- The Jones Payne Group VOLUME 1 OF 2 Peter J. Horton Airport Manager SECTION 00010 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1 Division 0 — Bidding and Contracting Requirements Section 00001 Project Title Page Section 00010 Table of Contents Bidding Requirements Section 00103 Invitation to Bid Section 00200 Instructions to Bidders Section 00210 Supplementary Instructions to Bidders Section 00220 Bid Scope Section 00250 Pre -Bid Meeting Bid Forms Section 00410 Bid Form Section 00430 Bid Bond (AIA Document A310) Section 00431 Performance of Work by Subcontractors Section 00432 Unit Price Form Section 00450 Non -Collusion Affidavit Section 00451 Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause Section 00452 Drug -Free Workplace Form Section 00453 Equal Employment Opportunity Report Statement Section 00454 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Assurance Section 00455 Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities Section 00456 Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility, and Voluntary Exclusion Section 00457 Certification Regarding Foreign Participation Section 00458 Sworn Statement Pursuant to Section 287.133(3)(a), F.S., on Public Entity Crimes Section 00459 Buy American Certification Contracting Requirements Section 00500 Agreement (Monroe County — Contractor Noise Insulation Contract) Section 00540 Attachments to Agreement (Monroe County - Homeowner Noise Insulation Contract) Section 00614 Public Construction Bond Section 00615 Payment Bond Section 00616 Performance Bond General Conditions Section 00700 General Conditions Contract Forms Section 00901 Contract Forms TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010-1 SECTION 00010 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 2 Location Map General Notes Drawings Details Specifications Division 1 - General Requirements Section 01100 Summary Section 01140 Work Restrictions Section 01250 Contract Modification Procedures Section 01270 Unit Prices Section 01290 Payment Procedures Section 01310 Project Management and Coordination Section 01320 Construction Progress Documentation Section 01330 Submittal Procedure Section 01400 Quality Requirements Section 01420 References Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls Section 01600 Product Requirements Section 01700 Execution Requirements Section 01731 Cutting and Patching Section 01732 Selective Demolition Section 01770 Closeout Procedures Section 01781 Project Record Documents Division 2 — Site Work — Not Used Division 3 — Concrete Section 03301 Cast in Place Concrete Section 03930 Concrete Rehabilitation Division 4 —Masonry Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Division 5 — Metals — Not Used TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 2 _ Division 6 — Woods and Plastics Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 06200 Finish Carpentry Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07210 Building Insulation Section 07460 Siding Section 07655 Self -Adhering Flashing Section 07920 Joint Sealants Division 8 — Doors and Windows Section 08120 Aluminum Swinging French Doors - SD -SW Section 08128 Sound Control Aluminum French Doors - EFRM Section 08163 Sound Control Aluminum Sliding Glass Doors - EGLM Section 08215 Wood Doors and Frames Section 08345 Sound Control Steel Doors — EPOS, EPM Section 08520 Aluminum Windows Section 08585 Storm Windows Section 08710 Door Hardware Section 08800 Glazing Division 9 — Finishes Section 09220 Portland Cement Plaster Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies Section 09911 Painting Section 09931 Exterior Wood Stains Division 10 —Specialties Section 10230 Vents Section 10715 Storm Panels and Shutters Divisions 11 —14 Not Used Division 15 — Mechanical Section 15010 Mechanical General Requirements Section 15100 HVAC Systems in an Unconditioned Residence Section 15200 HVAC Units in a Conditioned Residence Section 15300 HVAC System Test and Balance Division 16 — Electrical Section 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 3 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK TABLE OF CONTENTS uuui u - 4 ADDENDUM No. 1 December 29. 2003 t0 Specifications and Other Contract Documents for Noise Insulation Program -Phase 2 Key West International Airport Monroe County, Florida A. I . P. No. 3-12-0037-1802 TO ALL CONCERNED: The following items are modifications and interpretations to the original contract documents_ The following items as provided hereinafter are now in effect and have the same force as if included in the original documents. Please sign this page of the addendum and return by fax (305) 261-4017 to confirm your receipt. This Addendum No. 1 consists of 12 total pages. URS Corporation Signature Signature / Name Tibe Addendum No. 1 Pagel ADDENDUM No. 1 December 29, 2003 to Specifications and Other Contract Documents for Noise Insulation Program -Phase 2 Key West International Airport Monroe County, Florida A.I.P. No. 3-12-0037-1802 This addendum to the Contract Documents includes modifications to the following: A. Modification to the specifications Contractor must submit at the time of the bid the Prime Bidder's Qualifications form (See attachment). B. Modification to drawings Missing pages from the drawings in the second volume. (See attachment) C. Respond to plan holder's questions (see attachment) Questions by Superior Insulation (12-26-03) Question No. 1- What need to be in the letter of interest? Could you fax me a copy of one? Response: Not required. Question No.2- Do we have to meet the 2003 hurricane code for windows, doors and other materials? Response: Yes, 2003 Hurricane code for windows, doors, and other materials will have to be met for this project. Question No.3- Are the new codes for new construction or existing, (remodeling) construction? Response: The code shall be followed for new construction. Question No.4- Are there any addendums for this project? Response: Addendum No.1. Addendum No. 1 Page 2 All items and conditions of the original contract documents shall remain unchanged. ff 12-29-03 Department Director or Designee Date Division Director or Designee Date Purchasing Supervisor (Designee). Date Addendum No. 1 Page 3 PRIME BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS Each contractor shall furnish with his bid the following completed and signed statements on "evidence of competency" and "evidence of financial responsibility". 1. Name of Bidder: 2. Business Address: 3. Telephone Number: 4. When Organized: 5. Where Incorporated: 6. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under the present firm name? 7. What is the type of construction work in which you are principally engaged?_ 8. On separate sheet list major contracts in past 10 years. 9. On separate sheet list equipment and plant available for this project. 10. Enclose a copy of latest Financial Statement. 11. Credit Available for this Contract: $ 12. Contracts now in hand, Gross Amount: $ 13. Have you ever refused to sign a contract at your original bid? Addendum No. 1 Page 4 Lc) 7------------------------------------------------- -1 m N 1 Go t 1 ' 1 pp 3 7 1 = Z00 NO y• #L �� ti s '� 3� O �: I I • i S I 1 oei t 1 1 >� a O m 3 - 1 a 1 ti o-+ D z 5o a i� 7a -s x j 1 c O e • 1 �S 11 Y 1 o c V • O Vt ny z iY4 � 0 ."+ W go: O ((11 p p El m O N • m 1 •C l4 � • Op c O a m m g c 9 117 LL s V O v in O m l Q E O. G a v c� 0 E E = � o s m� Y; • m o v LZ CD .Z N oC• = a� c 'ao c O0 3 °D So Too rn bV p U m p a n c o a m 3m 3 t7 q' m _ C. c G O O C e O C C C e N N N N N N CV N N O O • O m e c c c c C C c c ma c c C Yn N N N Z o a o n n m ti a a v a c v3i i m c��i M v, s p, G C G m � • • a . i. T C? ti e Q EEE E E E EEE N C 1 maw a+ c o N N v' N '* N e- to S m O 9 9 v y e a Q 1 tu 3 3v. Ve Z ►- E E E E E E E E E E 10 G • �0 :��'��,sf a C � m m m m •ul Q .0 M m m q m m H 77 iW CL CL E t E p E E L W m e £c x m r s O p '= v� E v -<' % •� k Nf N r] N ky X 7h x X tD X h X X N x .G^'. �:• 0:-...: = O O� 10.1 0 0 0 O O OXi t0 Of O tp M N ...; 3C •n_ W- x to X O OD X OD CD pia' i ;: �' 'o /9 N ry . :d ik N Q h t0 A 4 r'. m Os o .- '? at m a cr v e' o Iv Z m m —� o D, Z � O •uiw ui J T — T cc T m J � U CD to to G 0 ,•1 O - � 00 C J N m C O ml6 � 3 _ 3 m'-'�c3coaai�a L rn0.cv� mo�'a��_ >,aa? O ...— ao'a� CD m o cao o -a a 0 `- c ESL �' 0U U C — x �> +- E tII S O O p C O a O ° D m E -a c a. � Q V U O Y �; r L O _ O -- 5 ca N U C E � Q O `—' m .2 O Co 2 75 a o N ca-Q�>+�:3 N a� 0 M 0 ` Z�E0 U O C O i O y X co cII c4 -a +�� cc C6 O O Cc v Wwo-aoc03'�ctnL V a= O co a c'ci L E _0 ULEc�imc°'ca0� ,... cc :�. -a 0 a� Of J U ,�- Q i� 3 Z z t m z o C Q C C C C gC m m C C O b C C C 9 CL q a toWOd a e e c o sp C L a 1° a aa cc _ q a q e$� a m g m _m m o S tz r+ a—� a iri ' m c y a a q coYl N X X X G Q Q Ol MA� I RS z o ce t m Cc co o N LL c •% N m m m Y IF o a) z m We: -x W U N 0 3 0 0 U' CoD C �3 c X m:2 %i Cin iA W � E CE _Fo W t 0 W N 0 CD L 0 CCU CD O E c H ac O C CDN .� -G.L m � 3 C 3 0 U rn W �t 0 C "D i w E �E Co H. 0 3 0 0 U "o Co C W CD C N C X _ _ U rn N 43 C E = E N C c = m o a y y 3 y m m C U V = m AC co LJ } � � 2 , ■ Il a Q . 2 � ■ .� � 2 0 LL � f lie. | . � ` | i ] | a � s §-2 - k ! 9■ © ¢ 227 $ �& , ;2 k:.} ƒ cf. S I !|I) § k I a k -C - ell ■ ;|! o . Lai 14 » § 2 i | a ■■��- ■-- ,_ ■■!°■! ! �- £ ;,.|! - 0� c a 2 © ■ : - a «. § * , I ■ oo ■■� =■§a.�l.� � !$;$;� � � � . �Qaa!!■!|!!;lam boa ,■ �!■ !!|.■� !• ' , a ®`§_/ •-- §-! ' ! -- ]| ` }-■!■-■;■$J -°�■■,|a.■�■-� l--�}$ / 2- <|� _ƒ§ kƒ ■� � }� .2§ � 22}!i$ƒ$��ƒ2f}B §kk/!§ � & § t @ ■ ■ I i ` | .I � 9 2 a ■ ; ■ (N. . .. . , 2.., ; Mr."L k / IM0.1 C, i. Cl CA cS a CL 10 > = oft LL CD a CD IV (5 CL C)� AD OD a V.W. to 0 cil. pp IOU V 100 cc RM, CL r- 1p IE o 3: u c 0 ci 4m Z 'cc CE oc 0 a 122. Or- c cc ce o LU lw 0 c '0 0 03 4 '0D O 0 C; 10 c ea c r-,E 9) cm c .W.W c v > 'SE 0 0 c L) C L CL C13 S E w 0 0 2 N G i.• N o r, U h � co a 'av O H Z. n. N �, f 20 �0 f O C O2� = O Z O am S:t + E E i ... •'c � c - M T N N r. c. o c � "Ia ,� o t s c y E o e. 3•;. x to �_ g e o` s s.y O •'3 gn ca du ..03 er a o, C� a h E " c N Cp b a �:•:i co qec a a Q 0. u u t.. „ tJ to `ex. V u c e e 3 u u it ._•. u E u o u ..' . u •� �. � o = O O N u a N - a^ C N •` _ '� O. E..p• a W 3 u Z u o m V U v . c c e to c •K c,.^ Y E OA N v �"•G Oit C x y N« 3„ z> o - ap to ; to e eo 3 0 , j u v u a in to G y N E G •h — c u w u C .c — __ x 'O L > u 'u > > > Y o > N H u c6 c, n`, ci y c] ri y U N t'1 Q 'O o 0 Z rn Z t0 a r � � a� m m � . ; V Ch o a A Superior Insulation 4077 Second Street Wayne, M148184 Phone :734-72B-9526 Fax 734-728-9207 superioirihsulation@ameritech.com 12-26-03 Andres Gutierrez, I have some questions that I hope you can answer on Phase 2 RSIP Key West International Airport project 1.) What needs to be in the fetter of interest? Could you fax me a copy of one. 2.) Do we have to meet the 20M hurricane code for windows doors and other material ? 3_) Are the new codes for new construction or existing,] remodeling) construction? 4.) Are there any Addendums for this project? Sincerely, Terese Clendening Project Manager Superior Insulation 1-734-2166940 Addendum No. 1 Page 12 00103 — Notice of Calling for Bids BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00103 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN that on , 20_, at , at the Purchasing Office, a committee consisting of the Director of the Office of Management & Budget, the County Administrator, the County Attorney_, and the requesting Division Director or their designees, will open sealed bids for the following: Key West International Airport Noise Insulation Program — Phase 2 All bids must be received by the Purchasing Office, 1100 Simonton Street, Room 2-213, Key West, Florida 33040 on or before on , 20_. Any bids received after this date and time will be automatically rejected. Only Pre -qualified Bidders are eligible to submit a Bid. A mandatory pre -bid meeting will be held on , 20_, at in the Project Office, which is located on the second floor of the airport terminal building, adjacent to the airport administrative offices. Bidders shall submit two (2) signed originals and four (4) complete copies of each bid in a sealed envelope marked on the outside, "Sealed Bid for Key West International Airport Noise Insulation Program — Phase 2." All bids must remain valid for a period of 120 days. The Board will automatically reject the bid of any person or affiliate who appears on the convicted vendor list prepared by the Department of General Services, State of Florida, under Section 287.017 of the Florida Statutes. All bidders submitting bids for construction, improvement, remodeling or repair of public buildings, will furnish evidence that the bidder holds an appropriate current certificate or registration per Ch. 489.131 F.S. unless exempt under Ch. 489.103 F.S. All bids, including the recommendation of the County Administrator and the requesting Department Head, will be presented to the Board of County Commissioners of Monroe County, for final awarding or otherwise. The Board reserves the right to reject any and all bids, to waive informalities in any or all bids, and to re -advertise for bids. The Board also reserves the right to separately accept or reject any item or items of bid and to award and/or negotiate a contract in the best interest of the County. Further information may be obtained by contacting the Sponsor's Representative, Deborah Murphy, URS Corporation, 7650 W. Courtney Campbell Causeway, Tampa, FL 33607, (813) 636-2445. Additional copies of the Project Manual (Volumes 1 and 2) can be obtained for the non-refundable sum of $100.00 per set, payable to URS Corporation. Dated at Key West, Florida, this day of 20 Monroe County Purchasing Department INVITATION TO BID URS Corporation 00103 - 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK INVITATION TO BID URS Corporation 00103 - 2 00200 - Instructions to Bidders BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS To be considered, Bids must be made in accordance with these Instructions to Bidders. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders, which are defined in the General Conditions, shall have the same meanings or definitions as assigned to them in the General Conditions. 1.2 Bidding Documents include the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, Bid Scope, Bid Form, and other sample bidding and contract forms and the proposed Contract Documents including any addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids. The Contract Documents proposed for the Work consist of the Agreement, Attachments to the Agreement, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Technical Specifications, Drawings, and other sample contract forms. 1.3 Wherever the following terms appear throughout the Contract Documents, they shall have the meaning as defined herein: 1.3.1 The "Sponsor" is the Monroe County Board of County Commissioners (BOCC), as Sponsor and operator of Key West International Airport. 1.3.2 The "Sponsor's Representative" is URS Corporation, 7650 Corporate Center Dr., Suite 400, Miami, FL, (305) 262-7466. 1.3.3 The "Architect" is The Jones Payne Group, 321 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02210, (617) 790-3747. 1.3.4 The "Engineer" is URS Corporation, 7650 Corporate Center Dr., Suite 400, Miami, FL, (305) 262-7466. 1.3.5 The "Acoustical Engineer" is Wyle Laboratories, 2001 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22202, (703) 415-4550. 1.3.6 The "Project Office" is located at 3491 S. Roosevelt Blvd., Key West International Airport, Key West, FL 33040, (305) 296-3518. 1.3.7 The "Homeowner" is each individual owner of private residential property participating in the Noise Insulation Program. 1.4 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Sponsor through the Sponsor's Representative prior to the receipt of Bids which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS URS Corporation 00200 - 1 perly al to do thWork 1.5 A Bid is a complete and pro orsigned Alternates stipulated therein, for and submitted in any Sponsor options accordance with the Bidding Documents. offers to rm 1.6 The Base Bid is the sum statedin the ' as the baset to whichd for which he rmay be added frohm Work described in the Bidding Documents which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids or Sponsor Option Bids. 1,7 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount f the tated in the chan'get be Work srdescr bed deducted from the amount of the Base Bid corresponding in the Bidding Documents, is accepted. 1.8 A Sponsor Option Bid (or Option) is an amount stated in the Bid, which can be exercised by the Sponsor through the Architect, for the corresponding change in the work as described in the Bidding Documents. This Sponsor Option can be exercised at any time during the contract duration. 1.9 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid. 1.10 A Sub -bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials or labor for a portion of the Work. 1.11 The term "provide" means "furnish and install." Wherever "provide" or "furnish and install" are used, this shall mean purchase, and all purchasing requirements and procedures, and installation complete, as per the specified or implied requirements. 1.12 The term "perform" means to comply fully with the specified or implied requirements. ARTICLE 2 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1 One set of Bid Documents will be provided to each qualified Bidder. Additional sets will be provided upon a non-refundable payment of $100.00 per set, cash, check or money order made payable to the Sponsor's Representative. 2.2 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids where applicable. Neither the Sponsor, the Sponsor's Representative, the Architect, nor the Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 3 EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 Before Submitting a Bid: 3.1.1 Each Bidder shall thoroughly examine all the Bidding Documents. th local 3.1.2 Each Bidder affectall 't the the costa progress,to roehimself perfo performance of the Work. conditions that may in any manner nn9nn - 9 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS URS Corporation 3.2 The residential properties upon which the Work is to be performed are thr private property of Homeowners participating in the Noise Insulation Program. Rights -of -way and easements for access thereto are Public Land. All additional lands, and access thereto, required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment other than at locations indicated on the Drawings are to be provided by the Contractor. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, right-of-ways for access thereto, and other lands designated for use by the Contractors in performing the Work are identified in the General Requirements or Drawings. 3.3 Sponsor will provide each Bidder an opportunity to access the project residences (for a maximum of 15 minutes per residence) during the Pre -Bid Conference to gather data and conduct such explorations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Seven days prior to the Pre -Bid Conference, Bidder must submit to the Sponsor's Representatives, in writing, a list of residences he is interested in accessing during the Pre -Bid Conference. 3.4 Each Bidder shall study and carefully correlate his observations with the Contract Documents. 3.5 The submission of a Bid will constitute a representation by the Bidder that he has complied with every requirement of Article 3 and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance of the Work. ARTICLE 4 INTERPRETATION AND CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4.1 Bidders and Sub -bidders shall promptly notify the Sponsor's Representative of any ambiguity, inconsistency or error that they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of the site and local conditions. 4.2 Bidders and Sub -bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall submit their questions in writing to the Sponsor's Representative, no later than ten calendar days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Any interpretation, correction or change of the Bidding Documents will be accomplished by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded as having received plans. Copies of Addenda will also be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. Interpretations, corrections, or changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon such interpretations, corrections, and changes. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS URS Corporation 00200 - 3 ARTICLE 5 BIDDING PROCEDURE 5.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 5.1.1 The Bid Proposal shall be submitted on the forms included in Sections 00410, 00430, 00431, 00432 and 00450 through 00459 of these Bidding Documents with the exception of the Bid Bond, which may be submitted in alternate forms as described in Section 00 30 100431 these 00432 and 00450 throughc00459,es mustbe in Sections 00410, , properly filled out, executed, and submitted as the Bid Proposal. 5.1.2 All blanks on the Bid Form shall be filled in with ink or by typewriter. 5.1.3 Where so indicated on the Bid Form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words shall govern. 5.1.4 Any interlineation, alteration, or erasure must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. 5.1.5 All requested Alternates should be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." Failure to comply shall constitute a non -responsive bid. 5.1.6 All requested Sponsor Options should be bid. Failure to comply shall constitute a non -responsive bid. 5.2 ADDENDA 5.2.1 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting his Bid that he has received all Addenda issued, and he shall acknowledge their receipt in his Bid. 5.2.2 No Addenda will be issued later than five calendar days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except for an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. 5.2.3 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. 5.3 BID SECURITY 5.3.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Security made payable to Monroe County, in the amount of five percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price. The Bid Security shall be in the form of a certified check, cashiers check or a Bid Bond issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the form in Section 00430. If a Bid Bond is submitted as Bid Security, the attorney -in -fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the Bond a certified and current copy of his power of attorney. 5.3.2 The bid surety constitutes a pledge by the Bidder that he will enter into a Contract with the Sponsor on the terms stated in his Bid and will furnish the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS URS Corporation 00200 - 4 required Public Construction Bond, Performance Bond, and Payment Bond, as described in the General and Supplementary Conditions of this contract. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has entered into a Contract with the Sponsor and furnished the required Public Construction Bond, Performance Bond, and Payment Bond, whereupon it will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract and furnish the required Bonds, the Sponsor may annul the Notice of Award and the amount of the bid security of that Bidder shall be forfeited to the Sponsor not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. 5.3.3 The bid security of any Bidder whom the Sponsor believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the Sponsor until either (a) the Contract has been executed and the required Bond has been furnished, or (b) the one -hundred and twenty-first (121 ") day after the Bid opening, or (c) all Bids have been rejected. The bid security of the other Bidders will be returned within twenty-one (21) days of the Bid opening. 5.4 SCHEDULING, MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS, AND PERMITS 5.4.1 The overall schedule for construction is described in the Bidding Documents, Section 01100, Paragraph 1.03, "Work Sequence: Commencement, Schedule, and Completion of Work." 5.4.2 The Contractor will be required to provide adequate manpower and equipment in order to meet the requirements of the schedule. 5.4.3 The Bidders shall determine all permits, impact fees, inspections and surveys (and fees required by same) required by Federal, State, or Municipal bodies having jurisdiction over the project and shall include in his Bid Proposal the cost of all such permits, impact fees, inspections and surveys. The Contractor shall be required to secure all such permits impact fees, inspections and surveys required for the execution of this Contract, except as noted elsewhere herein (refer to subparagraph 3.7.1 on Page 00700-8 of the Contract General Conditions). The County will not assess any County building permit or County impact fees. The Contractor will be responsible for any other building permit costs or impact fees required for this project (e.g., City of Key West). 5.5 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 5.5.1 Bids shall be submitted to Monroe County at the designated location not later than the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by Addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. 5.5.2 Two (2) originals and four (4) copies of all bidding documents are to be submitted. Place the bid security in its own separate envelope, marking on the outside "Bid Security", and place all other bidding documents in another envelope, marking on the outside "Proposal Documents." Both envelopes are to be inserted in one larger envelope. If the Bid is hand -delivered, the envelope shall be filled out as follows: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS URS Corporation 00200 - 5 1. In the upper left-hand corner, place the Bidder's name and address. 2. In the center of the envelope, put the following: Monroe County Purchasing Department 1100 Simonton Street Room 2-213 Key West, FL 33040 3. In the lower left hand corner, put the following: Bid for: Key West Int'I Airport Noise Insulation Program — Phase 2 To be opened: (Date) (Time) In item 3. above, fill in the date and time for opening of the bids, in order that you may remind yourself of the deadline. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. And then address the mailing envelope in the conventional manner. 5.5.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 5.5.4 Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 5.6 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5.6.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn, or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids and each Bidder so agrees in submitting his Bid. 5.6.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, any Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to Monroe County Purchasing Department at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the bidder. The written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids, and it shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. 5.6.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 5.6.4 Bid Security shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. 5.6.5 Conditional, modified, or qualified bids will be rejected. Bidders are to comply with the instructions on the bid forms, and not make any changes thereto. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS URS Corporation 00200 - 6 5.7 RIGHT TO CLAIM ERROR IN BID 5.7.1 Each Bidder's original work papers, documents, and materials used in preparation of the bid shall be enclosed in an envelope and marked clearly as to contents, must be received by Monroe County Purchasing Department no later than 24 hours after the time and date for receipt of Bids, or any extension thereof made by Addendum. Bidders who fail to submit their original work papers, documents, and materials used in the preparation of the bid, as provided herein, waive all rights to claim error in the Bid. 5.7.2 Sponsor will review documents submitted within the designated time frame for the purpose of determining the validity of the Bidder's claim. 5.7.3 Following review of the Bidder's claim the Sponsor may: a. Allow the Bidder to withdraw the Bid and the Sponsor retains the Bid Security. b. Allow the Bidder to withdraw the Bid and the Sponsor returns the Bid Security. c. Allow the Bidder to enter into contract for the proposed Work at the original Bid price. ARTICLE 6 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 6.1 OPENING OF BIDS 6.1.1 The properly identified Bids received on time will be opened at the Monroe County Purchasing Department. 6.1.2 Any Bid not received by the Purchasing Department on or before the deadline for receipt of bids designated in the Invitation to Bid will be returned unopened. 6.2 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN 6.2.1 All Bids shall remain open one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date designated for receipt of Bids. 6.2.2 The Sponsor may, at his sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and return the Bid Security before one hundred and twenty (120) days has elapsed. 6.3 AWARD OF CONTRACT 6.3.1 The Sponsor reserves the right to reject any and all Bids or any part of a Bid, to waive the right to disregard all nonconforming, non -responsive or conditional Bids. 6.3.2 In evaluating Bids, the Sponsor may consider the qualifications of the bidders and whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements in the Bid Instruction. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS URS Corporation 00200 - 7 6.3.3 The Sponsor shall have the right to accept alternates. The alternates will be accepted only in the order they are listed; alternate number one will be accepted first, alternate number two, second, and so on. 6.3.4 Thd Sponsor may consider the qualifications and experience of subcontractors and/or other entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work. Bidders shall submit their listing of subcontractors as required in Section 00431, Performance of Work by Subcontractors. 6.3.5 The Sponsor may conduct such investigations as he deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of the Bidders, proposed subcontractors, and other persons or organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the Sponsor's satisfaction within the prescribed time. The Sponsor has the right to conduct Bid Clarification meetings with any Bidder, to determine if Bidder has bid the scope of work in its entirety. Bidder shall be required to attend Bid Clarification meetings, as necessary. 6.3.6 The Sponsor reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder who does not pass any such evaluation to their satisfaction. 6.3.7 If the Contract is awarded, it will be awarded to the Bidder whose evaluation by the Sponsor shows him to be responsible and has indicated to the Sponsor that the award will be in the best interests of the Project. 6.3.8 If the Contract is to be awarded, the Sponsor's Representative will issue the Notice of Award to the successful Bidder within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of receipt of bids. The Sponsor reserves the right to return all Bids, not make any awards, and cancel the Project. 6.3.9 The Sponsor is tax exempt and reserves the right to purchase directly various construction materials and equipment that may be a part of the Contract. If the Sponsor elects to make a particular purchase, the Sponsor will, via a Purchase _ Contract, purchase the materials and equipment, and the Contractor shall assist the Sponsor's Representative in the preparation of these Purchase Contracts, including providing to the Sponsor appropriate tax credits. 6.4 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 6.4.1 The Contractor shall sign and deliver four copies of the Contract Agreement to the Sponsor's Representative prior to the Board of County Commissioners Meeting scheduled to approve a Notice of Award. All other Contract Documents such as the Public Construction Bond, Performance Bond, Payment Bond and Insurance Certificates are to be provided to the Sponsor's Representative within five days after receipt of Notice of Award. A Notice to Proceed will be issued to the Contractor upon satisfactory compliance with these provisions. In no event shall the failure of the Contractor to provide satisfactory bond and insurance certificates within the stipulated time be cause for an extension of the contract time. The Sponsor's Representative will return one fully executed copy of the Contract Agreement to the Contractor. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS URS Corporation 00200 - 8 ARTICLE 7 SPECIAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 7.1 Each Bidder, before submitting the Bid, shall familiarize itself with all Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances, permit fees, impact fees, rules and regulations that may apply to the Work or that may in any manner affect the cost, progress, or performance of the Work. END OF SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS URS Corporation 00200 - 9 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS URS Corporation 00 - 00210 — Supplementary Instructions to Bidders BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00210 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) administers an airport grant program that provides funds to eligible airports for a variety of projects. The program, which is known as the Airport Improvement Program (AIP), is authorized by the Airport and Airway Improvement Act (AAIA) of 1982. The work in this contract is included in AIP Project Number 3-12-0037-1802 which is being undertaken and accomplished by the Sponsor in accordance with the terms and conditions of a grant agreement between the Sponsor and the United States, under the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982 and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR Part 152), pursuant to which the United States has agreed to pay a certain percentage of the costs of the project that are determined to be allowable project costs under that Act. The United States is not a party to this Contract and no reference in this Contract to the FAA or any representative thereof, or to any rights granted to the FAA or any representative thereof, or the United States, by the Contract, makes the United States a party to this Contract. LABOR PROVISIONS - FOR CONTRACTS When AIP projects involve construction contracts in excess of $2,000, provisions of other Federal laws and regulations involving wage rates, overtime pay and kickbacks become applicable, as outlined in FAA Order 5100.38A, Airport Improvement Program Handbook, Chapter 8, Section 2, dated 10/24/89, and Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5100-6D, Labor Requirements for the Airport Improvement Program (AIP), dated 10/15/86. 1. Each Sponsor entering into a Construction Contract over Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) for an Airport Development project is required to insert in the Contract the following provisions from 29 CFR 5.5. Each Contractor is to include these provisions in each Construction Subcontract. a. Minimum Waaes: (1) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act [29 CFR Part 3]), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1 (b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of subparagraph a. (4) below; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of Work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in paragraph d. of this clause. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under a. (2) of this section) and the Davis -Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the Contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the Work in a prominent and accessible place where it can easily be seen by the workers. (2) (1) The Contracting Officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the Contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The Contracting Officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (A) The Work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (B) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 1 TO BIDDERS (C) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (ii) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the Contracting Officer aogrtr of on the classificationtaken halal nd be senwaget by rate (including Contractingthe designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), Officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. ify,oepd Department f Labor, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will app notify every additional classification action within thirty (30) days of receipt and so advise he contractingroeoff 'd cer byr hel Offs et of Contracting officer within the thirty (30) day period that additional time is necessary. (APP Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140.) (ili) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be .employed in the classification or their representatives, and the Contracting Officer Do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), the Contracting Officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and he recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within thirty (30) days of ACropt and so advise or notify the v d by he Office of Management and1Bu ge underng Officer tOMB control the thirty nu0mbery1215-01 0� that additional time is necessary. (pp (iv) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (2) (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this Contract from the first day on which work is performed in he classification. (3) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the Contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (4) If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the Contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipate din providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the Plan or Program. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140.) b. Withholding. The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of he Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor under this Contract or any other Federal Contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the Contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including an apprentice, trainee or helper, employed or working on the site of work, all or part of the wages required by the Contract, the FAA may, after written notice to the Contractor, Sponsor, Applicant, or Owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. C. Payrolls and Basic Records. (1) Payrolls and Basic Records relating thereto shall be maintained by the Contractor during the course of the Work and preserved for a period of three 93) years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the Work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act,), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under a(4) of this clause that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the Plan or Program is financially responsible, and that he Plan or Program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 2 TO BIDDERS trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140 and 1215-0017.) (2) (i) The Contractor shall submit weekly, for each week in which any contract work is performed, a copy of all payrolls to the Applicant, Sponsor, or Owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the FAA. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to bed maintained under paragraph c91) above. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The prime Contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0149.) (ii) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the Contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the Contract and shall certify the following: (A) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under paragraph c (1) above and that such information is correct and complete' (B) That each laborer and mechanic (including each helper, apprentice and trainee) employed on the Contract during the payroll period has been paid the fully weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 29 CFR Part 3; (C) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the Contract. (iii) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph c.(2)(b) of this section. (iv) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the Contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States Code. (3) The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph c.(12) of this section available for inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the FAA or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the Contractor, Sponsor, Applicant or Owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. d. Apprentices and Trainees (1) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the Work they performed when they are employed pursuant to an individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first ninety (90) days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such as apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a Contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the Contractor's or subcontractor's SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 3 TO BIDDERS registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions paid the of hel apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid A i accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship 9 recognized 9 by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the Work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (2) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the Work performed unless they are employed pursuant to an individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the Plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed in the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the Work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (3) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the Equal Employment Opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. e. Compliance with Copeland Act Requirements. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this Contract. I. Subcontracts. The Contractor or Subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in paragraphs a through j of this Contract and such other clauses as the FAA may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the Contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. g. Contract Termination: Debarment. A Breach of the Contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the Contract, and for the debarment as a Contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. h. Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Act Requirements. All rulings in interpretations of the Davis - Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this Contract. i. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this Contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this Contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6 and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the Contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees of their representatives. Certification of Eligibility. (1) By entering into this Contract, the Contractor certifies that neither it (nor -he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the Contractors firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 39a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 4 TO BIDDERS (2) No part of this Contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Goverment contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. 2. The following clauses in paragraphs a., b., c., d., and e. below, required by the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, will also be inserted in full in AIR Construction contracts in excess of Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 (a) or 4.6 of Part 4 of Title 29. As used in the following, the term "laborers" and "mechanics" include watchmen and guards. a. ' Overtime Reauirements. No Contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any work week in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty (40) hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty (40) hours in such work week. b. Violations Liability for Unoaid Wages: Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph a. above, the Contractor or any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph a. above, in the sum of ten dollars ($10.00) for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty (40) hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph a. above. C. Withholdina for Unpaid Waaes and Liquidated Damages. The FAA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph b. above. d. Subcontracts. The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs a. through d. and also a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs a. through d. e. Workina Conditions. No contractor or subcontractor may require any laborer and mechanic employed in the performance of any contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his health or safety as determined under Construction Safety and Health Standards (29 CFR Part 1926) issued by the Department of Labor. 3. In addition to the provisions in 1 and 2 above, for contracts in excess of $2,000, the following is to be included in all contracts for work on airport development projects involving labor: Veterans Preference. In the employment of labor (except in executive, administrative and supervisory positions), preference shall be given to veterans of the Vietnam era and disabled veterans. However, this preference shall apply only where the individuals are available and qualified to perform the Work to which the employment relates. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 5 TO BIDDERS CIVIL RIGHTS REQUIREMENTS — FOR CONTRACTS Since the passage of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, many other laws have been passed and Executive orders issued which pertain to various aspects of civil rights. Some refer to discrimination in employment; some deal with discrimination in providing services; some with discrimination in program accessibility for persons with disabilities, etc. In many instances, the U.S. Department of Transportation and other Federal agencies issued regulations to implement the different laws and Executive orders. Many of these regulations levy requirements on recipients of Federal assistance under the airport grant program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), as outlined in FAA Order 5100.38A, Airport Improvement Program Handbook, Chapter 8, Section 2, dated 10/24/89, and Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5100-15A, Civil Rights Requirements for the Airport Improvement Program (AIP), dated 3/31/89. NONDISCRIMINATION IN BENEFITS FOR AND SERVICES TO THE PUBLIC The following clauses must be inserted in all contracts entered into by the Sponsor. Contractor Contractual Requirements During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees as follows: 1. COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS. The Contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, 'DOT') Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. NONDISCRIMINATION. The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the Contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of Subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the Contract covers a program set forth in Appendix 3 of the regulations. 3. SOLICITATIONS FOR SUBCONTRACTS, INCLUDING PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the Contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential Subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligation under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. 4. INFORMATION AND REPORTS. The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or Directives issued pursuant thereto and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such regulations, orders, and instructions. Where any information required of a Contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the Contractor shall so certify to the Sponsor or the FAA, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. SANCTIONS FOR NONCOMPLIANCE. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this Contract, the sponsor shall impose such Contract sanctions as it or the FAA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: and/or a. Withholding of payments to the Contractor under the contract until the Contractor complies, b. Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in part. 6. INCORPORATION OF PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (5) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Sponsor or the FAA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the Sponsor to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Sponsor and, in addition, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation Vue- iv - o TO BIDDERS NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT IN FEDERALLY -ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS Each Sponsor entering into a federally assisted Construction Contract over Ten Thousand Dollars (S10,000.00) is required to include the following clauses and certifications in the bid documents and in the contracts between the Sponsor and the Prime Contractor. Each Contractor is to include these clauses and certifications in each Construction Subcontract. Equal Employment Opportunity Clause — 41 CFR 60-1.4(b) During the performance of this contract the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. (3) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding a notice to be provided advising that said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (4) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (5) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records and accounts by the FAA and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and orders. (6) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this Contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. (7) The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the FAA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance; Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the FAA, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Notices to be Posted Per Paraaraohs (11 and (3) of the EEO Clause Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law — Discrimination is Prohibited by the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and by Executive Order No. 11246 Title VI I of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 — Administered by. The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Prohibits discrimination because of Race, Color, Religion, Sex, or National Origin by Employers with 75 or more SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 7 TO BIDDERS employees, by Labor Organizations with a hiring hall of 75 or more members, by Employment Agencies, and by Joint Labor -Management Committees for Apprenticeship or Training. After July 1, 1967, employers and labor organizations with 50 or more employees or members will be covered; after July 1, 1968, those with 25 or more will be covered. ANY PERSON — Who believes he or she has been discriminated against SHOULD CONTACT: The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission 2401 E Street, NW Washington, DC 20506 Executive Order No. 11246 — Administered by. The Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs Prohibits discrimination because of Race, Color, Religion, Sex, or National Origin, and requires affirmative action to ensure equality of opportunity in all aspects of employment. By all Federal Government Contractors and Subcontractors, and by Contractors Performing Work Under a Federal Assisted Construction Contract, regardless of the number of employees in either case. ANY PERSON —Who believes he or she has been discriminated against SHOULD CONTACT: The Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs US Department of Labor Washington, DC 20210 Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities —41 CFR 60-1.8. Notice to Prospective Federally -Assisted Construction Contractors 1. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a federally assisted construction contract exceeding Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) which is not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. 2. Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards exceeding Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of the following notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) and are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of Requirement for Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities 1. A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. 2. Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards exceeding Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of the following notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) and are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities The federally -assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide, for his employees, any segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he will not maintain or provide, for his employees, segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the equal opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting room, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directives or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - B TO BIDDERS color, religion, or national origin because of habit, local custom, or any other reason. The federally -assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding ten thought ($10,000.00) dollars (US) which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause and that he will retain such certifications in his files. Notice to Prospective Contractors of Requirement for Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities A certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a contract or subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in U.S.C. 1001. Affirmative Action Requirements — 41 CFR Part 60-4. Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246, as Amended). 1. The Offerers or Bidders attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractors aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work in the covered area as follows: Timetables Goals for minority participation for each trade: 30.4% Goals for female participation for each trade: 6.9% These goals are applicable to all the Contractors construction work (whether or not it is Federal or Federally assisted) performed in the covered area. If the Contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the Contractor also is subject to the goals for both its Federally involved and nonfederally involved construction. The Contractors compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minority and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from contractor to contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractors goals, shall be a violation of the Contract, the Executive Order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director, OFCCP, within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars) at any tier of construction work under the Contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address, telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractor; estimated dollar amount of the subcontracts; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed. 4. As used in this notice and in the Contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area' is Monroe County, Florida. Standard Federal Eaual Emplovment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246, as amended). As used in these Specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this Contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs) OFCCP), U.S. Department of Labor, or any person of whom the Director delegates authority; SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 9 TO BIDDERS C. "Employer Identification Number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941; "Minority" includes: (1) Black (all persons having origins in any of the black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (2) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of race); (3) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast, Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (4) American Indian or Alaskan native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North American and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the Work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess goals 10,000 (Ten andThousand female participation provisions of these Specifications and the notice which contains the applicable 9 and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this Contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or subcontractors failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the plan goals and timetables. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a through p of these Specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this Contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the local hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal Procurement contracting offices. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a women shall excuse the Conactoes these Specifications, Executive Ordertto refer either minorities 11246, as amended, or therreg regulations promulgated pu suaobligations under nt thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure EEO. The evaluation of the Contractors compliancea ntrfnshall be � affirmative e maximum results from its ons. The Conttractohall documet seeffortsfully and shall actin steps at least as extensive ve as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractors employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other onsite supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractors obligation to maintain SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 10 TO BIDDERS such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor on its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organization's responses. C. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off - the -street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source, a community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly includes minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources complied under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year, and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the Company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these Specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination, or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as superintendents, general foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work on any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractors EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractors EEO policy with other Contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students; and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractors recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations, such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer, and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractors work force. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 1. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation, at least of all minority and female personnel, for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. M. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments, and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractors obligations under these Specifications are being carried out. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 11 TO BIDDERS n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single -user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. P. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors, adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations that assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor -union, contractor - community, or other similar groups of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of the Specifications provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female work force participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have rou een esthbmale and The Contractor ale, and all however, is required to provide EEO and to take affirmative action for all minority g p . women, both minority and non -minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the executive order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor ahs achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the executive order if a specific minority group of women is under utilized). 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these Specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination, and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended and its implementing regulations, by the OFCCP. Any contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these Specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fuff'illing its obligations under these Specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these Specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the executive order, the implementing regulations, or these Specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the government, and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee, the name, address, telephone number, construction trade, union affiliation, if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates if changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish requirements for the different hose under the Publicndards of Works Employment Act ofnce or upon the fion 1977fand he Community Devering of local or lopment pmentt Block Grrant Program. er area ents SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 12 TO BIDDERS Contractor/Subcontractor Reporting — 41 CFR 60-1.7. 1. Monthly Utilization Reports (SF 257). Based on paragraph (5) of the EEO Clause, Monthly Utilization Reports (SF 257) may be required to be submitted to the area office of the Federal Contract Compliance Program (OFCCP). This requirement applies to contracts to be performed in areas designated by the Department of Labor. Contractors should contact the area office of the Department of Labor to see if this report is required. 2. Employer Information Report (SF-100). Contractors/subcontractors working on federally assisted projects are required to file with the sponsor annually, on or before March 31, complete and accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (Employee Information Report, EEO-1). The first such report is required within thirty (30) days after award unless the Contractor/subcontractor has submitted such a report within twelve (12) months preceding the date of award (the FAA or Department of Labor OFCCP can designate other intervals). This form is normally furnished based on a mailing list, but can be obtained from the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) — Survey Division, 2401 E. Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20507 or by calling (703) 756-6020. This report is required if a Contractor or subcontractor meets all of the following conditions: (i) Nonexempt. Contractorsisubcontractors are not exempt based on 41 CFR 60-1.5; Number of Employees. Has fifty (50) or more employees; (iii) Dollar Level. There is a contract, subcontract, or purchase order amounting to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) or more or serves as a depository of government funds in any amount, or is a financial institution which is an issuing and paying agent for U. S. Savings Bonds and Savings Notes. (iv) Contractor/Subcontractor. Is a prime Contractor of first tier subcontractor. Some subcontractors below the first tier who work at the site are required to file if they meet the above requirements. 3. Records. The FAA or Department of Labor OFCCP may require a Contractor to keep employment or other records and to furnish, in the form requested within reasonable limits, such information as necessary. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM Each Sponsor entering into a DOT -assisted Construction Contract is required to include the following Policy and DBE Obligation statements in the contract between the Sponsor and the Contractor. These statements are taken from 49 CFR 26, which includes additional language which is applicable to the Sponsor. (1) POLICY. It is the policy of the Department of Transportation that disadvantaged business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 26 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds. Consequently, the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 apply to this contract. (2) DBE OBLIGATION. The Contractor agrees to ensure that disadvantaged business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 26 have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of this contract or subsequent subcontracts. In this regard, the Contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with 49 CFR Part 26 to ensure that disadvantaged business enterprises have the maximum opportunity to compete for and perform subcontracts. The Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract or subsequent subcontracts. (3) COMPLIANCE. All Contractors or Subcontractors for this DOT -assisted contract are hereby notified that failure to carry out the DOT policy and the DBE obligation, as set forth above, shall constitute a breach of contract which may result in termination of the contract or such other remedy as deemed appropriate by the Sponsor. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 13 TO BIDDERS TRADE RESTRICTION CLAUSES — FOR CONTRACTS As required by FAA Order 5100.38A, Airport Improvement Program Handbook, Chapter 8, Section 2, dated 10/24/89, the Contractor or subcontractors, by submission of an offer and/or execution of a Contract, certifies that it: a. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country include in the list of countries that discriminates against U.S. firms published by the office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR); b, has not knowingly entered into any Contract or subcontract for this project with a Contractor that is a citizen or national of a foreign county on said list, or is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on said list. C. has not procured any product nor subcontracted for the supply of any product for use on the Project that is produced in a foreign country on said list. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of Transportation in accordance with 49 CFR 30.17, no Contract shall be awarded to a contractor or subcontractor who is unable to certify to the above. If the Contractor knowingly procures or subcontracts for the supply of any product or service of a foreign country on the said list for use on the Project, the FAA may direct, through the Sponsor, cancellation of the Contract at no cost to the Government. Further, the Contractor agrees that, if awarded a Contract resulting from this solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in each Contract and in all lower tier subcontracts. The Contractor may rely upon the certification of a prospective subcontractor unless it has knowledge that the certification is erroneous. The Contractor shall provide immediate written notice to the Sponsor if the Contractor learns that its certification or that of a subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Contractor or subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the FAA may direct, through the Sponsor, cancellation of the Contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Government. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and information of a Contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States of America and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, United States Code, Section 1001. CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS As required by FAA Omer 5100.38A, Airport Improvement Program Handbook, Chapter 8, Section 2, dated 10/24/89, for all construction contracts and subcontracts exceeding one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000). Contractors agree: a. That any facility to be used in the performance of the Contract or to benefit from the Contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection (EPA) List of Violating Facilities. b. To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations issued thereunder. C. That as a condition for award of a Contract, they will notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA indicating that a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the Contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. d. To include in any subcontract which exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the requirements of (a), (b), and (c). SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 14 TO BIDDERS DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS OF 21 CFR 1308 1. Definitions: (a) As used in this clause, 'controlled substance' means a controlled substance in Schedules I through V of Section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 USC 812) and as further defined in regulation at 21 CFR 1308.11- 1308.15. (b) 'Conviction' means a finding of guilt (including a plea of nolo contendere) or imposition of sentence, or both, by any judicial body charged with the responsibility to determine violations of the Federal or State criminal drug statues. (c) "Criminal drug statutes' means a Federal or non -Federal criminal statute involving the manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of any controlled substance. (d) "Drug -free workplace' means the site(s) for the performance of work done by the Contractor in connection with a specific contract at which employees of the Contractor are prohibited from engaging in the manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance. (e) "Employee" means an employee of the Contractor directly engaged in the performance of work under a Government contract. (f) 'Directly engaged" is defined to include all direct cost employees and any other Contractor employee who has other than a minimal impact or involvement in contract performance. (g) 'Individual' means an Offerer/Contractor that has no more than one employee including the Offerer/Contractor. 2. The Contractor, if other than an individual, shall within thirty (30) calendar days after award (unless a longer period is agreed to in writing for contracts of 30 calendar days or more performance duration), or as soon as possible for contracts of less than thirty (30) calendar days performance duration: (a) Publish a statement notifying its employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the Contractor's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition; (b) Establish an ongoing drug -free awareness program to inform such employees about: (i) the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, (ii) the Contractor's policy of maintaining drug -free workplace, (iii) any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and (iv) the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace. (c) Provide all employees engaged in performance of this contract with a copy of a statement required by subparagraph 2. (a) of this clause; (d) Notify such employees in writing in the statement required by subparagraph 2. (a) of this clause that, as a condition of continued employment on this contract, the employee will: (i) abide by the terms of the statement and (ii) notify the employer in writing of the employee's conviction under a criminal drug statute for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) calendar days after such conviction; (e) Notify Monroe County in writing within ten (10) calendar days after receiving notice under subparagraph 2. (d) (ii) of this clause from an employee or otherwise receiving actual notice of such conviction. The notice shall include the position title of the employee; SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 15 TO BIDDERS (f) Within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving notice under paragraph 2. (d) (ii) of this clause of a conviction, take one of the following actions with respect to any employee who is convicted of a drug abuse violation occurring in the workplace: (i) take appropriate personnel action against such employee, up to and including termination, or require such employee to satisfactorily participate in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a Federal, State, or local health, law enforcement, or other appropriate agency, and (g) Make a good faith effort to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of subparagraph 2. (a) of this clause. 3. The Contractor, if an individual, agrees by award of the contract or acceptance of a purchase order, not to engage in the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance in the performance of this contract. 4. In addition to other remedies available to the Government, the Contractors failure to comply with the requirements of paragraphs 2. and 3. of this clause may, pursuant to FAR 23.506, render the Contractor subject to suspension of contract payments, termination of the contract for default, and suspension or debarment. BUY AMERICAN REQUIREMENT 1. Under Section 9129 of the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, the Secretary of Transportation shall not obligate after the date of enactment (November 5, 1990), any funds for any project unless "steel and manufactured products" (hereafter materials) used in such projects are produced in the United States. Although this appears to be a blanket requirement, the Act further provides the following four exceptions: The Secretary determines that application of the Buy American requirement would not be in the public interest; b. The Secretary finds that such materials are not produced in the United States in sufficient and reasonably available quantities and of a satisfactory quality; C. In the case of the procurement of facilities and equipment under the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, as amended, that (1) the cost of components and subcomponents which are produced in the United States is more than 60 percent of the cost of all components of the facility or equipment, and (2) final assembly of the facility or equipment has taken place in the United States; or d. The inclusion of domestic materials will increase the cost of the overall project contract by more than 25 percent. There is no restriction against a company offering foreign produced items in its bid (although the bid should identify those items) The Sponsor may not award to that company unless it is pursuant to one of the exceptions listed above 2. The Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990 provides that preference be given to steel and manufactured products produced in the United States when funds are expended pursuant to a grant issued under the AIP. The following terms apply: a. Steel and Manufactured Products. As used in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (1) those produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds sixty (60%) percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the United States. Components of foreign origin of the same class or kind as the products referred to in subparagraphs 2. a. and b. shall be treated as domestic. b. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. C. Cost of Components. This means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation uuz 1 u - 10 TO BIDDERS 3. The successful bidder will be required to assure that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, subcontractors, materialmen, and suppliers in the performance of this contract, except those: a. that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, are not produced in the United States in sufficient and reasonably available quantities and of a satisfactory quality; b. that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, that domestic preference would be inconsistent with the public interest; or that inclusion of domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project contract by more than 25 percent. 4. The following is a list of those items that the Federal Government has already determined are not domestically produced in sufficient and reasonably available quantities and of a satisfactory quality (exemption 1. b. above). Many of the items listed would not be considered as manufactured goods subject to the Buy American requirement or will never be used by sponsors in a project. The entire list is reproduced to ensure that there are no unintentional exclusions. List of Supplies/Materials that the U.S. Government Has Determined Are Not Produced In the United States In Sufficient and Reasonably Available Quantities and of Sufficient Quality (January, 1991) Acetylene, black. Agar, bulk. Anise. Antimony, as metal or oxide. Asbestos, amosite, chrysolite, and crocidolite. Bananas. Bauxite. Beef, corned, canned. Beef extract. Bephenium Hydroxynapthoate. Bismuth. Books, trade, text, technical, or scientific; newspapers; pamphlets; magazines; periodicals; printed briefs and films; not printed in the United States and for which domestic editions are not available. Brazil nuts, unroasted. Cadmium, ores and flue dust. Calcium cyanamide. Capers. Cashew nuts. Castor beans and castor oil. Chalk, English. Chestnuts. Chicle. Chrome ore or chronite. Cinchona bark. Cobalt, in cathodes, rondelies, or other primary ore and metal forms. Cocoa beans. Coconut and coconut meat, unsweetened, in shredded, desiccated or similarly prepared form. Coffee, raw or green bean. Colchicine alkaloid, raw. Copra. Cork, wood or bark and waste. Cover glass, microscope slide. Cryolite, natural. Dammar gum. Diamonds, industrial, stones and abrasives. Emetine, bulk. Ergot, crude. Erthrityl tetranitrate. Fair linen, altar. Fibers of the following types: abaca, aace, agave, coir, flax, jute, jute burlaps, palmyra, and sisal. Goat and kidskins. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 17 TO BIDDERS Graphite, natural, crystalline, crucible grade. Handsewing needles. Hemp yam. Hog bristles for brushes. Hyoscine, bulk. Ipecac, root. Iodine, crude. Kaurigum. Lac. Leather, sheepskin, hair type. Lavender oil. Manganese. Menthol, natural bulk. Mica. Microprocessor chips (brought onto a construction site as separate units for incorporation into building systems during construction or repair and alteration of real property). Nickel, primary, in ingots, pigs, shots, cathodes, or similar forms; nickel oxide and nickel salts. Nitroguanidine (also known as picrite). Nux vomica, crude. Oiticica oil. Olive oil. Olives (green), pitted or unpitted, or stuffed, in bulk. Opium, crude. Oranges, mandarin, canned. Petroleum, crude oil, unfinished oils, and finished products (see definitions below). Pine needle oil. Platinum and related group metals, refined, as sponge, powder, ingots, or cast bars. Pyrethrum flowers. Quartz crystals. Quebracho. Quinidine. Quinine. Rabbit fur belt. Radium salts, source and special nuclear materials. Rosettes. Rubber, crude and latex. Rutile. Santonin, crude. Secretin. Shellac. Silk, raw and unmanufactured. Spare and replacement parts for equipment of foreign manufacture, and for which domestic parts are not available. Spices and hers, in bulk. Sugars, raw. Swords and scabbards. Talc, block, steatite. Tantalum. Tapioca flour and cassava. Tartar, crude; tartaric acid and cream of tartar in bulk. Tea in bulk. Thread, metallic (gold). Thyme oil. Tin in bars, blocks, and pigs. Triprolidine hydrochloride. Tungsten. Vanilla bean. Venom, cobra. Wax, camauba. Alaskan yellow cedar, angelique, blasa,ekki, greenhart, lignum Woods; logs, veneer, and lumber of the following species: vitae, mahogany, and teak. Yarn, 50 Denier rayon. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation We_ Iv - o TO BIDDERS Petroleum terms are used as follows: "Crude oil" means crude petroleum, as it is produced at the wellhead, and liquids (under atmospheric conditions) that have been recovered from mixtures of hydrocarbons that existed in a vaporous phase in a reservoir and that are not natural gas products. "Finished products" means any one or more of the following petroleum oils, or a mixture or combination of these oils, to be used without further processing except blending by mechanical means: a. "Asphalt" — a solid or semi -solid cementitous material that (1) gradually liquifies when heated, (2) has bitumens as its predominating constituents, and (3) is obtained in refining crude oil. b. "Fuel Oil" — a liquid or liquefiable petroleum product burned for lighting or for the generation of heat or power and derived directly or indirectly from crude oil, such as kerosene, range oil, distillate fuel oils, gas oil, diesel fuel, topped crude oil, or residues. C. "Gasoline" — a refined petroleum distillate that, by its consumption, is suitable for use as a carburant in internal combustion engines. d. "Jet Fuel" — a refined petroleum distillate used to fuel jet propulsion engines. e. "Liquefied Gases"— hydrocarbon gases recovered from natural gas or produced from petroleum refining and kept under pressure to maintain liquid state at ambient temperatures. f. "Lubricating Oil" — a refined petroleum distillate or specially treated petroleum residue used to lessen friction between surfaces. g. "Naphtha" — a refined petroleum distillate failing within a distillation range overlapping the higher gasoline and the lower kerosene. h. "Natural Gas Products" — liquids (under atmospheric conditions) including natural gasoline, that: (1) are recovered by a process of absorption, adsorption, compression, refrigeration, cyclin, or a combination of these processes, from mixtures of hydrocarbons that existed in a vaporous phase in a reservoir, and (2) when recovered and without processing in a refinery, definitions of products contained in subdivision b., c., and g. above. i. "Residual Fuel Oil' — a topped crude oil or viscous residuum that, as obtained in refining or after blending with other fuel oil, meets or is the equivalent or MILSPEC Mil-F-859 for Navy Special Fuel Oil and any more viscous fuel oil, such as No. 5 or Bunker C. "Unfinished oils" — means one or more of the petroleum oils listed under "Finished products" above, or a mixture or combination of these oils, that are to be further processed other than by blending by mechanical means. SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT REQUIREMENTS — FOR CONTRACTS As required by FAA Order 5100.38A, Airport Improvement Program Handbook, Chapter 8, Section 2, dated 10/24/89. The bidder/offerer certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. It further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause with modification in all lower tier transactions, solicitations, proposals, contracts, and subcontracts. Where the bidder/ offerer/ contractor of any lower tier participant is unable to certify to this statement, it shall attach an explanation to this solicitation/proposal. RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS As required by FAA Order 5100.38A, Airport Improvement Program Handbook, Chapter 8, Section 2, dated 10/24/89. All rights to inventions and materials generated under this contract are subject to regulations issued by the FAA and the Sponsor of the Federal grant under which this contract is executed. Information regarding these rights is available from the FAA and the Sponsor. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 19 TO BIDDERS TERMINATION OF CONTRACT As required by FAA Order 5100.38A, Airport Improvement Program Handbook, Chapter 8, Section 2, dated 10/24/89. a. The Sponsor may, by written notice, terminate this contract in whole or in part at any time, either for the Sponsor's convenience br because of failure to fulfill the contract obligations. Upon receipt of such notice, services shall be immediately discontinued (unless the notice directs otherwise) and all materials as may have been accumulated in performing this contract, whether completed or in process, delivered to the Sponsor. b. If the termination is for the convenience of the Sponsor, an equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be made, but no amount shall be allowed for anticipated profit on unperformed services. C. If the termination is due to failure to fulfill contractor's obligations, the Sponsor may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or otherwise. In such case, the contractor shall be liable to the Sponsor for any additional cost occasioned to the Sponsor thereby. d. If, after notice of termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the contractor had not so failed, the termination shall be deemed to have been effected for the convenience of the Sponsor. In such event, adjustment in the contract price shall be made as provided in paragraph b. of this clause. e. The rights and remedies of the Sponsor provided in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. INSPECTION OF RECORDS As required by FAA Order 5100.38A, Airport Improvement Program Handbook, Chapter 8, Section 2, dated 10/24/89. The contractor shall maintain an acceptable cost accounting system. The Sponsor, the Federal Aviation Administration, and the Comptroller General of the United States shall have access to any books, documents, paper, and records of the contractor which are directly pertinent to the specific contract for the purposes of making an audit, examination, excerpts, and transcriptions. The contractor shall maintain all required records for 3 years after the Sponsor makes final payment and all other pending matters are closed. BREACH OF CONTRACT TERMS - SANCTIONS As required by FAA Order 5100.38A, Airport Improvement Program Handbook, Chapter 8, Section 2, dated 10/24/89. Any violation or breach of the terms of this contract on the part of the contractor or subcontractor may result in the suspension or termination of this contract or such other action which may be necessary to enforce the rights of the parties of this agreement. ATTACHMENTS Wage rates for Monroe County are attached. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation uuc IV TO BIDDERS 2003 Waae Rate Decisions General Decision Number FL030050 Superseded General Decision No. FL020050 State: FLORIDA County: MONROE Construction Type: BUILDING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include residential construction consisting of single family homes and apartments up to and including 4 stories.) Modification Number: 0 Publication Date: 06/13/2003 SUFL1017A 01/25/1990 Rates Fringes CARPENTERS 12.60 1.83 CEMENT MASONS 7.00 ELECTRICIANS 8.40 14%+0.20 IRONWORKERS 9.45 1.41 LABORERS, GENERAL 5.15 PAINTERS 8.80 1.07 PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS 9.50 PLASTERERS 8.10 ROOFERS 8.47 TRUCK DRIVERS 5.15 WELDERS Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. --------------- ------------------ Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(v)). SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 21 TO BIDDERS General Decision Number FL030051 Superseded General Decision No. FL020051 State: FLORIDA County: MONROE Construction Type: RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (consisting of single family homes and apartments up to and including 4 stories.) Modification Number: 0 Publication Date: 06/13/2003 SUFL4019A 09/01/1983 Rates Fringes AIR CONDITIONING MECHANIC 7.75 BRICKLAYER 8.50 CARPENTER 8.41 CEMENT MASONS 8.00 DRYWALL FINISHER 7.96 DRYWALL HANGER 10.00 ELECTRICIANS 9.16 LABORERS: Unskilled 5.15 Mason Tender 5.50 Marble Setter 6.50 PAINTER 8.00 PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS 8.37 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: Backhoe 7.00 Bulldozer 6.00 Crane 7.00 Grader 7.00 Trencher 6.00 ROOFER 7.00 SHEET METAL WORKER 9.00 TILE SETTER 8.00 TRUCK DRIVER 5.15 WELDERS Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 22 TO BIDDERS WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: • an existing published wage determination • a survey underlying a wage determination • a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter • a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 23 TO BIDDERS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS URS Corporation 00210 - 24 TO BIDDERS 00220 — Bid Scope BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00220 BID SCOPE 1.1 GENERAL SCOPE The Work is generally described as building construction and replacement work necessary to improve the noise insulation of 24 individual residences in the vicinity of the Key West International Airport. This Bid Package describes and specifies work which consists of, but is not limited to, the removal and replacement of existing primary windows with acoustically -rated metal insulating replacement windows; replacement and/or addition of storm shutters; removal and replacement of existing entry doors with solid -core wood or metal insulating replacement doors and associated hardware; replacement and/or addition of storm doors; weather-stripping; caulking; new mechanical and electrical systems; plaster walls and ceilings; construction of insulating attic access panels; installation of fiberglass insulation in the attic area, and other sound -mitigating measures. The Work will also include the demolition and removal of designated elements of the existing construction and temporary weatherproof enclosures as required. 1.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. 1.2.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of work in the specified location, shall be procured and maintained by the Contractor and his Subcontractors. Copies of Contractor's and Subcontractor's licenses are to accompany the Bid. Contractor shall submit copies of any other required licenses to the Sponsor's Representative prior to Notice to Proceed. 1.2.2 The residential properties upon which the Work is to be performed are the private property of residents participating in the Noise Insulation Program. Rights -of -way and easements for access thereto are Public Land. All additional lands, and access thereto, required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment other than at locations indicated on the Drawings are to be provided by the Contractor. 1.2.3 Sponsor will provide Bidders an opportunity to access the 24 project residences (for a maximum of 15 minutes per residence) during the Pre -Bid Conference to gather data and conduct such explorations and tests as Bidders deem necessary for submission of a Bid. Five days prior to the Pre -Bid Conference, Bidders must submit to the Sponsor's Representative, in writing, a list of residences he is interested in accessing during the Pre -Bid Conference. 1.2.4 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform this Work. BID SCOPE URS Corporation 00220-1 1.2.5 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping requirements in any area of the Bidding Documents, Technical Specifications, or Drawings, the most stringent condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the Sponsor's Representative in any event, in order to not compromise the Sponsor's right to make appropriate decisions. 1.2.6 Contractor shall maintain As -Built Drawings of his work progression. 1.2.7 This Contractor shall not store materials inside the residences. Contractor shall provide suitable off -site storage container(s), and be responsible for disposal off - site of all debris and trash. BID SCOPE URS Corporation UUZZU-L 00250 — Pre -Bid Meeting BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00250 PRE -BID MEETING A mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting will be held in the Project Office (which is located on the second floor of the airport terminal adjacent to the airport administrative offices), 3491 S. Roosevelt Blvd., Key West, Florida on August 14, 2002, at 9:00 AM. Representatives of the Sponsor, Sponsor's Representative, Architect, and Engineer will be present to discuss the Project. Questions relating to the Bid Documents will be answered at that time. Sponsor's Representative will transmit to all plan holders and prospective Bidders of record a summary of the conference and such Addenda as Sponsor's Representative considers necessary in response to questions arising at the meeting. This will be the only time a tour of the work site can be provided. Sponsor will provide each Bidder an opportunity to access the project residences (for a maximum of 15 minutes per residence) during the Pre -Bid Meeting to gather data and conduct such explorations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder must submit a list of residences he is interested in accessing during the Pre -Bid Meeting. The list must be faxed to the Sponsor's Representative (Attention: Deborah Murphy) at 813-636- 2400 and the Sponsor (Attention: Carri Freije) at 305-292-3578 no later than 12:00 Noon on Thursday, August 8, 2002. PRE -BID MEETING URS Corporation 0025u-i THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PRE -BID MEETING URS Corporation 00250-2 00410 - Bid Form BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00410 BID FORM BID TO: MONROE COUNTY PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 1100 SIMONTON STREET ROOM 2-213 KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Key West International Airport Noise Insulation Program — Phase 2 and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed_ The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. The undersigned acknowledges that if awarded this contract on the basis of this Proposal, they will commence pre -work activities within ten (10) days, after the date specified as the "Notice to Proceed with Pre -Construction Activities." The Bidder and Bidders Surety shall also agree to be liable for and shall make payment to the Sponsor based on the following: 1. For each home that has not achieved "Substantial Completion" in the allotted time period the bidder shall incur $125.00 per day in liquidated damages as provided in the Agreement. 2. For each day after the Completion Date for the entire Work of the Contract that any part of the Work upon any parcel remains incomplete the bidder shall incur $1,000.00 per day in liquidated damages as provided in the Agreement. BID FORM URS Corporation 00410 - 1 The Bid is to be broken down by the twenty-four (24) separated into nine (9) categories representing: A. Bonds and Insurance, B. Pre -construction Work, C. General Conditions, D. Windows, E. Doors, F. Storm Protection, G. Wall and Ceiling Modifications, H. Mechanical, and I. Electrical. individual parcels in the contract and further Unit prices shall be included with the bid and whenever possible shall be used as the basis for changes and subsequent proposals. They shall bear a direct relationship to the bid of the individual parcels. I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) 41.10 (Check mark items below, as a reminder that they are included.) I have included the following items, which have been appropriately executed and notarized: Section Description Bid Bond V00430 00431 Performance of Work by Subcontractors 00450 Non -Collusion Affidavit ✓ 00451 Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause -� 00452 Drug -Free Workplace Form 00453 Equal Employment Opportunity Report Statement �- 00454 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Assurance ' 00455 Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities 00456 Certification Regarding Debarment, Etc. -�- 00457 Certification Regarding Foreign Participation 00458 Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes 00459 Buy American Certification NA Copies of Contractor and Subcontractor Licenses BID FORM URS Corporation 00410 - 2 Item Number Description of Work Bid in Words Bid in Figures 70390 B Pre -construction Work _75P.-Od tio Doors F Storm Protection B Pre -construction Work $ C General Conditions BID FORM URS Corporation 00410-3 Number Description of Work Bid in Words Bid in Figures u 4 Callawa 1611 Venetian Drive 70760 A Bonds and Insurance 7' $ Pre -construction Work WUX OtAjOttov 7-&,al - ��------ General Condition - -- - - - -- $ D E Window n(rb h iEiE�fyM+'7Zv •OU $ Z F Doors l •/7 72f b ^I y `I $ _ ___ -- -- G Storm Protection Wall and Ceiling Modifications pr- 7':i& � / k w, $ 1 700• 0,0 H Mechanical VA; WAO , &4, $ 21 • 00 I Electrical > � b� $ qO .00 $ l � 00 b 5 A Davila 1709 Bahama Drive 70200 B Bonds and Insurance b ow -Ow $ /it C Pre -construction Work-- 00. O� D General Condition 77�uuc�,F R� 4 $ 3 375.O�o E Windows 7?fdlS.WdO fii0(,(i arp — `b�1J Axti $ ' - Doors G H Storm Protectio Wall and Ceiling Modifications /1 Sff � - -- - $ - - - - Mechanica/��%•� w T I$ -- - - - Go O tjp • Ov 6 Electrica jr___—_> _ A DeViddio 3017 Airport_ Blvd. 70420 B Bonds and Insurance - $-/ C Pre -construction Work General / % ---- $ . b D Condition _ %r.�2 1J�lJt1J ---- - _- -- ----- $ Dom_ Window eNPls�. _� -19_ - - F Door Sl 1 ' rbf+QEE 66YA/O(W 7-U (� $ -- - G Storm Protection Wall and Ceiling Modifications VE�f. 0AW &UIplwop _�/_60__---- - $-00 H Mechanical --- - - c*tau ,six- - -- -- --- lD SF• bb - -- $ S 6O� •00 Electrical T - �� 7z�rt v .E_ �= c`�u-vp, p rix c+vE $-- ✓i �C 1. 60 BID FORM URS Corporation 00410 - 4 r item Description of Work Bid in Words Number Bid in Figures - - 7 Drake 1712 Bahama Drive 70370 A Bonds and Insurance $ (coo, 00 _— B Pre -construction Work 1q"V1Z4r1! Jmi� -- --- General Conditions -7`�jE!/;*vP TNMJ Tjw�I,,i� 22 D Windows 5 WO mlyNni� �Gt!►�iPl� $ o? 3 S : 60 E Doors _ lC -- $ .00 F Storm Protection Hr t#6UJ#00 IIA10 H $ c,2 Z • Oi0 G Wall and Ceiling Modifications rj A/ $ , 00 H Mechanical Ek:t(` �iuotXj,7 $ 00.00 Electrical &A-VAEep $ 45-6 ,60 8 Fallon 1721 Bahama Drive 70170 A Bonds and Insuranceut,/ OMB i1�w�r $ 015,00 B Pre -construction Work lric $ C General Conditions jtc' S .� Q $ 00 D Windows '- 1 'FU��- ice S ----- $ 7a• A�j E Doors w-r' NiA'�IJviN --10 F _ Storm Protection YPJ 7b _41 „p $ ZOO.OU G Wall and Ceiling Modifications 5, TZbW kWAW4W � � $ 3 H _ Mechanical - I Electrical &t;A/&W jP- 9 _ Halpern 1717 Jamaica Drive 70460 �- - - - - --- Bonds and Insurance 8-- Pre -construction Work 0 j 77 �lFI_—_ $ SO -do C - - General Conditions/l%�d�/1 't� - - --- $ SI47- 00 D Windows -- - A00y---- pTtq uN --- -- $ ZZzoo. E Doors 11w S� 71%J!J - _Oo Storm Protection jtiJ`GCl1,10 uA.�E F/F $ Wall and Ceiling Modifications/ TNOl1S , �/ --- $ c1O H Mechanical - - Electrical��10 BID FORM URS Corporation 00410 - 5 Item Number, Description of Work Bid in Words Bid in Figures 10 Newcomb 1730 Bahama Drive 70410 A Bonds and Insurance _ E T"*i. 7160 2T;A_#V/W0 $ B Pre -construction Work General Conditions /Ub �i1A'j/l,�(J 12uPA✓1 )c/ C -- ---- --- —--- ---- ----- -- - $ $ —0,00.00 -- _ `?g5. ov 400. DO C D E Windows Door 04017MYa. SYX hWAO .7)bf*7 S V6V Tj*µj.SrXkA{ P ---- $ $ _A- [ 1�i toy •bV F Storm Protection 1+ CUI,V, I&v jib HOMW20 J $ :oDO.Op G Wall and Ceiling Modifications H Mechanical /t, NVAJ $ 0a 60 I Electrical c bi �?=t $ no.00 11 O'Dell 3000 Venetian Drive 71190 A Bonds and Insurance t6 7Wo /j $ B Pre -construction Work Nli U $ q00. 00 C General Conditions 7W14*0 A; AAWCp $ .60 D E F G Window Doors Storm Protection Wall and Ceiling Modifications 7 AWS. nJlNE E4abrW rj .�j✓p E%XVtZO afr` — ,5 tjYA-JV14 V &7'�` $ $-- $ 26_%0 OD 5, 2 H Mechanical ft4r. �r/tv A=i $ 0.00 I Electrical p $ ----------- 420.06 12 Paez 1723 Bahama Drive 70160 A B Bonds and Insurance Pre -construction Work lGls.?' FLr,JrWRCOG/r`7�'f t:�oV/ 0.4c &"/&W $ -�Q�•O $4100.0d C General Conditions 7JYvUS - EA:F,#f M4%1�WFO $ $ NO. ob D Windows i�IdR: -- -- E Doors 2 7?jQ1. J��-�I -- $ F _-- G _ -- Storm Protection Wall and Ceiling Modifications - 7 1j 3 SNtfi�/v�rtfO,Si►:Y N�/` /J_ ftAv5. ArG-tf1 Ft �E . 9� -- ---_-_ 1rWd 'tft 3hy,0 _tWU 14yPP/P) - $ $ $ -- - - �i �v4 D_ D 6 S. ------- -- __ _ _ Ill 00 H I Mechanical Electrical BID FORM URS Corporation 00410 - 6 PLUM Number Description of Work Bid in Words V� Bid in Figures 13 Pondelicek 1619 Venetian Drive 70740 A Bonds and Insurance VV14, $ .00 B Pre -construction Work r-1 $--- - -- - General Conditions j, S - Windows f f�16liq�L3k / %` $ 20� . d0 E E Doors /� l C & JV ,94 7�EG_ r $ - 6 S 17, 00 ------ F Storm Protection J#Vtp $ by G Wall and Ceiling Modifications 5. -JIX 64 $ . 4 H Mechanical /VylAjpPJ A&Af: �tvi 2- W $ Q , 00 I Electrical ?1yG(1,y9,vp vU�U N„a•,l� $ C 1292 Ob 14 Robertson 1615 Venetian Drive 70750 A Bonds and Insurance W1*VV j�WAK Mt7 a $ i/ . 00 B C Pre -construction Work General Conditions 71W t4yQWp fr,%fit qw $ 2 ?.Qp,Qo — - $ 7 500Q0D --- — Windows -MvPAIG y,W 5'AJ $ ---- ---- - F --Doors LAN" at1(y�%9�l�UYi+GYI�lJ Ar/N Rio A918.00 Storm Protection — - 11,540•00 G Wall and Ceiling Modifications 7b�,vy N/AC b�EA £�� -- $- - - H Mechanical J` UJI V416 mww'#P�Aft rlvr- I Electrical 2iP(VVS.J'"JC 0l P44FY1 $--- 15 A Roo_ s _ Bonds 1709 Jamaica Drive T -- -- 70480 7048 - s_T_r�. and Insurance �,jl= �fsf� /p oAI,E Etvk4 p $ �L� B C Pre -construction Work �i�,E � i� --- - - General Conditions - $ - - ------ --- — _ 71�vJ�9W/J ,�lCsJf! hh,N /tiE!> $ v.av Windows Sb�1t�V— - - --_ E F------ Doors . Ali lf�eN,e�o C - - $ --- . 15, �oo• co ------ Storm Protection N---� )AAt0 P)A1 b4,~ 1$ -- - �� q pv. 00 G Wall and Ceiling Modifications • 7��f _&, tfu/yb/r+�i7 .�iJC/ '- I $----�� H - - -- — - -- Mechanical _ / - _ -- S¢0.00 l Electrical U�: !r7 f{� $ (15 Z.O.06 BID FORM URS Corporation 00410 - 7 Number uescription of Work Bid in Words Bid in Figures 16 Rosam 1704 Jamaica Drive 70640 q Bonds and Insurance [ , ,{ r $ B C Pre -construction Work --- -�"-- D General Conditions $ - ---- 000.00 E Windows X a `760.00 F Doors Storm Protection � ♦�FtO v� � $ /�.------- �W G Wall and Ceiling Modifications H I Mechanical •-� — $ — 17 Electrical Scribner $ 5760,00 q 1705 Bahama Drive 70210 B Bonds and Insurance Pre C -construction Work - -- General Conditions E Windows — - - - - �- �•Oo_ Doors Storm Protection �� -- $- 0�� QO 0 '-- G Wall and Ceiling Modifications ---- $ ---- - H Mechanical �_ --�- $ 1 � O' �--------- 18 Electrical Skomp "�,,, a \ $ ,6O-------- _ - - q —_ 1713 Jamaica Drive _.. 70470 -- --- B Bonds and Insurance -- su w�- �4.r�a� $ Pre -construction Work __C D General Conditions T��•o l d, ---�i------ $ — -- 0��-. DU E Windows _ J, _- -- ---- - _ i � Q0 F Doors ,, .� tw< ---- —4 $_�_115<00 ---- G Storm Protection Wall and Ceiling Modifications __�-, L� ' ( - 7<.l_ - $�•Ua _ - - ------ 21_ - - 0,00 --_ Mechanical Electrical`` ---- - $ BID FORM URS Corporation 00410 - 8 r Nurn'lber Description of Work Bid in Words Bid in Figures T 19 Smithwick _0Trinidad 161dad Drive 71050 A Bonds and Insurance s. B Pre -construction Work $ 300,00 C General Conditions 4$ D Windows $ E Doors $ 100 F Storm Protection $ Soo G Wall and Ceiling Modifications L L, v_J V1, 1.1 $ F-. Od Fi Mechanical 50, 700 Electrical $ 20 Stepan 1710 Bahama Drive 70360 7 A Bonds and Insurance B Pre -construction Work L C General Conditions $ 1700 d 0 —D E Windows $ lob Doors $ F___ Storm Protection D o_$ G Wall and Ceiling Modifications .5371b. 00 Mechanical $ 1z, OD I [;H Electrical $ - o. oi) 21 Sweeting 1714 BahamaDrive70380 -7,,56 A A B Bonds and Insurance 7t Pre -construction Work General Conditions 00 D E Windows r.0 , go F Doors $ --- ---------- - Storm Protection —and $ 00-00 G H Wall Ceiling Modifications - 60 Mechanical < $ I-Q70 zo Electrical C100 BID FORM URS Corporation 00410-9 Item Description c_y Number p Bid in Words Bid in Figures 22 Tallmad a 1700 Jamaica Drive 70630 A Bonds and Insurance ��« <� $ U B Pre -construction Work R - .� �.� �(,.._„ $ - _ �00 OCR — C General Conditions ----- --- -- - -- -- Windows ,. ,,,• ��( �c L�� K� ,, $ E Doors �� $ 35.Oo F Storm Protection $ G Wall and Ceiling Modifications h v "�U I Mechanical (fy $ O, O0 -- Electrical c „f $ /000. DO 23 Tapia 1701 Jamaica Drive 70500 A Bonds and Insurance 1 ''^_ B TcT • V $ O • /V�1 Pre -construction Work — ---- General Conditions $ 3 -- -- ----- D--t .r- Windows - --- ---- E -- ^tr T•r�E 1.. .1..< $- d� 1 ZCk�. OU Doors r s•�!__JS�' �t �cyr�1� .0 $ - Storm Protection $ H $ 300 2 • 0 U U G Wall and Ceiling Modifications l —_--- - „�, ti .. lt_� N._ _ Mechanical 2 $ CD10. O . � Electrical F, -- --- 24 Wyatt v $ l S s •� - 1621 Jamaica Drive 70510 Bonds and Insurance - - - -- - — --- - -- -$-- l _ B � Pre -construction Work --- -- General Conditions � � �$ 360,Ov - -- �- r _ D Windows �, r _ ---__ _--- �1-------- --- E 00 Doors te -- F --- ! - Storm Protection Wall and Ceiling Modifications - - HMechanical 7Zrf_--- --- .- --- --- Electrical , .Q v c �.,� a�.. c - - $ C�� U• uj BID FORM URS Corporation 00410 - 10 a / �T� ! ONE +�l -% �rIfIL�1� (nC�%r!'`� ��.c' �i'niJ.�i� (Total Bid — in words) Is M i w (Total Bid — in figures) y Mailing Address: �• �� 1 ,Hv.��, ��t> S��sarr�- , � • 3423 � Phone Number(s): Signe / (Date) STATE OF: COUNTY OF: On this _ 7 day o�me.who in the year 20 �0, n ! C�'r — `- who is Personallykno tproduced satisfactory identification, affixed his/her signature in the space provided above. DONNA P. AMATO -'• NO!E.-y P„ ClIc - State of FlonCa ►+ C-m "cm Eip-m Ay 2f, 2X5 Commission i 00021204 SIGNATURE OF NOTARY PUBLIC END OF BID FORM BID FORM URS Corporation 00410 - 11 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK oiv rumor URS Corporation 00410 - 12 00430 — Bid Bond - BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00430 BID BOND oiv DUNU URS Corporation 00430 - 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK vrvo corporation 00430 - 2 Bond No.: 672621 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A310 Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that we H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc./Hospitality Institutional Public Preservation Industries, Inc. 1386 5th Street Sarasota FL as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Capitol Indemnity Corporation 4610 University Ave, Suite 1400 Madison WI a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Monroe County as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of 34236- 53705-0900 9Cve dJ %!e liycacuct Vld 9k Z)&&4,z4 for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS the Principal has submitted a bid for Noise Insulation Program Phase 2 Replacement of doors & windows, A/C, Drywall Patching & Paint. 24 Individual Residences NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be'' null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this, 7th day of January 2004 H.I.P.P. Public;l osp (Seal) Capitol In a ity Corpo on ' David B. Shick Attomey-in-Fact and Florida Licensed Resident Agent The ProSure Group, Inc.' 7217 Benjamin Rd.Tampa, FL 33634 (813) 243-1110 Phone " (813) 243-1109 Fax 4•V V4&tW1NDEMNITY CORPORATION 4610 UNIVERSITY AVENUE, SUITE 1400, MADISON, WISCONSIN 53705-0900 PLEASE ADDRESS REPLY TO P.O. BOX 5900, MADISON, WI 53705-0900 PHONE (608) 231-4450 • FAX (608) 231-2029 POWER OF ATTORNEY No: 672621 Know all men by thesePresents, That the CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION, a corporation of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal offices in the City of Madison, Wisconsin, does make, constitute ,,.and appoint ---------------- ----------- __��,�� DAVID B. SHICK=--_-------__--------------- its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, as surety, and as its act and deed, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship,_ provided that no bond or undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed in amount the sum of ------------------------------- NOT TO EXCEED $3,000,000.00 ------------------------------------------------- This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed: by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of May 2002: "RESOLVED, that the President, and Executive Vice -President, the Secretary or Treasurer, acting individually or otherwise, be and they hereby are granted the power and authorization to appoint by a Power of Attorney for the purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, one or more resident vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and attomey(s)-in-fact, each appointee to have the powers and duties usual to such offices to the business of this company; the signature' of such officers and seal of the Company may be affixed to any such power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, and any such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in future with respect to any bond or undertaking brother writing obligatory in the nature thereof to which it is attached. Any such appointment may be revoked, for cause, or without cause, by any of said officers, at any time.". IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION has caused these presents to be signed by its officer undersigned and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed duly attested by its Treasurer, this 15th day of May, 2002, Attest: Thomas K. Manion, Treasurer STATE OF WISCONSIN COUNTY OF DANE } CORPORATE \ SEAL CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION David F. Pauly, Secretary On the 15th day of May, A.D., 2002 before me'personally came David F. Pauly, to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in -the County of Dane, State of Wisconsin; that he is the Secretary of CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION, the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of the said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like order. STATE OF WISCONSIN COUNTY OF DANE ` ,A"E F9 ENOREs Jane F. Endres Nary Public, Dane Co., WI !aly Commission Expires 3-23-2003 CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, duly elected to the office -stated below, now the incumbent in CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION, a Wisconsin: Corporation, authorized to:make this certificate, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing attached Power of Attomey remains in full force and. has not beer revoked; and furthermore that the Resolution of the Board of Directors, set forth in the Power of Attorney is nov�`fn foine ' `K Signed and sealed'this - 0a1 of �a p CORPORATE � , — . SEAL James W_ Smirz, Assistant Secreta This power is valid only if the power of attorney number printed in the upper right hand corner appears in red. Photocopies, carbon copies or other reproductions are not binding on the company. Inquiries concerning this power of attorney may be directed to the Bond Manager at the Home Office of the Capitol indemnity Corporation. 00431 — Performance of Work by Subcontractors BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00431 PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY SUBCONTRACTORS The BIDDER hereby states that he proposes, if awarded the Contract, to use the following subcontractors on tnis project: List below ALL proposed subcontractors (including DBE subcontractors) and trade specialties. If type of work to be performed will be performed by Contractor's own forces, place "NA" in the space provided. Add any additional categories as needed. Type of Work to be Performed Name of Subcontractor Mechanical (HVAC) ,S z-tLo Electrical FLf- Window Installation 1ZS7-L-J T> I Carpentry Ri IrtL Drywall Masonry t-i. I . �, ? (t` s �-�' i; I N �t ►v Painting / Staining Thermal Insulation c_.C: U ;T I i; Storm Protection Door Installation �t�,�h1J►-1� CsrJ ju.tslt�C.r (�/A,1„ f_S--ram r> i , I Nc I {-I .I • PAP Estimated Total C of"bLe Signed by: (Must by Subcontractors: ($ l-� �`� C%C� ) /- 7 - °y (Date) END OF/PE�WRMANCE OF WORK BY SUBCONTRACTORS PERFORMANCE OF WORK URS Corporation BY SUBCONTRACTORS 00431 - 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK umo corporation 00431 - 2 BY SUBCONTRACTORS 00432 — Unit Price Form BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00432 UNIT PRICE FORM The Bidder hereby states that the amounts included in the General Construction Costs of the 24 parcels on the Bid Form included in this contract have been formulated based on the Unit Prices as described in Division 1, Section 01270 and indicated below. The bidder acknowledges that if changes occur after the award of the contract these same costs will be used as the basis for credits or debits for all proposals. Detail Description Unit Price PRIME DOORS 1. DR 1.1 EPW Ext, in -swing, wood door (wood frame condition) $ 17 c, -�2- '— 2. DR 1.2 EPW Ext, in -swing, wood door (concrete block construction) $ 1-7 C'-2- 3. DR 1.3 EPM Ext, in -swing, metal door (wood frame condition) $ 1 -� S� 4. DR 1.4 EPM Ext, in -swing, metal door (concrete block construction) $ 1-5- ` 5. DR 4.1 EP-OS Ext, out -swing, metal door (wood frame condition) $ 7 =� 6. DR 4.2 EP-OS Ext, out -swing, metal door (concrete block construction) $ 17 �4-- 7. DR 5.1 EGLM Ext. sliding, metal door (wood frame condition) $ 1 4 C' C� 8. DR 5.2 EGLM Ext, sliding, metal door (concrete block construction) $ I S. — dU 9. DR 5.3 EFRM Ext, French, metal door (wood frame construction) $ S1 'q L.+ ' 10. DR 5.4 EFRM Ext, French, metal door (concrete block construction) $ •S 1:__2 Z -`=`� 11. DR 6.1 ISW Int. swinging wood door (wood frame construction) $ �c1 S 12. DR 6.3 IGW Int. gliding wood door (wood frame construction) $ 4 �'� =n SECONDARY DOORS 13. SD 1.1 SD -SW Hurricane rated, out swing, door (wood frame construction) $ ( C LIC-) 14. SD 2.1 SD -SW Hurricane rated, out swing, door (concrete block construction) $ F i to C'nc-' JN1 I PRICE FORM URS Corporation 00432 - 1 Detail Description Unit Pr:ze STORM / HURRICANE PROTECTION 15. SP 1.1 PAN Removable storm panel (wood frame construction) $ I CIL L+� 16. SP 1.2 PAN Removable storm panel (concrete block construction) $ i ct=` 17. SP 2.1 SHUT Bahama shutter (wood frame construction) $"- 18. SP 2.1 SHUT Bahama shutter (concrete block construction) $ 4 19. SP 3.1 AWN Clamshell awning (wood frame construction) $ -7 a C, 20. SP 3.1 AWN Clamshell awning (concrete block construction) $ 7 LC `- ACOUSTICAL METAL WINDOWS 21. MW 1.3 MDHC Metal double hung window (wood frame construction) $ 22. MW 1.4 MDHC Metal double hung window (concrete block construction) $ 1 3 Q•`-� 23. MW 2.3 MFIXC Metal fixed window (wood frame construction) $ c 24. MW 2.4 MFIXC Metal fixed window (concrete block construction) $ C (6 c �o 25. MW 3.3 MGLC Metal Gliding window (wood frame construction) $ 1,Z Cyr U= 26. MW 3.4 MGLC Metal Gliding window (concrete block construction) $ I .)--a 27. MW 4.0 Metal mull at two windows $ 1 1 C' GENERAL DETAILS 28. GEN 1.5 Through wall A/C cover $ h 29. GEN 1.6 Infill through wall A/C (concrete block construction) $ 7 `5 30. GEN 1.7 Infill through wall A/C (wood frame construction) $ S 31. GEN 2.1 Non -reducing attic access panel $ c 32. CL 6.0 Additional layer of 5/8" gypsum at ceiling $ 33. WL 1.0 Narrow profile wall $ UNIT PRICE FORM URS Corporation 00432 - 2 34. WL 1.1 Interior opening at mechanical closet $ .�� C' Detail Description Unit F-ice 35. WL 1.1 Additional layer of 5/8" gypsum at wall $ 36. WL 8.0 New or enlarged wall opening $ 37. WL 8.2 Lowered window sill (wood frame construction) $ 38. WL 8.3 Lowered window sill (concrete block construction) $ =� — 39. SW 10.0 Operable interior storm window at skylight 40. Clear window sash 41. Tinted window sash $ �7 jG— END OF FORM 00432 UNIT PRICE FORM URS Corporation 00432 - 3 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK -- - uno uorporauon 00432 - 4 00450 — Non -Collusion Affidavit - BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation 1, ;2A#,) i I�Z' X ' Foci- according to law on my oath, and under 1. lam r e'0• of the firm of (;I•1Xf,LTAL, the adder m SECTION 00450 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT perjury, depose and say that: Key West International Aimort Noise Insulation Program — Phase 2 and that I executed the said proposal with full authority to do so; 2. the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication or agreement for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor; 3. unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to any competitor; and 4. no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit, or not to submit, a bid for the purpose- ff rioting competition; 5. the statements con incC" this affidavit are and correct, and made with full knowledge that Monroe County relies upon uth of the statemeri cont ed in this affidavit in awarding contracts for said project. Signed Lik. 7 Y (Must be same signature asorAid Form) (Date) STATE • COUNTYOF:— On this Lkno�j of in the year who is rsonall to me, who produced provided above. SIGNATURE OF NOTARY PUBLIC -!)gP,iel ocJneClf ,�;►��........ DONNA P. AMATO Notary Public - State of Florida My Cornmsaion Fxp rel Apr 2g, 2006 — Commission 0 OD921204 END OF NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT in the space NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT URS Corporation 00450 - 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT URS Corporation 00450 - 2 00451 — Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00451 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE SWORN STATEMENT UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 010-1990 MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA ETHICS CLAUSE (Name of Business) warrants that he/it has not employed, retained or otherwise had act on his/its behalf any former County officer or employee in violation of Section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any County officer or employee in violation of Section 3 of Ordinance No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the County may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without liability and may also, in its discretion, deduct from the contract or purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of 7any ' fee, mission, percentage ift, or Consideration paid to the former County officer or empl". �. lg Signe by: — %— Y (Must be same signature as on STATE OF: �! I�- COUNTY OF: On this _7day of , in the year 11 who is me, V who produced provided above. NATURE OF NOTARY PUBLIC (Date) PC) C'1"' e-�,{� ture in the space DONNA P. AMATO Notary Public - State of Florid• my commmion Fjorer AprX, 2M Commission 0 00011904 END OF LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE LOBBYING AND CONFLICT URS Corporation 00451 - 1 OF INTEREST CLAUSE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK LOBBYING AND CONFLICT URS Corporation 00451 - 2 OF INTEREST CLAUSE 00452 — Drug -Free Workplace Form - BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00452 DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE FORM The undersigned vendor in accordance with Florida Statute 287.087 hereby certifies that � SPt?Z),U LTL4 -:pN3TMAT 1ot-Al, ?L4,GUG , I FS 1 (Name of Business) 1. Publish.a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. 2. Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be impose upon employees for drug abuse violations. 3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). 4. In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilt or nolo contendere to, any violation of Chapter 893 (Florida Statutes) or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later that five (5) days after such conviction. 5. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, any em ee who is s�nvicted. 6. Make a good o con ma' in a rug-fr wo ce through implementation of this section. As the rson authorized to sign the to n at complies fully with the above requirements. Signe by: _ 7 _ O (/ (Must be same signature as on Bid Form) (Date) / STATE OF: COUNTY OF: On this _day o in the yearoZ.dd o is rsonally kno to me, who produced satisfactory identification provided above------ affixed his/her the space F_V�P ••DONNA P. AMAT0 Notary Public - State of Florida 1Ay Gommdson Fj�ii APr 29,SI NATURE OF NOTARY PUBLIC Commission 0 DD021204 END OF DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE FORM DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE URS Corporation FORM 00452 - 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK UKUG-FREE WORKPLACE URS Corporation 00452 - 2 FORM 00453 - EEO Report Statement BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00453 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REPORT STATEMENT The Bidder shall complete the following statement by checking the appropriate blank spaces. Failure to complete these blanks may be grounds for rejection of Proposals. 1. The Bidder has has not developed and has on file at each establishment Affirmative Action Programs pursuant to 41 CFR 60-14 and 41 CFR 60-2. 2. The Bidder has has not participated in any previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause prescribed by Executive Order 11246, as amended. The Bidder has has not I/ filed with the Joint Reporting Committee the annual compliance report on Standard Form 100 (EEO-1 Report). 4. The Bidder does does not ploy fifty (50) or more employees. Signed Bq: 7-0y ust be same sig atur as on id Fo (Date) STATE OF: COUNTY OF: Q On this _day of in the year�� whoersonall kno to me, o o produced satis provided above. factory identification, affixed his/her sign a in the space DONNA P. AMATO ._; Notary Puriic - State of Florida SIGNATURE OF NOTARY PUBLIC ? MyC1TnmwrnFxi�Apr29,2005 , Cnr -il raloft t D0021204 END OF EEO REPORT STATEMENT EEO REPORT STATEMENT URS Corporation 00453 - 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EEO REPORT STATEMENT URS Corporation 00453 - 2 00454 — DBE Assurance BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00454 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE ASSURANCE The Bidder shall complete the following statement by checking the appropriate box (check one only). Failure to complete this statement may be grounds for rejection of Bid. The Bidder assures that he shall meet the requirements of the DBE Provisions, for the Monroe County's DBE Policy and Program, and shall utilize not less than the prescribed goal of 15% DBE participation (See Page 00454-2). C� The Bidder is unable to assure DBE participation of the prescribed goal of 15% in this Contract, but shall provide for a minimum of percent( %) participation. (if this box is checked, Bidder shall fill in the percentage blanks and document on a separate attachment to this Assurance, his efforts in attempting to meet the goal as instructed in "A Means to Ensure that Competitors Make Good Faith Efforts to Meet the DBE Goal" on Page Signed by: STATE OF: COUNTY OF: )- %- (Date) man t e POCIA Q.d 1-2 L, On this 7 day AA in the year � 1 who is personally knovai to me, who produced satisfactory identification, affixed his/her signal in the space provided above. •: 2005 I ••'� DONNA P. AMATO `- Notary Public - State of Florid■ IGNATURE OF NOTAR PUBLIC `5''��SIN �� ' «.....• Commission f D00212 44 SECTION 00454 DBE ASSURANCE URS Corporation 00454-1 A MEANS TO ENSURE THAT COMPETITORS MAKE GOOD FAITH EFFORTS TO MEET THE DBE GOAL This solicitation -will include a statement that the apparent successful competitor will be required to submit DBE participation information and that as a condition of receiving the contract, the competitor must meet the DBE goal or demonstrate to the Sponsor that it made good faith efforts. The actual clause to be used is: "The bidder shall make good faith efforts, as defined in Appendix A of 49 CFR Part 26, Regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, to subcontract 15 percent of the dollar value of the prime contract to small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantage individuals (DBE). In the event that the bidder for this solicitation qualifies as a DBE, the contract goal shall be deemed to have been met. Individuals who are rebuttably presumed to be socially and economically disadvantaged include women, Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian -Pacific Americans, and Asian -Indian Americans. The apparent successful competitor will be required to submit information concerning the DBEs that will participate in the contract. If the bidder fails to achieve the contract goal stated herein, it will be required to provide documentation demonstrating that it made good faith efforts in attempting to do so. A Bid that fails to meet these requirements will be considered non -responsive." The DBE participation information will be required prior to committing the Sponsor to award the contract to the apparent successful competitor. A Bidder may not meet the requirements of the bid specification by stating that it will accomplish all work of the contract using its own employees. It, first, must demonstrate to the Sponsor's satisfaction, that it made good faith efforts to meet the goal, and despite those efforts, was unable to subcontract any of the work to DBEs. UUM AJJuh(ANUh URS Corporation 00454 - 2 SECTION 00454 REQUIRED CLAUSES FOR FAA -ASSISTED CONTRACTS The following clauses should be included in all FAA -assisted contracts (but not in leases) between the sponsor and any contractor: policy: "It is the policy of the Department of Transportation that disadvantage business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 26 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds under this agreement. Consequently, the DBE requirements of 49 CFR part 26 apply to this agreement." DBE Obligation: "The recipient or its contractors agrees to ensure that disadvantage business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 26 have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts and subcontracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds provided under this agreement. In this regard, contractors shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with 49 CFR Part 26 to ensure that disadvantaged business enterprises have the maximum opportunity to compete for and perform contracts. Recipients and their contractors shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the award and performance of DOT -assisted contracts." Section 26.13(b) requires sponsors to advise each contractor and subcontractor who performs on an FAA -assisted project that failure to carryout the above requirements shall constitute a breach of contract. The following clause may be used for this purpose: "All bidders, potential contractors, or subcontractors for this DOT -assisted contract are hereby notified that failure to carry out the DOT policy and the DBE obligation, as set forth above, shall constitute a breach of contract which may result in termination of the contract or such other remedy as deemed appropriate by the recipient and the FAA." DBE ASSURANCE URS Corporation 00454 - 6 SECTION 00454 SCHEDULE OF DBE PARTICIPATION Name and Address of DBE Subcontractor i Type of Work Subcontracted Dollar Value of Work P �) G . 4 33 't. (3� 9or/14.f w►-"+rI v uJ f n(S� 14'� U1� � � tt-, r � • c•`' ' t►'lis r D�t�vp• 3 iA�}Jd� , - • hA VC • W Ak-- I i 5 -7 `_ I I I I NC Total Dollar Value of DBE Subcontracted Work Total Dollar Value of Bid $t- Total DBE Percentage (rounded to nearest 1/10 percent) I % The undersi will enter into a formal agreorrie wi th bcontractors identified herein for work listed in this schedul , conditioned upon execution /a ntr o or. / 7 - U S ned by: 4 (Must be same signature as on Bid Fo (Date) STATE OF:/6�L•C.Q�Lo` COUNTY OF: On this dayof n the earOW >' Q-n I Y � L who rsonally kno to me, o o produced satisfactory idF affixed his/her si at e e space provided above. DONNA P. AMATOotary Public - 5tate of FloridayCa -"wExpirwAZ6pr29.ZoosCommission 0 DD021204 SIGNATURE OF NOTARY PUBLIC DBE ASSURANCE URS Corporation 00454 - 4 Mie5120e-4 14:31 541s71a9Ea kIJ 134ii SECMk 00454 DGE 8VOCO URACTpR MeNTFVATHM A VAVrT IL RAwwnRA ivMva. "'"� �' ®.�, �► o� ar,� ta7�,1�t Pam. aFpes�9 , do�..na ..�, r�.� law r34E ✓ I D£yJ T - .. � e "2- � ' � P�u�' �"i� i?x.uP. �aTA, FL 34241 11►e,.y, aecava anid a�pe� wrat a any a �/ i3ma,A, �) or e&%-d tW • CFR PM,-W ana xt 1 rdr as i. „b doh gift tse� � C � as ofvra,4t Pwocm afor*0 key West 4rae"oo,.W tipw. t�1�T�Lc.1R�pw,j f� +Wt � txx.�s • M i �G. �� TMst�nascea�loee�� e�� _ �r�(D� Jt�[ o r�,1 E,v� f.� F- QF•�Tlo N K i&nrcZA4t Att to tows A4jT*c4M Flr. rp�c �uT'L JV R� To UN(E Tm ACE r';MW AM CORRWr, AVO TMT i AN 7FAT COMMKM OF IQ AUT"OFWD ON IIEHA .F OF T HE FVW -7 Ssr'" sir. + 2 _ _ OG;4 8?ATE OF: Roiz i PA. COLNn r ar-- 5,A Ac Oases P bided Morn b wR o[ P M" 5 Key West International _airport Disadvantaged Business t niernns. 'DID?, Office of Small Business Devcloptnent ccrntics January- 21. 2004 Mr. Raymond Vazquez Florida Kevs Electric, Inc. Kev West, Monroe Count-, Florida, 33040 RE: Disadvantaged Business Enterprises Certification Dear Raymond Vazques, Please be advised that your firm Florida Reps Electric Inc. has met the required criteria to he Certified as :t Disadyantaeed Business Enterprise (DBE), under rules promulgated b}' the U.S. Department Of Transportation (DOT) 49 CFR Part 26. Commencing January 20, 2004 and expiring January- 20, 2007 Florida Kees Electric Inc. name -,gill be identified in the _-airport's Director- of Certified Disadvantaged Business Enterprises. Florida Keys Electric Inc. certification status will be effccuye for three (3; years from the date of this letter provided there are no changes in the organization in the areas of ownership, control, independence and/or daily operations of the firm during the approved certification period. Please note that you are required to xvithin fifteen (15', da'-s to nouf�- the _-airport (DBELO) Director Jerome Fain Jr., of said changes listed above. In addiuon, it is -our responsibility- to contact this office sixty (,t days before expiration of this ceruficauon letter to initiate your certification renewal. The Iie\ West International _airport reserves the right to re-evaluate a tour business certification prior to l lorida I c\s Electric's participation on an airport project, or at any- time the Airport (DBELO deternunes that such rc- evaluation is -,yarranted for cause. If you have, am- questions regarding the DBE Program of the _Airport please call me at (305) 296-8099. Sincerely, Jerome Fain Jr. Security & Operations Manager/DBELO RIVERVIEW CONSULTANTS, INC. 1010 EAST ADAbss STREET ♦ JACKSONVILLE, FL 32202 ♦ PHONE (904) 632-0930 ♦ FAX (904) 632-09 January 20, 2004 Mr. Jerome Fain Key West International Airport 3491 South Roosevelt Key West, Florida 33040 Re: DBE Certification — Florida Keys Electric, Inc. Dear Mr. Fain: The purposes of this letter are to inform you that (1) 1 have completed the DBE Certification application for Florida Keys Electric, Inc.; and (2) that I am recommending the firm's certification as a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE). Please be informed that Mr. Raymond Vazquez, the firm's owner, presented proper documentation to satisfy the DBE certification requirements of 49CFR, Part 26. Mr. Vazquez is of Cuban heritage, has less than $750,000 personal net worth (Disadvantaged); the firm's three-year gross receipts average is $1,644,740 (size standard); Mr. Vazquez has 100% ownership; He is a licensed electrician (independence) and exhibits a minimum 51 % control of the firm. If there are any additional questions or concerns regarding this recommendation please contact me at (904) 632-0930. Sincerely, Willie Hudson END OF DBE ASSURANCE DBE ASSURANCE URS Corporation 00454 - 6 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DBE ASSURANCE URS Corporation 00454 - 7 00455 — Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00455 CERTIFICATE OF NON -SEGREGATED FACILITIES CERTIFICATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS AND THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS (APPLICABLE TO CONTRUCTION CONTRACTS AND RELATED SUBCONTRACTS EXCEEDING TEN THOUSAND ($10,000.00) DOLLARS (US $) WHICH ARE NOT EXEMPT FROM THE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE) The construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide, for his employees, any segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The construction contractor certifies that he will not maintain or provide, for his employees, segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the equal opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting room, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas. parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directives or are in fact segregated on th basis of race, color, religion, or national origin because of habit, local custom, or any other reason. The construction contr ctor of that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed satractors for sp fic time p rinds) be will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to,the award of subcontracts a ceeding n th ght ($10,000.00) dollars (US) which are not exempt from the pro=same se nd that wi etain such certifications in his files. Signed by:rn Bid Fo (Date) STATE OF: \ �iy COUNTY OF: ^—� M k at e On this ( day o in the Y ea22ba .V ale � Po C�'P, who is pe nall know to me, who produced satisfactory identification, affixed his/her signature in the space provided above. DONNA P. AMATO E• •_- Notary Public -State of Florida My:r.,mer Fiat Apr20 2UQ5 SIGNATURE OF NOTARY PUBLIC Gor--1iaslon ! DD021204 END OF CERTIFICATE OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES NON -SEGREGATED URS Corporation 00455 - 1 FACILITIES THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK NUN-JtUKtUA I tl) URS Corporation 00455 - 2 FACILITIES 00456 — Certification Regarding Debarment, Etc. BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK URS Corporation BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00456 CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY, AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION — 49 CFR PART 29 (Version 1, 115/90) The bidder certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. It further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause with modification in all lower tier transactions, solicitations, proposals, contracts, and subcontracts. Where the bidder/ offeror/ contractor of any to rticipan Is unable to certify to this statement, it shall attach an explanation to solicitation/prQposal / I-flSigny: G — / — 7 — / (Must be same/gig on Bid Form) (Date) STATE OF.- COUNTY OF: �f in r(90d 7 �(3�n On this _day o the yea , who is r all kno to me, who produced satisfactory identification, affixed hisJher signature -In the space provided above. E-'-�-, DONNA P. AMATONotary Public - 5tate of FloridaI ATURE OF NOTARY PUBLICMh^m'�n��Apr �,' Commieaion S 00021204 qp"w END OF CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, ETC. DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, ETC. URS Corporation 00456 - 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK uttiAKIVIENT, SUSPENSION, ETC. URS Corporation 00456 - 2 00457 — Certification Regarding Foreign Participation "- BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00457 CERTIFICATION REGARDING FOREIGN PARTICIPATION The Contractor or subcontractor, by submission of an offer and/or execution of a contract certifies that it: 1. Is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR); 2. has not knowingly entered into any contract or subcontract for this project with a contractor that is a citizen or national of a foreign country on said list, or is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on said list; 3. has not procured any product nor subcontracted for the supply of any product for use on the project that is produced in foreign country on said list. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of Transportation in accordance with 49 CFR 30.17, no contract shall be awarded to a Contractor or subcontractor who is unable to certify to the above. If the Contractor knowingly procures or subcontracts for the supply of any product or service of a foreign country on this said list for use on the project, The Federal Aviation Administration may direct, through the sponsor, cancellation of the contract at no cost to the Government. Further, the Contractor agrees that, if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in each contract and in all lower tier subcontracts. This Contractor may rely upon the certification of a prospective subcontractor unless it has knowledge that the certification is erroneous. The Contractor shall provide immediate written notice to the sponsor if the Contractor learns that its certification or that of a subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. The subcontractor agrees to provide immediate written notice to the Contractor, if at any time it learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Contractor or subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct, through the sponsor, cancellation of the contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Government. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and information of a contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent p in the ordinary course of business dealings. This certification conce� matter wit jurisdiction o acy of the United State of American and the making of a false, fictitious, fratTdulent certificati �rt�y render th erect to prosecution under Title 18, United State Code, Section 1001. le Signed by: STATE OF: COUNTY OF: On this _day who is oersonaUy-knr same sigr me, SIGNATURE OF NOTARY PUBLIC as on Bid / — 7- d (Date) in the year,; it who prodpuceed�satisfactory identification, affixed his/her signature in the s ace .4t —O, JVgA P AD29.2DO5 Y ' i Noli'y aubiic - Stat 41, Cr . ru:4.zr F�`'fsCo- Es rn ! O FOREIGN PARTICIPATION URS Corporation 00457 - 1 END OF CERTIFICATION REGARDING FOREIGN PARTICIPATION FOREIGN PARTICIPATION URS Corporation 00457 - 2 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK r VRCIVIV r-MM 1 lUlrA I IUN URS Corporation 00457 - 3 00458 - Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00458 SWORN STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 287.133(3)(a), FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES This sworn statement is submitted to Monroe County Board of County Commissioners by DAAPO-L R PbC444V L441 for i['�rP•�.�1 �Y'/ �G . //�� c A �a ose bus,nes address l380 Sto, S%ek-1 Sf rZAJo774. PL I 3<a c�7 r And (if applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is 6 S'104,54f [ ? -NC2 L Z 2. (If the entity //has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement: 2. 1 understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(g), Florida Statutes, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States, including, but not limited to, any bid or contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation. 3. 1 understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133 (1)(b), Florida Statutes, means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an adjudication of guild, in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of a jury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere. 4. 1 understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287.133 (1)(a), Florida Statutes, means: a. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime; or b. An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. 5. 1 understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(e), Florida Statutes, means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term "persons" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in management of an entity. PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES URS Corporation 00458 - 1 Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this swom statement. [Indicate which statement applies.] VNeither the entity submitting this swom statement, nor any of its officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity has been charged and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. A//'� The entity submitting this swom statement, or one or more of its officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, or an affiliate of to entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity clime subsequent to July 1, 1989. AThe entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of its officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. However, there has been a subsequent proceeding before a Hearing Officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearing and the Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer determined that it was not in the public interest to place the entity submitting this swom statement on the convicted vendor list. [attach a copy of the final order] I UNDERSTAND THAT THE SUBMISSION OF THIS FORM TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR THE PUBLIC ENTITY IDENTIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 1 (ONE) ABOVE IS FOR THAT PUBLIC ENTITY ONLY AND, THAT THIS FORM IS VALID THROUGH DECEMBER 31 OF THE CALENDAR YEAR IN WHICH IT IS FILED. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT I AM REQUIRED TO IN RM THE PUBLIC ENTITY PRIOR TO ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT IN EXCESS OL M UNT PROVIDED IN SECTION 287.017, FLORIDA STATUTES FOR CATEGORY OF ANY CHANG IRIHE AF00AATION CONTAINED IN THIS FORM. by: � ' �- 7- QS` (Must be same signature as on Bid F (Date) STATE OF: COUNTY OF: � �C-r � �► �d V-Ck / � /,/� J/ On this dayof the year �1 f �'I �" ` e(LI Y who is personally kno to me, o o produced satisfactory identification, affixed his/her signature in th ace provided above. DONNA P. AMATO SI AT E OF NOTARY PUBL C `- •= Notary W,;pijtm - State of Florida My CaT ",6son F� e6 Apr 29, 2t705 Comm,csion i DD021204 END OF SWORN STATEMENT ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES URS Corporation 00458 - 2 00459 — Buy American Certification BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00459 BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION The Contractor agrees that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, subcontractors, materialmen, and suppliers in the performance of this Contract, as defined in (2) below 2. The following terms apply to this clause: A. Steel and Manufactured Products. As used in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (1) those produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, if the cos, of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds sixty (60%) percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the United States. B. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, matenals. and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. C. Cost of Components. This means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. By submitting a Bid under this solicitation, except for those items listed by the Bidder below or on a separate and clearly identified attachment to this Bid, the Bidder certifies that steel and each manufactured product, is produced in the United States (as defined in the clause Buy American - Steel and Manufactured Products for Construction Contracts) and that components of unknown origin are considered to have been produced or manufactured outside the United States. A list of articles, materials, and supplies excepted from this provision is attached in Section 00210 of these Contract Documents. PRODUCT/O`A COUNTRY OF ORIGIN Signed by: / — -y ust be same nature as on B' F rm) (Date) STATE OF: COUNTY OF:��D"� On this day o the yearr�' Oct who is personally knovl to me, who produced satisfactory identification, affixed his/her signature in t e space proviaei a6dVe. -� Y DONNA P. AMATO w� ;• Notary Pu�'ic - it, of Florida C.[J pAy Commra�x n cxp es Apr �, 2D05 ''' °"�`"D D 0 2 2204 SIGNATURE OF NOTARY PUBLIC Co—Con•T r-�^ END OF BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION BUY AMERICAN URS Corporation 00459 - 1 DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION SEQ#Lo3010300071 CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY LICENSING BOARD • Tne GENERAL CONTRACTOR Nx4med below IS CERTIFIED .. ,der the provisions of Chapter 489 FS. t :piration date: AUG 31, 2004 b)CHEDLEY, DANIEL ROBERT A I P P INDUSTRIES INC 1 .86 5TH STREET ►RASOTA FL 34236 JEB BUSH KIM BINKLEY-SEVER GOVERNOR DISPLAY AS REQUIRED BY LAW SECRETARY Licensing Portal - Search Results ry TM Log On 1 Public Services Searcn for a Licensee Apply for a License View Application Status Apply to Retake Exam Find Exam Information Find a CE Course File a Complaint AB&T Delinquent Invoice & Activity List Search A User Services Renew a License Change License Status Maintain Account Change My Address View Messages Change My PIN View Continuing Ed kTerm Glossary Online Help DBPR Home Online Services Home Help Site Map 11:57:4 Search Results Please see our glossary of terms for an explanation of the license status shown in these search results. License Name License Number/ Status/ Type Name Type Rank Expires Certified H I P P CGC1505082 Current, Active General INDUSTRIES DBA Cert General 08/31/2004 Contractor INC Certified POCHEDLEY, CGC1505082 Current, Active General DANIEL Primary Cert General 08/31/2004 Contractor ROBERT j Terms a' Use Privacy statement I S/ S/ httns: �t�«�'.mvfloridalicense.com/licensing/w112.jsp;jsessionid=LLMCAGKBHGDKkKj... 1/13/2004 i icensing Portai - Licensee Jetaiis — ,U.y �bcaa.com Any TM Log On 11 Public Services Search for a Licensee Apply for a License View Application Status Apply to Retake Exam Find Exam Information Find a CE Course File a Complaint AB&T Delinquent Invoice & Activity List Search A User Services Renew a License Change License Status Maintain Account Change My Address View Messages Change My PIN View Continuing Ed h, EE+ Term Glossary RE Online Help DBPR Home Online Services Home Help Site Map Licensee Details Licensee Information Name: Main Address: License Information License Type: Rank: License Number: Status: Licensure Date: Expires: Special Qualifications 1 r:58_ 17 AI POCHEDLEY, DANIEL ROBERT (Primary Nam, H I P P INDUSTRIES INC (DBA Name) 1386 5TH STREET SARASOTA, Florida 34236 Certified General Contractor Cert General CGC1505082 Current, Active O1/03/2003 08/31/2004 Bldg Code Core Course Credit View Related License Information View License Complaint Effective Date L I Terms of Use I I Privacy Statement Nsw seam►, 0 https:;«_XN.mvfloridalicense.com/licensinor/wll3.jsp;jsessionid=LLMCAGKBHGDKkKj... 1/13/2004 PRIME BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS Each contractor shall furnish with his bid the following completed and signed statements on "evidence of competency" and "evidence of financial responsibility". 6flotr7m;QA7ii `I-Sfi� 1. Name of Bidder: �'t • •{�. ®'�%uSTls jj 2. Business Address: �Jgj�O bJ' T�f . 5,� '�� 5ki?6Of'A� F;�-. -2-42h io 3. Telephone Number: CaQ 0 577 - (0�4j) 3(2) - tOSO 4. When Organized: (g00D 5. Where Incorporated: 4q/a'7/Od i F1,01Zj ?1- 6. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under the present firm name? ICJ Ll W5 7. What is the type of construction work in which you are principally engaged?_ 6:�u.ly MbTfmAiJ''i 4 u" lr Gw, R O�l1 or.1Sf jtagL; WCAM> 8. On separate sheet list major contracts in past 10 years. &tTA64 ✓b �*t ,e � LA?.,vD 9. On separate sheet list equip��nt an ia�nt available project. T� �n V s 10. Enclose a copy of latest Financial Statement. Sr- E-10 {, 151W 11. Credit Available for this Cwtract: $ 3COAVO•00 Orr.," ftJu.�, CfZPx1 ' woe . 1�bIJIAC:ju�NS 5LAVpU19ttS 12. Contracts now in hand, Gross Amount: $45A-r��C.i7 �S�C(.lQ/N7 (2<Z - 13. Have you ever refused to sign a contract aryour original bid? KCMe : &Leob ONCL05P,0P LEA s Fi �l �J 12�5UM�s H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. COMPLETED PROJECT LIST 1",-2002 11AMILTON RLSIDENCI SARASOTA. FL. INSURANCE PLA S I.AS ! MANOR MED CAWCI:N'TI:R SARASOTA. FL RENOVATION UPGRADES METROPOLITAN S . !.AS I MANOR MED CARL CENTER SARASOTA. FL NURSE STA. UPGRADES VENCOR. INC C�:AI"LS RLSIDI-NC1 SARASOTA. FL. ADDITION THOAL'AS GAl-1 KI A`::-S I (iRILIA VENICE. FL. FRAMING MITCHEL BROTHERS I'.`A AI!. C.0 5:1RASOTi\. FI_. FRAMING LAM S � .35; �-Oi! %IA"- RISIDENCE SARASOTA. FL. INSURANCE PLA ituI00 ROLLING GREEN C( )Nl)i )AIINICMS S_AIUASOTA" FL. INSURANCE PLA S 340.000.00 1116M.:AND 1'INI:, CLEARW"ATER- FL. RENOVATION UPGRADES VENCOR" INC S 1 3_.00(.00 �.•� �� R! ,SID NCE SAFET)' HARBOR. FL. INSURANCE PLA S 78000.00 RI:>11)I-NCI: SIESTA KEY. FL ADDITION RENOVATIONS LARRY SCIIRo FDFR 1 ! 1 N )R"I HEALTH 1'.Ai:h NORTI I PORT. FI-. FRAMING LAM NLANA61-MFN I S 20.077.00 !'Al'! k )N RESIDENCE ORLANDO. FL. RENOVATION UPGRADES MR. X MRS_ PATTON S 11.000.00 VENICE. FL. FRAMING MITCHEL BROTHERS S 135.000.00 1'":ARD (W MANATEE BOARD OF BRADENTON. FL. INSURANCE REALTORS S 17 000.00 i.!N�Si1)1: CONDOMINIUMS VENICE. FL. FRAMING LAM MANAGEMENT S 20.000.00 INTEGRATED HEALTII I.H.S OF VENICE VENICE. FL. ADDITION RENOVATIONS SERVICES S 90.321.00 HERII:AGE HEALTH b: BFVI'RLl' RI-H AH. CENTER VENICE. FL. RENOVATION UPGRADES LNTFRPRISES. INC. S 157.861.00 INTEGRATED HEALTH Ll LS - SANDA' PARK FT. MYERS. FL. RENOVATION SERVICES S 1 1 1.176.00 PO" FRS RESIDENCE SIESTA KEY. FL ADDITION RENOVATIONS ALALTI::R Pc ri4'F:RS S 112.129.00 THE- ,ABBEY REHAB CENTER ST. PETERSBURG. FL. RENOVATIONS VENCOR. INC S 47.000.00 BRANDA'S RESIDENCE SIESTA KEY. FL RENOVATIONS GI'S BRANDY S 23.00u.00 HIPP INDUSTRIES OFFICE BUILDING SARASOTA- FL. ADDITION RENOVATIONS DAN H �CHLDLEY S 57.0o W0 L:AS I MANOR MED. CARI- CENTER SARASOTA. FL. UPGRADES VENCOR_ INC S 67.435.00 H.I.P.P. Industries. Inc. COMPLETED PROJECT LIST E1'I_LERS RESIDENCE SIESTA KEY. FL RENOVATIONS THOMAS FULLER S 22.52 ( )RNST( )N RESIDENCE SIESTA KFY. FL INSURANCE ADDITION SID ORNST( �N S -1--;kC oo I IERI'I A(',I' OAKS VENICE, FL, FRAMING IAM \LnNAGF%1! N1 1'(,?t,2 0( l S H( \'.! S !'I)-; r SAR\ -,()TA, FL. FRAMING US IIOMES S 21.11' Un S.AIC-ASOT:A. FL. FRAMING US HOMES S INTEGRATED HLALTI1 1-1 S:A\D�" PARK FT. MYERS, FL. MECEf. E'PGR .DES SERVICES S P AI '%IFTI(-) PINI S C.0 F- MYERS. FL. FRANIING LAM MANAGEMI:N-1 S S8.84 L00 EMERGENC)' BOARD IN-FEGRATED HEALTH UP PR( �JI CTS - 111 S EAST COAST. FL. BOARD UP - 8 FACILITIES SERVICES S 32.827.00 1.11.5 CRFS1:AI. INTEGRATED HE ALTI I ti!'RI\GS REIL%H TONOTHOSSASA. FL. RENOVATIONS UPGRADES SERVICES S 320.209-00 ',,'!,NCO" - I;( (C.% k, A l i )\ RI:I IAB BOCA BATON. FL. RENOVATIONS UPGRADES A''ENC OR- INC S 1 �.h9h.00 . I: I- Oj INTEGRATED HEALTII Al M- NEVA SARASOTA. FL. RENOVATIONS UPGRADES SERVICES S 1.19.724.00 If { S OF SARASOTA INTEGRATED IIF AI.T1I A, BLNI VA SARASOTA. FL. MECH. REPAIRS SERVICES S 3.984.00 ". I I -FRS R!:SIDI NCE SARASOTA. FL. RENOVATIONS TEIOh1AS FULLER S 23.454.00 SYSTEM INTEGRATED HEALTH PINELLAS PARK- FL. UPGRADES REPAIRS SERVICES S 12.079.21 I:I S RESIDENCE ORLA.NDO. FL. COMPLETE RENOVATION MATHE%%' I.IEBERI S �;- 1.468.00 COL( )tiIAL OAKS REHAB CENTER FT. MYERS. FL. DOOR REPLACEMENTS VENCOR. INC S 4,591.00 GULFCOAST I_ND( ),,COPY CFNTER CAPE CORAL. FL. RENOVATIONS JAMES ECKERT S 3.0W00 LILS CENTRAL PARK INTEGRATED 1- IEAL1-EI VILLAGI ORLANDO. FL. NFIN KITCHEN ADDITION SERVICES S 190.390.00 ELECTRICAL UPGRADES & INl7:GRATED IIEALTEI Lf!S SEBRING SEBRING.FL. RENOVATIONS SERVICES S 169.221.00 I.:AS-I MANOR MED. CARE CENTER SARASOTA- FL. DINING ROOM UPGRADES VENCOR. INC S 13.968.20 I.H.S. CRYSTAL INSULATION OF TANK A. INTEGRATED I1E AI. -I i I SPRINGS REfiAY, TONOTHOSSASA. FL. PIPES SERVICES S l2.f041 00 BOC:A R-A-LON REIL-%B- CFN 1-1:1% BOCA RATON. FL. PT. RESTROOM UPGRADES VENCOR. INC c 30,950.00 SOI "111 TAMPA PT ROOM K SHOAT:R RI:HAB. CENTER TAMPA. FL. REPAIRS SALEM VILLAGES. INC S 10.222.00 1-111: ABBF)' REHAB CLNTER ST. PETERSBURG. FL. NEAR' ACCORDION DOORS VENCOR, INC S 2.679.00 DARBY'S RESIDENCE SARASOTA. FL_ MASTER BED ADDITION TH(>MAS DARB1' S 20.837.00 H.I.P.P. Industries. Inc. COMPLETED PROJECT LIST 190--21102 SARASO'IA HARBOR S.H_W. CONDO WEST SARASOTA. FL. INTERIOR RENOVATION ASSOCIATION 12.+ 13()CA RATON REHAB. R(x7F REPAIRS & CENTER BOCA RATON. FL UPCKYRADF-S VENCOR. INC S _" :."i-) UNIVERSITY OI CHENSIGUT L: O.S..Y BR(x )KSVILLF. FL. NEW CONSTRUCTION SOUTH FLORIDA THL ABBEY REHAB CENTER ST. PETERSBURG. FL. MEP UPGRADES AHCA VENCOR. INC S 1�.8>i�+�� 1':ASCO 1-1-1- IENTARY COVERED WALKWAYS PASCO COUNTY SC111 x)I. DADE CITY. FL REPLACEMENT SCHOOL. BOARD S 3 14Q4 u(l L.:AKELAND ELECTRIC SEVENTH FLOOR BUILD- \D%tIN 131'TILDFNG LAKELAND. FL. OUT CFTY OF LAKELAND ;_II.S OF Pt)RI INTEGRATED IfEAL7*I! CII:ARI.OITI: PORT CHARLOTTE. FL. KITCHEN UPGRADES SERVICES < -4(,-S71 00 C:ASA MORE RFfUU3 CI-NTER BRADENTON. FL. INTERIOR RENOVATIONS VENCOR. INC S 182.982.00 KINDRED I fo SPITAI_ NEW KITCHEN SERVING KINDRED C ENTRat. TAMPA_ FL. LINE HFALTHCARE S 17.24800 ::ANI)N ARMY SALVATION ARMY i A\tl'A COMMAND TAMPA. FL. EXTEREIOR UPGRADES TAMPA AREA S 77.84?.00 `. !:NCt )1: HOSPITAL. INTERIOR CORRIDOR 1 "I ANIPA TAMPA. FL. FLOOR UPGRADES VENCOR. INC 97.072.00 V!.NCOR HOSPITAL INTERIOR CORRIDOR I N I RA TA%IPA TAMPA. FL. FLOOR UPGRADES VFNCOR. INC S 101.825.00 !'! \11- Af I ELEC..F A-F P. &, INTERIOR INTEGRATED HLALTi I (("�VAI I SC HOhtL HLALEAH. FL. UPGRADES SERVICES S 268.875.85 : Ai; COOLER FREEZER. INTEGRATED ALT I SC H()MF HLALEAH. FL. SITE.KITCHEN AND N S SERVICES S 135.57107 _. 3RLA1? INTEGRATED HEALTI I >!li 1:AI. MLAMI. FL. CHILLER REPLACEMENT SERVICES S 78.063.00 /:ALEA ADULT ADDITION & CITY Of- ST. CENTER ST. PETERSBURG. FL. RENOVATIONS PETERSBURG S 415.75(1.00 MA-1 LIEBERTS RESIDENCE ORLANDO. FL. GREAT ROOM ADDITION MAT LIEBERT S 70.000.00 I H.S OF SARASOTA INI-EGILATED HLAL: fI1 AI BFNEVA SARASOTA. FL. PLUMBING UPRGRADES SERVICES S 16.668.00 111(;l [LAND PINES PATIENT ROOM P.i 1FA13 CENTER CLEARWATER.FL. UPGRADES VENCOR. INC S 28.978.00 THI: HERMITAGE PH-] SARASOTA ARTS STABILIZATION ENGLEWOOD. FL HISTORIC RESTORATION COUNCII S 23"035.36 Pc 1MPANO REHAB. KINDRED CENTER POMPANO. FL. INTERIOR UPGRADES HEALTHCARE IC:ARE S 166 250.00 \�INDSl1R WOODS KINDRED CON% ALESCENT HUDSON, FL. INTERIOR UTGRADES I IEAL"FI ICARE S 39.569 00 I :\Y POFNT NURSING KINDRED 1) VV-ILI.ION ST. PETERSBURG. FL. INTERIOR UPGRADES HEALTHCARE IS_- oo,00 CARROLLWOOD CARE KINDRED CENTER TAMPA. FL. INTERIOR UPGRADES HEALTHCARE S 70.512.00 CAPE CORAL REHAB KINDRED CENTER CAPE CORAL. FL. INTERIOR UPGRADES I II.AI.TI IC:ARI S 54.162.00 H.I.P.P. Industries. Inc. COMPLETED PROJECT LIST tvv--zuuz SUN CITY RETIR. INTERIOR EXTERIOR SUN CITY CENTER SUN CITY. FL. REPAIRS be UPGRADES OPERATIONS. INC INTERIOR EYFERIOR INTEGRATED HFAI.TI i 1.1 LS OF FT. MYERS F I . NIYERS_ FL. UPGRADES R. KITCHEN SERVICES 23 a__- I.H.S OF ORANGI REMODELING b: NEW INTEGR\Tl:l) lit :\I. I l i PARK IACKSONVILLE. FL. KITCHEN COOLER FREZ. SFRVIC FS I SK.7o-4 uu TI"Ft<<VILLL RFILM3 KINDRED Cl ti I FR T,'-MSVILLE_ FI_ INTERIOR UPGRADES HI::II.THCARI S -t 1.-_n tut TOTAL H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. DATE 12'2 1 u3 COMPLETED PROJECT LIST-1102-2ou3 SANFORD REHAB. KINDRED CENTER SANFORD- FL. \IISC. REPAIRS TPGRADES HEALTHCARE NORTI IBRONVARD KINDRED REI I.IB CF`:TFR N. RPM ARD. FL. MISC. REPAIRS TPGR .DES HEALTHCARE COMPLETE H\ AC I`:TEGRATED HFAI 1-I1 LI I.S lWADl.`. Rl'a ER BR-al)E\T()\. FL. REPLACEMENT SLR', ICLS S b'` .19- uu KIl DRED Ht)SPIl M COMPLETE H C WATER KI\DREI) 7 1\!P-1 CE`:TR.\L- TAMPA. FL. LINE REPI.ACE\IENT HEALTHCARF S 4n-1 SN" 0- P �i \1 G.\RDF\S t)F INTEGRATED IIEAI TH ()CAi (K'ALA- FL. KITCHEN REROOFING SERVICES .AKI'LAND ELECTRIC GR011D & 2ND FLOOR \DMI.`. Bt 1-DIV, LAKELAND_ FL. REMODELING CITY OF LAKELAND IIA11111 t1\'S WINDOW SLD REPLAC. MR. & \IRS R! SID!"\Ci LIDO BE. -\CH. FL VARIOUS RENOVATIONS TEMPLETO\ > 1,?.000 00 Rt1C \ RAT1)\ REHAB KINDRED C ' 11-1 is 130CA RATON. FL. VARIOUS UPGRADES HEALTHCARE S 247.9-7o0 SLD GLASS DOOR i !T! 7.1 R!:SIDENCF SAk-XSOTA. FL. REPLACEMENT R. LITTLE S 2 40o.Ou M()RA REHAB GENERATOR KINDRED i 1: BRADEN X. FL. REPLACEMENT HEALTHCARE S �.-i , ii i'! i \SI 1 . RI:S So[ -ND RESIDENTIAL SOUND SARASOTA \IANATI.I Alt \ 1 PROIFCT MIIN--\TF CO._ FL. ABATEMENT 45-HOMES AIRPORT At THORIT)i S 1.129 75 ; 15 I!1:R\.A\IX COt HER\.-M)OCOt1T1 1 ! f i I 1 t n 1R OFFICE BROOKS\7LLE. FL. INTERIOR BL1LD OLT GOVERNMEN-1 S 154.416.00 C ' !': "R `.:. RF:II-11; KINDRED 7 FR CAPE COR.M.. FL. INTERIOR UPGRADES HEALTHC.\RF S 14.60S.00 KINDRED PLACE S:1R\SOTA- FL. MISC. REPAIRS IWRADES HEALTHCARE S '� 1 0u l-":Li I REHAB KINDRED !: I ITL SVILLL. FL. \IISC. REPAIRS UPGRADES IFLAL1 HCARI S 2Y,8a_ 00 1'c \NO REHAB KINDRED CI `TER R MPANO. FL. INTERIOR LPGR.-\DES HFALTHCARF S 22.100.00 C \PF CORAI. REHAB- ELECTRICAL tTGRADES KINDRED CENTER CAPE CORAL. FL. & CARPET REPL. REPAIRS HEAL"FlIC 1R1 S 124.928.00 F\-ERGRF.EN \\OODS FIRE PUMP KINDRED \4'RSI\G Ch\TER BROOKSVILLE. FL. INSTALLATION HI %l THC \RF S 91.54900 1'U\II'_1SU RLHAB1 MISC. REPAIRS KINDRED CF:\TFR POMPANO. FL. UPGRADES HI U THC \RI S 26.908.00 S.\NF()RD REILMI. MISC. REPAIRS KINDRED C L.N II:R SANDFORD. FL. INTERIOR tPGR-\DES HEAL HC \R1 S 221,.833 00 TITT c\ll LI: REHAB E\IERGE\C)' \IISC }:l\DRF.D CENTER T I-US\7LLE. FL. REPAIRS Hf:.\I.IHC \RI S 14. 80.00 TE\IPL FTO`:'S CONDO\IINItAl SARASOTA. FL. INTERIOR RENOVATION AAV -1 I MI'Ll I W: S ^4.2(�.00 F:L:)RI I) t 1 \KS 1T AVON P.-\K}: AVON PARK. FL, EXTERIOR I PGRADES HI \I 111C.1R! \t 1R F11 BRO11.ARD MISC. REPAIRS h1\DRFD REIIAB CENTER N. BROWARD. FL. UPGRADES HI -Al TIIC 1Rl ` -u,- Xl 00 B.\IPOINTE REH_ .B. KINDRED CENTER ST. PETERSBLRG, FL- INTERIOR IPGRIDES HI:A\LTHCARF S IX0.829.01) RENOVATION AND A\IATt1 RISIDFNCF BR\DENTON. FL. ADDITIONS MR Ml I \\I -\I S 76.2oo Oo 11 xCS - Mlco\h: TOWLRS SAR_-1SOT.1. FL. SLDIT\ RL:SiDL\Cl PALMETTO. FL. \IIM1611! CM C(')`:Dt ,\!i'\-it \l� SIFST.\ KEY. FL \Ili)\lii!i] CO11 \is SIESTA KlY. FL 11P ;]!.0 1 S:`.RASOT.- FL. ,, -Al)" C(\11'l IAv\ CI S_)LRASOT.-�_ FL S()T i I P_1i.V \\T':t ! S.U:.1,S0T.1_ FL. `:IC L \ I _liCE. FL H.I.P.P. Industries. Inc. LVI�lf LL1L�.V (nVJG1 LI31 IX)OR SARASOTA 1101 SIM; REPLACEMENTS AUTHORITY CUSTOM PRIVACY WALL K GATES MS, EVE SEDIT_1 > �. MIDNIGHT CM I FIREWALL. ALL. REPAIRS CONFX) :\SSO C1 \11 , Sc, cl ENTRANCE MIDNIGHT CO\ -I RENOVATIONS CONDO) ASSc1CI XTIc i\: 24-18 ]_ NIL POL APTS. it SAR-liSOTA 1101 SIV; B.\L .APTS UNIT 1858 At .-\DA t-PGRaDES AT SAR_-lSOTA 110t SIV, SEVERAL LOC.aT10NS AtTHORITl INTERIOR RENON'-\TION SARASOTA FOR ART GALLERY COMMERCIAL PROP COMC.AST C.U311 INTERIOR RENOVATIONS COMPANY i _ TOTAI. 1 :.241.353.65 HOSPITALITYINSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. CURRENT PROJECT LIST - 2003 IZ=003 SARASOTA MANATEE PHASE 7 - RES. SOUND S 1,496,832.00 50 0 _y, o AIRPORT AUTHORITY ABAT./RENOVATIONS SMAA SARASOTA MANATEE PHASE 7 - RES. SOUND AIRPORT AUTHORITY ABAT./RENOVATIONS SMAA ADTL. WORE; $ 416,459.00. 300io ADTL. WORK OFFICE BUILDING FRUITVILLE INTERIOR MODIFICATIONS COMCAST CABLE COMPANY $ 226.852.88 900i0 RESIDENTIAL SOUND HILLSBOROUGH CO. AIRPORT TAMP.A INTL. AIRPORT ABATEMENT PROJECT AUTHORITY S 2,489,433.00 20°/0 Page 1 of I H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. Hospitality Institutional Public Preservation Industries, Inc. DANIEL R POCHEDLEY CEO Project Role: Mr. Pochedley is the Chief Executive Officer for H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. in Sarasota. He is responsible for reviewing'and advising on the financial and executive decisions for the firm. Mr. Pochedley will ensure that all projects are completed within schedule, of high quality standards and that fulfills the contractual requirements. Experience: Mr. Pochedley has more than seventeen years of experience in the construction business. He hasw owned and operated H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. since 1996. Prior to this, the company was operating as EXP Painting & Renovation that was initiated in 1989. After graduating with honors in mechanical design & H.V.A.C. from International Technical Institute of Tampa, he developed a strong background in dWgn, installation and service of residential and industrial H.V.A.C. equipment. His experience includes water treatment, environmental control, electronic & pneumatic controls and high/low voltages. In addition, he also worked as a personal manager for several national musical acts of multimillion -dollar contracts when he owned and operated Busted Ear Productions in Orlando, Florida. He managed all contractual agreements between promoter, producer and employees as well as stage design & construction, travel arrangements, coordinated all foreign affairs and scheduling when traveling abroad. Professional Profile: Central Florida Builders exchange Home Builders Association in Orlando. Continuous yearly seminars in H.V.A.C. controls & air purification through G.O.A.A. Building Design & Construction Management experience: Florida Highway Patrol Building - Daytona, FL. AT & T Building Renovations - Maitland, FL. Patient Wings Renovation & Alterations - East Manor Medical Care Center, Sarasota, FL. Pinehurst Medical Center Renovations - Ft. Lauderdale, FL. Rosemont Health Care Center Renovations - Orlando, FL Rolling Green Condominium South Restoration/Rehabilitation - Sarasota, FL. Woodmere at Jacaranda Residential Housing Community - Englewood, Fl. Education: International Technical University of Tampa - Mechanical Design, H.V.A.C. Seminole Community College - Organizational Behavior & Business Management. Palm Construction School - Contractor's License No. CBC 059525 & CRC 057343. H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. Hospitality Institutional Public Preservation Industries, Inc. GUSTAVO A. RIZZETTO President Proiect Role: Mr. Rizzetto is the appointed President for H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. in Sarasota. His responsibility includes Building Design, Project Management, Quality Control, Marketing and Contract Negotiations for the firm. Experience: Mr. Rizzetto has more than eleven years of experience in the building industry. He has a strong track record in construction management and has thorough understanding of building design and construction for many types of projects. Before joining H.I.P.P. Industries Inc., he was managing a branch office in Sarasota for a construction company that they base out of Winter Park. Orlando. He has also practiced as a Project Architect and managed the design and construction of many projects that demanded a great deal of coordination between consultants, contractors and owners to meet their needs. His completed project experience includes Residential, Commercial, Institutional, Health Care and Hospitality built throughout the State of Florida and ranging up to eight million dollars in construction costs. Professional Profile: American Institute of Architects A.H.C.A Annual Seminar. Building Design & Construction Management experience: Island County Club - Marco Island, FL. Sarasota High School Art Classroom Renovations - Sarasota, FL. Patient Wings Renovation & Alterations - East Manor Medical Care Center, Sarasota, FL. Rehabilitation Therapy Addition & Renovations - Washington Manor, Hollywood FL. Rehabilitation Therapy Addition - Coral Trace Manor, Cape Coral, FL Rehabilitation Therapy Addition & Renovations - Tampa Health Care Center, Tampa, FL. Sub -Acute Patient Wing Addition & Renovations - Rio Pinar Terrace Manor, Orlando FL. New Residence for Mr. & Mrs. Ruggero Rizzetto - Miami, FL. Education: Florida A & M University - Accredited Bachelor of Architecture Miami Dade Community College - Associate Arts Degree / Architecture Ringling School of Arts & Design - Computer Aided Design Technology H.I.P.P. INDUSTRIES, INC. Residential, Commercial & Industrial Construction 1386 5th. Street Sarasota, FL 34236 PHONE: (941) 365-8877 - FAX: (941) 363-9050 VENDOR/SUPPLIER REFERENCES Tom Barrow Co., Sherwin Williams 6818 Benjamin Road, 4871 South Tamiami Trail Tampa, FL. 33634 Sarasota, FL. 34231 813-888-9000 941-924-1174 Hughes Building Supplies CSR Spartan Inc., 2525 12th St 1755 Desoto Rd. Sarasota, FL. Sarasota, Fl 941-366-2850 941-3514945 ASAP Forest Products 3969 Sawyer Road 5330 Pinkney Ave Sarasota. FL. 34233 Sarasota, FL. 34233 941-9254541 941-922-0731 Tampa Bay Trane InPro Corporation. 902 North Himes Avenue, S80 W 18766 Apollo Drive Tampa, FL. 33609 Muskego, WI 53150 813-877-8251 800-214-7749 Waste Management BFI 3100 North Washington Blvd. 1325 Osprey Avenue Sarasota, FL. Sarasota, FL. 941-024-1254 941-953-6559 Hollow Metal Specialists LEEDS Lumber 740 Apex Road 516 6th. Avenue East Sarasota, FL. 34240 Sarasota. FL. 34208 941-379-1970 941-746-2161 Seacoast Supply Gale Insulation 613 School Avenue 1223 Porter Road Sarasota, FL. 34237 Sarasota, FL. 34240 941-955-0632 941-377-3760 William Scotsman, Inc. Gingrich Glass &Aluminum, Inc. 1263 West Landstreet Road 237 Interstate Blvd. Orlando, FL. 32824 Sarasota, FL. 34240 800-782-1500 941-371-7295 H.I.P.P. INDUSTRIES, INC. Residential, Commercial & Industrial Construction 1386 5th Street, Sarasota, FL 34236 PHONE: (941)-365-8877 FAX: (941)-363-9050 SUBCONTRACTORS This is a short list of typical Subcontractors, more can be provided upon request. F.L.A Surveys, Corp. 6561 Taylor Road, Suite #1 Naples, FL. 34109 941-598-5936 Contact Person: Jeffry Hilligoss Doyle Electric Services, Inc. 8929 Maislin Drive, Tampa, FL. 33637 813-989-3496 Contact Person: Ed Laughridge All Seasons Cooling & Heating, Inc. 6500 14'h Street W., #7, Bradenton, FL. 34207 941-739-5936 Contact Person: Marc Gisgstad AM/PM Plumbing 4515 Northgate Court, Sarasota, FL. 34234 941-358-3355 Contact Person: Ernie Ritz Mon -Ray Windows 801 Boone Avenue North, Golden Valley, MN 55427 239-540-3646 Contact Person: Frank Hetman Exact Plumbing, Inc. P.O Box 452958, Kissimmee, FL. 34745 407-682-5372 Contact Person: Jason Turner Anderson Asphalt & Concrete 1775 Myrtle Street, Sarasota, FL. 34234 941-351-6586 Contact Person: Dustin Anderson Nielsen Glass & Mirror Co. Inc. 1035 North Lime Avenue, Sarasota, FL. 34237 941-366-3030 Contact Person: Ron Kauffinan Aladdin Ward Electric & Air, Inc. 7011 — 301 Boulevard, Sarasota, FL. 34243 941-756-5547 Contact Person: Steve Brown Armaclad, Inc. (Doors) P.O. Box 70 Waynesboro, PA 17268 717-749-3141 Contact Person: Nicholas Turano )&L AKELAND ELECTRIC August 31, 2000 Gus Rizzoto, Vice President H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. 1386 5`1' Street Sarasota, FL 34236 Dear Gus, On behalf of Lakeland Electric, we wish to commend you and your organization for the fine job you recently completed for us. The 7"' Floor buildout of the Lakeland Electric Administration Building was accomplished earlier than the required completion date and with no change orders required. Your on -site construction manager, Ed Kaye, made sure that all subcontractors followed our organization's policies and procedures pertinent to their work. It was a pleasure to work with you and your staff. We would readily recommend your services to others. You would certainly be invited to bid on future projects with Lakeland Electric. Sincerely, C Jane A. Chwender .Manager of Training; & Building; Services SOl E. Lemon St. ♦ Lakeland, Florida 33807 David Baulac Supervisor of Buildings & Facilities Phone: 941.499.6300 ♦ Fax: 941.499.6344 ii 1• f h.w. hilles, a.i.a. a r c h i t e c t s 951 rohramtown rd. \ Lancaster, pa 17601\ (717) 295-9530 (717) 295- 9555 fax 677 n. washington blvd. \ sarasota, fl 34236 \ (941)-952-5866 (941) 957-3630 fax .•u January 28, 2000 HIPP Industries 1386 5th Street Sarasota, FL 34236 Attn: Gus Rizzetto INRE: IHS a SEBRING Dear Mr. Rizzetto: Our firm would like to take this opportunity to thank you for a project well done! We believe that the hardest project is one where a general contractor has been removed from the site for poor performance and another contractor is hired to complete the job. Not only did HIPP Industries complete the project on time, within budget, and pass the AHCA inspection, but you did this with no comments from the State or our office. 'You should be congratulated for your professionalism and the expertise with which you handled the IHS @ Sebring facility. Our office would highly recommend HIPP Industries and we welcome the opportunity to work with you on future projects. Again, we thank you and wish you continued success. Sincerely, H.W. HILL S ARCHITECTS Harold W. Hilles, R.A. August 13, 1999 To Whom It May Concern: Re: Hipp Industries, Inc. Sarasota, Florida Please accept this letter as a reference for Hipp Industries, Inc., a contractor that our firm has worked with recently on several projects. Hipp Industries was selected for the Heritage Health Care Center Fire Alarm Replacement Project, a facility owned and operated by Beverly Enterprises. The project involved complete fire alarm upgrading and some architectural finish rehabilitation on the interior of the facility. Project Manager, Gus Rizzetto was very responsive to the needs of the owner, architect and engineer. This particular project required a rapid response and a timely installation in order to comply with a deadline imposed by the Agency for Health Care Administration and work had to be done while the nursing home was occupied. Gus was able to complete the project ahead of schedule and meet all requirements. Inspections with both local officials and AHCA went very smoothly with very few inspection comments. In summary, our experience was very positive. I would highly recommend Hipp Industries for new and renovation work in health care, medical office or commercial projects. Sincerely, THE ADP GROUP I 1 o e t own �IA Principal RMT/db/Hipp Ref 8-11-99 THE ADP GROUP ARCIIR'ECTURE ■ DESIGN R PLANNING 149 COCOANUT AVENUE, SARASOTA, FLORIDA 34236 FACSIMILE (941) 954-7509 TELEPHONE (941) 957-1435 WWW.ADPGROUP.COM LICENSE AA 0002875 5N;.RLY L T H C A R E June 27, 1999 Gustavo Rizzetto Director of Operations H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. 1886 5t h St rest Sarasota, FL 34236 Dear Gus: 1 just wanted to say.thanks again for the fine work you and your company did Updating our fire alarm system. Your crew was very accommodating in working with the residents and staff as -not to disrupt their daily schedules. Don did an excellent job \Nqith keeping our residents' rights a number one priority. 1 will definitely recommend H.I.P.P. Industries to my colleagues that are in need of your services. Thanks again. Sincerely, Michael Antonelli Administrator Heritage Healthcare Center YOUR 1026 Albee Farm Road • Venice, FL 34292 PATHWAY (941) 484-0425 • FAX (941) 484-6203 HOME East Manor Medical Care Center A Vencor Facility 1524 East Avenue South Sarasota, Florida 34239-2394 (941)365.2422 (941) 952. 1756 Fax December 17, 1997 To whom it may concern: This past summer East Manor Medical Center went through a major renovation project. This renovation included the complete overhaul of one half of this 169 bed health facility and the partial updating of the remaining resident rooms. During the initial phase of this renovation, contractors hired to complete this work had to be replaced due a lailure to meet time schedules and very poor work quality. At that time H.I.P.P. Industries was brought in to complete this major and very important job. H.I.P.P. Industries not only were able to meet but exceeded our expectations for quality of work performed but were able to bring this project in ahead of schedule. Dan Pochedley and his crews not only completed their assigned responsibilities but volunteered and completed repairs to work carried out by the prior contractor. What should be further noted was the entire team from H.I.P.P. was able to conform to the facility patient care work schedules and work with our staff to see the work was still complete on time. Each member of their crews were both kind and courteous to both patients and staff during our four month project. I wish to state that I would recommend I-I.i.P.P. Industries for any construction or renovation project that I can conceive. Their quality of work, timeliness and courtesy were all most commendable. If I can provide you with further information please feel free to contact me at your earliest convenience. Sincerely, William M. Scheller Administrator East Manor Medical Center Snulhlntst Rank. 11 A I' II R t,l,il August 17, 1999 Mike Shouvlin, VP MIT Industries, Inc. 1386 5th Street Sarasota, F I , 34236 I)car Mike: SouthTrust Bank" It was good having you stop by the other day to lour our building. So many people tell me what a beautiful bank we have and how much they enjoy walking through. �Ve haven't had the opportunity to speak with you recently on the original restoration and constructing of the downtown building. You and your staff certainly did a fantastic job. We have experienced the nonnal repairs expected for a building that was originally built in 1909. four experience and expertise in renovating historical buildings proved to be a primary factor in «hat we're able to enjoy today. If you ever need a testimonial, please give us a call - we can certainly speak to a job well done. I lope yoL >�n come visit us again soon. i rely, .lame H. � rd 1 nnan of the Board & CEO Central Florida Market J II F/krc Ii AworkinS\jhRItrs\shouvIn.wpd SrrrvMq .Sir Counlio^ i:PI1tG'll I !oida . rig;. 1. I,;ai, I,„ 4Anmi . l; hn,. MFMi1Fn FDIC GENERAL CONTRACTORS Construction TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN AUGUST 16, 1999 As President and sole operator of PLA CONSTRUCTION / ORLANDO I have had the pleasure of an on -going and continuous business relationship with HIPP INDUSTRIES, Inc. for the past six (6) years. This has proved, over time, to be one of mutual understanding for each as well as a true concern for my client's needs, as well. PLA CONSTRUCTION / ORLANDO primarily deals with fire;smoke;wind; and water related property damage to both residential and commercial properties. The originating source for nearly all of this work is directly from the insurance companies and/or their representatives. therefore, it is paramount that these individuals be served promptly, with timely completion; and without problems that may effect the client or the property ov✓ner. I IlI'll INDUSTRIES, Inc. and the principals of the company, have been an integral part of the growth of this business. Their ability to deal with a minor problem or a major total loss is a most valuable asset. It is anticipated and hoped that this relationship will continue into the future to the benefit of each company. FIRE, SMOKE, WIND WATER, VANDALISM i JIM PUR S PRESIDENT PLA CONSTRUCTION /ORLANDO 452 Osceola Street, Suite 201 - Altamonte Springs, FL 32701 Ph. (407) 331-6662 1-500-434-41PLA (4752) Fax (407) 331-1885 SERVING ORANGE, SEMINOLE & OSCEOLA COUNTIES OTHER LOCATIONS: TAMPA - HILLSBOROUGH - PINELLAS - SARASOTA - PASCO COUNTIES jm+-07-200., 11.49 aRAHAm ARCHITECTLRAL 717 849 8188 P.02/02) FIWR 7 !q .. January 7, 2003 AT -TN: Mark Clements The Prosum Group 7217 Benjamin Road Tampa, FL 33634 Re:: H.LP.P. industries . Gus Ri=etto — President Dear )&. Clements: Graham was initially introduced to H.I.P.P. Industries in March 2002 as a means to supply acoustical window products for the Sarasota -Bradenton Intematinnal Airport sound attenuation projects. Since that time frame we have successililly completed a contract with A I P.P. Industries for an amount in excess of S300,000. Additionally, we arc on the verge of entering into another contract with H.U.P. Industries for the continuing supply of acoustical windows at the Sarasota Bradenton Airport This contract will significu ly exceed the value of the aforementioned project. This was Graham's initial project for the supply of windows at the Sarasota-Bmdanton Airport. There wee a number of problems which were unexpected, and.with the support.of. H.I.P.P.. Industries, Ca -sham was able to have a highly succcssflil project Graham and ILLP.P. industries worked very closely with the Airport Authority when issues of technical compliance had to be resolved. Graham is very pleased with the cooperation and performance of H.I.P.P. Industries, and they continue to be our primary partner fix the supply of windows to Sarasota -Bradenton Airport. Fran the financial perspective, H.U.P. Industries and notably Gus Rizzet to have been very cooperative in meeting the credit requirements of Graham. In several instances, payment has occurred to Graham prior to ILLP.P.'s receipt of funds from the Airport Authority. Gus Riaetto and I have worked together to administrate payments to a total in excess of $300,000 on our contract. We share that same level of confidence in extending a line of credit to satisfy the financial underwriting for the next phase of the Sarasota -Bradenton Airport project. Should there be any finiher questions I can answer, please don't hesitate to contact me at 717-849-8179. S' ly Yours. John C. Miller Creidt Manager JCM/sh 1551 Mt. Rase Avenue, York, Pennsylvania 17403-2909 * 717/849-8100 • Fax: 717/8343-5344 Web Page: viwnr CnmhamAnch com TOTAL P.02 K Board of County Commissioners w Hernando County Public Works Department - Engineering Division 20 North Main Street Room 263 Brooksville, Florida 34601 (352) 754-4062 FAX: (352) 754-4423 June 25, 2002 To Whom It May Concern: It is a true pleasure to recommend to you the unique abilities and skills of Mr. Ray Angelini. While working with Mr. Angelini, H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. on the 4th Floor Legal Department Renovation, I have come to appreciate and respect his abilities as a competent Superintendent and Construction Manager. Mr. Angelini displayed a "can do" attitude and always brought a tremendous amount of personal energy to bear on project difficulty resolution. I want to commend Mr. Angelini for the fine work done on the 4th Floor Legal Department Renovation project. I am sure that Mr. Angelini will be a valuable asset to your organization. Sincerely, Dawn L. Michaels Senior Project Manager Hernando County Engineer's Office MATTHEw A. LEIBERT ATTORNEY AND COUNSELOR AT LAW (407)425-2005 112 E. CONCORD Steer Fax (407) 423-1358 ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32801 August 31, 1999 H.I.P.P. Industries 1386 51h Street Sarasota, FL 34236 Re: Recommendation of H.I.P.P. Industries Dear Sir\Madame: It is my pleasure to write this letter of recommendation for H.I.P.P. Industries. H.I.P.P. did a complete remodel of my home in July and August of this year. My home could not possibly look better! There was always a full crew working non-stop with no delays, and the crew members were courteous and diligent. The city inspectors were very impressed with the work, and my friends are very envious! I found that I could always get in touch with Dan Pochedly to discuss matters and make decisions, and the entire process exceeded my expectations. If you have any questions regarding my experience with H.I.P.P. Industries, please feel free to call me. Sincerely, J' Matthew A. Leibert, Esquire LAW OFFICES GROSSMAN ROTH AND PARTRIDGE PART OF GROSSMAN AND ROTH, P. A. STUART Z. GROSSMAN NEAL A. ROTH WILLIAM E. PARTRIDGE GARY M. COHEN ANDREW B. YAFFA TOM PENNEKAMP, JR. JAY COHEN J. BRENT JONES JONATHAN M. PAVSNER NATASHA SANTIAGO OF COUNSEL RICHARD S. MASINGTON CLAUDIA B. GREENBERG Mr. Fredrick J. Piccolo 6000 Airport Circle Sarasota, Florida 34243-2105 Dear Fred: SOUTHTRUST BANK PLAZA 1800 SECOND STREET SUITE 777 SARASOTA, FLORIDA 34236 TELEPHONE (941) 365- 8666 1-800-206-4004 TELECOPIER (941) 316-0963 www.grossmanandroth.com August 20, 2002 CERTIFIED LEGA, ASSISTANT AMY SCHAFFER MEDICAL INVESTIGATORS SCOTT MCCARTHY MARLING SANTIAGO JILL A. DOBRINSKY, R. N.,L.N.C.C. DIANA L. TERSHAKOVEC, M.S.N., A.R.N.P. KAREN A. CLARK, R.N., M.S. LEGAL INVESTIGATORS ROBERT E. LEES SUSAN L. FRANKS DAN ROTH (194E - 1999) H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. has now completed the residential sound insulation at our home located at 7624 Westmoreland Drive in Sarasota. We would like to inform you and the Authority that we are very pleased with the work performed and found Mr. Rizzetto and his supervisor, Scott Piper, to be very accommodating and attentive to details. We thoroughly enjoyed working with Tom Greer as the project coordinator who was also very attentive to the project. We were fortunate to have insulation contractors, "Roger" and "Henry", who were very skilled and dependable craftsmen. WEP:tad cc: Mr. Thomas Greer Mr. Gustavo Rizzetto GRAND BAY PLAZA LAS CILAS CENTRE 11 MIZNER PARK PENTHOUSE ONE SUITE 1120 SUITE 215 2665 SOUTH BAYSHORE DRIVE 350 EAST LAS OLAS BOULEVARD 327 PLAZA REAL MIAMI, FLORIDA 33133 FORT LAUDERDALE, FLORIDA 33301 BOCA RATON, FLORIDA 33432 TEL'L'PHONE (305)442-8666 TELEPHONE (954)767-8200 TELEPHONE(561) 367-8666 TELECOPIER (305) 285- 1668 TELECOPIER (954) 764- 1866 TELECOPIER (561) 367-0297 August 29, 2002 Barney J Kokay 7328 Manatee St. Sarasota, F134243 To Whom It May Concern: H.I.P.P. Industries did an excellent job replacing the doors and windows in my residence. The workers were very courteous and professional. I have been in homebuilding and related industries all my life and can attest to the quality of their workmanship. The work was completed in a timely manner and they met or exceeded expectations and timing. i C�,nAAc:DONNELL PAINTING/PROPERTY SERVICES 7320 MANATEE STREET ` SARASOTA, FLORIDA 34243 August 26, 2002 H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc. 1386 5"' Street Sarasota, FI 34236 RE: Noise Abatement Renovation @ 7320 Manatee Street To Whom It May Concern: My home has recently been subjected to having all of the windows and doors replaced in an effort to reduce or eliminate Air Traffic noise from entering my residence. I would like to express my appreciation for the professional manor in which all phases of the "remodel" were handled by H.I.P.P. Industries and their sub -contractors. The windows installer (Coblentz) and the doors installer (Masotti) acted in an extremely professional, friendly and expedient manor. As a contractor myself, I would not hesitate in referring them to any general contractor or homeowner for which I work. Also, in my experience, no job is run smoothly or is completed expertly without a Superintendent overseeing all aspects of the job. To H.I.P.P. Industries credit, they had two such people involved in this case. First was Joe, who was friendly and accommodating to my schedule when the job began, but also kept the project moving at a steady pace by doing the masonry work himself on the bedroom egress enlargement when a masonry contractor was unavailable for whatever reason. Second was Ray Angelini, who was always extremely pleasant and friendly. He was at my home at least once a day if not more and was very concerned that I was happy with everything being done. As a Paint Contractor myself, I did have a problem with one aspect of the paint preparation being performed. I was not looking to cause trouble for the paint contractor, however, on this particular day, when Ray asked if all was well and I hesitated in my response, Ray prodded until I showed him my problem. The painters were filling holes in door casings with caulk. To say that Ray's response was immediate would be an understatement. He was on the phone instantly and in ten minutes all painters in the vicinity were in my driveway having a new "understanding" of what was to be expected thrust upon them. A superintendent is a great reflection of the General Contractor that employees him. To that end, H.I.P.P. Industries must be very good. In closing, I would simply say that my experience has been excellent and would hope that everywhere Ray, Joe, Larry & Elmer go, similar letters are sure to follow. Sincerel Thomas L. McDonnell HOME (941) 360.9162 FAX (941) 360-9762 CELL (941) 228-1127 E-Mail - THOMAS_MCDONNELL@msn.com Mr. and Mrs. Gl Riley 7403 MANATEE ST SARASOTA, FL 34243 AUGUST 22ND 2002 SARASOTA BRADENTON AIRPORT AUTHORITIES 6000 AIRPORT CIRCLE SARASOTA, FL MY WIFE AND I WOULD LIKE TO COMMEND THE MANAGEMENT OF THE W.D.SCHOCK COMPANY FOR THEIR EXCELLENT CHOICE IN CHOOSING HIPP CONSTRUCTION COMPANY FOR THE RECENT WORK PERFORMED AT OUR HOME. AND IN TURN THEIR CHOICE OF SUB CONTRACTORS THE SUPERINTENDENTS FOR HIPP CONSTRUCTION WERE ALWAYS FRIENDLY AND COURTEOUS AND ANSWERED ANY QUESTIONS WE ASKED. ALL THE SUB CONTRACTORS WERE VERY PROFESIONAS CRAFTSMEN AND ALL THEIR WORK WAS OF THE HIGHEST STANDARDS. BEING IN THE PAINTING BUSINESS FOR 36 YEARS I AM WELL AWARE THAT DOING THIS VARIETY OF WORK WHILE THE HOMEOWNERS ARE PRESENT IS MOST DIFFICULT,THE CONTRACTOR AND THEIR SUBS MADE SURE OUR DISCOMFORT WAS MMMAL THROUGH THE WHOLE PROJECT, AND SEEING THE FINAL FINISH WAS A VERY GRATIFYING EXPERENCE. WE WISH YOU ALL THE GREATEST SUCCESS IN THE FUTURE. GARY & JACKIE RILEY C aooa s CA 33a- . - v>v �i(.� : �-�-IA-,�c� .�Co-�cL G✓c�n� .�.>.: a�Z`n.�.�-cL. �..J .�-c-c.a-�.�. zt ZI Xe- l.x�t.J `j� (�+Cu .-%G�.�..�,t._ � , �!:t.-(i•i, t.�l../ ..c..� �'t C•�l7 rr.��.t./�� .�t!�.�. Irl 0' , IL bv-o-L -k-,, /C.O� �Q_ II 11 u., 1 u1 ul.i., I:t% :1-iII 1b.I;p- 141.) 11.1.:) w -u.�11u�tlu, r. uu, uv: Duane Hathaway From: L-FL-0372-ADMIN-PG-Jacksonvilie Sent: Thursday, August 16, 2001 10:25 AAp To: Harmon Mike/Deltona-CBD/IHS niailhub Cc: Hathaway Duane/BaltAHS@mailhub Subject: Hipp indu fries I ATTOoo l i .au Mike, I would like to send my compliments to Hipp Industries and the Supervisor Mike for the professionalism, work perforn ,ance. and custorne! service displayed during this week cf renovations here at PG Jacksonville. Thanks, Melanie McWhite Administrator Page 1 HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION, INC. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DECEMBER 31. 2002 LEONARD D. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION. INC. TABLE OF CONTENTS REPORT OF THE CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT Balance Sheets Statements of Earnings and Retained Earnings Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Financial Statements ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Earnings from Construction Contracts Completed Contracts in Progress Indirect Construction Costs Selling, General and Administrative Expenses LEONARD D. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION, INC. BALANCE SHEETS DECEMBER 31, ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS Cash Contracts receivable TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS EQUIPMENT, NET DLJli FROM OFFICER TOTAL ASSETS LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES Current portion of long-term debt .Accounts payable and accrued expenses Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on contracts in progress TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES LONG-TERM DEBT STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Common stock, $1 par value (100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding) Retained earnings TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 2002 2001 $35.886 $47,308 147.266 236,490 183,152 283,798 29,024 49,024 20,000 0 $232,176 $332,822 $0 $5,018 15,000 0 0 106,560 15,000 111,578 0 39,415 100 100 217,076 181,729 217,176 181,829 $232,176 $332,822 SEE ACCOUNTANT'S REVIEW REPORT AND NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS LEONARD D. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION INC. STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS AND RETAINED EARNINGS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31. EARNINGS FROM CONSTRUCTION Revenue earned Costs of construction GROSS EARNINGS FROM CONSTRUCTION SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES NET EARNINGS RETAINED EARNINGS, BEGINNING OF YEAR DISTRIBUTIONS RETAINED EARNINGS, END OF YEAR 2002 2001 S3,319,053 S2.583,698 3.049.621 2.050,816 269,432 532,882 131,696 259,522 137,736 273,360 181,729 0 (102,389) (91,631) $217,076 $181,729 SEE ACCOUNTANT'S REVIEW REPORT AND NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS LEONARD D. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION,.,INC. STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31. 2002 2001 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: $137,736 $273,360 Net earnings RECONCILE NET INCOME TO NET CASH PROVIDED ADJUSTMENTS TO BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 20,000 23,855 Depreciation gy,224 (236,49U) DECREASE in contracts receivable (106,560) 106,560 DECREASE in ovcrbillings, net INCREASE in accounts payable and accrued expenses 15,000 0 INCREASE in loan from officer (20,000) 0 TOTAL ADJUSTMENTS T (2.336) (106.075) NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES 135,400 167,285 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 0 (72,879) f� Purchase oequipment (102.389) (91,631) Distributions NET CASH USED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES (102,389) (164,510) CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 0 100 Issuance of common stock INCREASE in long-term debt (44,433) 44.433 NET CASH USED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES (44,433) 44,533 NET INCREASE IN CASH (11.422) 47,308 CASH, at beginning of year 47,308 0 CASH, at end of year $35,886 $47,308 Supplemental Disclosures: Interest paid $0 $0 SEE ACCOUNTANT'S REVIEW REPORT AND NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS LEONARD D. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION. INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31. 2002 AND 2001 NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: Conrnam,'s Activities and Operatinx Cycle The Company, a Florida corporation is a general contractor and as such enters into construction contracts. The construction is performed under fixed price contracts. The contracts are both short and long-term. The accompanying financial statements reflect contracts receivables and other related items as current assets and liabilities to reflect the Company's nonnal operating cycle. Rercnaes and Cost Recognition Revenues from fixed -price construction contracts are recognized on the percentage -of -completion method, measured by the perccntagc•ol-completion costs incurred to date to estimated total costs for each contract. This method is used because management considers expended costs to be the best measure of progress on these contracts. Contract costs included all direct labor and benefits, materials unique to or installed in the project, subcontract costs, and allocations of indirect construction costs. Selling, general and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred. At the time a loss on a contract becomes known, the entire amount of the estimated ultimate loss is recognize in the financial statements. Changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions. and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and revenues and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. Profit incentives are included in revenues when their realization is reasonable assured. Contracts which are substantially complete are considered closed for financial statement purposes. Revenue earned on contracts in progress in excess of billings (under -billings) is classified as a current asset. Amounts billed in excess of revenue earned (overbillings) are classified as current liabilities. Eatrinntertt and Depreciation Equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed principally by the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Income Taxes The Corporation elected to be treated as a Subchapter S Corporation under the Internal Revenue Code. As such, the Company is not subject to income taxes. The income or loss of the Company is the responsibility of the shareholders. Use of Estimates Management uses estimates and assumptions in preparing these financial statements�in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Those estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of continuent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and expenses. Actual results could vary from the estimates that were used. LEONARD D. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA m NOTE B - CONTRACTS RECEIVABLES: Contracts receivables consist of the following: Completed contracts' Contracts in progress NOTE C - VEHICLES AND EQUIP-MENT: Vehicles :Intl l'gU117mCnI COI1SISl OF the IollowinZ. Furniture k, Fixtures Oflicc L:quipm nt \ chicks Equipment Lcs,� accumulated depreciation No,m 1) - LONGTERM DEBT: Lane - tcrm debt consists of the following: Awes Parable - Bank, 0% interest monthly payments „( 541E through 2004. Secured by vehicle Notes !'arable - Officer, unsecured, due on demvid, interest �a 8.> (. Less Current Portion 2002 2001 S120.280 26.986 145.519 $147.266 5236.490 2002 2001 $4,596 23.498 _.t. 1911 91.568 22.754 -54 142,416 142.416 (113.392) !93.192) $29.024 $49.024 2002 2001 $0 S15.(153 *0 29.380 0 44,433 (1 15,MS) $0 $39.41 5 LEONARD D. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA NOTE E - CONTRACTS IN PROGRESS: Contracts in progress consist of the following: Costs incurred to date Estimated gross margin Gross revenue Less billings Under (over) billings Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings Ijllllllgs Ill excess ofcosts and estinimcd earnings NOTE F - BACKLOG: Backlog consists of the following at: Backlog Beginning of Year New Contracts Less Contract Revenues Earned Backlog. End of Year 2002 2001 S12,500 14,486 S594,400 96.536 26.986 (26,986) 690.936 (797.496) $0 $(106.560) $0 $U $0 $(106.560) 2002 2001 $159.565 3,264.825 S0 2,743.263 3.424,390 (3,319.053) 2.743.263 (2,583.698) $105.337 $159.565 LEONARD D. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA ADDITIONAL INFORMATION LEONARD D. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA IOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION, INC. EARNINGS FROM CONSTRUCTION FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER .31, 2002 REVENUE COST OF GROSS EARNED CONSTRUCTION EARNINGS Contracts Completed $3,292,067 $2,762,059 S530.008 Contracts in Progress 26,986 12.500 14.486 Indirect Construction Costs 0 275.062 (275.062) $3.319,053 $3.049.621 S269.432 - 100% 92% 8% See Accountant's Review Report on Additional Information LEONARD D. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA HOSPITALITY INSTI'I'UT10NAll, PUBIA' PRESERVATION, INC. UONI'RA(AS ('MlVIT11 1) FOR THE )'L;IR EARED DECE.11f3F_R 31. 2002 Contract "totals Prior To January 1, 2002 For the Year Ended December 31, 2002 Contract Final Cost Of Earnings Revenue Cost Of Earnings Revenue Cost Of Earnings Name Contact Construction (Loss) Earned Construction (Loss) Earned Construction (Loss) _ Pampa Central $308,850 $250.000 $58.850 $0 s0 $0 $308,950 $250,000 $59,850 Brandon 727,625 614.400 113,225 690.936 594,400 96.536 36.689 20.000 16,689 Lakeland 300,829 250,000 50.829 0 0 0 300,829 250.000 50,929 Boca 240,917 200.000 40,917 0 0 0 240,917 200,000 40,917 Airport 1,120,722 850.000 270,722 0 0 0 1.120.722 850SM 270,722 Hernando 157.271 120.000 37,271 0 0 0 157,271 120.000 37.271 All Others 1,126.849 1,072.059 54.790 0 0 0 1.126.849 1,072.059 54.790 $3,983,063 $3,356,459 $626,604 1 $594,400 $96,536 $3,292,127 $2,762.059 S530,068 100% 84% 16% 100% 86% 14%1 100% 84% 16% . See Accountant's Review Rcport (in Additional Inliormation HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUMA(' PRESERVATION, INC. CONTRACTS IN PROGRESS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31. 2002 _ Future Workload (Backlog) Cailract'fo Dale Under Contract Contract Revenue Cost Or Gross Progress (Over) Revenue Cost Or Gross Name Amount Earned Construction Earnings Billings Billed Earned Construction Earnings Cape Coral $78,350 $0 SO $0 $0 $0 $78,350 S50,000 $28,350 Evergreen 53,973 26,986 12,500 14,486 e m ncc tit cm 4ttd_dR6 26,986 526.986 0 $0 26,987 $105,337 12,500 $62,500 14,487 $42,837 .. " 1�q el 100% 46% Underbilled $0 Overbilled 0 $0 See Accountant's Review Report on Additional Information 100% 59% 41% HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION, INC INDIRECT CONSTRUCTION COSTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002 $42.466 Payroll Taxes 60,221 Insurance 21,203 Telephone 20,000 Depreciation Auto Expenses 27,113 28,448 Travel Repairs & Maintenance Other Costs 15,158 14,674 Rental Equipment 21,876 Training 443 Fuel 21,003 Professional Fees 2,457 $275.062 See Accountant's Review Report on Additional Information LEONARD D. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION. INC. SELLING GENERAL & ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31. 2002 S4.844 Advertising = ,030 Postage ,_5 Safety Contributions 46,164 Office Supplies 5,765 Dues & Subscriptions ' S0 2,250 Meals & Entertainment ,4.392 Miscellaneous 1.1231 Rcnt Building 27,910 Computer Expense 475 Utilities 5.718 $131.696 See Accountant's Review Report on Additional Information LEONARD D. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA LEONARD U. MARSOCCI, CPA, PA .1815 W. Ilumplrrcy St. Suitc 101 Tampa, Florida 33614 Tel. (813) 932-2116 Fax. (813) 930-0489 HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION, INC. Sarasota, Florida 1 have reviewed the accompanying balance sheet of I10SPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION, INC. as of December 31, 2001, and the related statements of earnings, retained earnings, and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. All information included in these financial statements is the representation of the management of HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION, INC. A review consists principally of inquiries of company personnel and analytical procedures applied to financial data. It is substantially less in scope than an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, I do not express such an opinion. Based on my review, I am not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying financial statements in order for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The additional information accompanying the financial statements is presented only for supplementary analysis purposes and has been subjected to the inquiry and analytical procedures applied in tlae review of the basic financial statements. I did not become aware of any material modifications that should be made to such data. Leonard D. larsocci Certified Public Accountant March 4, 2002 Member Florida Institute of Certified Public Accountants New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants Americo Institute of Certified Public Accountants LEONARD D. NIARSOCCI, C11A, 1'A 3815 W. Ilumphrep St. Suite 101 Tampa, Florida 33614 Tel. (813) 932-2116 Fax. (813) 930-0489 HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION. INC. Sarasota. Florida I have reviewed the accompanying balance sheets of HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION, INC. as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related statements of earnings, retained earnings, and cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. All information included in these financial statements is the representation of the management of HOSPITALITY INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC PRESERVATION, INC. A review consists principally of inquiries of company personnel and analytical procedures applied to financial data. It is substantially less in scope than an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, I do not express such an opinion. Based on my review, I am not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying financial statements in order for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The additional information accompanying the financial statements is presented only for supplementary analvsis purposes and has been subjected to the inquiry and analytical procedures applied in the review of the basic financial statements. I did not become aware of an-v material modifications that should be made to such data. J i Leonard D. Marsocci Certified Public Accountant January 17, 2003 Member Florida Institute of Certified Public Accountants New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants Americo Institute of Certified Public Accountants 00500 — Agreement BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT N .-ynr.. it rn MONROE COUNTY -CONTRACTOR NOISE INSULATION C TTMAW. c-: a Key West International Airport W �' Noise Insulation Program CA This Monroe County -Contractor Noise Insulation Contract ("the Contract') is made and entered into by and between the undersigned contractor ("the Contractor"), and Monroe County ("the Sponsor"). G+ 05,p r%b ft .T1I,S1- LTU.'TIOuA L, fu l:bL-I G CONTRACTOR ,{:,,T ,. PHONE0141 • 1,ipCJ• b51,11 ADDRESS t3,S(o rJ' 7ff. STn-Ml- FAX # q4 (- 3(=,3 •q.050 CITY 504Z,6�50TA STATE ZIP CODE �42,3i0 MAILING ADDRESS (if different than actual location) S&��i RECITALS: 1. The Sponsor is the operator of Key West International Airport ("the Airport") and administers the Noise Insulation Program. 2. The Sponsor and certain homeowners (hereinafter referred to as "the Homeowner") have previously entered into the Monroe County -Homeowner Noise Insulation Contracts which described certain obligations to be performed by the Sponsor and the Homeowner as part of the Noise Insulation Program. The Monroe County -Homeowner Noise Insulation Contracts are attached hereto and made a part of this Agreement 3. The parties hereto desire to enter into this Contract for the modification of the Homeowner's Premises in accordance with the Monroe County -Homeowner Noise Insulation Contracts and the Noise Insulation Program. 4. The Contractor has been approved by the Sponsor for work in this program and has agreed to maintain all insurance and bond requirements for performance of the work contained herein. AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00500 - 1 MONROE COUNTY -CONTRACTOR NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT 5. The Contractor has been selected to perform the Statement of Work (as described in the Project Manual, Volumes 1 & 2 and the Monroe County -Homeowner Noise Insulation Contracts) attached hereto. 6., Nothing in thjs Contract shall be construed to create any relationship between the Sponsor, its officers, representatives, employees, agents or consultants, and the Contractor, other than that of ir%dependent contractors. AGREEMENT: NOW, THEREFORE, for nd in valuablederation of the consideration, therrises receiptnand mutual suffic sufficiency ofcovenants wh cth a e forth herein, and other good and hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows: 1. The original of this contract with the required attachments and the plans and specifications shall remain on file at the offices of the Airport. The required attachments shall include at a minimum: Contractor's Proposal (Bid) -- Public Construction Bond Payment Bond Performance Bond Contractor Affidavit Power of Attorney Insurance Certificate(s) Project Manual, Volumes 1 & 2 Monroe County -Homeowner Noise Insulation Contracts with all Exhibits and such other and further attachments as may be mutually agreed, all of which are incorporated herein by reference as if copied verbatim. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this contract and the provisions of any attachment(s), the more restrictive on the Contractor shall apply. 2. The Contractor agrees to commence and complete the project, furnish and pay for all materials, supplies, tools, equipment, labor, and other services required to complete the Work, and do and perform all the Work required to complete the project, all in strict and complete compliance with the terms and conditions of this and the other contract documents for the Project, all of which are deemed a part hereof as fully and completely as if set out and copied verbatim herein. AGREEMENT URS Corporation WOW - 2 MONROE COUNTY -CONTRACTOR NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT 3. The Contractor agrees to use all of those acceptable mechanical, electrical. Plumbing trades and/or other subcontractors set forth in his proposal and only them, in the construction of the Project unless a substitution or deletion is first approved by the Sponsor and to certify to the Sponsor when said subcontractors receive each period payment. 4. The Work to be performed under this Contract shall commence within ten (10) calendar days after written Notice -to -Proceed is issued by the Sponsor. The Work of the Contract, including punch list items, must be totally complete within two hundred ninety five (295) calendar days ("the "Completion Date") unless extended in writing by the Sponsor or the Sponsor's Representative, due to circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor. The specified time intervals shall be computed from the date stipulated in the Notice -to -Proceed. Work on each individual Premises shall reach substantial completion within twelve (12) working days of the commencement date for that individual Premises. The Sponsor and the Contractor agree that the damages which would be incurred by the Sponsor in the event of delay of the Project would be substantial but are not capable of being precisely calculated as of the execution of this Contract. The Sponsor and the Contractor therefore agree based upon their professional knowledge and experience with projects of this type and their best estimates of the damage associated with delay of the Project that the Contractor (and his surety) shall be liable for and shall forfeit One Hundred Twenty-five Dollars ($125.00) from the Contract Sum for each particular property included in the Project as defined in the Monroe County -Contractor Noise Insulation Contract, for each working day (Sundays and Holidays excluded) after the twelve (12) day timeframe allocated to reach Substantial Completion for each particular property, and shall forfeit One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) from the Contract Sum for each calendar day (Sundays and Holidays included) after the Completion Date that any part of the Work upon any property remains incomplete, herein stipulated as fixed, agreed, as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty. All Work which does not conform to the requirements of this Contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Sponsor. Unacceptable Work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the Work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Sponsor, Work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein specified, Work done in an unacceptable manner or any extra Work done with authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of this Contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply forthwith with any order of the Sponsor made under the provision of this subsection, the Sponsor will have the authority to cause unacceptable Work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized Work to be removed and to deduct the costs incurred from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and fails to take corrective action within a seven-day period after AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00500 - 3 MONROE COUNTY -CONTRACTOR NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT written notice from the Sponsor, the Sponsor may, after such seven-day period, give the Contractor a second written the Sponsor may competetherWork and issue a no action is takenn t to correct the deficiencies, es, Change Order deducting the value of the Work. 5. By execution of this Contract, Contractor represents that it has visited the Premises and familiarized itself at sf ed tself that the Stat ment ofcnditions under which the Work fully nd catesperformed. the exteContractor has further s and requirements of all Work to be performed hereunder. If, after commencement of the Work, Contractor discovers that modifications to the Statement of Work are required as a result of conditions at the premises that were not reasonably discoverable prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor shall immediately initiate the change order procedure described in paragraph 16, below. 6. Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, and for performing, scheduling and coordinating all portions of the Work in a proper manner and in strict compliance with all applicable codes, rules, regulations and laws. 7. Contractor warrants to Sponsor that all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work will be new unless otherwise specified, and that all Work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects, and in strict conformity with the Statement of Work. All work not so conforming to these standards may be considered defective, and may be rejected. Any defective or unauthorized work or materials shall be immediately remedied, removed, replaced or disposed of at Contractor's expense. 8. To ensure compliance with the Statement of Work, the Homeowner has agreed that all Work done and materials furnished shall be subject to inspection by a Sponsor representative. Work done or materials used without this inspection may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 9. The Contractor shall be responsible for the acts and omissions of all its agents and employees and all its subcontractors, suppliers, their agents and employees, and all other persons performing any of the Work for the Contractor. 10. The Contractor shall be responsible for safety precautions and programs in conjunction with the Work. It shall comply with all applicable codes, rules, regulations, laws, and orders of any public authority having jurisdiction over the safety of persons or property. 11. (a) The Sponsor agrees to pay the Contractor for said Work the total sum of ($ ) dollars and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this and the other Contract Documents. Incremental payments shall be made for the Work on property property included as the percentage of completion of the Work on each such rope is judged satisfactorily completed with the project milestones and in accordance with this and the other Contract Documents. This procedure, which is incorporated in the Monroe County - Homeowner Noise Insulation Contracts, is as follows: AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00500 - 4 MONROE COUNTY -CONTRACTOR NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT (1) When the Contractor determines that the Work is completed, the Contractor will request that the Architect make an inspection of the Work. The homeowners have consented to such inspection. If the Architect determines that the Work is in compliance with the Statement of Work, and the Homeowner accepts the Work and signs the Certificate of Final Inspection, the Sponsor will issue payment of the Contract Sum plus Sponsor -approved Allowance Changes and Change Orders less retainage. (2) If the Sponsor or the Architect determines that the Work is not in compliance with the Statement of Work, the Architect shall so notify the Contractor, and shall provide a list of items which are requested to be completed by the Contractor in order for the work to be accepted. (3) Upon completion of the items required under paragraph (2) above, the Homeowner shall sign the Certificate of Final Inspection to signify they accept the Work. The Sponsor reserves the right to make final determination of acceptability of the Contractor's Work. If the Sponsor determines Contractor has put forth a reasonable and normally expected effort to correct the list of discrepancies, and the Architect certifies the Work to be acceptable and complete, the Sponsor will issue payment in the amount of the Contract Sum, less previous payments, plus the Sponsor -approved Allowance Changes and Change Orders less retainage. (4) No final payment shall be made to the Contractor pursuant to paragraph 11, until: (1) A Certificate of Final Inspection has been signed by the Homeowner, or in the absence of the Homeowner, signed by the Sponsor's Representative; (2) Contractor provides a Final Contractor's Affidavit and Final Release of Liens; and (3) Proof of cancellation of the Notice of Contract" by the Clerk is obtained by the Contractor and submitted to the Sponsor. 12. The Contractor shall at all times keep the work site free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by its operations, and it shall clean any glass surfaces and shall leave the work site "broom clean" upon completion of the Work. 13. The Contractor shall comply with and, in all its subcontractor agreements, require that each such subcontractor will comply with and be bound by this Contract. 14. It is the intent of the Homeowner to occupy the Premises throughout the construction period. The Contractor shall conduct its business in such a way as to create as little impact as possible to Homeowner. 15. In addition to the Contractor's obligations to correct all deficient work appearing during the course of performing this Contract, the Contractor shall remedy all defects due to faulty materials, equipment, or workmanship which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of completion of the Work under this Agreement, or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law. Further, the Contractor agrees to assign directly to the Homeowner any warranties or guaranties furnished or supplied by manufacturers of materials or equipment installed in the Premises. AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00500 - 5 MONROE COUNTY -CONTRACTOR NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT 16. (a) If the Contractor determines that the Work must be modified from the Statement of Work, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect in writing. The Contractor shall not proceed until directed by the Sponsor and the Architect. (b) The Contractor and the Sponsor agree that the following procedures will be followed: (1) The Sponsor may delete any Work set forth in the Statement of Work by a Contract Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Construction Field Directive, signed by the Sponsor and delivered to the Contractor. The Sponsor may delete any Work set forth in the Statement of Work if such Work requires additional work to be performed, the cost of which is excessive as determined by the Sponsor, or if the Contractor encounters asbestos or other situations which may pose a health concern. The Homeowner will be notified of any changes in writing. (2) The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any additional work as a result of conditions at the premises that were not reasonably discoverable prior to commencement of the Work may not be approved by the Sponsor and may be the responsibility of the Homeowner. In such event, the Homeowner may be required to remedy such conditions prior to the completion of the Contract, or the Sponsor will terminate the Homeowner's participation in the Noise Insulation Program. The Homeowner may re-enter the Noise Insulation Program after correction of any such conditions so long as the Program is ongoing. If the Homeowner's participation in the Noise Insulation Program is terminated by the Sponsor on this basis, the Sponsor shall pay the Contractor that portion of the Contract Sum earned prior to the Homeowner's termination. 17. (a) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold the Homeowner, the Consultant (including but not limited to the Architect), and the Sponsor, and their officers and employees completely harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands suits, claims, losses, fines or judgments arising by reason of the injury or death of any person or damage to any property, including all reasonable costs for investigation and defense thereof (including but not limited to attorney fees, court costs, and expert fees), of any nature whatsoever arising out of or incident to this Contract or the Contractor's performance under this Contract or the acts or omissions of the Contractor's officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees regardless of where the injury, death or damage may occur, unless such injury, death or damage is caused by the sole negligence of the Sponsor or the Homeowner and regardless of whether or not the Contractor is or can be named a party in any litigation. The Sponsor or the Consultant shall give the Contractor reasonable notice of any such claims or actions. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Contract. (b) The indemnification obligation of subparagraph 17.(a) above shall not be limited in any way by compensation benefits payable by or for the Contractor, under applicable workers, or workman's compensation benefit or disability laws. The Contractor expressly waives any immunity the Contractor might have had under such laws, and, by agreeing to enter into this Contract, acknowledges that the foregoing waiver has been mutually negotiated by the parties. AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00500 - 6 MONROE COUNTY -CONTRACTOR NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT 18. The Contractor shall pay all attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by the Homeowner or the Sponsor in establishing and enforcing the Homeowner's and/or the Sponsor's rights under this Contract, whether or not suit is instituted. 19. The Contractor agrees to maintain comprehensive public liability and comprehensive property damage insurance, on an occurrence basis, amounts of not less than the following: BODILY INJURY & PROPERTY DAMAGE $ 1,000,000 Combined Single Limit WORKMAN'S COMPENSATION EMPLOYERS LIABILITY Statutory $ 500,000 Each Accident $ 500,000 Policy Limit $ 500,000 Each Employee PRODUCTS LIABILITY & COMPLETED OPERATIONS $ 1,000,000 Each Accident FIRE & EXTENDED COVERAGE An amount equal to 100% of the value of the improvements (facility). Fleet insurance, or such other types of coverage, may be acceptable; however, the minimum shall be $1,000,000 combined single limit. The following shall be named as additional insured under all policies of insurance (except Workman's Compensation): 1. Monroe County 2. The Homeowner The Contractor agrees that all insurance policies shall contain a severability of interest or cross -liability provision endorsement which shall read generally as follows: In the event of one of the assured incurring liability to any other of the assured, this policy shall cover the assured against whom claim is or may be made in the same manner as if separate policies had been issued to each assured. Nothing contained herein shall operate to increase the limits of liability. The Contractor agrees that all insurance policies shall provide that they will not be altered or canceled without thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Sponsor. Such insurance must provide that it will be considered primary insurance as respects any other valid and collectible insurance, or self -insured retention, or deductible the Sponsor may possess. Any other insurance or self -insured retention of the Sponsor shall be considered excess insurance only. AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00500 - 7 MONROE COUNTY -CONTRACTOR NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT The Sponsor shall have the right to change the insurance coverage and the insurance limits required of the Contractor, without any cost to the Sponsor, if such changes are recommended or imposed by the Sponsor's insurers. The Contractor shall obtain all insurance required from an insurance company or companies licensed to do business in the State of Florida. The insurance company must be acceptable to the Sponsor. Approval may be denied a company based in its Best rating or other indication of financial inadequacy. The Contractor shall provide to the Sponsor such evidence of compliance with the Sponsor's insurance requirements as the Sponsor may from time to time request. At a minimum, the Contractor shall provide, at the commencement of the Contract a Certificate of Insurance. All such certificates shall be completed to show'compliance with the Contractor's obligations hereunder, specifically as to the indemnification and notice provisions. The Sponsor may also require copies of the declaration page, insurance policy, and endorsements thereto. If the Contractor or its insurance company fails to promptly respond to the Sponsor's request for adequate evidence of compliance with the insurance provisions, the Sponsor may, in addition to all its other remedies, charge the Contractor an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the compensation required hereunder until such evidence is provided. If the Contractor shall at any time fail to insure or keep insured as aforesaid, the Sponsor may do all things necessary to effect or maintain such insurance and all monies expended by it for that purpose shall be repayable by the Contractor in the month the premium or premiums are paid by the Sponsor. If any insurance policies required hereunder cannot be obtained for any reason, the Sponsor may require the Contractor to cease any and all operations until coverage is obtained. If such insurance coverage is not obtained within a reasonable period of time, to be determined solely by the Sponsor, the Sponsor may terminate this Contract. 20. If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract -- Documents or fails to perform any provision of the Contract, the Sponsor may, after seven (7) days' written notice to the Contractor and the Homeowner, and without prejudice to any other remedy it may have, make good such deficiencies and may terminate the Contract and take possession of the site and of all materials and may finish the work by whatever method it may deem expedient. 21. If, in the Homeowner's opinion, the Work is unsatisfactory or the Contractor is damaging the Premises during the course of the Work, the Homeowner should immediately notify the Architect and the Sponsor's Representative. If the situation is reasonable and cannot be resolved to the Homeowner's satisfaction, the Homeowner may, upon written notice to the Sponsor, seek corrective action or withdraw from the program. 22. The Contractor shall at all times comply with all federal, state, and local laws, ordinances and regulations which apply to the Work to be performed under this Contract. Such compliance shall include, but is not limited to, the payment of all applicable taxes, royalties, license fees, penalties, and duties. NOTICE: All Home Improvement Contractors must be AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00500 - 8 MONROE COUNTY -CONTRACTOR NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT licensed by the State of Florida. Any inquiries about a Contractor should be transmitted to the State Office of the Contractor's Licensing Board. 23. This Contract shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the laws of Florida. Venue for any litigation arising under this contract must be in a court of competent jurisdiction in Monroe County, Florida. 24. The Contractor assures that, to the extent applicable, it will undertake an affirmative action program as required by 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 152, Subpart E, to insure that no person shall on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, handicap or sex be excluded from participating in or receiving the services or benefits of any program or activity covered by said subpart. The Contractor assures that it will require that its covered sub - organizations provide assurances to the Contractor that they similarly will undertake affirmative action programs and that they will require assurances from their sub - organizations, as required by 14 Code Federal Regulations Part 152, Subpart E, to the same effect. Further, the Contractor shall comply with the regulations relative to the nondiscrimination in Federally -assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter DOT) Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to as the "Regulations"), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this Contract. (a) The Contractor, with regard to the Work Performed by it during the term of this Contract, shall not discriminate on the ground of age, sex, race, creed, color, handicap, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations. (b) In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation by the Contractor for Work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations under this Contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of age, sex, race, creed, color, handicap, or national origin. (c) The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directive issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a Contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the Contractor shall so certify to the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. (d) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this Contract, the Sponsor shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Aviation Administration may determine to be appropriate, including but not limited to: AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00500 - 9 MONROE COUNTY -CONTRACTOR NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT ` (i) Withholding of payments to the Contractor under this Contract until the Contractor complies and/or (ii) Cancellation, termination, or suspension of this Contract, in whole or in part. (e) In the carrying out of the Contract Work, the Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed, color, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, creed, color, sex, age handicap, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer, recruitment or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the government setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. The Contractor shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants shall receive consideration for employment without regard to race, creed, color, sex, age, handicap or national origin.he Contractor coverall incorporate rate actgoing requirements of this paragraph in all subcontracts for (f) The Contractor shall include the provisions of this Section in every subcontract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempted by the regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action, with respect to any subcontract or procurement, as the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions noncompliance. 25. It is the policy of the Department of Transportation and the Sponsor that disadvantaged business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 26 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds under this Contract. Consequently, the DBE requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 apply to this Contract. The Contractor agrees to ensure that disadvantaged business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 26 have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts and subcontracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds provided under this contract. In this regard, Contract shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with 49 CFR Part 26 to ensure that disadvantaged business enterprises have the maximum opportunity to compete for and perform contracts. Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex, in the award of DOT assisted contracts. For the purposes of this Contract, the Contractor shall in the review of proposals for Work to be performed seek to meet the Sponsor's goal of a minimum of 15% of the work to be awarded to qualified DBE firms on the Noise Insulation Program. The calculation of percentage Disadvantaged f all Business cont acts awarded to complete the Nose as a percentage of the totaldollar amount o Insulation Program. 26. Conflicts of Interest: Neither the contracting parry (parties), or its employees nor any member of their family or organization, shall have any direct or indirect interest, financial or otherwise, in the business of any individual, entity or corporation involved in this project, AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00500 - MONROE COUNTY -CONTRACTOR NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT directly or indirectly involving the Airport. The undersigned warrants that they (or it) presently have no interest which would conflict in any manner with nay of the contractual responsibilities under this Agreement. The contracting parry (parties) certifies that they (or it) have not employed or retained any company, firm or person, other than bona fide employees working solely for them to provide the necessary labor, management and material to perform the work under this Contract; that no payment has been paid or agreed to be paid to any company, firm or person other than bona fide employees working solely for the undersigned and no fee, commission, percentage, gifts or any other consideration is to be paid contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of the Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, the Airport shall have the right to annul this Agreement without liability. 27. The Sponsor may terminate the Homeowner's participation in the Noise Insulation Program upon delivery of written notice to the Homeowner if (a) the Homeowner fails or refuses to correct conditions at the premises pursuant to paragraph 16b(2) above; (b) the Homeowner fails to abide by any of the terms or conditions of the Monroe County -Homeowner Noise Insulation Contract, or (c) the Homeowner is unreasonable, uncooperative or fails to exercise good faith in the performance of the Monroe County -Homeowner Noise Insulation Contract. If the Sponsor terminates a Homeowner, they will pay the Contractor that portion of the contract sum for the individual Homeowner earned prior to termination. 28. The Contractor makes oath he has complied with all the provisions of the applicable Contractor's Licensing Act of the State of Florida. AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00500 - 11 MONROE COUNTY -CONTRACTOR NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the latest date set forth below. CONTRACTOR: n Florida State Contractor's License # �� 505o8 2 Expiration Date 416� • -It? L .1 Z W4' By: . Fe--pLOLl`+t •1;"P- Name: �- ► �:�4PX W-eM Title: r -7-vl Date: MONROE COUNTY ATTORNEY P P T ,. STATE OF: ROBER"i . VWVOLFE CHIEF S rSTA; :'.�! TY ATTORNEY COUNTY OF:22l�� Date_, On this ��day of 1 �.+�r the year �Oy, a ✓� i {�C� 2 who is personally known to me, aF who produced satisfacto identification affixed his er sign re m the c. n^n nrnViriR(i ghr)ve_ I _...u.p,._ TURE OF O ARY PUBLIC MONROE COUNTY: By: Name: d:t-Roberts DONNA P. AMATO Notary Public - State of Florida My Commigglon E)ires Apr 29, 2M5 Commission i DD021204 AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00500 - 12 00540 — Attachments to Agreement - BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00540 ATTACHMENTS TO AGREEMENT MONROE COUNTY -HOMEOWNER NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT Key West International Airport Noise Insulation Program This Monroe County -Homeowner Noise Insulation Contract (the "Contract") is made and entered into by and between Monroe County (hereinafter referred to as "the Sponsor"), and ,,HOMEOWNERI» and ,HOMEOWNER2,, (hereinafter referred to as "the Homeowner"). HOMEOWNER HOMEOWNER ADDRESS CITY MAP & PARCEL NUMBER MAILING ADDRESS WORK # WORK # HOME # STATE ZIP CODE RECITALS: SUBDIVISION 1. The Homeowner is the sole record owner in fee simple of certain real property located in the City of Key West, State of Florida, and more particularly described as ("the Property"); and 2. The Sponsor is the owner and operator of the Key West International Airport ("the Airport'), situated in the City of Key West, State of Florida, and in close proximity to the Property; and 3. The Sponsor desires to attempt to reduce aircraft -generated noise levels in residences meeting the Noise Insulation Program eligibility requirements; and 4. The Homeowner desires to reduce aircraft -generated noise levels within their residence experienced when aircraft fly over or near the Property; and 5. In exchange for the Sponsor's agreement to provide the noise insulation treatment as set forth herein, the Homeowner agrees to grant to the Sponsor an avigation easement over, across and through the Property for such free and unobstructed flight of aircraft landing upon, taking off from, or maneuvering about the Airport. ATTACHMENTS TO AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00540 - 1 MONROE COUNTY -HOMEOWNER NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT 6. The parties hereto desire to enter into this Contract for the modification of the Homeowner's Premises in accordance with the Noise Insulation Program. 7. The Contractor has been approved by the Sponsor for work in this program and has agreed to maintain all -insurance and bond requirements for performance of the work contained herein. 8. The Contractor has been selected to perform the Statement of Work (as described in the Project Manual, Volumes 1 & 2 and the Monroe County -Homeowner Noise Insulation Contracts). AGREEMENT: NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the Premises and mutual covenants set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows: 1. Grant of Easement. Simultaneously with the execution of this Contract, the Homeowner shall execute and deliver an Avigation Easement to the Sponsor in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B ("the Avigation Easement"). 2. Concept Packet. Prior to the date of this Contract, the Sponsor, at its sole expense, shall have caused a licensed architect in the State of Florida ("the Architect") to evaluate the Property and prepare the Concept Packet attached hereto as Exhibit C ("the Concept Packet') including the following information: a) Product Selection Forms, b) Elevation Photographs, c) Homeowner Pre -work Requirements, d) Schematic Floor Plans, e) Mechanical Recommendations, f) Electrical Recommendations, g) Ceiling and Wall Treatment Recommendations, and h) Door and Window Treatment Recommendations. 3. Homeowner Pre -work Requirements. The Architect will identify any pre-existing code violations and any other existing defects in the Property which relate to or affect the proposed noise insulation treatment improvements including, but not limited to, code violations and any other existing defects in the architectural, structural, mechanical or electrical systems located on the Property. The Homeowner hereby acknowledges the existence of the Homeowner Pre -work Requirements listed in the Concept Packet. 4. Required Repairs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Homeowner shall be required to correct, through licensed contractors, and within thirty (30) days of the date of this Contract, any and all Homeowner Pre -work Requirements which, in the Consultant's determination, will prevent the Contractor (as hereinafter defined) from properly performing the Work on the Property (the "Required Repairs"). The Homeowner shall cause the Required Repairs to be properly corrected (at the Homeowner's expense), ATTACHMENTS TO AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00540 - 2 MONROE COUNTY -HOMEOWNER NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT prior to, and as a condition of, the Sponsor causing the Work to be commenced. The Homeowner shall promptly contact the Sponsor upon the completion of all Required Repairs. 5. Selection of Contractor. At the Sponsor's sole cost and expense, the Sponsor shall hire a contractor (the "Contractor") to perform the Work according to the terms and specifications of the Concept Packet. 6. Homeowner's Release. The Homeowner, for itself, its heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, does forever release, remise, discharge and covenant not to sue the Sponsor, or any of its agents, officers or employees, concerning any and all claims, demands, damages, actions or causes of action of whatsoever kind and nature on account of bodily injuries, death, damage to property, and the consequences thereof, in connection with or arising out of the actions of the Architect. 7. Homeowner Presence. At reasonable times and upon not less than forty-eight (48) hours advance notice, the Homeowner shall be present to meet with the Architect, the Contractor, the Sponsor, and their respective representatives, agents and employees at the Property for the purpose of reviewing and approving final product selections. 8. Cooperation. As reasonably requested, the Homeowner shall cooperate with the Contractor in the performance of the Work including, but not limited to, the removal and reinstallation of rugs, wall hangings and furniture as necessary. 9. Additional Services from Contractor Prohibited. The Homeowner shall not contract with the Contractor to repair any Homeowner Pre -work Requirements or perform any other services at the Property on the Homeowner's own behalf during the period when the Contractor is under contract with the Sponsor to perform the Work. The Contractor and the Homeowner may by separate written agreement consent to optional work being performed, which optional work shall not be part of this Contract. However, the Sponsor reserves the right to require the Homeowner and the Contractor to defer any such optional work which shall affect the noise insulation Work until after completion of all modifications proposed to the Premises. 10. Utilities. The Homeowner shall permit the Contractor to use, at no cost to the Contractor or the Sponsor, existing utilities such as light, heat, power and water necessary to carry out the Work. 11. Access. At reasonable times and upon not less than forty-eight (48) hours advance notice, the Homeowner shall be present to grant the Architect, the Contractor, the Sponsor, and their respective representatives, agents and employees access to the Property for the purpose of performing, supervising and inspecting the Work. 12. (a) When the Contractor determines that the Work is completed, the Contractor will request that the Architect make an inspection of the Work. The homeowners have consented to such inspection. If the Architect determines that the Work is in compliance with the Statement of Work, and the Homeowner accepts the Work and signs the Certificate of Final Inspection, the Sponsor will issue payment of the Contract Sum plus Sponsor -approved Allowance Changes and Change Orders less retainage. ATTACHMENTS TO AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00540 - 3 MONROE COUNTY -HOMEOWNER NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT (b) If the Sponsor or the Architect determines that the Work is not in compliance with the Statement of Work, the Architect shall so notify the Sponsor, and shall provide the Sponsor with a list of items which are requested � w such Ismpletedland notiiyy the tractor in the Cont�actorrder fof the or the work to be accepted. The Sponsor sheIIevie items approved by the Sponsor which must be completed. (c) Upon completion of the items required under paragraph (b) above, the Homeowner shall sign the Certificate of Final Inspection to signify they accept the Work. The Sponsor reserves the right to make final determination of acceptability of the Contractor's Work. If the Sponsor determines Contractor has put forth a reasonable and normally expected effort to correct the list of discrepancies, and the Architect certifies the Work to be acceptable and complete, the Sponsor will issue payment in the amount of the Contract Sum, less previous payments, plus the Sponsor -approved Allowance Changes and Change Orders less retainage. (d) No final payment shall be made to the Contractor pursuant to poragrap 11, absence (the Certificate of Final Inspection has been signed by the Homeowner, Homeowner, signed by the Sponsor's Representative; (2) Contractor provides a Final Contractor's Affidavit and Final Release of Liens; and (3) Proof of cancellation of the "Notice of Contract" by the Clerk is obtained by the Contractor and submitted to the Sponsor. 13. (a) If the Contractor determines that the Work must be modified from the Statement of Work, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect in writing. The Contractor shall not proceed until directed by the Sponsor and the Architect. _ (b) The Contractor and the Sponsor agree that the following procedures will be followed: (1) The Sponsor may delete any Work set forth in the Statement of Work by a Contract Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Construction Field Directive, signed by the Sponsor and delivered to the Contractor. The Sponsor may delete any Work set forth in the Statement of Work if such Work requires additional work to be performed, the cost of which is excessive as determined by the Sponsor, aor if the Contractor encounters asbestos or other situations which may pose ealth concern. The Homeowner will be notified of any changes in writing. (2) The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any additional work as a result of conditions at the premises that were not reasonably discoverable prior to commencement of the Work may not be approved by the Sponsor and may be the responsibility of the Homeowner. In such event, the Homeowner may be required to remedy such conditions prior to the completion of the Contract, or the Sponsor will terminate the Homeowner's participation in the Noise Insulation Program. The Homeowner may re-enter the Noise Insulation Program after correction of any such conditions so long as the Program is ongoing. If the Homeowner's participation ihe Noise Insulation Program is terminated by the Sponsor on this basis,Sponsor shall pay the Contractor that portion of the Contract Sum earned prior to the Homeowner's termination. URS Corporation 00540 - 4 ATTACHMENTS TO AGREEMENT Y MONROE COUNTY -HOMEOWNER NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT 14. (a) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold the Homeowner, the Consultant (including but not limited to the Architect), and the Sponsor, and their officers and employees completely harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands suits, claims, losses, fines or judgments arising by reason of the injury or death of any person or damage to any property, including all reasonable costs for investigation and defense thereof (including but not limited to attorney fees, court costs, and expert fees), of any nature whatsoever arising out of or incident to this Contract or the Contractor's performance under this Contract or the acts or omissions of the Contractor's officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees regardless of where the injury, death or damage may occur, unless such injury, death or damage is caused by the sole negligence of the Sponsor or the Homeowner and regardless of whether or not the Contractor is or can be named a party in any litigation. The Sponsor or the Consultant shall give the Contractor reasonable notice of any such claims or actions. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Contract. (b) The indemnification obligation of subparagraph 14.(a) above shall not be limited in any way by compensation benefits payable by or for the Contractor, under applicable workers, or workman's compensation benefit or disability laws. The Contractor expressly waives any immunity the Contractor might have had under such laws, and, by agreeing to enter into this Contract, acknowledges that the foregoing waiver has been mutually negotiated by the parties. 15. The Contractor shall pay all attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by the Homeowner or the Sponsor in establishing and enforcing the Homeowner's and/or the Sponsor's rights under this Contract, whether or not suit is instituted. 16. If, in the Homeowner's opinion, the Work is unsatisfactory or the Contractor is damaging the Premises during the course of the Work, the Homeowner should immediately notify the Architect and the Sponsor's Representative. If the situation is reasonable and cannot be resolved to the Homeowner's satisfaction, the Homeowner may, upon written notice to the Sponsor, seek corrective action and/or withdraw from the program. 17. The Contractor shall at all times comply with all federal, state, and local laws, ordinances and regulations which apply to the Work to be performed under this Contract. Such compliance shall include, but is not limited to, the payment of all applicable taxes, royalties, license fees, penalties, and duties. NOTICE: All Home Improvement Contractors must be licensed by the State of Florida. Any inquiries about a Contractor should be transmitted to the State Office of the Contractor's Licensing Board. 18. Conflicts of Interest: Neither the contracting party (parties), or its employees nor any member of their family or organization, shall have any direct or indirect interest, financial or otherwise, in the business of any individual, entity or corporation involved in this project, directly or indirectly involving the Airport. The undersigned warrants that they (or it) presently have no interest which would conflict in any manner with nay of the contractual responsibilities under this Agreement. The contracting party (parties) certifies that they (or it) have not employed or retained any company, firm or person, other than bona fide employees working solely for them to provide the necessary labor, management and material to perform the work under this Contract; that no payment has been paid or agreed to be paid to any company, firm or person other than bona fide employees working solely for ATTACHMENTS TO AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00540 - 5 MONROE COUNTY -HOMEOWNER NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT the undersigned and no fee, commission, percentage, gifts or any other consideration is to be paid contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of the Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, the Airport shall have the right to annul this Agreement without liability. 19. The Work to be performed in any individual Premises under this Contract shall be scheduled no less than 4 weeks prior to commencement. The Contractor shall re -confirm with the Homeowner and the Architect no less than 48 hours prior to the commencement date. Work on each individual Premises shall reach substantial completion within twelve (12) working days of the commencement date for that individual Premises. The Homeowner must be present to provide access to the Contractor during this time period. Following identification of any punch list items, the Contractor has ten (10) additional days to complete all punch list items. The Contractor must schedule access with the Homeowner during this time period. These time periods are to remain in effect unless extended in writing by the Sponsor or the Sponsor's Representative, due to circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor. 20. Title Examination. The Sponsor shall obtain, at its sole cost and expense, a Title Opinion (the "Opinion") relating to the Property, which Opinion shall be issued by an attorney licensed to practice in the State of Florida. The Sponsor shall deliver to the Homeowner a copy of the Opinion within sixty (60) days of the date of this Contract. 21. Permission to Contact Lenders. The Homeowner hereby permits the Sponsor to contact directly any and all parties holding mortgage lien(s) against the Property (the "Lenders") to inform such Lenders of the Avigation Easement. 22. Cooperation in Clearing Title. Prior to the commencement of the Work, the Homeowner shall cooperate with the Sponsor in order to (i) correct any title defects affecting the Property which are disclosed by the Opinion and in the sole determination of the Sponsor may serve to invalidate the Avigation Easement, and (ii) secure the written consent of any and all Lenders to the Homeowner's conveyance of the Avigation Easement to the Sponsor K the Sponsor determines that it is necessary or desirable to do so (collectively, the "Title Matters"). If, prior to the commencement of the Work, the Sponsor, in its sole discretion, determines that the Title Matters affecting the Property will not permit the valid conveyance of the Avigation Easement, this Contract shall be null and void, and the Avigation Easement shall be returned to the Homeowner. 23. No Removal of Noise Insulation Materials. The Homeowner shall not intentionally remove any of the noise insulation materials and/or noise reduction equipment installed as part of the Noise Insulation Program. 24. Withdrawal. The Homeowner acknowledges and agrees that the Homeowner may not withdraw from the Noise Insulation Program after this Contract is fully executed, without the prior written consent of the Sponsor. The Sponsor may terminate the Homeowner's participation in the Noise Insulation Program upon delivery of written notice to the Homeowner if the Homeowner fails or refuses to undertake the repairs required by paragraphs 3 and 4 above, or otherwise comply with the terms of this Contract. ATTACHMENTS TO AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00540 - b MONROE COUNTY -HOMEOWNER NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT 25. Penal . In the event the Sponsor allows the Homeowner to withdraw from the Noise Insulation Program, the Homeowner agrees to pay costs of construction previously incurred, plus any additional costs of withdrawal, including but not limited to, the costs of the Concept Packet, Statement of Work, and solicitation of bids. 26. Cancellation of Avigation Easement. If the Homeowner withdraws from the Noise Insulation Program as provided for in paragraphs 16 and 24 above, then the Sponsor will, upon simple demand in writing from the Homeowner, cancel from the public records the Avigation Easement executed concurrently herewith. 27. Warranties. The Contractor shall agree to remedy all defects due to faulty materials, equipment, or workmanship that appear within a period of one (1) year from 'the date of completion of the Work. In addition, the Contractor shall agree to assign directly to the Homeowner all warranties or guaranties furnished or supplied by manufacturers of any materials or equipment installed in the residence. The Homeowner acknowledges that the Work undertaken as part of the Noise Insulation Program may be considered a capital improvement of the residence under local real estate assessment and taxing policies, and therefore, may result in increased property taxes on the residence. Sponsor shall not be responsible for any increase in property taxes, utility, or other costs as a result of the measures undertaken as a part of the Noise Insulation Program; nor shall the Sponsor be obligated to maintain any equipment, materials, or supplies utilized in the modification of the residence. The Homeowner acknowledges that these maintenance, tax, utility, or other costs are the Homeowner's responsibility. 28. Special Power of Attorney. If more than one person holds a share of the title to the residence, a Special Power of Attorney shall be signed by one or more titleholder which shall designate one person to act on behalf of those title holders signing the Special Power of Attorney during all phases of the Noise Insulation Program. 29. Successors and Assigns. The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Homeowner, his heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and the Sponsor, its successors and assigns. 30. Term. This Agreement shall begin as of the date indicated above, and shall terminate upon the date the Work is accepted by the Sponsor and the Homeowner or withdrawal of the Homeowner from the Noise Insulation Program, whichever occurs first. 31. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. 32. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Sponsor and the Homeowner and shall not be changed or modified except by written consent hereto. ATTACHMENTS TO AGREEMENT URS Corporation 00540 - 7 MONROE COUNTY -HOMEOWNER NOISE INSULATION CONTRACT lN WITNESS WHEREOF. the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the latest date set forth below. HOMEOWNER: «Homeowner 1 » «Homeowner_2» Date: STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF MONROE The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of by «Homeowner_1 » «Homeowner 2» Notary Public My Commission Expires: SPONSOR: THE COUNTY OF MONROE By: Name: Title: Date: 40 8 ATTACHMENTS TO AGREEMENT URS Corporation 005 - 00614 — Public Construction Bond BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation _ THE PROSUREGROUP This is the front page of the performance/payment bond issued in compliance with Florida Statute Chapter 255.05 (revision effective July 1, 1998) Bond Number: Surety in which bond's written: Local Address: Local Phone Number: Contractor Name: Address: Phone: Owner Name: Address: Phone: 10001068 Capitol Indemnity Corporation 4610 University Ave., Ste. 1400 Madison, WI 53705-0900 (800) 475-4450 H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc./Hospitality Institutional Public Preservation Industries, Inc. 1386 5`h Street, Sarasota, FL 34236 (941) 365-8877 Monroe County 1100 Simonton St., Keywest, FL Obligee Name: Same as Owner Address: Phone: Contract Number: Project Description: Key West International Airport Noise Insulation Program - Phase 2 Project Address: _ Key West, FL Legal description of property: See Attached This is the front page of the bond. All other pages are subsequent regardless of preprinted numbers. 7217 Benjamin Road, Tampa, FL 33634 1 Ph 813.243.1110 Fx 813.243.1 109 www.prosuregroup.com 02i05!2004 17:05 9413639050 HIPP IND PAGE 02 Bond Number: 10001068 SECTION 00614 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND BY THIS BOND, We H•I•P•P. Industries, Inc./Hospitality Institutional Public as Principal serva ion pries, c. and Capitol Inderrmiq Corporation a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the Monroe County Board of County Commissioners, herein called Sponsor, in the sum of $ 1,336,244.00 for payment of which we bind ourselves, or heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: 1. Performs the contract dated 2003, between Principal and Sponsor for construction of Key West International Airport Noise Insulation Program - Phase 2, the contract being made a part of this bond by reference, at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payment to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract and; 3. Pays Sponsor all foSses, damages, Including damages for delay, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Sponsor sustains because of a default by Principal under the contract; and 4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; atherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond. DATED ON 2003_ H. I. P. P. Industri PG _ Tnr, _ A4^_Y+ i : +. T_--_ - _y_ BY: (/ �-S e CATYTRN . -FACT) Capitol Ind ty Corporation ' n NAME OF SURETY) BY: David B. ck, Attorney -In -Fact and Florida Resident Agent PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND URS Corporatiari 00614-1 Insured's Name H.I.P.P. Industries, Inc./Hospitality Institutional Public Preservation Industries, Inc. Insured's Mailing Address 1386 5th Street, Sarasota, FL 34236 Policy Number 10001068 IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBLIGEES/POLICYHOLDERS - TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002 You are hereby notified that, under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, effective November 26, 2002, we must make terrorism coverage available in your bond/policy. However, the actual coverage provided by your bond/policy for acts of terrorism, as is true for all coverages, is limited by the terms, conditions, exclusions, limits, other provisions of your bond/policy, any endorsements to the bond/policy and generally applicable rules of law. Any terrorism coverage provided by this bond/policy is partially reinsured by the United States of America under a formula established by Federal Law. Under this formula, the United States will pay 90% of covered terrorism losses exceeding a statutorily - established deductible paid by sureties/insurers until such time as insured losses under the program reach $100 billion. If that occurs, Congress will determine the procedures for, and the source of, any payments for losses in excess of $100 billion. The premium charge that has been established for terrorism coverage under this bond/policy is either shown on this form or elsewhere in the bond/policy. If there is no premium shown for terrorism on this form or elsewhere in the bond/policy, there is no premium for the coverage. Terrorism premium: $0 0. CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION 10001068 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That the CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION, a corporation of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal offices in the City of Madison, Wisconsin, does make, constitute and appoint DAVID B. SHICK its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, as surety, and as its act and deed, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed in amount the sum of NOT TO EXCEED $3,000,000.00 This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION at a meeting duly called and held on this 15th day of May, 2002. "RESOLVED, that the President, and Executive Vice -President, the Secretary or Treasurer, acting individually or otherwise, be and they hereby are granted the power and authorization to appoint by a Power of Attorney for the purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and attorney(s)-in-fact, each appointee to have the powers and duties usual to such offices to the business of the Corporation; the signature of such officers and seal of the Corporation may be affixed to such power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seat shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking or other writing obligatory in the nature thereof to which it is attached. Any such appointment may be revoked, for cause, or without cause, by any of said officers, at any time" IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION has caused these presents to be signed by its officer undersigned and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed duly attested by its Treasurer, this Ist;day of October, 2003. Attest: CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION a\a4\o�ae�oE�MNIT°vncO!1//11% G GORPORA VTF OP c Thomas K. Manion = SEAL = David F. Pauly Treasurer = President and CEO STATE OF WISCONSIN j S. s��iinnminnuunin umno�ta°�\\\\\ COUNTY OF DANE 1 On the 1st day of October, 2003 before me personally came David F. Pauly, to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the County of Dane, State of Wisconsin; that he is President and CEO of CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION, the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of the said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like order. (D. STATE OF WISCONSIN ) Kathleen A. Paulson COUNTY OF DANE ..Notary Public, Dane Co., WI CERTIFICATE My Commission Expires 10-15-2006 I, the undersigned, duly elected to the office stated below, now the incumbent. in CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION, a Wisconsin Corporation, authorized to make this certificate, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing attached Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Resolution of the Board of Directors, set forth in the Power of Attorney is now in force. Signed and sealed at the City of Madison, State of Wisconsin this day of 2 ;SEAL ��Jairz Assistant Secretary THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT VALID UNLESS PRINTED ON BLUE SHADED BACKGROUND WITH A RED SERIAL NUMBER IN THE UPPER RIGHT HAND CORNER. THE BACK OF THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS A WATERMARK. IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE AUTHENTICITY OF THIS DOCUMENT CALL 800-475-4450: CSC-002NI(10-03) 00615 — Payment Bond "` BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND BY THIS BOND, We, as Principal, whose principal business address is as Contractor under the Contract dated 2003, between Principal and Monroe County Board of Commissioners for the construction of Key West International Airport Noise Insulation Program — Phase 2, AIP No. 3-12-0037-1802 (hereinafter referred to as "Contract") the terms of which Contract are incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Bond and , a corporation, whose principal business address is as Surety, are bound to Monroe County Board of Commissioners (hereinafter referred to as "Sponsor") in the sum of (U.S. Dollars) , for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: 1. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statues, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the Contract, which is made a part of this Bond by reference, and in the times and in the manner prescribed in the Contract; and 2. Pays Sponsor all losses, damages, expenses, costs and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Sponsor sustains because of a failure by Principal to make such payments; then this Bond is void; otherwise it remains n full force. A claimant shall have a right of action against the Principal and the Surety for the amount due it. Such action shall not involve the Sponsor in any expense. A claimant, except a laborer, who is not in privity with the principal and who has not received payment for its labor, materials, or supplies shall, within 45 days after beginning to furnish labor, materials, or supplies for the prosecution of the work, furnish the Principal with a notice that it intends to look to the Bond for protection. A claimant who is not in privity with the Principal and who has not received payment for its labor, materials, or supplies shall, within 90 days after performance of the labor or after complete delivery of the materials or supplies, deliver to the Principal and to the Surety written notice of the performance of the labor or delivery of the materials or supplies and of the nonpayment. PAYMENT BOND URS Corporation 00615-1 No action for labor, materials, or supplies may be instituted against the Principal or the Surety unless both notices have been given. No action shall be instituted against the principal or the Surety of the Bond after one(1) year from the performance of the labor or completion of delivery of the materials or supplies. A claimant may not waive in advance its right to bring an action under the Bond against the Surety. Any changes in or under the Contract Documents and compliance or non-compliance with any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have caused this Bond to be executed by their appropriate officials as of the day of , 2003. BY COUNTERSIGNED BY RESIDENT FLORIDA AGENT OF SURETY: Legal representative of the Monroe County Board of Commissioners BY (CONTRACTOR) SURETY: (CONTRACTOR NAME) (PRESIDENT, MANAGING PARTNER OR JOINT VENTURE) (SEAL) (ATTORNEY -IN -FACT) (CORPORATE SEAL) (Power of Attorney must be attached) PAYMENT BOND URS Corporation 00615-2 00616 — Performance Bond BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00616 PERFORMANCE BOND BY THIS BOND, We, as Principal, whose principal business address is as Contractor under the Contract dated 2003, between Principal and Monroe County Board of Commissioners for the construction of Key West International Airport Noise Insulation Program — Phase 2, AIP No. 3-12-0037-1802 (hereinafter referred to as "Contract") the terms of which Contract are incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Bond and a corporation, whose principal business address is Ias Surety, are bound to Monroe County Board of Commissioners (hereinafter referred to as "Sponsor") in the sum of (U.S. Dollars) , for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: 1. Performs all the work under the Contract, including but not limited to guarantees, warranties and the curing of latent defects, said Contract being made a part of this Bond by reference, and in the times and in the manner prescribed in the Contract, including any an all damages for delay; and 2. Pays Sponsor all losses, damages, including damages for delay, expenses, costs and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Sponsor sustains because of a default by Principal under the Contract, including but not limited to a failure to honor all guarantees and warranties or to cure latent defects in its work or materials within the time period provided in Section 95.11(3)(c), Florida Statutes; and 3. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the Contract for the time specified in the Contract, including all warranties and curing al latent defects within the time period provided in Section 95.11(3)(c), Florida Statutes: then this Bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Surety specifically assumes liability for any and all delay damages arising from Principal's default of the Contract, as well as all latent defects uncovered in the work of the Principal after final acceptance for the work by the Sponsor. Any changes in or under the Contract documents and compliance with any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this Bond. PERFORMANCE BOND URS Corporation 00616-1 This Bond shall remain in full force and effect for such period or periods of time after the date of acceptance by the Sponsor of the Contract work as are provided for in the Contract by which Principal guarantees to repair or replace any or all work performed or materials and equipment furnished, which were not performed or furnished according to the terms of the Contract. If no specific periods of warranty are stated in the Contract for any particular item or work, material or equipment, the warranty shall be deemed to be a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance by the Sponsor; provided however, that this limitation does not apply to suits seeking damages for latent defects in materials or workmanship, such actions being subject to the limitations found in Section 95.11(3)(c), Florida Statutes. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have caused this Bond to be executed by their appropriate officials as of the day of , 2003. COUNTERSIGNED BY RESIDENT FLORIDA AGENT OF SURETY: Legal representative of the Monroe County Board of Commissioners (CONTRACTOR) (CONTRACTOR NAME) BY (PRESIDENT, MANAGING PARTNER OR JOINT VENTURE) (SEAL) SURETY: BY (ATTORNEY -IN -FACT) (CORPORATE SEAL) (Power of Attorney must be attached) PERFORMANCE BOND URS Corporation 00616-2 00700 - General Conditions - BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of: 1 The Project Manual containing the Bidding Documents, Bonds, Affidavits, Compliance Forms, Statements, Insurance Requirements and Documents, the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (herein referred to as the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (AIA General Conditions), General Requirements and other Requirements, Reports, Permits and Specifications. .2 The Drawings. ,3 All addenda issued prior to, and all Modifications issued after, execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Parties shall not be bound by or be liable for any statement, representation, promise, inducement or understanding of any kind or nature not set forth herein. No changes, amendments or modifications of any of the terms or conditions of the Contract shall be valid unless reduced to writing and signed by both parties. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. Except as provided in Paragraph 3.18, nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be construed to create any contractual relationship (1) between the Architect and the Contractor, (2) between the Owner or the Architect and a Subcontractor or Sub -Subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and the Architect, or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. This Contract shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. In any action initiated by one party against the other, venue shall lie in Monroe County, Florida. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. 1 The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of the Contracts or its right, title or interest in it without previous consent of the Owner which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Owner's consent to any assignment shall not relieve the Contractor of any of its agreements, responsibilities, or obligations under this Contract, and the Contractor shall be and remain as fully responsible and liable for the defaults, acts, and omissions of Contractor's assignees and subcontractors arising in connection with the performance of this Contract. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 1 .2 Subject to the limitations upon assignment and transfer herein contained, this Contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns. 1.1.3 THE WORK . . The tens 'Work' means the construction required by the Contract Documents, including all labor necessary to produce such construction, and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated therein. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample fors, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed in not less than triplicate by the Owner and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. A copy or the signed set shall be deposited with the Architect. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request. 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 2 all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall refer to all of the Drawings, including those showing primarily the Work of the mechanical, electrical and other specialized trades, and to all of the Sections of the Specifications, and shall perform all Work reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to produce the indicated results. 1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.2.6 If Work is required by the Drawings and Specifications in a manner which makes it impossible to produce first class Work, or should discrepancies appear among the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall request an interpretation before proceeding with the Work. If the Contractor fails to make such a request, no excuse will thereafter be entertained for failure to carry out the Work in a satisfactory manner. Should conflict occur in or between the Drawings and Specifications, the Contractor is deemed to have estimated the more expensive way of doing the Work unless Contractor shall have asked for and obtained a written decision before submission of Contractor's Bid as to which method or materials will be required. 1.2.7 All Work mentioned or indicated in the Contract Documents shall be performed by the Contractor as part of this Contract unless it is specifically indicated in the Contract Documents that such construction is to be performed by others. In the event of any conflict(s) among the Contract Documents, the precedences in resolving such conflict(s) shall be as follows: .1 General Requirements shall govern over General Conditions. .2 General Condition shall govern over Specifications. .3 Specifications shall govern over Drawings. .4 Schedules shall govern over Drawings. .5 Large -Scale Details shall govern over smaller scale Drawings. .6 Greater quantities shall govern over lesser. .7 Higher quality, as adjudged by the Architect, governs over lesser. Although the above precedences are in numerical order, they shall NOT be construed to mean the order of precedence, only as specfically stated. All precedences shall equally apply. 1.2.8 All indications or notations which apply to one of a number of similar situations, materials or processes shall be deemed to apply to all such situations, materials or processes wherever they appear in the Work, except where a contrary result is clearly indicated by the Contract Documents. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 3 1.2.9 Where codes, standards, requirements and publications of public and private bodies are referred to in the Specifications, references shall be understood to be the latest edition, including all amendments thereto, in effect on the date of receiving bids, except where otherwise indicated. 1.2.10 Where no explicit quality or standards for materials or workmanship are established for Work, such Work is to be of good quality for the intended use and consistent with the quality of the surrounding Work and of the construction of the Project generally. 1.2.11 All manufactured articles, materials, and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, started -up, tested, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with the manufacturer's written or printed directions and instructions unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. 1.2.12 Where the Work is to fft with existing conditions or construction to be performed by others, the Contractor shall fully and completely join the Work with such conditions or construction, unless otherwise specified. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECTS DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 1.3.1 The Drawings, Specification and other documents prepared by the Architect are instruments of the Architects service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one contract record set. Neither the _ Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub -subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and unless otherwise indicated the Architect shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright. All copies of them, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and copies thereof fumished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub -subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner and Architect. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub - subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this license shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown y on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architects copyright or other reserved rights. 1.4 CAPITALIZATION 1.4.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 4 1.5 INTERPRETATION 1.5.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as 'all" and 'any' and articles such as 'the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1 DEFINITION 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as R singular in number. The term 'Owner' shall mean the Monroe County Board of County Commissioners or its authorized representative. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REOUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 2.2.3 Information or services required of the Owner hereunder shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services. 2.2.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. 2.2.5 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 6 (Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors), Article 9 (Payments and Completion) and Article 11 (Insurance and Bonds). 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, the Architect, or other authorized representatives by written order signed personally may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any, other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 5 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven- day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to begin and prosecute correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1 DEFINITION 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term 'Contractor' means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 Prior to starting the Work, and at frequent intervals during the process thereof, the Contractor shall carefully 'study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 2.2.1 and shall at once report to the Architect, any error, inconsistency or omission the Contractor may discover. Any necessary change shall be ordered as provided in Article 7, subject to the requirements of Paragraph 1.2 and other provisions of the Contract Documents. If the Contractor proceeds with the Work without such notice to the Architect, having discovered such errors, inconsistencies or omissions, or if by reasonable study of the Contract Documents, the Contractor could have discovered such, the Contractor _ shall bear all costs arising therefrom. 3.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements and verity field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Architect at once. 3.2.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals approved pursuant to Paragraph 3.12. 3.2.4 The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of all additional Drawings, Specifications, or instructions required to define the Work in greater detail, or to permit the proper progress of the Work. 3.2.5 The Contractor shall not proceed with any Work not clearly and consistently defined in detail in the Contract Documents, but shall request additional drawings or instructions from the Architect as provided in Subparagraph 3.2.4. If the Contractor proceeds with such Work without obtaining further Drawings, Specifications or instructions, the Contractor shall correct Work incorrectly done at the Contractor's own expense. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 6 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work using the Contractors best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over constriction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of all entities or persons performing or supplying the Work under this Contract. 3.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architects administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 3.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed under this Contract to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 3.3.5 All Work by the Contractor shall be performed in a workmanlike manner, satisfactory to the Architect. The Contractor shall provide adequate supervision and inspections to assure competent performance of the Work. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. The word 'provide' shall mean furnish and install complete, including connections, unless otherwise specified. 3.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractors employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. 3.5 WARRANTY 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants that the materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be new and of recent manufacture unless otherwise specified, and that all Work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. 3.5.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for determining that all materials fumished for the Work meet all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect may require the Contractor to produce reasonable evidence that a material meets such requirements, such as certified reports of past tests by qualified testing laboratories, reports of studies by qualified experts, or GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 7 other evidence, which, in the opinion of the Architect, would lead to a reasonable certainty that any material used, or proposed to be used in the Work meets the requirements of the Contract Documents. All such data shall be furnished at the Contractor's expense. This provision shall not require the Contractor to pay for periodic testing of different batches of the same material, unless such testing is specifically required by the Contract Documents to be performed at the Contractor's expense. 3.5.3 The warranty provided in this Paragraph 3.5 shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty required by the Contract Documents or otherwise prescribed by Law. 3.5.4 The Contractor shall procure and deliver to the Architect, no later than the date claimed by the Contractor as the Date of Substantial Completion, all special warranties required by the Contract Documents. Delivery by the Contractor shall constitute the Contractor's guarantee to the Owner that the warranty will be performed in accordance with its terms and conditions. Refer to Section 01781 - Close -Out Procedures for additional requirements. 3.5.5 All defective Work appearing within one (1) year of the Date of Final Completion and Acceptance of the whole Work shall be promptly corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor's own cost 3.5.6 The warranties set out herein are not in lieu of any other warranties, expressed or implied, including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. 3.6 TAXES 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 8 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs. 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities against which the Contractor makes reasonable objection. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: .1 materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected promptly by the Owner to avoid delay in the Work; .2 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; ,3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause 3.8.2.2 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.3. 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent, reasonably acceptable to the Owner, and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project Site full time during the progress of the Work until the Date of Substantial Completion, and for such additional time thereafter as the Architect may determine to be necessary for the expeditious completion of the Work. The Contractor shall remove the superintendent if requested to do so in writing by the Owner, and shall promptly replace the superintendent with a competent person reasonably acceptable to the Owner. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 3.10.1 The Contractor shall submit Preliminary and Construction Schedules in accordance with requirements specified under Section 01320 - Construction Progress Documentation. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation UUiUU - a 3.10.3 The Contractor shall conform to the most recent schedules. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub -subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned without action. 3.12.6 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. Such Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals, the Contractor thereby represents that the Contractor has determined and verified all dimensions, quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later, coordination with information on previously accepted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals and verification of compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the Contractor. In reviewing Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the Contractors representation that such information is correct and accurate. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 10 3.12.8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor nas specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. Unless such written notice has been given, the Architects approval of a resubmitted Shop Drawing, Product Data, Sample, or similar submittal shall not constitute approval of any changes not requested on the prior submittal. 3.12.10 Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action maybe so identified in the Contract Documents. 3.12.11 When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon such certifications, and the Architect shall not be expected to make any independent examination with respect thereto. 3.12.12 The Contractor shall keep one (1) clean copy of each submittal brochure and each shop drawing, bearing the Architect's review stamp, at the Job Site. 3.12.13 The Architect's review is only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the Job Site, for information processes or to techniques of construction, and for coordination of the Work of all trades. 3.12.14 Burden -of -Proof that products, materials, shop drawings, samples and submittals comply with the Contract Documents in every respect and that any substitutions, variations, deviations or modifications to exactly what is specified will, in fact, work well in coordination and harmony, and will serve the intended purpose, shall rest entirely with the Contractor. It shall not be the Architect's responsibility to have the Burden -of -Proof to prove the contrary. 3.12.15 Submittals, requisitions, requests for interpretation, shop drawings and other items received by the Architect on Friday, Saturday; Sunday, on any normally recognized holiday, or on a day preceding such a holiday shall be considered received on the first working day (except Friday) which follows. 3.12.16 Architect's date stamp of receipt shall evidence date of receipt, modified per Paragraph 3.12.15 above. Date indicated on Architect's transmittal letter or transmittal forth shall be considered as date returned to Contractor. 3.12.17 In absence of a written statement from the Contractor to the contrary, the Architect shall assume Contractor's implied consent that the Architect may extend time for review of shop drawings or other submittals that require additional attention and coordination due to their complexity or to resolve discrepancies in shop drawings or other submittals in an endeavor to expedite the progress and avoid an additional resubmittal of same. This shall in no way permit an extension of construction time designated herein. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 11 3.12.18 Refer to Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures and Section 01600 —Product Requirements for additional requirements. 3.13 USE OF SITE 3.13.1 The right of possession of the premises and the improvements made thereon by the Contractor shall remain at all times in the Owner. The Contractor's right to entry and use thereof arises solely from the permission granted by the Owner under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall confine the Contractors apparatus, the storage of materials and the operations of the Contractor's workmen to limits indicated by law, ordinances, the Contract Documents and permits and/or directions of the Architect and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with the Contractor's materials. The Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor, the Subcontractors, their employees or anyone else with respect to the conditions of the premises, except only for a condition caused directly and solely by the negligence of the Owner. Material shall be arranged and maintained in an orderly manner with use of walks, drives, roads and entrances unencumbered. Store, place and handle material and equipment delivered to the Project Site so as to preclude inclusion of foreign substances or causing of discoloration. Pile neatly and compactly and barricade to protect public from injury. Protect material as required to prevent damage from weather or ground. Should it be necessary to move material at any time, or move sheds or storage platforms, the Contractor shall move them as and when required at no additional cost to the Owner. The Owner assumes no responsibility for stored materials stored in building or on the Site. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for damage due to storing of materials. Repairing of areas used for placing of sheds, offices and storage of materials shall be performed by the Contractor. 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work 3.14.3 Refer to Section 01731 - Cutting and Patching for additional requirements. 3.15 CLEANING UP 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 12 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.16.3 Daily Clean -Up: The Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by Contractor's operations on a daily basis. In areas used by the public or exposed to public view, the Contractor shall keep these areas in such a state of cleanliness so as not to reflect unfavorably upon the "image' of the Owner. 3.15.4 Refer to Section 01781 — Close -Out Procedures for additional requirements. 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 3.18.1 Hold Harmless: In addition to the Contractor's obligation to obtain and hold insurance a' set forth elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Architect and the Owner and their officers, and employees from all suits, actions, damages or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons or property which in whole or in part arise on account of the operation of the Contractor, or on account of or if consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the Work; 01 through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the( Work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, 01 misconduct of said Contractor, its Subcontractors, their officers, employees, agents, servants, or assigns; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from an) infringement of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the 'Workman's Compensation Act', or any other law, ordinance, order or decree; regardless of whether such injuries or damage are caused in part by the negligence 01 the parties indemnified herein under. The Contractor shall reimburse the Architect, Owner and their officers and employees any and all costs incurred by them in defending or investigating any such suit, action, or claim, including attorney's fees, expert witness fees, investigative and court costs. 3.18.2 Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of Contractor's Contract as may be considered necessary by the Owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the Owner or, in case no money or insufficient money is due, Contractor's surety may be held until such suit or suits, action or actions, claim or claims for injuries as aforesaid shall have been settled, and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner. The Contractor's Liability under this Contract shall not exceed $1,000,000.00. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 0070U - 13 3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect, the Architects consultants, and agents or employees of any of them arising out of (1) the negligent preparation of maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or Specifications, or (2) negligent directions or instructions given by the Architect, the Architect's consultants and agents or employees of any of them, provided such instructions or directions are the primary cause of the injury or damage. Should the Contractor fail to institute appropriate measures within seven (7) calendar days, or should the measures taken fail to put the Work back on schedule within fourteen (14) calendar days of such notice, the Owner may, but shall not be required to, supplement the Contractor's forces, materials and/or equipment with other forces, materials and/or equipment. The cost of such other forces, materials and/or equipment shall be deducted by the Owner from sums otherwise owing to the Contractor. The Owner's use of such supplemental forces, materials and/or equipment shall not excuse the Contractor from performing all of its obligations under the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor from liquidated damages. The Contractor shall coordinate and work together with such forces, materials and/or equipment. 3.19 RECORDS AND DOCUMENTS 3.19.1 The Contractor shall maintain all records and documents relating to the Contract during the course of the Work and for a period of three (3) years after the Date of Final Completion and Acceptance. This includes all books and other evidence bearing on the Contractor's costs and expenses under this Contract. The Contractor shall make these records and documents available for inspection to the Owner, at the Contractor's office, at all reasonable times, without direct charge and shall make these records and documents available for copying at a reasonable charge. If approved by the Owner, photographs, microphotographs, or other authentic reproductions may be maintained instead of original records and documents. If the Contractor fails to make the records and documents available, the Owner may, after written notice to the Contractor, take such action as may be necessary including the withholding of any further payment. Furthermore, failure to make such records and documents available may be grounds for termination pursuant to Paragraph 14.2. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 The Architect is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. .1 Wherever the term(s) " Architect,` "Engineer," " Architect/Engineer," appears throughout the Contract Documents, they shall mean The Jones Payne Group, 321 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02210, Telephone (617) 790-3747. .2 Wherever the term(s) 'Sponsor's Representative" or "Owner's Authorized Representative" appears in the Contract Documents, they shall mean URS Corporation Southern, 7650 West Courtney Campbell Causeway, Tampa, Florida 33607-1462, Telephone (813) 286-1711, FAX (813) 636-2445, or other Owner's authorized representative(s). .3 Wherever the term "Owner's Authorized Representatives" appears in the Contract Documents, the term shall include URS Corporation Southern; The Jones Payne Group; Wyle laboratories; RCT Engineering, Inc.; or other Owner's authorized representative(s). 4.1.2 In case of termination of employment of the Architect, the Owner shall appoint an architect against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 14 4.2 ARCHITECTS ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be the Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the correction period described in Paragraph 12.2. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general If the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of on -site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. 4.2.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's responsibility as provided in Paragraph 3.3. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or of any other persons performing portions of the Work. 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate through the Architect. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect or Owner will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect or Owner considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect or Owner will have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect or Owner nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect or Owner to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons performing portions of the Work. 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents and only to the extent which the Architect or Owner believes desirable to protect the Owner's interest. The Architect's action will be taken with reasonable promptness, while allowing GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 15 sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgement to permit adequate review, taking into account the time periods set forth in the latest recognized Construction Schedule prepared by the Contractor and reviewed by the Architect. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,.or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion and acceptance, will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. If no such exhibit has been incorporated, the duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of such Project Representative shall be as set forth in the edition of AIA B 352 current as of the date of the Agreement. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of the Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made with reasonable promptness and within any time limits agreed upon The Architect may, as the Architect judges desirable, issue additional drawings or instructions indicating in greater detail the construction or design of the various parts of the Work; such drawings or instructions may be affected by field order or other notice to the Contractor, and provided such drawings or instructions are reasonably consistent with the previously existing Contract Documents, the Work shall be executed in accordance with such additional drawings or instructions without additional cost or extension of the Contract Time. 4.2.12 interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 16 also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract Claims must be made by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional cost or Contract Time is due to the Contractor for Work not clearly provided for in the Contract Documents, or previously authorized changes in the Work, the Contractor shall notify the Architect in writing of its intention to claim such additional cost or Contract Time before the Contractor begins the Work on which the Contractor bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Architect is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost or time as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional cost or Contract Time. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Architect has kept account of the cost or time of the Work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the Work on which the claim for additional cost or Contract Time is based has been completed, the Contractor shall, within twenty-one (21) calendar days, submit Contractor's written claim to the Architect. 4.3.2 Decision of Architect. Claims arising prior to Final Payment or the earlier termination of the Contract shall be referred initially to the Architect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4 4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims must be made within twenty-one (21) calendar days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim or within twenty-one (21) calendar days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. If the Contractor wishes to reserve its rights under Paragraph 4.3.3, written notice of any event that may give rise to a claim must be given within twenty-one (21) calendar days of the event, whether or not any impact in money or time has been determined. Claims must be made by written notice. Any change or addition to a previously made claim shall be made by timely written notice in accordance with this Paragraph 4.3.3. 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim including arbitration, unless otherwise agreed in writing the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract 4.3.5 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. 4.3.6 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. Should the Contractor encounter concealed conditions in an existing structure or below the surface of the ground, not discoverable by a careful inspection and differing materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized in or about a site of this type, the Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted by Change Omer upon claim by either party, if made before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than twenty-one (21) calendar days after the first observance of the conditions. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 17 There shall be no adjustment of the Contract Sum on account of other costs resulting from topsoil or water conditions including, without limitation, costs on account of delay, administration, operations, temporary construction, cave-in or collapse of excavations, or pumping. 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering fife or property arising under Paragraph 10.3. Claim shall be filed in accordance with the procedure established herein. Anticipated, unanticipated, abnormal or adverse weather conditions shall not be the basis of a Claim for additional cost. The Contract Sum shall not be increased for any weather -related conditions. 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.8.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for all increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor shall have the burden of demonstrating the effect of the claimed delay on the Contract Time, and shall furnish the Architect with such documentation relating thereto as the Architect will reasonably require. In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. 4.3.8.2 Anticipated, unanticipated, abnormal or adverse weather conditions shall not be the basis for a Claim for additional time. Contract Time shall not be extended for any weather -related delay. 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 The Architect shall review Claims and may (1) defer any action with respect to all or part of a Claim and request additional information from the Claimant which additional information Claimant shall immediately provide to the Architect, or (2) render a decision in all or a part of the Claim. The Architect shall notify the parties in writing of the disposition of such Claim. If the Architect decides that the Work relating to such Claim should proceed regardless of the Architect's disposition of such Claim, the Architect shall issue to the Contractor a written directive to proceed. The Contractor shall proceed as instructed. 4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved, the Architect will prepare or obtain appropriate documentation. 4.4.3 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making the Claim shall, within ten days after the Architect's preliminary response, take one or more of the following actions: (1) submit additional supporting data requested by the Architect, (2) modify the initial Claim or (3) notify the Architect that the initial Claim stands. 4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Architect, the Architect will notify the parties in writing that the Architect's decision will be made within seven days, which decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to arbitration. Upon expiration of such time period, the Architect will render to the parties the Architects written decision relative to the Claim, including any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If there is a surety and there appears to be a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 18 ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 DEFINITIONS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work. The term 'Subcontractor' is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term 'Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub -subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work. The tern "Sub -subcontractor' is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub -subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub -subcontractor. 5.1.3 The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the Work. The Contractor shall at all times, when Work is in progress, be represented either in person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Owner or Architect. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5.2.2 The Owner or Architect reserves the right to investigate the prequalifications and qualifications, and responsibility of proposed or actual subcontractors, and to prohibit same from performing Work on the Project where such investigation, in the judgement of the Owner or Architect, reveals that such subcontractors are unqualified and/or non -responsible. The Owners and Architect's criteria for such determination may include, without limitation; financial condition, experience, character of workers and equipment, and past performance. The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity, the Contractor shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner or the Architect have no reasonable objection. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity listed in Contractor's Subcontractors List without permission of the Owner. 5.2.5 The form of each subcontract shall be submitted to the Owner for its approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 19 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, _ assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub -subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub -subcontractors. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNERS RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the tens "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner - Contractor Agreement. 6.1.3 The Contractor, with the Owner's assistance, shall coordinate with each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Owner will provide for the coordination of the Owner's own forces with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall coordinate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 20 6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends, for proper execution or operation upon the Work or any applicable portion thereof, on any other separate contractor, the Owner will give the Contractor written notice of the date when the other contractor will have completed its constriction or any applicable portion thereof and the Contractor shall have fifteen (15) calendar days from the date so specified within which to inspect other contractor's construction or any applicable portion thereof, and to accept said construction or to reject in a written statement to the Owner reciting all discrepancies or defects which affect Contractor's Work and, therefore, must be remedied. Upon receipt of such statement, the Architect shall see that necessary corrections are made and shall notify the Contractor when such corrective work is to be complete. The Contractor shall have fifteen (15) calendar days from the date so specified within which to inspect and report again, in order to determine that discrepancies or defects complained of have been corrected. Failure of the Contractor to inspect and report, as set forth above, shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's construction or any applicable portion thereof, as fit and proper to receive Contractor's Work, except as to latent defects which may develop in the other separate contractor's construction or any applicable portion thereof, after the execution of the Contractor's Work. Upon completion of the other contractor's construction or any applicable portion thereof, the area will be turned over to the Contractor. 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or defective construction shall be bome by the party responsible therefor. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 Should the Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor on the Project, the Contractor shall, upon due notice by the Owner, settle with such other contractor by agreement if other contractor will so settle. If such separate contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner will notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings with the cooperation of the Owner, and if any judgement against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy same to the extent caused by the fault of the Contractor and shall reimburse the Owner for all reasonable attorney's fees and court costs which the Owner has incurred. 6.2.6 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Paragraph 3.14. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish as described in Paragraph 3.15, the Owner may clean up and allocate the cost among those responsible as the Architect determines to be just. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 21 ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 CHANGES 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Any claim for payment of changes in the Work that is not covered by written Change Omer shall be rejected by the Architect The Contractor, by submitting the Proposal, acknowledges and agrees that the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for changes in the Work unless such Work is specifically authorized in writing by the Owner in advance. The terms of this Article may not be waived by the Architect or Owner unless such waiver is in writing and makes specific reference to this Article. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and mayor may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed would cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 a change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any; and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum shall include those listed in Paragraph 7.3.2.1. 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, 'rf any, in the Contract Sum, or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 22 scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in order to expedite the Work and avoid or minimize delays in the Work which may affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time. When determined by the Architect to be in the Owner's best interest, the Architect may, with or without the Contractor's agreement, direct or order the Contractor to proceed with Changes in the Work by the issuance of a Construction Change Directive. 7.3.2.1 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: (a) Mutual acceptance of a lump sum, properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; (b) By unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or otherwise mutually agreed upon; (c) By cost estimated by the Contractor as provided in Paragraph 7.3.3 plus, if applicable, percentage, and accepted by the Architect. The Contractor's estimate shall become a fixed price which shall not be changed by any variation in the actual cost of executing the Work covered by the change; (d) Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties plus, if applicable, percentage; or (e) As provided in Paragraph 7.3.6 by actual cost determined after the Work covered by the change is completed, plus, if applicable, percentage. 7.3.2.2 As used in this Paragraph 7.3, Construction Change Directive's "Cost" shall mean the estimated or actual net increase in cost to the Contractor, or Subcontractor for performing the Work covered by the change, including actual payments for materials, equipment rentals, expendable items, wages and associated benefits to workmen and to supervisors employed full time at the Site where the Work is performed, insurance, bonds, and other provable direct costs, but not including any administrative, accounting or expediting costs, or other indirect or overhead costs, or any wages or benefits of supervisory personnel not assigned full time to the Site, or any amount for profit or fee to the Contractor, Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor. Rates for the Contractor and Subcontractor owned equipment shall not exceed the rates listed in the Associated Equipment Distributors rental rate book as adjusted to the regional area of the Work under this Contract. 7.3.2.3 "Percentage" shall mean an amount to be added to the Cost for overhead and profit and any other expense which is not included in the Cost of the Work covered by the change, as defined above. The maximum percentage for total overhead and profit and any other expense which is not included in the Cost of the Work shall be as follows: (a) Percentage for the Contractor shall be Fifteen Percent (15%) of any net increase of Costs of any Work performed by the Contractor's own forces. (b) Percentage for a Subcontractor shall be Ten Percent (10%) of any net increase of Cost of any Work performed by the Subcontractor's own forces plus Five Percent (5%) of any net increase in the Cost of the Work for the Contractor. 7.3.2.4 When in the reasonable judgement of the Architect a series of Construction Change Directives or Change Orders affect a single change, Percentage shall be calculated on the cumulative net increase in Cost, if any. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 23 7.3.2.5 Overhead shall include the following: supervision wages, timekeepers, watchmen and clerks, handtoois, incidentals, general office expense, and all other expenses not included in "Cost." 7.3.3 Upon request of the Owner or the Architect, the Contractor shall without cost to the Owner submit to the Architect, in such form as the Architect may require, an accurate written estimate of the cost of any proposed extra Work or change. The estimate shall indicate the quantity and unit cost of each item of materials, and the number of hours of work and hourly rate for each class of labor, as well as the description and amounts of all other costs chargeable under the terms of this Article. Unit labor costs for the installation of each item of materials shall be shown if required by the Architect. The Contractor shall promptly revise and resubmit such estimate if the Architect determines that it is not in compliance with the requirements of this Article, or that it is not in compliance with the requirements of this Article, or that it contains errors of fact or mathematical errors. If required by the Architect, in order to establish the exact cost of new Work added or of previously required Work omitted, the Contractor shall obtain and fumish to the Architect bona fide proposals from recognized suppliers for furnishing any material included in such Work. Such estimates shall be furnished promptly so as to occasion no delay in the Work, and shall be fumished at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall state in the estimate any extension of time required for the completion of the Work if the change or extra work is ordered. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be subsequently recorded as a Change Order. 7.3.6 if the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable percentage for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.2.1 (e), the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' or workmen's compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and 7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the percentage for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with, respect to that change. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 24 7.3.8 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the adjustment in Contract Time or the method for determining it, the adjustment or the method shall be referred to the Architect for determination. 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be subsequently recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall cant' out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time(s) is the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof as defined in Paragraph 8.1.3 including adjustments thereto. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in a written Notice to Proceed. Work under this Contract shall not commence until the Owner has issued a written Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall begin the Work to be performed under the Contract within ten (10) days of the date set by the Owner in a written Notice to proceed, but in any event, the Contractor shall notify the Architect at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. The date shall not be postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or of persons or entities for whom the Contractor is responsible. 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.7. 8.1.4 The tern "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. 6.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. In the event the Contractor fails to promptly complete the Work herein within the Contract Time(s) provided, liquidated damages shall accrue in the amount(s) and manner specified in the Agreement. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall furnish sufficient forces, construction plant and equipment, and shall work such hours, including night shifts, and overtime operations, as may be necessary to insure prosecution of the Work in accordance with the Construction Schedule, Contractor shall take such steps as may be necessary or as may be directed by the Architect to improve GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 25 Contractor's progress by increasing the number of shifts, overtime operations, days of work, and amount of construction plant, as may be required, at no additional cost to the Owner. 8.2.3 Maintenance of -Schedule: The Contractor shall prosecute the Work with sufficient forces, materials, and equipment to maintain progress in accordance with the Schedule. Should the Work in whole or in part fall behind the Schedule, or should the progress of the Work appear to Architect to be inadequate to assure completion on the completion date(s) specified in the Contract, the Contractor shalt, upon written notice from the Architect, take appropriate steps within seven (7) calendar days of such notice to put the Work back on Schedule and meet the specified completion date(s). 8.2.4 Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements under this Provision shall be grounds for determination that the Contractor is not prosecuting the Work with such diligence as will insure completion within the time(s) specified and such failure constitutes a material breach of the Contract Documents. Upon such determination, the Owner may terminate the Contractor's right to proceed with the Work, or any separate part thereof, in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. 8.2.5 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time(s). 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 In all cases where the Contractor is delayed, hindered, or obstructed in the execution of the Work, or any part thereof, for any reason whatsoever, the Contractor shall not be entitled to claim or recover any damages or additional payment from the Owner or Architect. However, it is the intent of this Contract that in all cases where the Contractor is substantially delayed, hindered, or obstructed In the execution of the Work through no fault of the Contractor and because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control, the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order by such amount as conditions, in the judgement of the Architect, justify, and such extension of the Contract Time shall be the exclusive remedy of the Contractor. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. Contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of Contract Time. Weather -related time extensions will be granted only in extenuating circumstances. The situation shall be reviewed with the Architect at the time of the delay for determination of whether or not the circumstances are extenuating. 8.3.3 Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the Work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after that date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the Contract ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 26 9.2.1 Before submitting the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a Schedule of Values. The Schedule of Values shall be approved by the Architect prior to submitting the initial Application for Payment. The Schedule of Values shall be in a form as required to adequately establish costs attributable to the Work. This Schedule shall be prepared in such a forth and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy in reflecting the above breakdown for administrative and payment purposes as the Architect may require and shall be revised later if found by the Architect to be inaccurate. The Schedule of Values shall be further arranged to conform with the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) Standard Format for Divisions and Sections with each item containing overhead and profit. The Cost of General Conditions of the Contract shall be equally divided by the number of months in the Contract and this cost shall appear in the Contractor's monthly Application for Payment. Refer to Section 01015 - MOBILIZATION. This Schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used only as a basis for the Contractors Application for Payment. Initial Payment Application: The principal administration actions and submittals which shall precede or coincide with submittal of the Contractor's first payment application can be summarized as follows, but not necessarily by way of limitation. .1 Listing of subcontractors and principal suppliers and fabricators. .2 Schedule of Values. .3 Initial recognized CPM (or Bar Chart) Construction Schedule. .4 Schedule of submittals. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders. 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment of amounts the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 9.3.2 Payments may be made on account of nonperishable materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site which shall be conditioned upon the following conditions being met: The Materials have been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the Architect and Owner. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 27 .2 The Contractor has furnished the Architect with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. .3 The Contractor has furnished the Architect with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. .4 The Contractor has furnished the Owner legal title (free of liens or encumbrances of any kind) to materials so stored or stockpiled. .5 The Contractor has furnished to the Architect copies of paid invoices of stored materials. .6 Documentation that all material meets specification requirements. .7 The Contractor shall be responsible for all loss or damage of any type to such materials or equipment and will make suitable replacement or repair as necessary at the Contractor's own expense. .6 The Contractor shall be responsible for security with respect to all such stored materials and equipment. .9 The Contractor has furnished the Owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at any time prior to use in the Work. .10 Payments for material on hand for delivered material to be used in one item of Work must exceed $3,000.00 and not be scheduled to be incorporated into the Work within sixty (60) days after delivery. .11 It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the Owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor or it's responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements or the Contract Documents. 12 No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. 13 The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment or stored or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner upon receipt of payment by the Contractor. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances hereinafter referred to in this Article 9 as liens in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architects reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 28 point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion and to speck qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certfled. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or (3) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 9.5.1 The Architect may decide not to certify payment and may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also decide not to certify payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to complete the Work and to cover actual or liquidated damage for the anticipated or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 29 Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub -subcontractors in similar manner. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or material supplier. 9.6.5 The payment of any Application for Payment prior to Final Acceptance of the Work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgement of the acceptance of the Work, or in any way prejudice or affect the obligation of the Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace, at Contractor's expense, any defects or imperfections or design errors or omission in the design, construction, or in the strength or quality of the equipment or materials used in or about the construction of the Work under Contract and its appurtenances nor any damage due or attributed to such defects, which defect, imperfection, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the Final Acceptance of the Work. The Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct same as provided herein. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.6.7 The Owner may deduct from the balance due the Contractor under the provisions of the Contract Documents, any liquidated damages which may have accrued. 9.6.6 Provision for assessment of liquidated damages for delay shall in no manner affect the Owner's right to terminate the Contract as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Owner's exercise of the right to terminate shall not release the Contractor for it's obligation to pay said liquidated damages in the amounts set out in the Agreement. 9.7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.7.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.7.2 When the Contractor considers that the whole Work, or a portion thereof designated in the Contract Documents for separate completion, is substantially complete and the premises comply with Paragraph 3.15.1, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect; (1) the permits and certificates referred to in Paragraph 13.51.4, and (2) the Contractor's request for inspection by the Architect. The Architect will then make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Architect will then prepare and submit to the Contractor a comprehensive list of items to be completed and/or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to complete and correct items on the list before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. Repeat inspections shall be performed prior to issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 30 All Work items or Contract Requirements which remain incomplete/unsatisfied at the Date of Substantial Completion will form the initial "punch list" for Final Acceptance. When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish; the date of Substantial Completion, responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work; and insurance. All Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Final Completion and Acceptance. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. 9.7.3 Upon Substantial Completion of the whole Work and upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, the Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for such Work as provided in the Contract Documents. 9.7.4 After Substantial Completion of the whole Work, the Architect may, at the Architect's discretion and with the consent of the Contractor's Surety, approve an Application for Payment from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or twice the estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the Work remaining to be done. Remaining retainage will be released with Final Payment after Final Completion and Acceptance of the whole Work. 9.8 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 9.8.1 The Owner or separate contractors may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.7.2. 9.8.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. 9.8.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.9.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the whole Work is ready for Final Inspection and Acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate of Final Completion and Acceptance which shall indicate the Date of Final Completion and Acceptance stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's observations and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. The Architect's Final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Paragraph 9.9.1 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to Final Payment have been fulfilled. In the Final Certificate for Payment, the Architect will state the date on which the whole Work was fully complete and acceptable, which date shall be the date of Final Completion and Acceptance. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 31 9.9.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If the Contractor fails to furnish such releases or waivers as the Owner reasonably requires to satisfy the Owner that there are no outstanding liens, the Owner may require the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, to furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such liens. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. Upon satisfactory Final Completion and Acceptance of all whole Work required by the Contract Documents, receipt of Notice of Final Completion and Acceptance from the Architect and compliance with Project Closeout of Section 01770 — Close-out Procedures, the Contractor shall make application for Final Payment in same format as Progress Payments. 9.9.3 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. Such waivers shall be in addition to the waiver described in Subparagraph 4.3.5. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub -subcontractors; .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction; and .4 any other property of the Owner, whether or not forming part of the Work, located at the Site or adjacent thereto in areas to which the Contractor has access. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 32 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2, 10.2.1.3, and 10.2.1.4 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub -subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts that may be liable, except damage or loss solely attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone, directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.2.8 The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, 84 Stat. 1190, 29 U.S.C. 611 et. seq. (as amended), and applicable regulations and requirements under said act. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all accidents causing death, traumatic injury, occupational disease, or damage to property, materials, supplies and equipment incidental to Work performed under this Contract. 10.2.9 The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property markers until the Architect has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move until directed. 10.2.10 The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the prosecution of the Work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the Contractors manner or method of executing the Work, or at any time due to defective Work or materials, and said responsibility will not be released until the Project shall have been completed and accepted. 10.2.11 When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the Work, or in consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the Contractor, Contractor shall restore, at the Contractor's own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 33 existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or Contractor shall make good such damage or Injury in an acceptable manner. 10.2.12 Work that is to remain in place which is damaged or defaced by reason of Work performed under this Contract shall be restored at no additional cost to the Owner. 10.2.13 Until the Architect's Final Written Acceptance of the whole Work, excepting only those portions of the Work accepted in accordance with Paragraph 9.7.2 herein, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action or the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecution or the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any of the above causes before Final Completion and shall bear the expense thereof. 10.2.14 If the Work is suspended for any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the Work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the Work. The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at the Contractor's expense. During such period of suspension of Work, the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established planting, seeding, and sodding furnished under the Contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 10.2.15 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of all Contractor's employees and subcontractors, their agents and employees, and all other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. 10.3 EMERGENCIES 10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 34 .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by another person; .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and .7 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractors obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following, or as required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims -made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of Final Payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after Final Payment. .1 Worker's Compensation: State: Statutory Employer's Liability: $500,000 Each Accident $500,000 Policy Limit $500,000 Each Employee .2 Comprehensive General Liability (including Premises Operations; Blanket Contractual, Personal Injury, Products and Completed Operations; Expanded Definition of Property Damage): Bodily Injury & Property Damage: $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Products Liability & Completed Operations: $1,000,000 Each Accident Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for three (3) years after Final Payment. Provide Damage Liability Insurance which will provide X, C, or U coverage. .3 Fire & Extended Coverage: An amount equal to 100% of the value of the improvements (facilities). .4 Comprehensive Automobile Liability: Bodily Injury: $500,000 Each Person $1,000,000 Each Occurrence Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 35 11.1.2 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be tiled with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, all additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.9.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be fumished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, the Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for self-protection against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. The Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability insurance unless specifically required by the Contract Documents. 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance in the amount of the initial Contract Sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.9 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.3 to be covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors in the Work. 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all-risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false -work, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then affect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deductibles and such deductibles are identified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. If the Owner or insurer increases the required minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or if the Owner elects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deductible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not covered because of such increased or GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 36 voluntary deductibles. If deductibles are not identified in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of deductibles. 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, this property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also portions of the Work in transit. 11.3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owners option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owners property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owners property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or for other special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, R possible, include such insurance, and the cost there of shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, H any, and any of their subcontractors, sub -subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Archhecrs consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub -subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity. Similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 37 did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub -subcontractors in similar manner. 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of damaged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order. 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers. 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.8 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 The Contractor shall furnish Payment and Performance Bonds on the approved Bond Forms provided by the Owner in the full amount of the Proposal for the Payment Bond and in the same amount for the Performance Bond, with a Surety or Sureties for the full and faithful performance of the Work. The Surety on any bond shall be a Corporate Surety authorized to write that type of bond through a resident agent of the corporation located in the State of Florida. Bonds are to be furnished to the Owner prior to the commencement of Work. A Bond Affidavit on the form contained in the Contract Documents shall be attached to the Surety Bonds. 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. 11.4.3 If the Surety on any Bond furnished b the Contractor is declared a bankrupt or become insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in an state where any part of the Work is located or it ceases t be licensed to conduct business in the state where the Work is located, the Contractor shall, at Contractor's own cost within five (5) days thereafter, substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which shall be acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide a Performance Bond and Labor and Material Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Sum written by Surety licensed to do business in the State of Florida. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 38 .1 Attomeys-in-fact who sign Proposal Bonds or Performance Bonds shall file with such bond a Certified Copy of their Power of Attorney to sign such Bond. 11.4.4 Qualifications of Surety Companies -In order to be acceptable to the Owner, a Surety Company issuing proposal Bonds, or one -hundred percent (100%) Performance/Payment Bonds called for in these Specifications shall meet and comply with the following minimum standards; .1 Surety shall be admitted to do business in the State of Florida. .2 Surety shall have been in business and have a record of successful continuous operations for the last five (5) years. .3 Surety shall be listed as a company holding Certificates of Authority as acceptable sureties on federal bonds and as acceptable reinsuring companies as shown in the current Federal Register. The amount of Bond issued pursuant to this Contract shall not exceed the underlying limitation in the Federal Register for that Surety. .4 Surety shall also have a current rating by A.M. Best Company of "B+" up to $2,500,000.00 bond amount and " A" if Over $2,500,000.00 bond amount. .5 Surety must be a "responsible" Surety Company at the time of the Bond execution. Should the Surety lose its Certificate of Authority according to the current Federal Register, published by the U.S. Department of the Treasurer, or should its Best's rating be reduced below "B+", either or both, the Owner shall have the right to require a change of Surety to an acceptable Surety Company. .6 The life of the Bonds shall contain a waiver of alteration to terms of the Contract, extensions of time and/or other forbearance on the part of the Owner. 11.4.6 In the event Bonds, in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph, are not provided, the Owner shall have the right to reject the Bid or annul the award. 11.4.7 Bond coverage shall be adjusted during the term of the Construction Contract to reflect additions made by Change Orders. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's observation and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. I f such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 39 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether observed before or after Final Completion and Acceptance and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. 12.2.2 If, within one (1) year after the Date of Final Completion and Acceptance of the Whole Work or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents; any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice from the Owner to do so. This obligation shall survive termination of the Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and arc neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. If the Contractor does not proceed with correction of such nonconforming Work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Architect, the Owner may remove it and store the salvable materials or equipment at the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor does not pay costs of such removal and storage within ten days after written notice, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof, after deducting costs and damages that should have been bome by the Contractor, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover costs which the Contractor should have bome, the Contract Sum shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 12.2.5 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractors obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 12.2.7 Upon completion of the whole Work, the Architect and the Owner will expeditiously make final inspection in accordance with Section 01770 — Close-out Procedures, and notify the Contractor of Final Acceptance. Such Final Acceptance, however, shall not preclude or stop the Owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the whole Work, nor shall the Owner be precluded or stopped from recovering from the Contractor or Contractors Surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustainec', or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill Contractors obligations under GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 40 the Contract A waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or substantial breach. 12.2.8 The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the Contract, shall be liable to the Owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards to the Owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring Its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as hereinafter provided, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies due or to become due to Contractor hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Owner. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.2.2 The Owner reserves the right to transfer its interests herein to any other governmental body set up, or authorized by law, to operate the facility. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 13.4.1 Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 41 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 13.4.3 Default or Waiver. Continued performance by the Owner as to the terms of this Contract after default by the Contractor shall not be deemed a Waiver by the Owner of the right to cancel for any subsequent default. Inspections, measurements or certificates issued by the Owner, payments of money, acceptance of any Work, grants of any extension of time, or any other action taken by the Owner, shall not operate as a waiver of any provisions of the Contract or any power therein reserved to the Owner of any rights to damages therein provided. Any waiver of any breach of Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity selected by the Architect or the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority other than the Owner. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of its readiness so the Architect may observe such inspections, tests or approval conducted by public authorities other than the Owner. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or other public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear such costs except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3. 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses. 13.5.4 The Contractor shall secure and promptly deliver to the Architect any required certificates of testing, inspection or approval, any occupancy permits, any certificates of final inspection of any part of the Contractor's Work and any operating permits for any mechanical apparatus, such as elevators, boilers, air compressors, etc., which may be required by law to permit full use and occupancy of the premises by the Owner. Receipt of such permits or certificates by the Architect shall be a condition precedent to Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof. 13.6.5 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. 13.5.6 Notwithstanding any dispute which may arise out of the Work, the Contractor shall carryon the Work and maintain effective progress to complete same within the Contract Time(s) set forth in the Contract Documents. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 42 ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 14.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, or if the Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of the Contractor's creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of the Contractor's insolvency, or if the Contractor persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if the Contractor fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently disregards laws ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or disregards al instruction, order or decision of the Architect, 01 otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of and provision of the Contract, or any of the following occur then the Contractor shall be in default. .1 Fails to begin the Work under the Contract within the time(s) specified in the "Notice to Proceed", or .2 Performs the Work unsuitable or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such Work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or .3 Discontinues the prosecution of the Work, or .4 Fails to resume Work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or .5 For any other cause whatsoever fails to carry on the Work in an acceptable manner. Should the Architect consider the Contractor in default of the Contract for any reason herein before, the Architect will immediately give notice to the Contractor and the Contractors Surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the Owners intentions to terminate the Contract. If the Contractor or Surety, within a period of ten (10) calendar days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and upon written notice to the Contractor and Contractor's Surety, take possession of all materials, tools, appliances, equipment and machinery and vehicles, offices and other facilities of the Project Site, and all materials intended for the Work wherever stored, and within seven (7) calendar days after such notice, the Owner may terminate the employment of the Contractor and finish the Work by whatever method the Owner may deem expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. The Owner shall be entitled to collect from the Contractor all direct, indirect, and consequential damages suffered by the Owner on account of the Contractors default, including without limitation, additional services and expenses of the Architect made necessary thereby. The Owner shall be entitled to hold all amounts due the Contractor at the date of termination until all of the Owners damages have been established, and to apply such amounts to such damages. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the Contract, then the Contractor and the Surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. If it is determined that the Contractor was not in default pursuant to this Provision, then the termination will revert to a termination for convenience under Paragraph 14.3.1. GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 43 14.2.2 Termination of the Contractor's employment hereunder shall not relieve the Contractor or Contractor's Surety of liability for past and future damages and losses incurred by the Owner on account of any act, omission, or breach by the Contractor. Liability for liquidated damages, if any, shall continue to accrue as set forth in the Contract Documents. 14.2.3 The Owner shall terminate the Contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the Construction Contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or In the interest of national defense. 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in the cost of performance of the Contract, including profit on the increased cost of performance, caused by suspension, delay or interruption. No adjustment shall be made to the extent. .1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of this Contract. 14.3.3 Adjustments made in the cost of performance may have a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee. END OF SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS URS Corporation 00700 - 44 Document Number AIA Document G-701 AIA Document G-702 AIA Document G-703 AIA Document. G-704 AIA Document G-706 AIA Document G-706A AIA Document G-707 AIA Document G-707A AIA Document G-709 AIA Document G-710 AIA Document G-714 CSI Form 1.5A CSI Form 13.1A CSI Form 13.2A CSI Form 13.6A CSI Form 14.1 A SECTION 00901 CONTRACT FORMS Document Description Change Order Application and Certification for Payment Continuation Sheet Certificate of Substantial Completion Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens Consent of Surety to Final Payment Consent of Surety to Reduction in or Partial Release of Retainage Proposal Request Architect's Supplemental Instructions Construction Change Directive Subcontractors and Major Materials Suppliers List Substitution Request Request for Interpretation Change Order Request CONTRACT FORMS 00901 - 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 00901 - 2 CONTRACT FORMS 00901 — Contract Forms • '- BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BIDDING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS URS Corporation MONROE COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMSSIONERS Noise Insulation Program - Puss 2 Key West International Airport AIP No. 3-12-0 37-1802 URS Contract No. C500004059.22 PROJECT MANUAL BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS MAYOR, Dixie M. Spehar, District 1 Mayor Pro Tom, Murray E. Nelson, District 5 Commissioner George Neugent, District 2 Commissioner Charles "Sonny" McCoy, District 3 Commissioner David P. Rice, District 4 James L. Roberts County Administrator Peter J. Horton Airport Manager November 2003 Prepared by: jp • The Jones Payne Group ff VOLUME 2 OF 2 10 SECTION 00010 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1 Division 0 — Bidding and Contracting Requirements Section 00001 Project Title Page Section 00010 Table of Contents Bidding Requirements I Section 00103 Invitation to Bid Section 00200 Instructions to Bidders Section 00210 Supplementary Instructions to Bidders Section 00220 Bid Scope Section 00250 Pre -Bid Meeting Bid Forms Section 00410 Bid Form on 00430 Section 00431 Performance of Work by Subcontractors Section 00432 Unit Price Form Section 00450 Non -Collusion Affidavit Section 00451 Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause Section 00452 Drug -Free Workplace Form Section 00453 w Equal Employment Opportunity Report Statement Section-00454 Disadvantaged-BusinessEnterprise-,4cm_france Section 00455 Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities Section 00456 Section 00457 Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility, and Voluntary Exclusion Certification Regarding Foreign Participation Section 00458 Section 00459 Sworn Statement Pursuant to Section 287.133(3)(a), F.S., on Public Entity Crimes Buy American Certification t . Contracting Requirements [ , Section 00500 Section 00540 Agreement (Monroe County — Contractor Noise Insulation Contract) Attachments to Agreement (Monroe County - Homeowner Section 00614 Noise Insulation Contract) Public Construction Bond Section 00615 Payment Bond Section 00616 Performance Bond ' General Conditions Section 00700 General Conditions Contract Forms Section 00901 Contract Forms I., TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 1 SECTION 00010 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 2 Location Map General Notes Drawinas Details Specifications Division 1 - General Requirements - Section 01100 Summary Section 01140 Work Restrictions Section 01250 Contract Modification Procedures Section 01270 Unit Prices Section 01290 Payment Procedures Section 01310 Project Management and Coordination Section 01320 Construction Progress Documentation _ Sec-tionD1330-- - - -- re- Section 01400 Quality Requirements Section 01420 References Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls Section 01600 Product Requirements Section 01700 Execution Requirements Section 01731 Cutting and Patching Section 01732 Selective Demolition Section 01770 Closeout Procedures Section 01781 Project Record Documents Division 2 - Site Work - Not Used Division 3 - Concrete Section 03301 Cast in Place Concrete Section 03930 Concrete Rehabilitation Division 4 -Masonry Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Division 5 - Metals - Not Used TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 2 I Division 6 — Woods and Plastics Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 06200 1. Finish Carpentry Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection (' Section 07210 Building Insulation Section 07460 Siding Section 07655 Self -Adhering Flashing Section 07920 Joint Sealants Division 8 — Doors and Windows ' Section 08120 Aluminum Swinging French Doors - SD -SW Section 08128 Sound Control Aluminum French Doors - EFRM Section 08163 Sound Control Aluminum Sliding Glass Doors - EGLM Section 08215 Wood Doors and Frames Section 08345 Sound Control Steel Doors — EPOS, EPM Section 08520 Aluminum Windows Section 08585 Storm Windows Section 08710 Door Hardware Section 08800 Glazing - Divislow9— Finishes __ _ _ - ---_ Section 09220 Portland Cement Plaster Section 09260 I Gypsum Board Assemblies Section 09911 Painting Section 09931 Exterior Wood Stains t Division 10 — Specialties t Section 10230 Vents ISection 10715 Storm Panels and Shutters l 2 Divisions 11 —14 Not Used Division 15 — Mechanical ` Section 15010 Mechanical General Requirements Section 15100 ` HVAC Systems in an Unconditioned Residence Section 15200 HVAC Units in a Conditioned Residence Section 15300 HVAC System Test and Balance Division 16 — Electrical j Section 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 3 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 4 Location May General Notes Drawings Bervaldi 703901 1720 Bahama Drive Key West, FL'. Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical / Electrical Plans Blatt 70680, 3003 Airport Boulevard Key West, FL' Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical / Electrical Plans Busche 707701 1607 Venentian Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical Closet Detail Mechanical / Electrical Plans Callaway 70760 1611 Venentian Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical Closet Detail Mechanical / Electrical Plans 'Davila 70200 1709 Bahama Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical Closet Detail Mechanical / Electrical Plans De Viddio 70420 3017 Airport Boulevard Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules 'Door / Window Elevations Mechanical / Electrical Plans Drake 70370 1712 Bahama Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical / Electrical Plans Odell 71190 3000 Venentian Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations. Mechanical / Electrical Plans Fallon 70170 Paez 70160 1721 Bahama Drive Key West, FL 1723 Bahama Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Door / Window Elevations Mechanical Closet Detail Mechanical Closet Detail Mechanical / Electrical Plans Mechanical / Electrical Plans Halpern 70460 IPondelicek 70740 1717 Jamaica Drive Key West, FL 11619 Venentian Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs pecial Requirements./ Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules loor Plans; Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations )oor / Window Elevations Mechanical / Electrical Plans Aechanical Closet Detail Mechanical / Electrical Plans Newcomb . 70410 1730 Bahama Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical / Electrical Plans 70750 Key West, FL al Requirements / Photographs Plans, Window and Door Schedules / Window Elevations apical Closet Detail apical / Electrical Plans I s Roos 70480 1709 Jamaica Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical / Electrical Plans Rosam 70640 1704 Jamaica Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Scribner 70210 1705 Bahama Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Skomp 70470 1713 Jamaica Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical / Electrical Plans Smithrick 71050 1610 Trinidad Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs j Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical / Electrical Plans Stephan 70360 1710 Bahama Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical / Electrical Plans Sweeting 70380 1714 Bahama Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical Closet Detail Mechanical / Electrical Plans Tallmadge 70630 1700 Jamaica Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical / Electrical Plans i Tapia 70500 1701 Jamaica Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical Closet Detail Mechanical / Electrical Plans Wyatt 70510 1621 Jamaica Drive Key West, FL Special Requirements / Photographs Floor Plans, Window and Door Schedules Door / Window Elevations Mechanical % Electrical Plans Venetian �r 1111 lllllllll'1111119 —�d1 wMano. l�l4�1paw.► ------ - Airport Blvd. DATE: Location Map KEY WES 07/16/02 Noise Insulation Program INTERNATIONAL IRPORT Phase 1 & Phase 2 Where new window or door units are larger in depth than the existing rough openings, the contractor Shan provide furred out casings at the interior to compensate for the added depth of the new window / door unit. In all cases, products that exceed the depth of the wall cavity shall be flush to the exterior and project to the interior At all locations where painted surfaces are disturbed by the removal of existing windows, doors, through -wall air -conditioners and / or the installation of new surfaces top adjacent surfaces to achieve a constant match of finishes to a logical break- product; the contractor shall patch, prime, and paint damaged and coat point (comer, floor, soffit, etc.). Should any house have unpainted or raw, tinted stucco the contractor is to provide a sample for onsite evaluation and approval prior to application. Where new walls or ceilings are to be installed; provide, install, and finish new interior trim to match existing unless otherwise specified by architect. The contractor shall coordinate with the resident inspector if furniture moving is required. All furniture is to be noted and tracked per individual residence. At no time will the contractor exceed the allocated time for furniture moving at a specific parcel with out written authorization in the form of a field construction directive. Install temporary dust -proof coverings and other protection for existing interior and exterior surfaces that are to remain including -Homeowners' personal effects. At the end of every day, allow sufficient time for cleaning and providing the Homeowner with a habitable environment. The contractor shall remove and reinstall all window treatments including, but not limited to, blinds., shades, curtains, shutters, awnings valances etc . If the Architect to removal. No window shall be left without some sort of temporary covering or shade modifications are required, the contractor is to notify prior overnight. Inspection holes: If ceiling treatments are required, the contractor shall be obligated to provide access to the ceiling structure (cut an access hole in the existing structure) to assess the condition of the structure. No ceiling treatments are to proceed without an a I tion of the ceiling structure by the Architect. Where new wall or ceiling treatments are to be installed, relocate to the new wall or ceiling surfaceill existing outlets, lighting fixtures, ceiling fans, and all other Florida Electrical Code. No electrical fixture or device shall be concealed behind new walls or ceilings. Notify Architect electric fixtures that comply with immediately of any fixtures or devices to be relocated which do not meet Florida Electrical Code requirements. Reconnect electrical systems prior to. completion of work each day. No residence shall be left without electrical systems overnight. The contractor shall plan and schedule the removal or disconnection of existing mechanical system (air conditioning) to minimize the interruption in service to for work at each residence shall be submitted to the Architect with any interruption in service identified. If service is 1 the Homeowners. The schedule mechanical to be interrupted during construction it must be approved by the Homeowner. The individual Homeowners reserve the right to retain any and all products removed from their res oences. The contractor shall confirm with the individual Homeowners if they desire to retain any products prior to construction. The contractor shall disposes of all products that the Homeowner does not wish to retain. i .................................... . ...... . -• .-I ki FT Me.. M ; GENERAL NOTES The following General Notes constitute a portion of the Scope of Work included in the drawingf for each. residence. Refer to the specifications and the drawings for each residence for installation details and special requirements. All window and door units shall match existing sizes and proportions unless otherwise specified by Architect. Windows shall not be down -sized, blocking and buck frames shall not exceed the size of the existing. Where concrete exposed by the removal of doors or windows is damaged, spalling, deteriorated or exposing reinforcing steel the contractor shall notify the resident inspector. The construction details indicate a variety of interior and exterior trim and wall conditions. They have been created to be responsive to the different conditions in the individual residences. The schedules indicate additional information that should be considered wh the details. In all cases where there is no comment the default interior condition shall be a tile stool with gyp surrounds, the default exterior condition shall stucco surrounds. Where storm protection is indicated as "remove existing" and no new product is indicated, the contractor is to reinstall the existing storm protection. It is in the contractors and programs best interest in such cases to minimize the removal of the existing storm protection system when ever possible. All products installed by the program that are subject to Hurricane conditions shall be required to have' a certified Hurricane protection with an accompanying engineered fastening schedule. This shall include but is not limited to size and material of anchors, sleeves, brackets, screws etc. Specific Homeowners have existing storm protection that they may request the program remove andre-install. Should existing storm protection be removed and re -installed, the contractor shall be required to provide a certified fastening schedule indicating that the installation has been rev, �wed and meets local Hurricane code requirements. This information shall be indicated on the submittals, both the individual residence shop drawings and installation details. Tinted glazing has been included in the specifications for potential application at all residences. Confcmation of the tinting is to be re -confirmed by the contractor at the pre -walks. When tinting is called for the tint shall be applied uniformly to all exterio glazed installations (ie in dual door configurations the outboard door shall receive tint, in dual window configurations the outboard window shall receive tint Where opaque glazing is specified, provide for upper.and lower sashes of interior window or as specified in the contract documents. Where opaque and tinted glazing is called for provide tinting at the outboard sash and opaque at the inboard sash. Finishing of the EPOS and EPM doors may be shop or field finished. The contractor is to provide a sample of the manufacturers stock (shop finish), and a paint manufacturers colors at the pre -walks for the Homeowner to choose. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets I and II apply to each residence in addition 4 the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block Siding: Type: Stucco (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color: V.I.F. Sliding White Secondary Door: Type: Leaf Color: White Windows: j Type: Metal Color: White Gazing: Type: Clear Storm Protection: Type: Shutters Color: White Attic: Provide additional 3" of batt. insulation and ventilation to meet code requirements. HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TEATMENT DECISIONS: • Homeowner to provide clear access to all doors and windows being l treated. The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Front Elevation: Left Elevation: Bervaldi 1720 Bahama Drive Key West, Florida Rear Elevation: Right Elevation: 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70390 Checked by: TK Existing New 1 W x H Style/Glazln Type I 36x37 msh s mdhc t 18x25 ma s mdhc 3 18x25 ma s I mdhc 4 36x37 ma s mdhc 5 7107 ma/a s mdh/dt 6 7347 I ma/a s I mglc �7�7347 �ma//a�Smdh�ldl 8 73x49 T ma/a s jmdhld1 Remove New Detail Existing Ty Detail Comments mw-1.4 y .' shut shut sp-2.2 provide new file stool sp-2.2 provide tempered, opaque glass; mw-1.4 mw-1.4 shut provide new tile returns sp-2.2 provide opaque glass; provide new file stool mw4.4 mw-1.4 Sim y y shut shut shut sp-2.2 sp-2.2 2 new windows mulled per detail mw-4.0; provide new tile stool sp-2.2 new xx glider,egress glider, provide mw-3.4 new file stool mw-1.4 Sim y y shut shut sp-2.2 2 metal windows mulled per distal; mw-4.0; provide new file stool. . sp-2.2 2 metal windows mulled per detail mw-4.0 provide new file stool mw-1.4 sim New Remove I NOW 14 WxH T W/S Hniwr Detail epw y y dr-1.2 go Existin T d-sv IS 36x79 b 36x79 epos y y dr4.2 c 36x80 epos y y dr-4.2 d 72x80 72x80 egl egl y y y y dr-5.2 dr-5.2 pan Pan !e f 19x22 Sap y y 9en-2.1 g 32x80 ilvr y dr-6.1 The Jones Payne Group uRS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. 4 5 1 ' CL CL 1 BATH 2 ' CL ' 0 BEDROOM 8 1 DINING CL 3 1 ` LAUNDRY ROOM I i I I 1 I b I KITCHEN 1 LIVING ROOM 7 1 I 1 1 i 1 8 1 -------------------------i'---------I s .2 .2 louvered door B@Neldl ; 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: 1720 Baha a Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 2 Key West, Florida 70390 Checked by: TK WindowD.. Window Treatments: OIL-] mdhc I mdh/dhc L -------------- - - - mglc: xx Install new dual acoustical metal double hung window. Install 2 new dual acoustical metal double hung windows with mullion. Install new dual acoustical metal gliding window. j i Door Treatments: i O epw/sd•sw ® ep-os d Install new wood solid core Install new metal O exterior door w/ insulated O outswinging hurricane O glazing. Weatherstrip fully and rated prime door. Provide add sweep. Install new exterior and install Impact glazing. hurricane rated secondary door. eglm fO Install new metal gll ing door with insulated glass aap g ilvr Install new sound O Install new louvered insulating attic access interior door. panel. Noe: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group Bervaldi 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Parcel # 3 1720 Bahama rlve Key West, Florida Drawn by: MS Checked by: TK 70390 •FA •• •- • •� •. .0 I/•• •- • • CL SCREENED PORCH BEDROOM BEDROOM 1 2 ELECTRICAL NOTES 6 1. AHU with integral circuit breaker disconnected. See mechanical. 2 w� BATH 2 2. Condenser. See mechanical. i CL CL 3. Existing meter and service to remain. �,t 2 60 I 4. Remove exist 40A breaker, spaces 23,25 and replace with 2P SOA circuit breaker for new AC. �I t3 ► 1 CL I BEDROOM 5. Exist 200A MCB panel to remain. 5 DINING CL 3 I ROOM 6. Provide NEMA 5-20R WP GFCI receptacle within 20 feet of CU and circuited to breaker in space I LAUNDRY 2P150A, 2#6, 10 of panel, utility room. i 1010G, 3A•c The Jones Payne Group Bervaldi 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1720 Bahama Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 4 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. ll<izv Wact Flntida 70390 Checked by: TK 1. Remove existing AHU and CU. Provide a new 3.5 Ton, split HVAC system with electronic cool - heat thermostat per the contract documents. 2. New AHU on 18" high stand. 3. New CU installation shall comply with E-A8 flood zone and 155 mph wind load requirements. Refer to Detail M-7 and Note 9 on Detail M-1. 4. Full height louvered door for return air to AHU per Architectural Plans. 5. Test ducts for leaks. Repair ducts and installation, as needed. Pay particular attention to sealing at duct connections. Clean all ducts, grilles and registers. Flush out existing condensate drain line. Tory. wwAo SCREENED PORCH a - CL O BEDROOM BEDROOM 1 2 BATH I 2 I I I BATH CL CL 3 t �..« (� ❑ T II — CL i DINING BEDROOM I 1 2 ROOM CL 3 LAUNDRY 4 KITCHEN LIVING ROOM I L-11 I -------------------------------------I The Jones Payne Group Bervaldi 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1720 Bahama rive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 5 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. I Key West, Florida 70390 Checked by: TK -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS !General notes as shown in sheets I and R apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block Siding: Type: Stucco (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color: V.LF. Slider White French White Windows: IType: Metal Color: White lazing: Type: Tinted Storm Protection: Type: Shutters Color: Green Panels as indicated Steel iiOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS: Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows and doors being treated. encral Contractor to Note: General Contractor to remove all vertical blinds prior to construction and reinstall when construction is complete. General Contractor to provide custom shop drawings for installation of door `a' and sidelights. Rear Elevation: Left Elevation: !' Right Elevation: The Jones Payne Group Blatt 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation RCT Engineering, Inc. 3003 Airport Boulevard Parcel # Drawn by: MS Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70680 Checked by: TK 4: .... _- - - _ - __ ... '...'....".... ..r.�.�.�.�.�.�.�.�.-.�.�.....,...................,,"L.;.;.;.;.;.;.:.:.;.;-:-:.:.:.;.:...:.:.:......,.-.,., . . .................. 77 ............ Existing New Remove New # Wx H S lezi Grille .Detail . 'Existing T 'Detail Comments 1 110x49 mslats s mgic mw 3.4 y shuf sp-2:2 p ;.provide new xox glider,1:2;1 roportion8 _ 4 CL ` new marble stool �i 2 36x37 ma s mglc mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, provide new marble stool CL 3 36x37 me s mglc mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, provide new marble stool OBEDROOM BEDROOM b I ! 4 36x37 ma s mglo mw-3.4 shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, provide new wood interior casings C` z 5 73x37 ma/a s mgic m�w3.4 y shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, egress window; provide new marble stool a CL 6 ma s mglc mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.2 new xx glider; provide tempered, "'° a BATH CL Z N k 0 6 2425 opaque glass; provide new tile surrounds -LAUNDRY 7 73x37 ma/a s mglc mw-3.4_[y shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, egress window; provide new CL I wood.interior casings 3 BEDROOM 7 ? 8 73x37 ma/a s mgic mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.2 now xx glider, egress window; pipvide new . 3 t marble stool 2KrcCNEN DINING ROOM 9 73x37 ma/a s mglc mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.2 existing masonry surrounds 'a' C` 10 12x80 side s sidleiights by door mfr. part of ddor assembly VESTIBULE 11 12x80 side s sidlelights by door mfr. part of d r assembly' LIVINGROOM BEDROOM 4 B ROOM BATH 1 I 11 B 1 10 1 I I I .644':::;:':'::':.: �C!QIIVi r I I I GARAGE 9 i3la::;:::::::'•: ''•::: ': New Existing New ; # W x H T W/S Hniwr Detail Remove Type Detail Comments i a 72x79 efr y y dr-5.4 pan sp-1.2 provide single french door unit w/ sideligh 'to match existing proportions; provide dead,boit; re ove. and reinstall door bell b 70x80 efr y y dr-5.4 pan sp-1.2 refer to sk-b; install to allow 180 swing j c 24x79 ep y y dr4.2 d 72x80 efr dr-5.4 an sp-1.2 Blatt i 100°� Date: 07-31-02 The Jones Payne Group MS 2 URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 3003 Air rt Boulevard Parcel # Drawn by: Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key Wes Florida 70680 Checked by: TK .. . - 'I. Window Treatments: I, i mglc: xox mglc: xx 1:2:1 proportions Install new dual acoustical Install new dual acoustical metal metal gliding window. gliding window. Door Treatments: efr-m © efr-m C ep-os Install new metal out -swinging Install new metal out -swinging Install new metal French exterior door. Provide O French Doors. outswin ing hurricane custom unit by door manufacturer rated pri ' e door. Provide with sidelights. and inst II glazing. Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group Blatt 100% Date: o7-a1-o2 Sheet j URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 3003 Airport oulevard Parcel # Drawn by: MS 3 Wyle Laboratories, Inc.inc. Key West, Flrida 70680 Checked by: TK i � 1 y • ,. CL 2P 2 CL wr BEDROOM 2P/80A, 2•B, 7 1 1.10G, 3/4C 6 O CL 1, Condenser. See mechanical. BEDROOM 2 2. Exist AHU to remain, see mechanical. CL CL j • 3. Exist recessed SQ D load center 225A MCB to remain. BA • CL BATH O i 1 2 4. Exist meter and 200 amp disconnect to remain. F 5. Remove exist 60A 2P fused SQ D disconnect. 3 LAUNDRY C BEDROOM 6. Exist WP receptacle. Circuited to GFCI breaker in panel, space 36 outside receptacles. 2 3 . DINING 7. Provide WP NEMA 5-20R duplex receptacle circuited to space 36, GFCI breaker, outside KITCHEN ROOM receptacles. I CL 8. Provide indicated disconnect circuited to exist breaker in panel, space 1, 3 or 2, 4 (directory not marked). Provide updated directory. LIVING ROOM BEDROOM 4 VESTIBULE 9 9. Disconnect existing exhaust fan and connect replacement fan. BA3TH I F i I I 1 CL �wio..n w` 1 1 1 GARAGE I 1 1 I � � i 1 1 `------- Blatt 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation • RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # 4 3003 Airpo ,Boulevard Drawn by: MS 70680 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Oprida Checked by: TK • 1. Provide a new 5.0 Ton unit that is compatible with existing air handling unit. 2. AHU in closet to remain. 3. New CU installation shall comply with E-A8 flood zone and 155 mph wind load requirements. Refer to Detail M-7 and Note 9 on Detail M-1. 4. Test ducts for leaks. Repair ducts and installation, as needed. Pay particular attention to sealing at duct connections. Clean all ducts, grilles and registers. Flush out existing condensate drain line. 5. Replace existing exhaust fan with similar, new 50 CFM bathroom exhaust fan. 6. Provide 4" round duct in attic space from fan to flapper discharge grill in underside of cave. 7. Replace existing refrigerant piping with new piping and test for leaks before insulating. Provide sheet metal soffit over exposed exterior piping on wall. 8. Existing hood exhaust. Provide two 90 degree mitered elbows in existing duct. 9. Remove existing 5.0 ton condensing unit. Do not remove pad. The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Blatt 3003 Airport Key West, F L wTM 100% Date:07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70680 Checked by: TK Sheet No: 5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets 1 and 11 apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structures Type: Concrete Block, Wood Frame on Piers Sidings Type: Stucco, T1-I I (Contractor to verify) Prime Doors Type: Leaf Color: V.I.F. Sliding White Secondary Door: Type: Leaf Color: White Windows: Type: Metal Color: White Olazing: Type: Clear Storm Protection. Type: Panels Color. Steel Ceiling: All ceiling treatments are contingent upon structural investigation at time of construction. HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS • Homeowner to provide code balusters at 2nd floor deck prior to construction. •� Homeowner to repair roof leaks prior to construction. • 1 Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows and doors being treated. • Homeowner to obtain the services of a Licensed Structural Engineer to certify the structural integrity and ability orthe Second floor to receive the proposed treatments. All treatments arc contingent upon pre -work • Homeowner to complete interior electrical work and verify code compliance prior to construction. • Homeowner to empty closets receiving mechanical equipment prior to constmctioa • Homeowner to patch and repair or provide complete and uniform interior finish at wails and ceilings. • Homeowner to remove Security Bats from windows #10 and door'b'. G NERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTE • Contractor to remove thru wall AC prior to construction. toThe Jones Payne Group URS Corporation • RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. 1607 Venetian Drive Key West, Florida Rear Elevation: Right Elevation: 100 0 Date: 07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70770 Checked by: TK Sheet No: 1 E1'70x33 Existing Style/Glazing mgl s New Remove I Type Grille Detail Existing mgic mw-3.4 Ypan mdhc mw-1.4 New I Detail sp-1.2 sp-1.2 :I Comments neNr xx glider, egress wbidow Type pan mdh s ma s mglC mw-3.4 ypan mdhc mw-1.4 pan spglider sp-1.2 provide new file returns; provide tempered, opaque glass mdh s 5 19x25 mdh s mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 provide new file returns; provide tempered, opaque glass 6 73x37 ma/a s mgic mw-3.4 y mdhc mw-1.4 y pan pan sp-1.2 new xx glider sp-1.2 egress window; lower sill and enlarge opening to meet egress requiremer4s per 7 36x37 ma s detail w1-8.3 8 5246 ma s mglc mw-3.4 I y I pan 2p-1.2 new xx glider 9 73x37 ma/a s mgic mw-3.4 y pan sp-1.2 new xx glider 10 36x37 ma s mgic mw-3.4 y pan sp-1.2 new xx glider, 11 22x22 dome plastic wp-sky sw-10.0 # W x H New Remove New Existing Type Detail sd-sw sd-1.2 y pan sp-1.2 y pan sp-1.2 sd-sw sd-1.2 Comments Type W/S Hrdwr Detail a 36x80 epw y y dr-1.2 refer to mechanical closet detail; full louv b 60x79 egl y y y y y dr-5.2 dr-5.2 dr-1.2 dr-6.1 sim. gen-2.1 C 72x80 egI y d e f 36x80 20x80 22x29 epw ilvr aap y Y The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. 1607 Wne Key West, 6 5 4 3 2 i" i I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I 1 1 I ._I 1 - Coordinate with mechanical to provide soffit and enclose new ductwork per Detail M-3. 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: fan Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 2R M-A'A 70770 Checked by: TK CLOSETS Modify existing linen closet to accomodate new mechanical equipment. At dining room closet, infill as indicated. At new mechanical closet, provide new narrow profile wall as indicated. Provide ceiling framing and gypsum to infill around new ductwork, and expanded closet. Allow maximum 1/4" gap, filled with acoustical caulk. Provide new gypsum wall treatments as indicated. Patch and repair flooring as required.Refer to details indicated on drawings. DOORS: i Refer to door schedule for treatment at doors. The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Detail W Detail WL-1.0 e CL CL C c CV Detail WL-5.0 fisting 21711 ,,� Detail WL-1.1 min. 11,101, Lr.r New Walls i i Busche 1607 Venetia Drive Key West, Flo ida Remove e� wall 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: Parcel # Drawn by: MS 311 70770 Checked by: TK # W x H Existing Style/G/azing ma/a s New Type GdUe mglc DetaU mw-3.3 Existing Remove y New . S pan Detell. sp-1.1 Comments new xx glider, provide new wood interior 12 73x37 casings, stool, and apron 13 73x37 mala s mgic mw-3.3 y pan sp-1.1 new xx glider, provide new wood interior casings, stool, and apron 14 73x37 ma/a s mglc mw-3.3 y pan sp-1.1 I new xx glider, provide new wood interior casings, stool, and apron 151 73x37 rn s mglc mw-3.3 y pan sp-1.1 new xx glider, provide new wood interior casings, stool, and apron 16 73x37 ma/a s mglc mw-3.3 y pan sp-1.1 new x% glider, provide new wood interior casings, stool, and apron 17 73x37 ma/a s mglc mw-3.3 y pan sp-1.1 new xx glider, provide new wood Interior casings, stool, and apron 18 1 73x37 I ma/a s mgic mw-3.3 y pan sp-1.1 new xx glider, provide new wood Interior casings, stool, and apron New lRemovel New W x H T pe W/S Hrdwr Detail aj1sUn T Detail 36x74 epw y y dr-1.1 sd-sw sd-1.1 The Jones Payne Group. URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wylie Laboratories, Inc. At ceiling surfaces indicated by hatching. provide new gypsum wiling with plaster skim coat per Detail CL-CO. -- At all wall surfaces indicated, provide new gypsum wall flnish with plaster skim coal per Detail WL-5.0. -- coordinate with mechanical to provide enclose new ductwork per detail M-3 sim. BuSChB 100% parcel # Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: 4R 1607 Venetlail Drive Key West, RoOda Drawn by: MS Checked by: TK 70770 Window Treatments: mgic: xx mdhc Install new dual acoustical Install new dual acoustical metal gliding window with metal double hung window. single glass. Door Treatments: lop -sky Install interior operable high performance storm to existing skylight. mgic: xx Install new dual acoustical metal gliding window. j ra Oepw/sd-sw ® eglm O ilvr �, O aap OInstall new wood solid core install new metal gliding door Install new full louvered Install new sound Insulating exterior door with insulated O with insulated glass. door. attic access panel. 4 g glazing. Weatherstrip fully and add sweep. Install new exterior hurricane rated secondary door. Note: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not Irepresent actual products or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group Busche j 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1607 Veneti n Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 5 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, FI rlda 70770 Checked by: TK •• :.:.: i TN* WON A/C 1. Existing service rating and load center is 100 amps with I ''A" service mast. Remove existing meter can, meter and wiring from service mast to existing panel. Remove conduit from meter can to BEDROOM Thtu 2 BEDROOM 3 existing panel. Provide 200-Amp service and service mast 2" galvanized rigid conduit, per SERVICE MAST DETAIL, Detail E-2, and Riser, Detail E-3. Provide clearance above ground in n �> ,`_�J(—" �.. I accordance with NEC 230-24. gO2P/40A, 2#10, �.. I 2. Provide 200-amp panel, NEMA 3R, per TYPICAL PANEL SCHEDULE, Detail E-6. 1#10G, 3/4"C {> cr 10 3. Existing I OOA SQ. D fuse panel. Convert existing panel to a junction box. Remove busing and Cu-1 B TH �- LIVING 1 L CL CL rz ROOM j bonding jumper. Replace deadfront cover with solid labeled "!UNCTION BOX ONLY." Extend 8 4804 2 T , existing circuits and wiring to new panel. 5 12 4. Replace existing 240V receptacle with NEMA 5-1511 duplex and circuit to condenser receptacle circuit. 0�BAT � I 80 2P/35A, 2#8, 5. AHU with integral circuit breaker disconnected. See mechanical. an 1#10G, 3/4"CO 2P 80 6. Condenser. See mechanical. "LL.�� 2 8. Provide WP, GFCI, NEMA 5-20R receptacle located within 20 feet of condensing unit. Provide 8 KITCHEN I and circuit to a 20-amp circuit breaker in panel. C'12' DINING 1 11 FOYER O2 /35A, 2#10, ups ROOM 9. Provide indicated circuit breaker in new main panel. 1#10G, 3/4"C AM- 1 10. Provide six -conductor thermostat wiring from thermostat to AHU and to condenser. Minimum 10 I wire size shall be #12 AWG for power circuits. Provide ground wire in all branch circuits. Metal LAUNDRY j conduit shall not be used as the sole grounding path. Conduit may be deleted where nonmetallic- W.4 uc 3 4 W.nj sheathed cable is used as permitted by Code. 1 1 11. Provide #6 AWG grounding electrode conductor in %a" rigid galvanized conduit from meter can to I I copper clad ground rod. Continue this conductor to existing ground rod (minimum 10 foot 1 separation) near removed service drop. Where existing plumbing is copper, provide #4 AWG j I ground conductor from meter can to nearest and visible '/." cold water pipe. 12. Circuit condensate pump to CU receptacle circuit. BEDROOM DEN I 1 1 1 i — I -- i I ---------------------------I The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Busche ! 100% Parcel # Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: 6 1607 Venetian Drive Drawn by: MS Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, t1orida 70770 Checked by: TK ............... •on oor C t:tric c:;E:i::i:?:isisisciiEi:i;i;E:°;i;:;i::::;;;E;c;::i;i:i;:;i;i(i::i:i;i:E:::::•':::E:i:::::E:::::::::i:::::::i::::::::::::•;;;::;:::::::i::�::�:::::�:::�:::•:�:::::::::::::�:::::::�:: i STORAGE fdn CL CL CL " i CL F/30A, 2#10, 1 #I0G, 3/4"C 0 The Jones Payne Group Busche 100% Date: 07-31-02 sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1607 Venetian rive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 7 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70770 Checked by: TK 1. Provide a new 3.5 Ton, split HVAC system with electronic cool -heat thermostat per the contract documents. Provide an A/C condensate pump for attic space piping run. 2. AHU on 18" high stand in closet. 3. Full height louvered door for return air to AHU per Architectural plans. 4. New CU installation shall comply with E-A8 flood zone and 155 mph wind load requirements. Refer ff to Detail M-7 and Note 9 on Detail M-1. t 5. Remove existing thra-the-wall/window-type air conditioner and return it to the homeowner. Patch -up wall opening to match existing, per Architectural plans. 6. A/C condensate pipe from first floor AHU coil condensate pump near shall run in attic space, through wall and termination above space. 7. A/C condensate pipe from second floor AHU coil shall run through floor deck, down and tight to exterior wall with termination point at 6" above grade. 8. Drop refrigerant pipes from upper level AHU condenser down through floor deck. 9. 12" x 8" supply air duct from second floor. 10. Run refrigerant pipe at maximum height between existing wood joists. Repair and/or patch ceiling to match existing. 11. Run supply duct in soffit at maximum height. 12. 12" x 8" supply air duct down in closet to first floor ceiling space. See first floor plan for continuation. 13. Provide a new 3.0 Ton, split HVAC system with electronic cool -heat thermostat per the contract documents. 14. Provide a 24"x 24", replaceable return air grille in the wall. 15. Refrigerant and condensate piping up thru floor deck. See first floor plan for continuation. Try.. I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 t 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I t t 1 i t I I I I I I The Jones Payne Group Busche 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1607 Veneti 'n Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 8R Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70770 Checked by: TK .� �,..�. ram.., _ The Jones Payne Group Busche I 1 too°i° Date: 07-31-02 sneer No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1607 Veneti> n Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS SIR Laboratories, Inc. L'011-111T--W-11, I Key West, Fjorida 70770 Checked by: TK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets I and II apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure. Type: Concrete Block, Wood Frame Siding: Type: Stucco (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color. V.I.F. Sliding White Windows: Type: Metal Color. White Glazing: Type: Clear Storm Protection: Type: Panel Color. Steel Ceiling: All ceiling treatments are contingent upon structural investigation at time of construction. Attic: Contractor to provide insulation and ventilation to meet code requirements. HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS • Homeowner to provide clew access to install treatments at all windows, doors, wall, ceilings, attic and closets. • Homeowner to clear shelves in hallway to allow installation of new, Mechanical Room doer. Homeowner to remove lattice from window 6 prior to construction. • Homeowner to downsize and replace door'g', remove fixed transoms, and provide adequate framing, sill, and exterior siding. All treatments contingent upon completion of this prework. • Homeowner to relocate washer and dryer to provide code access to electrical panel. Homeowner to upgrade electrical in Sunroom to meet code requirements, which includes but is not limited to removal or replacement of temporarily mounted, surface applied boxes and wiring. General Contractor to Note: • General Contractor to remove all thru-wall AC units prior to construction. General Contractor to provide code landing at door V. General Contractor to remove shelves at door'd' prior to installation of Mechanical Room closet door. Patch and paint surfaces to be consistent and surrounding area. The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Front Left 611 Ven( ey West, Rear Elevation: Right Elevation: 100% 1 Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: Drive Parcel Al Drawn by: MS R da 70760 Checked by: TK loor: t- 1 dow r Do, loor Plan: Existing New Remove New Type Grtlle DoW Ex/stlnq Type Detail # W x H 1St)4e1G1az1ng lComments 1 35x37 me s mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 provide n wood Interior Stops- 2 35x37 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 3 18x25 ma s mdhc. mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 provide tempered glass; remove glass and opaque and replace vie surrounds eyed glass and opque glass; 4 18x25 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 provide to remove and replace file surrounds mulled per detail mw4.0; 5 73x37 male S mdh/dhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 2 new windows Sim. provide ne Interior casings 6 25x15 wfix s mfacc mw-2.4 pan sp-1.2 wood Interkk casings; former thru-wall, atc location; 7 35x37 ma S mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 8 35x37 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 egress win w; lower sill and enlarge opening to meet egri ss requirements per detail w1-8.3 w; lower sill and enlarge opening 9 35x37 ma s mdhc mw-IA pan sp-1.2 egress win to meet egrt ss requirements per detail w1-8.3 wood Interior casings, 10 36x37 ma s mdhc mw-1.3 pan sp-1.1 provide new stool and Own ood interior casings, 11 3640 me s mdhc mw-1.3 pan sp-1.1 provide new stool and ad n ood interior casings, 12 36x50 ma s mdhc mw-1.3 pan sp-1.1 provide new, stool and a[)6 New Existing New # W x H T WlS Hrdwr Detail Remove T a 36x80 epos y y dr-4.2 b 32x80 epos y y dr-4.2 c 60x80 egl y y dr-5.2 pan d 22x80 ilvr y y dr-6.1 e v.i.f. igl dr-7.0 he Jones Payne Group IRS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. is Laboratories, Inc. provide peep hole cut back existing wal landing per sk-c sp-1.2 provide new interior i refer to mach. closet refer to mech. Closet and provide code =Ings Drovide full louvered door 1611 Venetian Drive Key West, Florida rt----------- 1 1 SCREENED 1 Refer to MechanicalI PORCH Closet Detail I 1 16 O I 7 I I Oe CL I BEDROOM BEDROOM 8 j 5 2 d SCREENED 1 PORCH 4 f I IATH i U BEDROOM 9 BATH 3 O 1 1 I 3 O 1 10 b � 1 I 2 KITCHEN 11 1 b 1 12 I LIVING i h �w ROOM RO I 1 - t3 q 14 CAR PORT I a 1 CL '--------------------- 16 trrrr a � e� a At calling surfaces Indicated by hatching, pmvkle now gypsum calling with plaster skkn coat per Detail C40.0. - At all wall surfaces Indicated, provida new gypsum wall finish with plaster skim coat per Detail WL-5.0. 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: Parcel # 2R Drawn by: MS 70760 Checked by: TK Existing New Existing New Type Grille Detail # W x H Style/Glazing Remove Type Detail Comments' 13 36x50 ma s mdhc mw-1.3 pan sp-1.1 provide new wood Interior casings, stool and adion 14 36x50 ma s mdhc mw-1.3 pan sp-1.1 provide newwood interior casings, stool and ap n 15 36x37 ma s mdhc mw 1.3 pan sp-1.1 provide neW ood interior casings,. stool and a n 6 74x38 ma/a s mdh Mhc mw-1.4 Sim. pan sp-1.1 provide new metal windo�s ood Interior casings, 2 mulled Der detail mw-4.0 Refer to Previous Sheet for Floor Plan rNew Existing New Type WlS Hrdwr Detail Remove T Detail Comments aap y y gen-2.1 provide new sap egl y y dr-5.1 pan sp-1.2 provide new interior wood casings 0The Jones Payne Group Callaway 100% Date: 0731-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1611 Venetian Drive i Parcel # Drawn by: MS 3R Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70760 Checked by: TK hanical Closet Detail ■�1 CLOSETS Modify existing bedroom closet to accomodate new mechanical equipment. At bedroom closet, remove existing closet door and frame. Infill wall and provide, new door and frame as indicated. At new mechanical closet, provide new narrow profile wall as indicated. Provide ceiling framing and gypsum to infill around new ductwork. Maximum 1/4" gap, filled with acoustical caulk. (Provide new closet shelf and pole).! Refer to details indicated on drawings. i DOORS: Refer to door schedule for treatment at doors.. Detail WL-1.0 //_ Remove existing wall and built-in shelving. Provide new door and frame. Enlarge/create opening detail WL-8.0. The Jones Payne Group Callaway 100% Date: 07-31-02 sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1611 Venetian Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 4 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70760 Checked by: TK ffFArr 1 1 munivahc 1:3:1 proportions MgIC: xx mglC: xx/xx Install new dual acoustical metal double Install new dual acoustical Install.2 new dual acoustical metal hung/fixed/double hung window. metal gliding window. gliding windows with mullion. lots: Door.and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual producIs or'final'finished appearance. TOe Jones Payne Group Newcomb j 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Englnoering; Inc.. 1730 Bah aripa Dnve Parcel # Drawn by: MS 4 WyJO Laboratories, Key West, i torida 70410 Checked by: TK :....•:..• ••s•: :•J•: i•. '• a`sY;. Yr��q *s. i L . f ii y, .�wA" t s.' 3F`ri fM NO •:5. .. .:: ...: ...�.:,. .. •.• • ,:.. A`I@4:►,71i .• F.S; f 'N`.-.;1F1CA a .. ..... - ... ...... •..•.. e��y)) i",a= '.;I ... 3... # W x H StylelG/azi emove Comments :. Refer to Previous Sheet for Floor Plan T Grille Detail Type Detail f1 12 35ic31' -22�M5 mdh wfnc `. s s . mdhc m4c m+eo-1,4 .rinw-2.4 pan pan sp-1.2 sp-1.2 „13 7.Zz37 mdla/dh s : , mdh,, /dhc ` mdh/ dhc mw-1.4 sim. mw-1.4 sim. pan _ pan pan sp-1.2 sp-1.2 sp=1.2 2.new metal -windows. mulled per detail mw-4.0; provide new wood stool 2 new metal windows mulled per detail mw-4.0; 3 new metal windows mulled per detail mw-4.0; 1:3:1 proportions; provide tempered glass; remove and reinstall custom oak stool 14 72x37 mdh/dh s 15 100x61 mdh/f /dh s mdh/f /dhc mw-1.4 sim. alGIDClii�?a€�� `AAM # W x H New '` EzistinQ emove New . Comments T W/S hirdwr Detail T Detail Refer to Previous Sheet for Door. Schedule:. The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle1aboratories, Inc. NewCO(lb t00% Parcel # Date: 07-31-02 sheet No: $ 1730 Bahama Dfl�B . Key West, Florida Drawn by: MS Checked by: TK 70410 Residentialo. , .. County ExisV% New. Remov AetK.!ripterd'?.._,• > . . 1 ::' w .: Ox37fllo . ;'a:;:. raiStC�c' mvii 4» P an 1 2 2"dew metal xers'iiuetl: T detaU mw=4 b 97 P* Sim, provide ne% the stool; operable center panels; agress.window, lower sill and e6large opening 10 11 12 O to meet egress requirements ppr detail w1-8.3 ; -BATH• .. ;I 2 f1047 mdhid ' "s mdWdh/ mw 1:4 _ "'pbn j, p-t.2' 3 new metal windows mulled p,r detail mw-4 0; dh dhc Sim. 1:1,;1 pwpgrtions; provide new interior BEDROOM 13 wood casin s ;; - 3 34x36 ` 'mdh -s "° mdhc, mw-1:4 pan ap-4 1 tttior 1 5 7347mdhldh s ' ` rnglc 64-3.4 pan pls I and !° ' f I . J�e.�r wood; sa�tnggresls dov►r lowJer t. ^ ;; d n saeniacge�anin�tabi dress x t legtlirements 1dftCNEN 6 , 1-1047 anfla/d . .:s .mdh/dh/ mw-1.4 pan sp-12 �,tae hTetalwia�i9 s rTl lle `. deta i w- is . PANT RY> r dh dhc sim. N 1.1 propcans, prgvide neiH le stool and 7 interior wo©tl cases- 7 "36z37 mdh s mdhc mw-1.4 pan pp-:1 8 36x37 mdh s mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 VESTIBULE DINING 9 36x37 mdh s mdhc mw-1,4 pan $p-1.2 ROOM BEDROOM 1 _ a � 10 18x25. ma s mdhc-. rnw-1.4 an p sp-t2 provide opaque glass and new file surrounds BATH 41 t J Y i • 4nG r : 5'� .R•. �r GL Cl i? i OWN'•!y 1�bi�ISl:. 4 'sGi` .,. , . • .,. ,.: i is i :: i::; : i i is i; : i � E: i ::: i ; i :: -YL .S •• +Z• ' •7 �t� S . r c�i . `r . 3•, ..... New Remove New DEN yr # Wx H Type W/S Hrdwr Detail •Reinstall Type Detail Comments!= - BEDROOM, 2. a 36*80 ep y y dr-1.1 sd-sw sd-1 2 b 70x78 efrm y y dr-5.4 pan sp-1.2 MAwjf, a c 36x72 epos y y dr-4.2 d 35x80 ep y y dr-1.1 sd-sw sd-1.2 r t e 32x8t? isC y y dr-6.1Y ei.nRourrditxcatiiy f 2424 Sap y y 1gen-2.1 ` `-07=31 The Jones Payne Group "Y 100°% Date:-02 URS Corporation -.RCT Engineering, Inc. ; 1730 Ba ma Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS Z wyle taboratorles, Inc. Key West, Florida 70410 Checked by: TK GVN(9$AL REQUIREMENTS ,.qeilqra iiotes as shown in streets I an4.11 apply to each residence in addition to* following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure* Typ e: Concrete Block Siding: Type: Stucco (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color:. V.I.F. French "White Secondary Door. Type: Leaf Color: White I windows,. Type: b4ctal Color. White Frc Glazlxig:•, Type: Tinted Storm Protection: Type: Panels Color: Steel HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION TREATMENT, DECISIONS • Homeowner to provide clear access to all doors and windows being, treated. • Homeowner to complete electrical work prior to construction. • Homeowner infill gap at ceiling and wall and provide crown molding, in rear Bedroom prior to construction: • Homeowner to provide finished ceiling in Pantry prior to construction:' • Homeowner to finish plaster returns at window # I prior to construction; • Homeowner to remove bar from window V prior to coistroction.. • Homeowner to remove all thru-windxiw AC units prior to. conswctio n. • Homeowner to repair soffit above window 3 prior w-construction. A -A --tr-4. • Homeowner to remove dog premises. Right Elevation: Sheet No: 10,0% Date: -07431-02 g01101- The Jones Payne Group ewtomb.,. URS Corporation - JtCT Engineering, Inc. 1730 Bahama Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS Wyle Liboratories, Inc. Key West, Ronda 70410 Checked by: TK At ceiling surfaces Indicated by hatching, provide new gypsum ceiling with plaster skim coat per Detail SK-E. CL CL DEN b CL CL STUDY B TH y CL CL CL FOYE LAUND Y LIVING ❑ CL ROOM KITCHEN L 3T 6` L T MECHANICAL NOTES 1 1. Provide 50 CFM bathroom exhaust fan connected to exhaust duct. 2. Provide 4" round duct in attic space from fan to flOper discharge grill in underside of ea*e. i The Jones Payne Group Halpern 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No. URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # 5R 1721 Jamaica Drive Drawn by: MS Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida Checked by: TK 7 4460 ® At calling surfaces Indicated by hatddng, provlds. _.` 4 oW gypsum calling with plaster skim coat per NEW V e. ELECTRICAL NOTES i Connect newexhsust fan to load side of bathroom light switch. 2. Remove and reinstall ceiling mounted devices for, ceiling treatment. Provide box extensions similar to Detail134. -.. The Jones Payne Group . 'Halpern 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS torporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 172.1 Jamaica Ofive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 4 Wylie laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70460 Checked by: TK T Window & Door Treatments: a s a {� rryy c sro5 s .:4 `� .•a d µ{,� �^ � i •"•: "fix.. •. •3} ' •�••4.. . },. S ,,:. }`�• r U�Ii tdow Treatme'n S: mdhc mdh/dhc mdh/dh/dhc Install new dual acoustical Install 2 new dual acoustical metal Install 3 new dual acoustical metal metal double hung window. double hung windows with mullion. double hung windoil,ws with,mullion. Door Treatments: O ep-os Ob Install new metal outswinging hurricane rated prime door. aap Install new sound insulating attic access panel. id Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual Drodudts or final firlMod a rake, 1�iperR 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. '17, 1.1amaica Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 3 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70460 Checked by: TK ---------- Resiciendai noise insulation Procirarrt K�:v iii=esf3i?t`�'4'.'"`,Eit'6®r'8c�l A1i13�36't of»"®G uounry Ex/sting New Remove New # W x H Sty/e/G/azing Type Grille Detail Existln Type Detail Comma is 1 73x49 ma/a s mdh/ 8/6 mw-1.4 ' . y shut a"provide 2 new wl ows mulled per detail mw-4.0; dhc sim. wood kttertor stool and apron 2 36x37 me s mdhc 6/6 mw-1.4 y pan sp-1.2 provide wood Interior stool and apron 3 36x37 me s mdhc 6/6 mw-1.4 y pan sp-1.2 4 73x19 ma/a s mgic 6/6 mw-3.4 pan sp-1.2 new xx derprovide new wood interior casings: vide tempered glass; provide stool and apron 5 35x44 wcas s mdhc 6/6 mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 provide n wood interior casings; provide stool and apron 6 71x44 wcas s mdh/ 6/6 mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 2 new ows mulled per, detail mw-4.0; dhc sim. provide wood interior casings; provide stool and apron 7 35x44 wcas s mdhc 616 mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 provide w wood Interior casings; provide a apron mdh/dh 616 mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 3 new wl ows mulled per detail mw-4.0; /dhc sim. provide wood interior casings; provide HEstool stool an apronmdh/ 6/6 mw-1.4 y shut sp-2.2 2 new W ows mulled per detail mw-4.0; dhc sim. provide the stool # W x H New Remove I New T�e- IWISI Hrdwr Detail Remove T Detail Comments a 36x79 epos y y dr-4.2 dr-4.2 provide peephole provide peephole b 36x79 epos y y c 143x79 efrm y y dr-5.4 pan sp-1.2 four panel french , oxxo d 71x80 efrm y y dr-5.4 pan-sp-1.2 . e 71x79 efrm y y dr-5.4 pan sp-1.2 f 22x26 aap en-2.1 The Jones Payne Group Halpem _ URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1721 Jamaica Drive Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key Wer t,`Florida � tro• � • At Collin surfaces Yidlcated by hatching. provide new gypsum piling with plaster skim coal per Detail SK•E. b 7 b 8 b EN a BATH STUDY CL BATH C CL CL L FOYER 3 LAUND Y LIVING © CL ROOM I KITCHEN l • � 8 m-a- # 0r 100% Date: 07-31.02 Sheet No: Parcel # Drawn by: MS 2 R 70460 Checked by: TK Special Requirements: Photos: i• .t ::i'' •:A ::.t<.. 1 i ':wva Y' i:; S . +i•F1' -v .4 1, 'ai "L.�i Ci: :•'AN :�:• 1:A'.E?b 3i fi. +��e : �,�. xl•• 7 �.+T:+.F•�. "'::iT{'�1�.t�'i 'p�:ai ��; . 54q :_k"3i:•r;,'?J::�i.?, ;.t..v_...';7,•.,• . � x �", .E; �,+F'E. v .� .,F,•..`�•. . tt,,':•j:. S; •::fti'.. .t'c�-. .C$+t • ;t. i ,t_Y�.. i . �, "%. i?' .�+.: :1�1 . � i4.<. 'i-.'. .••','�i�, �. ,it; •: '•T, s..•. F.. ` :4•.•: -y.. :-,,�,t ^r�. GRN&RAL REQUIREMEN°PS i General notes as shown notes 1 and 11 apply to each residence in additionto tit special requirements. ; SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS' Structure: Type: Concrete Block Siding: Type: Stucco (Contractor to verify) j w , Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color: ' V I.F... Sliding White French White Windows: T,yPe- Metal Color. White a Grilles: Yes, as indicated '.�`v` Front E/e`v tlon. Rear Eteaation; Glazing: Type: Clear Storm Protection: Type: Shutters, Color. White Panels as indicated Steel Gelling:. e All ceiling treatments are contingent upon structural investigation at time of construction. - HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ `= r :a. TREATMENT DECISIONS • Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows and doors being treated. • Homeowner to remove plywood at window #5 prior to construction. • Homeowner to provide electricity prior to construction. Leif' E/evat! n: ftlght- {eVolon: Halpern 1on% Duke: o7=3t,.02 Sheet No: ; The Jones Payne Group 1721 Jamaica rive Drawn by: MS URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # 70460 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key We f lQt e a Chocked by: TK i •i - •- .10111•. • �' Saw`✓�p .,;... ty S fit. ;1.+':.• SS: , atl•n- •s ' � -wyi r t�..•n �. h''• : : -14 itlh'b�t t. ! !� t r! h ' �: C� y a• C: f9 F ------------- „'.. CL' _ . - I I 1• Retpove,e-istingAHV..Provide;anew, 5.O.Ton-,4p1it.HVRC,system- with: electronic cool -heat � thermostat per the contract documents compatible with C1J: b 2. Now.A146 on 18" high stand in closet. DEN 3. Existing 5.0 ton condensing'unitto remain. 4. Test ducts for leaks.. Repairduets.:and installation, as'needed: Pay particular attention to seating at duct connections. Clean all ducts, grilles and registers. Flush out existing condensate drain line. LAUNDRY 5. Remove recirc `fan and provide 50 CFM bathroom exhaust fan that is ducted to outdoors. 6. Provide 4" round exhaust duct in attic space from fan to flapper discharge grill in underside of eave. C a "BATH KITCHEN DINING 7. Replace existing refrigerant piping with new piping and test for leaks before insulating. Provide BEDROOM ti. p ROOM sheet metal soffit over exposed exterior piping on wall. 3 Ot 8. Remove existing Thru-Wall AC and return to homeowner, patch wall opening to match existing per b _ Architectural plans. r. W.0 wr ac a CL , :' 2 LIVING BEDROOM 3 2 BEDROOM ;' ROOM 1 CL . Lj L 4TV Fallon 35% Date: 07.31-02 Sheet No: The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # 6 1721 6aha' ma Drive Dawn by MS : Wylie Laboratories, Inc. i(ey West, florida�'rp :.adted by; Tl< . •fix. a 5 t kt. .. z Cc I I I b 1 l°i O I DEN 1 Iq 3 I • �O LAUNDRY j i z 5. Disconnect exist recirc 1`an and connect to new exhaust fan. 6. Remove and reinstall devices for.ceiling treatment. Provide. box extensions similar to Detail E-S. . L 49' 0' The Jones Payne Group Fallon 35'!o Sheet'No; URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1721 Baha .' a Drive Parcel # Draw 0y: MS 5 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 7Qj Checl�ed by: TK < ,. Window Treatments: [1E_' E F__ mgl/glc: xx/xx Install 2 new dual acoustical metal gliding window with mullion. I Door Treatments: mglc: xx mglc: xox 1:2:1 proportions Install new dual acoustical Install new dual acoustical metal metal gliding window. gliding window. Oepw/sd-sw ® efr-m Install new wood solid core Install new metal out -swinging exterior door. Weatherstrip fully . French Doors. . and add sweep. Install new exterior hurricane rated secondary door. O aap �d Igi Install news and insulating Install new interior wood gliding attic access anal. door. I I Note: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not re resent actual prod2cts or final finished a earance. The Jones Payne Group Fallon 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS a Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 4R wy a Lab ratoiries,-Inc.T Engineering, inc. Key -West, orida 70170 Checked by: TK Fallon 35% Date 07 31-02 Sheet No Te Jones Payne;Group uRscgrporatiop..RCTEri(rina,.lnc. 't71 Baba give - Parcel'tt Drawnby �S 3 WAS L aboratarfes, Ind :-_ Existing New Remove New # I W x H I Style/G/azing I Type GAMP Detail Existing Type Detail Comments 1 1100421 maa/a I s mgic mw-3.4 y shut sp-2 2 ool, new xox glider 1:2:1,provide nle proportions; provide tempered 2 110x38 ma/a/a s mgvgic mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.2 2 new xx gliders mulled per dev4.0; sim. egress window; lower sill to meetss requirements per detail wl-8.3; p new file stool; center sash to bele 3 110x38 ma/a/a s mgl/gic mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.2 2 new xx gliders mulled per det4.0;egress window; lower sill to mesrequirements per detail wl-8.3; pnew file stool; center sash to lax{le 4 36x38 me s mglc mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.2 xx glider, provide new file stool, 5 36x38 ma s mgic mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.2 xx glider, provide new file stool 6 72x38 ma/a s mgic mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, egress window,*or sill to meet egress requirements p detail wl-8.3; provide new file stool 7 1 147x50 Imala/al s mgUgic mw-3.4 shut sp-2.2 2 new xx gliders mulled per dot il mw-4.0; sim. provide new file surrounds y I shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, masonry surroun is I 8 36x38 ma s mglc mw-3.4 9 1 36x38 I ma s mglc mw-3.4 y I shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, provide new file I urrounds and marble stool # W x H New Existing Remove New T Detail Comments T W/S Hrdwr Detall a 36x80 epw y y dr-1.2 so-sw sd-1.2 b 72x80 efrm y y dr-5.4 pan sp-1.2 contingent upon prework c 21x21 aap y y gen-2.1 igl. Y Y dr-6.3 The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Fallon 1721 B Key W hama Drive st, Florida West InternationalKey ••rt Residential Noise Insulation ------------� I I 1 i 1 © c 7 I D i I i I 1 LAUNDRY g CL V BATH DINING KRCHEN g 5 BEDROOM ROOM 3 CL I LIVING BEDROOM BEDROOM ROOM 4 Y 1 CL a 3 2 1 Cut back interior wall surfaces frame as required and provide thru wall return air duct with filter, coordinate Installation of AHU. Remvos and reinstall shelf and pole to accomadate new AHU. L 4T 0' T At ailing surfaces indicated by hatching, provide new gypsum aging with plaster skim coat per Detail •K4D. aaaaor New Wall 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: Parcel # Drawn by: MS 2R 70170 Checked by: TK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets I and U apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block Siding: Type: Stucco, Brick Veneer (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color: V.I.F. Sliding White Secondary Door: Type: Leaf Color: White Windows: Type: Metal Color: White Glazing: Type; Tinted Front Elevation: Storm Protection: Type: Shutters Color. White d Ceiling: All panels as indicated ceiling treatments are contingent upon structural investigation at time of construction. Attic: Contractor to provide insulation and ventilation to meet code requirements. HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS: • Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows, doors, and closets requiring treatments. • Homeowner to provide clear access in attic to allow for venting and insulation. • French door at door V am contingent on Homeowner replacing existing slider with French doors. General Contractor to Note. • General Contractor to remove all thru wall AC units prior to construction. • General Contractor to uniformly lower brick veneer at front fa9ade to Left Elevation: allow for installation of storm protection. Fallon The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1721 Bahama Drive wyle Laboratories, Inc, Key West, Florida Rear Elevation: Right Elevation: 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: Parcel # Drawn by: MS 1 R 70170 Checked by: TK I I I I 1 I I 1 I 1 I I I PATIO 1 I I 1 1 1 r I I DINING LIVING ROOM ROOM CL BEDROOM fA CL LAUNDRY C CL BEDROOM BATH KITCHEN 42' 0• MECHANICAL NOTES 1. Existing kitchen hood exhaust fan. Provide 2, 99 degree mitered elbows in series in existing 4" ro9nd exhaust duct, for sound attenuation. The Jones Payne Group Drake 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation • RCT Engineering, Inc. 1712 Baham Drive Parcel # Drawn by: SC 4 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, FI rida 70370 Checked by: TK .: ..Y.• •.q. ..a.�`,.�-+ .Sga. •.f•: T •i•. .a[i:. .y.• ..{ •.+.. .:?'.. .tv .a.w '%�:: •.i:. =isC %''+a• ;;2i i:.i.:i ii: i yi: is is ii i:; •:,::.. �iii°:. 1 PATIO. 1 '. 1 BEDROOM DINING LIVING z. ROOM ROOM H. (j 1 U LAUNDRY BA CL • CL.. BEDROOM...:.. CL KITCHEN L '42'-0• ' ]5LECTRICAL NOTES I.. Connect new exhaust fan to load side of bathr In light switch. The Jones Payne Group Drake 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 171.2 Bahama DliVe Parcel # Drawn by: SC 4 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70370 Checked by: TK 777 t _.. Window& Door Treatments: tom- •.7.:. •»::�:`: �::+';::]:•: r• •:S. i t tip .,s:.,.,.,..•.;. ], 2. Window Treatments: mdhc mdh/dhc mdh/dh/�he Install new dual acoustical Install 2 newsgival acoustical metal Install 3 new dual acoustical metal metal double hung, window. double hung'wlndows with mullion. double hung windows with mullion. Door Treatments: w 0 a ep-os 0 eglm: xzx Telescoping 3 Panel Door c I'. I' eglm O aap Install new metal outswinging hurricane rated prime door. Install new metal gliding door with Insulated glass. Install new metal glidg door with„insulated. gl#%j, Install new sound Insulating attic access panel. ote: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group Drake 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: UR5 Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Parcel # 3 1712.Bahama Key West, Flot'ida DflV6 Drawn by: SC Checked by: TKKev 70370 West International Airoort Residential Noise Insulation Prociram Mpnroe Coua-ty- a �I Existing New Rama >LVaw x N Style/G/azng ... T Gnlla ,.; DeEa/I FxJSGi YT _ .. , 116., GAmments ' :1 36z37 ma.;:; s.. mdhc :. mw 14:;: y . sh.uC 'spR2:7::provlde raw tNe stool 2 36x25 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 y shut sp-2.2 provide new Ole stool 3 73x62 ma/a S mdh/dhc mw-1.4 y shut sp-2.2 provide new file stool; 2 new metal :: sy,�•?, sim: N windows mulled er detail mw-4.0 4 73x62 ma/a - s mdh/dhc mw'1.4 y shut,i sp-2.2 2 new metal windows mulled per detail Sim. mw-4,0; provide new Ole stool I 5 73x62 ma/a s mdh/dhc mw-1.4 y shut sp- 2:..2 new metal windows mulled.per detail �4 Sim. tnw-4.A;: provide. Y)sWile stodt, ; PATIO—!:, 6 110x62 ma/a/a s mdh/dh mw-1.4 y shut sp-2 2' 3- ri a3a1 windows mulled per det 11 ; i 6 4 f ry = /dhc sim. mW..; Al01 prRp.. Qns;. proWde-new I.. r d &ioak Yerily egress ,�� QEpROOM,. 7 73x49 ma/a mdh/dhc mw-1.4 y shut sp-2 2 . ,ClevataFwlnd iletl peg detail —'— 1^ :T; �+r.' _ DINING UYING Sim. w-4 0, proWr e ` , ver fj!.egress b Rocl►4 Room 8 36x25 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 y shut sp 2 2 provlda nearr ile t+�oi pra�tid opa4ue " y glass 9 36x62. ma s mdhc mw-1.4 Ro 8 _ y shut ` sp-2.2 veaiy egress 01.;: LAUNDRY 10 73x62 ma/a. s mdh/dhc mw-1.4 y shut sp-2.2 Z new -metal windows �iuUetl affinIrmsim. mw-4 0,..pr de heir Ule atooll verity egress ' 4 11 36x25 me S mdhc mw-1.4 y shut sp-2.2 provide new Ule surrounds 11 c� c� BEDROOM 9 -' BATH 2 CL 3 KITCHEN .Pc�. :f .s .r. b ,ice y ti S i i ice) x} ):• F is t i New Remove New rA # WxH Type W/S Hrdwr Detail ExistingType Detail a 36x80 epos . Y y dr-4.2 ..: epos---y- -.--• _- _ b 106x80 egl y y dr-5.2 _ Y Pan sd-1.2 telespjg.3 panel �ocx'door, c 72x80 egl y _ y dr-5.2 y pan sd-1.2 -�- d 13x15 aap y y gen-2.1 - The Jones Payne Group Drake 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1712 Bahama Drive Parcel # Drawn by: SC Z Wylo Laboratories, Inc. - :, .. Key West, Florida.: :.. 70370 _ Checked. by.; TK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS G eral notes as shown insheets 1 anct l apply to each residence in addition to t ie fnllnwinv special renuirem"*tc - _ "• SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS ' Structure: Type: Concrete Block Siding: Type: Stucco {Contractor to verify) Prime Door: - s Type: Leaf Color: V.I.F. Sliding White Windows: . Type: Metal Color. White Glazing: Type: Clear Front Elevation: Storm Protection: Type: Shutter Color. White Panels (where indicated) Steel HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS • Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows and doors being treated. Homeowner to provide certification that existing storm protection is code compliant if they desire to retain. Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Left Elevation: Drake 1712 Bahama Drive Key West, Florida Rear Elevation: Right Elevation: 100°k Date:07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: SC 70370 Checked by: TK FloorFirst I. Provide a 9000 Btu/h, split, ductless, heat pump indoor unit (AHU) and outdoor unit (CU) with wiring and piping kit and remote controller system. Provide cover for outside piping. 2. New Cu installation shall comply with EAS flood zone and 155 mph wind load requirements. Refer to Detail M-7 and Note 9 on Detail M-1. 3. Remove thru-the-wall A/C unit and return to owner. Patch hole and match existing finish per Architectural plans. 4 4. Connect refrigerant piping form ductless unit to condensing unit Distance shall not exceed N r manufacturer's recommendation (5011). EXIST CU -70 5. A/C condensate pipe from indoor unit thru wall and down to 6" above grade with trap. Install pipe in pipe cover. I Re -balance existing ceiling diffuser to 240 CFM. 1 j I STUDY1 j6. I 7. Remove existing 19" round flexible duct from discharged end of AHU to attic space. Provide a new I I CFM 18" x 18" rigid duet supply air plenum unit into attic apace to max, height. Reconnect all existing I t ducts and connect two (2) now ducts to plenum as required. Existing 4.0 ton air handling unit in BEDROOM closet to remain. Total A/C system shall be re -balanced to 1600 cfm. 2 ( CL LAUNDRY i 8. Re -balance existing wall mounted supply air register to 200 CFM. 9. Existing wall mounted return air grille to remain, i 6 9 ( 7 15 I I L 10. Existing main supply duct in attic space from AHU to distribution aplitter box to remain duct shall be 8 replaced if smaller than 12" round. CL CL 11. Existing wall mounted supply register in apt, bedroom shall be blocked -off. No air flow shall be 8 / I I allowed from this register. / BATH i 12, Re -balance existing ceiling diffuser to 190 CFM. 1 /I KIT Er+ 115 9 3 1 5 I 13. Existing distribution aglitter box in attic space to remain. DINING � 10" ROOM 14. Remove existing supply air branch duet to apt. register and cap or blank -off at distribution box. I ' 22 23 24 I I = J 15. Existing supply air branch duct to remain. I I ------------- - 16. Re -balance supply air ceiling diffuser to180CFM. I I 1 / BEDROOM 17. Re -balance supply air ceiling diffuser to 50 CFM. 18. Re -balance supply air ceiling diffuser to 190 CFM. 20 21 \♦ 114 I / 1 — 3 19. Provide 50 CFM bathroom exhaust fan ductod to outdoors. Provide 4" round duct in attic from fan to flapper discharge grill in underside of cave. — _ 19 BEDROM �20. LIVING1 / ROOM 18 _ _ _ _ — _ 21. Run 18" x 6" duct from new wall register through wall and under load bearing beam. Provide 90 Thrtr degree up-tum elbow and transition to 12" x 6". Run 12" x 6" duct up to Max. height in closet 8' 0' 17 16 15 13 12 Wall AC 3 22. New I S" x 6" supply air register on dining room wall. Balance for 300 CFM. -- - ------ Q ------- 23. Run new 12"x 6" S.A. duct at maximum height in closet. Route duct to higher attic space above bathroom. 24. Supply air duct in attic space shall be 12" round or 12"X 10" minimum to handle required air quantities to pertaining areas. Contractor shall field verify size of existing duct prior to making final connections and performing air balance test The Jones Payne Group De Viddio 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: 40URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # 7R 3017 Airpo Boulevard Drawn by: MS Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70420 Checked by: TK FloorFirst 1. Condenser. See mechanical. 2. Exhaust faa (tee mechanical). Connect to load side of existing bathroom light switch. 3. Provide 200-amp panel, NEMA 3R, per TYPICAL PANEL SCHEDULE, Detail B-6. 4. Convert existing panel to s junction box. Remove busing and bonding jumper. Replace deadfront cover with solid cover labeled "JUNCTION BOX ONLY". Extend existing circuits and wiring to proposed panel. 5. Existing 150-amp MCB panel (Sq. D HOMC30UC). 6. Existing load center with 3 1 P/20A circuit breakers and no manufacturer's label. Rafeed to new panel as indicated. 1 13 7. Existing Sq. D. load center, NEMA 3R, for pool equipment. Refeed to new panel as indicated. P/15A 10 wP 12 S. Remove existing 150-amp service, 2" smite mast, and meter. Remove exist service mast and patch roof penetration. Patch and paint wall aFl W P to match existing surface. I I I 9. Provide 200-amp smite with service mast, 2" galvanized rigid conduit, per SERVICE MAST DETAIL, Detail E-2, and Riser, Detail E-3, I I STUDY Provide clearance above roof and above ground in accordance with NEC 230-24. I I 10. Provide 6 conductor, 016 AWG, %" conduit from ductless unit to condenser wired per manufacturer's installation instructions. BEDROOM 11. Ductless indoor unit, See mechanical. I 2 j CL LAUNDRY I 12. Provide weatherproof toggle as disconnect for ductless condenser and circuit to I P/I5A circuit breaker provided in new panel. I I 1 2P/100A, 3#3, 13. Provide W P, GFCI, and NEMA 5-20R receptacle located within 20 feet of condensing unit. Provide and circuit to a 20-amp circuit breaker I BATH 2 I 1 #8G, 1-114"C in panel. CL CL CL 14. Provide motor rated toggle switch as disconnect for ductless (indoor) unit. CL BATH 3 is I �15 sa LI'rV D iNING KITCHEN OM I I 0- I 1 1 _ 1 v 14 2#12,1#12G, CL .' 112"C �� I I �� BEDROOM 2 BTH1 --------J-- 3 LIVING — BEDROOM ROOM — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Thru- W all AC O....... ------- 9 2P/10OA, 303, 1#6G, The Jones Payne Group De Viddiq 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: 3017 Ai rt Boulevard Drawn by: MS 0 URS.Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # 6 70420 Wylie Laboratories, Inc.. Key Wes Florida Checked by: TK y . , , • • NOT 12 • a . . - WindowDoor Treatments: Window Treatments: i mdhc mdh/dhc lop -sky Install new dual acoustical Install 2 new dual acoustical metal Install interior I' metal double hung window. double hung windows with mullion. operable high performance secondary winc ow to existing skyli jht. i Door Treatments: �y a i, fill O efrm ® egim: ® epw/sd-sw O aap ®Install new outswinging O Install new metal gliding door. metal french doors. Install new wood solid cor Install new sound insulating exterior door with Insulate attic access panel. O O glazing. Weatherstrip full and add sweep. Install new exterior hurricane rated secondary door. Note: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not repfesent actual products or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group De Viddio j 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: M Corporation - RCT Engineering, inc. Parcel # 5 3017 Airport Boulevard Drawn by: MS Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, F rida Checked by: TK 70420 • •• '- •.- IT • ' •• • •- • -----.. ----- .�__._ _ .._ � r_ . _ Existing New # W x H Style/Glazing Type Grille Detail 12 37x38 mdh s mdhc 6/6 mw 1.4 mdhc 6/6 mw-1.4 13 37x38 mdh s 4 v.i.f sky-1s New Type I Detail 1comments shut sp-2.2 provide new wood Interior casings, sh and apron shut sp-2.2 provide new wood Interior casings, stool and apron _ ip-sky sw-10.0 Refer to the following sheet for Floor Plan New lExistingi New W x H Type W/S Hrdwr Detail Removal Type I Detail Comments 34x80 epm y y dr-1.2 sd-sw sd-1.2 vJJ. aap ^ y y gen-2.1 provide perimeter framing for installation _._. Jones Payne Architects & Planners, Inc. De Viddio 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 3017 Airport B ul@vard Parcel # Drawn by: MS 3 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70420 Checked by: TK S i i i :''`:s.':, erkdt :to. ItIM!>tRYA1�lA:0i~GONitIlY�i4N CQMM.................... :::::::::::::::::: # W x H Existing St le/G/azing New Remove New ExlsUn Type Detail Comments Refer to. the following sheet for Floor Plan Type Grille Detail 1 32x69 vdh vdh vdh vdh vdh I i I i i mdhc mdhc mdhc mdhc mdhc B/9 mw-1.4 sim. pan sp-1.2 2 metal windows mulled per detail vw-4.0; oreil proportions; window provide new wood interior casings, stool, and apron provide new wood Interior casings, stool, and apron provide new wood interior casings, stool, and apron provide new wood interior casings, stool, and apron x> 2 a 3 4 5 6 32x51 32x51 32x51 f 3_04_8 6/6 mw-1.3 pan sp-1.1 6/6 6/6 6/6 mw-1.3 mw-1.3 mw-1.3 pan sp-1.1 pan sp-1.1 pan sp-1.1 provide new wood interior casings, stool, and apron 30x58 vdh I 6/6 mw-1.3 pan sp-1.1 provide new wood interior casils, stool, and apron 7 30x58 vdh I _mdhc mdhc 6/6 mw-1.3 pan sp-1.1 provide new wood interior casis, stool, and apron _ 8 72za9 vdh/dh vdh <.,, ky .. s s mdh/ dhc mdhc 616 mw-1.4 sim;,.: mw-1 4 shut sp-2.2 2 metal windows mulled per detail mw-4.0; provide new wood stool ! _ _ _ provide new wood stool; shutteq contingent upon pre work - 616 ' { y ,N,<: 9 36x49 '' shut sp-2.2 w, 10 19x26 mdh s a t ihxi a mdh s {77, mdhc, mw-1 4 pan sp-1.2 „" d �v n ,! s++ �" mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 .t�Q . . CRMiN� $7QR1N MT enlarge opening as required to manufacturer minimum size pet'detail provide new We surrounds; pro�ida opaque glass enlarge opening as required to manufacturer minimum size pei provide new wood interior casin apron; provide opaque glass •T • . . allow for w1-8.3; tempered, 11 i 1642 Ilow for detail wl-8.3; j, stool and # W x H New Remove New New Type W/S Hrdwr Detail Existin Type Detail Comments a 72_x80 efrm y y dr-5.4 pan sp-1.2 provide dead bolt b c d e f 72x80 ; 72x80 t 72x78 72x78 I 72x80 efrm y y dr-5.4 pan sp-1.2 provide dead bolt efrm y y dr-5.4 pan sp-1.2 provide dead bolt eglm y y dr-5.1 pan sp-1.2 egim egim y y y y dr-5.1 pan sp-1.2 dr-5.1 +f; ; Yz Pan sp-1.2 The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. De Viddi 100% Parcel # Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: Z 3017 Air Key We§t, ort Boulevard Florida Drawn by: MS Checked by: TK 70420 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 General notes as shown in sheets I and 11 apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block, Wood Frame r Siding: Type: Stucco (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color: V.I.F. Sliding White French White Secondary Doors Type: Leaf Color: White Windows: i Type: Metal Color: White Grilles: Yes. as indicated Glazing; Front Elevation: Rear Elevation: Type: Clear Storm Protection: Type: Shutters Color: White Panels Steel". i HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows and doors being treated. - Homeowner to provide verification of occupancy on door between main house and apartment. All treatments contingent upon completion of this prework. Homeowner to complete exterior tile work at doors'd' and W. Homeowner to provide Bahama Shutter at window #9. If shutter is not provided, change treatments to panels. Homeowner to clear attic to allow for construction. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTEt General Contractor to remove valances prior to construction and reinstall when construction is complete. General Contractor to relocate electrical panel from Bathroom #2 to new location and rcset weather head. General Contractor to remove all thru wall AC units prior to construction. Lett Elevation: Right Elevation: The Jones Payne Group De Viddio 100% Date: 07-31-02 jSheetNo: 3017 Airport Boulevard Drawn by: MS URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # Wyle Laboratorl", Inc. Key West, Florida j Checked by: TK 70420 1. Provide a new 3.0 Ton, split HVAC system with electronic cool -heat thermostat per the contract documents. 2. AHU on 18" high stand in closet. 3. Full height louvered door for return air to AHU per Architectural Plans. 4. New CU installation shall comply with E-A8 flood zone and 155 mph wind load requirements. Refer to Detail M-7 and Note 9 in Detail M-1. 5. Remove existing thru-wall/window-type air conditioner and return it to the homeowner. Patch -up wall opening to match existing per Architectural Plans. 6. A/C condensate pipe from AHU coil shall run in closets, through exterior wall with trap outside and termination point above grade. 7. Provide a 9,000 BTUH, split, ductless indoor heat pump unit (AHU) and outdoor unit (CU) with wiring and piping kit and remote controller system. Provide cover for exterior piping. 8. Run refrigerant pipe at maximum height between existing wood joists. Repair and/or patch ceiling to match existing. 9. Provide sheet metal cover over exposed exterior insulated piping on wall painted to match wall color. 0 The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. 21' P L Davila 100% Date:07-31-02 1709 Baha Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS Key West, Florida 70200 Checked by: TK Sheet No: 6R k i 1. Existing 2" riser and meter to remain. 2. Existing NEMA 3R SQ. D load center, 200A MCB, Homeline, 40 spaces, to remain. 3. Remove existing receptacles used for AC. Remove accessible wiring, conduit, and outlet boxes for patching per architectural drawings. 1Pn5A, 21 4. Provide WP, GFCI, NEMA 5-20R receptacle located within 20 feet of condensing unit. Provide and „ 9 12c, v: circuit to a 20-amp circuit breaker in panel S. AHU with integral circuit breaker disconnect. See mechanical 2 6. Condenser. See Mechanical 2PJ 7. Wall mounted ductless unit, See Mechanical 8. Provide motor rated toggle switch as disconnected for ductless (indoor) unit. 9. Provide indicated circuit breaker in existing main panel. 10. Provide motor rated toggle switch as disconnect for dustless condensing unit. 11. Provide 6 conductor, #16 AWG, %:" conduit from ductless unit to condenser wired per manufacturer's installation instructions. 12. Provide six -conductor thermostat wiring from thermostat to AHU and to condenser. Minimum wire size shall be #12 AWG for power circuits. Provide ground wire in all branch circuits. Metal conduit shall not be used as the sole grounding path. Conduit may be deleted where nonmetallic -sheathed cable is used as permitted by Code. ere• T The Jones Payne Group Davila 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1709 Baham Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 5R Wyla Laboratories, Inc. Key West, FI 'rida 70200 Checked by: TK •• /•• ISM Window Treatments: Bill mdhc mdh/dhc mglc: xx Install new dual acoustical Install 2 new dual acoustical metal Install new dual acoustical metal double hung window. double hung windows with mullion. metal gliding window. i Door Treatments: Oep-os, cO efr-m Install new metal Install new metal out -swinging Op French Doors. outswinging hurricane rated prime door. Provide O IIvr 0 isc Install new wood full Install new wood solid louvered door. core interior door. O aap Install new sound insulating attic access panel. and install impact glazing. ote: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Davila 100°k Parcel # Date: 07-31-02 sheet No: 4 1709 Baham4 Drive Drawn by: MS Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida Checked by: TK 70200 CLOSETS Modify existing linen and bedroom closets to accomodate new mechanical equipment. At linen closet, remove existing back wall where indicated, patch as required, and construct new narrow profile wall. At linen closet ceiling, provide new framing and gypsum to fill area around new ductwork. Allow 1/4" gap maximum and fill with acoustical caulk. At bedroom closet, remove existing closet door and frame. Infill wall and provide new door and frame as indicated. Provide new gypsum wall treatments where indicated. Provide new shelf and pole. Refer to details indicated on drawings. DOORS: Refer to door schedule for treatment at doors. The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Enlarge Opening Detail WL-8.0 Remove wall 709 Bahama Detail WL-1.0 E fisting\— \- Detail WL-5.0 minn.. Detail WL-1.1 91 7" ....■ New Walls 100% Date:07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70200 Checked by: TK Sheet No: 3R Existing New Remove New Type I Grille Detail Existing Type Detail lComments # W x H Style/Glazing 1 36x37 18x25 ma ma s s mdhc mdhc mw-1.4 mw-1.4 pan pan sp-1.2 sp-1.2 2 provide tempered, opaque glass: provide new tile surrounds 3 18x25 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 provide tempered, opaque glass: provide new the surrounds 4 73x37 ma/a s mglc mw-3.4 pan sp-1.2 new xx glider, egress window, provide new marble stool; lower sill to meet egress per detail wl-8.3 5 73x37 ma/a s mdh/dhc mw-1.3 pan sp-1.1 2 metal windows mulled per detail Sim. mw-4.0; provide new marble stool 6 36x37 ma s mdhc mw-1.3 pan sp-1.1 provide new marble stool 7 36x37 me s mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 egress window, lower sill and enlarge opening to meet egress requirements per detail wl-8.3 8 36x37 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 9 36x37 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 egress window, lower sill and enlarge opening to meet egress requirements per detail wl-8.3 101 36x37 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 provide new marble stool 11 73x37 ma/a s mdhldhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 2 metal windows mulled per de it Sim. mw-4.0; provide new marble stool 36x37 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 provide new marble stool 12 New Remove New W x H Type W/S Hrdwr Detail Existing Type Detail Comments 36x79 epos y y dr-4.2 epos y y dr-4.2 provide new landing per sk-c;'provlde ne 32x79 12x12 file to match existing 64x79 efrm y y dr-5.3 pan Ilvr y y dr-6.1 Ise y y dr-6.1 as en-2.1 The Jones Payne Group sp-1.1 re -grout file and provide transition step refer to mechanical closet detail; louver j refer to mechanical closet detail Davila 18x80 30x79 18x23 URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1709 Ba Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key Wei refer to mechanical closet deau 9 - WL-S.0 :.-a• L At ailing surfaces Indicated by, hatching, provide new gypsum ailing with plaster skim cat per Datall c"O. At all wall surfaces inGtated, provide new gypsum wag finish with plaster sklm cost per Dsall wL-5.0. 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: ma Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 2R Florida 70200 . Checked by: TK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets I and 11 apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block with Wood Frame Addition (Verify) Siding: Type: Stucco, TI-I I (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color. V.I.F. French White Windows: Type: Metal Color. White Glazing: Type: Tinted Storm Protection: Type: Panels Color: steel Front Elevation: Rear Elevation: Ceiling: All ceiling treatments are contingent upon structural investigation at time of construction. • r°lil Attic: a Contractor to provide and install insulation and venting to meet code requirements. rcments. HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ REATMENT DECISIONS: Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows, doors, and closets being treated. Homeowner to provide clear access in attic to allow for venting and insulation. Homeowner to remove all thru-window AC units prior to construction. Homeowner to in fill exterior of blocked window in shed with minimum of W' plywood. Homeowner to relocate wires at closet ceiling prior to construction. General Contractor to Note: General Contractor to remove all thru-wall AC units prior to construction. Leff Elevation: Right Elevation: The Jones Payne Group Davila 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1709 Bahama Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida i 70200 Checked by: TK ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1. Provide a new 4.0 Ton, split HVAC system with electronic cool -heat thermostat per the contract documents. 2. AHU on 18" high stand in closet. 3. Full height louvered door for return air to AHU per Architectural plans. 4. New CU installation shall comply with E-A8 flood zone and 155 mph wind load requirements. Refer to Detail M-7 and Note 9 on Detail M-1. 5. Remove existing thru-wall/window-type air conditioner and return it to the homeowner. Patch -up wall opening to match existing per Architectural plans. 6. A/C condensate pipe from AHU coil shall run in closets, through exterior wall with trap outside and termination point above grade. 7. Run refrigerant pipe at maximum height between existing wood joists. Repair and./ or patch ce (ling to match existing. 1 8. Run new 10"x 4" supply air duct between joists and above load bearing beam connect to ceiling) mounted register as required. 9. Existing kitchen hood. Provide two (2) 90 degree mitered elbows in the attic space in existing I"round exhaust duct. I-------------i I I I I SCREENED PORCH I I I SCREENED I PORCH I ae• o• ir ne- At telling surfaces Indicated by hatching, provide new gypsum calling with plaster skim cost per Detail CL-6.0. 14DThe Jones Payne Group Callaway 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1611 Veneti�n Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS %R Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70760 Checked by: TK 1. Existing meter and service to remain. 2. Existing SQ D Homeline 150A MCB load center HOM30M 150C to remain. 3. Remove NEMA 6-20R receptacle used for AC and replace with duplex 5-20R, r connect to 20A circuit breaker for new outside receptacle in space 20. i I 4. Provide I 20A circuit breaker in space 20. Provide NEMA 5-20R GFCI WP receptacle and circuit to new 20A circuit breaker in space 20. 5. AHU with integral circuit breaker disconnected. See mechanical. 6. Condenser. See Mechanical. 7. Provide NEMA 5-20R and circuit to new breaker. 8. Provide indicated circuit breaker in existing main panel. 9. Remove existing wiring and devices and reinstall with ceiling and wall treatment i. Provide I 20A circuit breaker in panel and circuit to breaker. 10. Provide six -conductor thermostat wiring from thermostat to AHU and to condenser. Minimum wire size shall be #12 AWG for power circuits. Provide ground wire in all. branch circuits. Metals conduit shall not be used as the sole grounding path. Conduit may be deleted where nonmetallic - sheathed cable is used as permitted by Code. 11. Remove existing wiring and provide new wiring circuited to new breaker. The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. We Laboratories, Inc. 2 ul P/50A, 208. 1--------- ----- 1 *IOG. 3/4'� I 1 a I SCREENED 5 I PORCH I \ 1 b 3l Callaway 1611 Venetian Drive Key West, Florida ® New gypsum ceiling with plaster skim coal per architectural drawings. 10 CL 5 -----------; I i � I 1 BEDROOM BEDROOM 1 2 2P/50A, 2#6. 9 1#10G, 1'C 1 SCREENED CL CL CL PORCH 1 B H J I 1 BATH BEDROOM AX "� 1 j 3 I KITCHEN I 7 I 9 AT t DRY I 1 A.r LIVING I SUN 1 Awu ROOM I ROOM r..a I I I AT I I 11 8 I 1 I CAR g 1 PORT TA r I w.r Ac 1 I 9 1 CL Alp I 3 I --------------------- L 38, c, � tr Tie• �� 100% Date:07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70760 Checked by: TK Sheet No: 6 Window& Door Treatments: X.. i . Window Treatments: i mdhc mglc: xx mdlh/dhc mfixc Install new dual acoustical Install new dual acoustical metal double hung window. metal gliding window. insta�ll 2 new dual acoustical metal double hung windows with mullion. Install new dual acoustical metal fixed l window. Door Treatments: Oep-os ® ep-os O egim ® Ilvr Install new metal Install new metal Install new metal gilding door. Install new full louvered outswinging hurricane outswinging hurricane ® door. rated prime door. rated prime door. Provide and Install impact glazing. O Igl O aap Install new wood gliding door. install new sound insulating attic access panel. Note: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finllhed ap arance. The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Callaway 100% Parcel # Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: 5R 1611 Venetian Drive Drawn by: MS 70760 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida Checked by: TK •.v it! .N" :.S .A•is a� : C v P' Door Treatments:.. OepW[sd-sw © efr-m epos Isc aap ®Install new wood solid core exterior Install new metal out -swinging Install new.m'tal Install new wood solid Install new sound door with Insulated glass. French Doors. outswingj(g�urrjcane core interior door. insulating attic access Weatherstrip fully and add sweep. rated prlrhe o' Froide. panel. Install new hurricane rated secondary and install glazing. door. 0 isc f aap 0 Install new wood solidInstall new sound core interior door. insulating attic access panel. te: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance; The Jones Payne Group lKey comb 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: DURS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 0 BatF�ida Drive Parcel# Drawn by: MSWyle Laboratories, Inc. West, 70410 Checked by: TK se:• o-:.; ii$�"s.'=ea:iti:+3:: s:{?:;iEi �;f' .*' •c. ._r. -. .. ...... DEN FBI FrTRICAL NOTRS 1. Connect new exhaust fan to load side of bathrooih light switch. The Jones Payne. Grpup URS Corporation -W Engineering, Inc. *11i Laboratories, Inc. 6 BATH 4 West, BEDROOM 3 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 6 .;fin 70410 Checked by: TK r r • •; � .s. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: f➢enysal.notes as shown in sheets I and II apply,to each residence in addition to the, following'spcc' I requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Wood Frame Siding: Type: Stucco, Brick Veneer (Contractorto verify) - Prim_ a Door: Type; Leaf Color. V:I.F Secondary poor: Type: Leaf Color. White Windows: Type Metal ' .. 'Color, Grilles: Yes, where Indicated, contractor to provide grille shop drawing for approval by Homeowner prior to product order. „ .....:... . - . . . . Front Elevation: Rear Elevation: ' Glazing: Type: Clear i Storm Protections Type; Panels Color. -Steer HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENTS DECISIONS n • Homeownerto'provide balusters, rail and stair handrail at tear deck and . garage platform. Treatment.to. doors 'a.and 'c' are contingent upon completion of this prework. • Homeowaorto patch drywall in master bedroom closet prior to construction, • Homeowner to remove all thru window AC units prior to construction 4. • Homeowner to correct wiring and provide cover plates in p.-M ,to meet code requirements,' • Homeowner to clear closet entry and attic prior to construction to allow foitnechamcal work.` GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTES • Contractor to cut back plywood decking and concrete block to provide .. sufficient access to crawl space and allow for HVAC ductwork., Leh Elevation: Right`E/evatlon; The Jones Payne Group O'Dett 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation Engineering, _ Inc. P3000 Venetian Sil`Ne i Parcel # Drawn by: MS � INyle Laboratories, Inc. Key Wee `Florida 71190 Checked by: TK a Window A!C -• 11 i do.m to - B. Window BEDROOM me Ct. BEDROOM 2 AHU-2 ', in atgc do _ CL CL 1 P/20A, 2 1 #1 2G, 1/2"C 7 CL Window we STUDY , CL BATH,1 2Pl OA, 20 � , .. 1#10G, 3/4 C P , i o'oerr :.Date; 07 -31-02 Sheet No: The Jones Payne Group P.aTcel # 6 3000 VeR R Dare Drawn by MS URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. M90 ' Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, I ridal Checked by: TK .. r f rr 9=19 t t'�. • ... f�.: j A� .. � 1 ? a�' i M1TIr i 1 In �. (•.` . U`+'y a � f �S �� k =�{J f 'i+i.�.a� # �- F' 'i G. ,y,S�' ,.. ` i 1. Provide a now 2.0 Ton, split HVAC system with electronic cool -hoar thermostat per the coanant documents. 2. Swpemd unit at maximum height form Swage roof afters. Provide additional reinforcing between afters as required. 3. Provide filter rack behind air handler with throwaway filters. 4, New CU installation shall amply with B-AS flood zone and 155 mph wind load requirements. Refer to Detail M-7 and Note 9 on Detail M-1. 5. Per Florida Energy Code 610.I.ABC.3.5.2 (chapter13 Florida Building Code-Buildiag): locate service panel within 6 feet of attic access: provide device to alert owner or shut down unit when condensation drain is not working properly; and provide =doe at panel that AHU-2 Is In attic. 6. A/C condensate pipe (from first floor AHU in garage) shell drop down inside and tight to wall, penetrate wall at 12" above floor with a 90-degree down -turn elbow. 7. Run rofrigamat and A/C condensate pipes at maximum height and drop down in corners with thru- wall penetration at 12" above floor. Two seta (one for each OiLand respective gW. S. Drop 14"x I r S.A. duct down and tight to wail to floor level in Swags. Rai duct thin existing msaomy into crawl space. 9. Remove existing fsa and provide similar, new 50 CFM bathroom exhaust fan. Provide 4" round duct in calling cr attic space from fan to flapper discharge grille on underside of save. 10. Provide a transition duct between wall -mounted 24"x IS" return air grille and side of return sir plenum behind air handling wait's filter rack as required. 11. Floor mounted I4"x 4" supply air register set at 150 CFM. 12, Flow mounted 14"x 6" supply air register as at 160 CFM. 13, Floor mounted 10"x 4" supply air register set at 50 CFM. 14. Flom mounted 12"x 6" supply air register sat at 125 CFM. I S. 14"x 12" supply air duct in crawl space. Connect supply sir duct on side as shown. Cap and. 16, Floor mounted 10"x 6" supply air register sec at 120 CFM. 17. Floor mounted 12"x 6" supply sk register am at I2S CFM. 18. Run main air duct in crawl space car of any existing pipes, conduits, etc. Contactor to field verify all existing conditions in crawl space to assure that proposed layout shown on this plan, is workable. All supply branch ducts shell be the same size as registers listed above and connected to top of maim duo as shown. 19. Provide (for second floor) a new 2.0 ton, split HVAC system, with a bmixontal-type air handling unit, in attic apace with elettronic cool -how thermostat per comrao documents. Include drain pan and filter rack. 20. Contractor will remove existing window -typo air conditioner and return It to owner. 21. Drop refrigerant and A/C condensate piping from 2" floor AHU inside closet amd tight to wall, dowm, through wall and loco Swage rafter at maximum height. 22. Run refrigerant piping and A/C cadensaa pipe (from second floor AHU) ere maximum height clear.. of overhead garage door. 23. Ron refrigerant and A/C condensate piping in attio space. 24.24"x 14" ailing mounted return sk grille. Provide a ducted connection from grille to IS"x 12" return duct as shown. 40 The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wylie Laboratories, Inc. bl N 16 18 DINING . ROOM 11 1 LIVING I,r—exe ROOM I I —12 1 L--- �- 20 a 2 18 Window 4 AC ale 1 17 16 axe 1 8 I Kil CHEN 12x" 7 15 I ' 14x12 18 8 toxic-' I t C SITTING ' 22 RO M ,ww1 14 1 I 1 2 3 up GARAGE 1� lox+ ATH , 10 I t 0 Dell 3000 Venet* Drive Key West, FI rida' 100% Date:07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 71190 Checked by: TK Sheet No: 7R 20 Window A/C BEDROOM BATH 7.0 Window NC CFM . 135 .�. CFM CL 20 BEDROOM,' 8"0 24 I 7"0 CL g do MU-2 736' l CFM 19 10z1 i. Ux12 L Ct. lox10 Window A/C �• _� �2 195 60 s CFM coo 60 FM ZO CFM STUDY CL I O'Dell The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 3000 Vene I n DI Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Iorid� 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: Parcel # Drawn by: MS 8R 71190 Checked by: TK GX-NERAL R4QUIR� FJVTs Geaeaal•notos as Shown idih`eets 1`and 11 apply to each residence in addition to 1beYollowi 'Tocial requirements. SPROAL REQUIREMENTS Slructore: -'Type: Concrete Block With Wood Framed Addition' Siding: " Type: Stucco (contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type; Leif Cola: V.I.F. French White Secondary Door:` Type: Leaf Cola: White Windows: T.ype:. Metal Cola: White. a, Glazing: Type: Tinted Storm P►oteegnn= Front Elevation: Type: Shutter Cola: White Panels as indicated Steel , - Calling. All ceiling treatments arc contiugeat upon structural investigation at timeofconatructioa. I Attic: Contractor to provide and instaltiasuladon and adequate venting to meet code requirements. HOMEOWNER PREWORK-PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS: • Homeownertoremove all thru window AC units priortoconstruction. . • Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows, doors, and mochanicai xhasets prior to construction. • Homeowner to provide clear access at attic to allow for venting and insulation. • Homeowner to secure wives at left elevation exterior. • Homeowner to relocate pool pump to provide access to sub panel. • Homeowner to relocate clothes dryer from in $ont ofmain panel to allow acorn. • Homeowner to provide code compliantupgrade exterior laundry sub panel connection. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTE: • General Contractor to remove all thm-wall AC units prior to C Lein E/evat/Qn: construction The Jones Payne, croup Paez M .Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1723� Bahama Drive Wyle Laboratories, Inc Florida Key west, Rear Elevation. ■ I= Right Elevation., 100% Date: 077-31-02 Sheet No: Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70160 Checked by: TX Existing New Remove4shutsip)-2.2 # W x H jswe/GlazingilType Gr ie Detail ExistingComments 1 102x63 ma/f/a s mgic mw-3.4 xox glider,,1:2:1 proportions; p vide new file stool; tempered glass 2 36x37 ma s mglc mw-3A awn new xx glider; provide new marble stool and IIIIIIIIIIllible returns 3 37x39 ma s mgic mw-3.4 awn shut sp-2.2 new xx glider 4 49x52 mgl s mglc mw-3.3 pan sp-1.1 new xx glider, provide new wooji interior trim 5 36x25 me s mglc mw-3.4 pan sp-1.2 new xx glider, provide temper glass; remove and reinstall We surroi7pids 6 73x39 ma/a s mgic mw-3.4 pan sp-1.2 new xx glider, egress window; wer sill to meet egress requirements 0 ir detail gen 8.3: provide new file stool 7 36x38 ma s mglc mwi awn pan sp-1.2 new xx glider, provide new tie 1 8 36x25 ma s mglc mwi awn I pan I clip- 12 new xx glider, provide tempe glass; remove and reinstall Ole su ds 9 36x38 me s mgic mw-3.4 awn pan sp-1.2 new xx glider, provide new the OI 10 110x38 malala s mguglc mw-3.4 shut sp-2.2 2 new xx gliders mulled per dot 11 mw4 0; Sim egress window; lower sill to m t egress requirements for detail wl-8.3, provide new file stool 11 110x38 malala s mglc mw-3.4 shut sp-2.2 new xox glider, 1:2:1 proportio ; lower sill to'meet egress requirements r detail' w48.3: provide new tie stool New Remove New # W x H T W/S Hrdwr Detail Remove T Detail Comments a 36x80 epm y y dr-1.4 sd-sw sd-1 I contractor to provide custom shop dra Indicating coordination of door swings, and glass area d 180 wi 'n b 60x80 efrm dr-5.4 n s 1.2 install door to vl a s n I The Jones Payne Group PaeZ I . URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1723 B hama Drive Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key W st, Florida • "elm wwia. l yy«ervr orwumw.+ne.ra.i caner-Me,w„trywel Per•.lw Ww.O 4 I refer to V mechanical ro• .¢ ¢ cbeel deWl DEN — — — — — — -----------j O vQ� _ 1 I 3 I,,WNORY d U 1 I 5 B CL 9 Q KITCHEN BATH BEDROOM • ' 7 r eSw ~caw CL BATH B LIVING Y ROOM BEDROOM s CL 9 BEDROOM a 2 I I 71 1-------------- i } iO --r t -sre rrw 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: Parcel # Drawn by: MS ZR 70160 Checked by: TK Existing New emove New # W x H Style/Glazing Type Grille Detail Existing Type I Detail Refer to Previous Sheet for Window �ittltlil+;tattOfi�''�I'�'��'•:'''�I'''::�'::'s:;:;s`•:s;:;'• . 6B� • IVCI.�'d • OttSti G�� tl W x H New ove ove New Comments Tye W/S HrdwrjDe:MM T Detail c 36x80 efr y y pan sp-.1.1 provide single leaf Inswing French door d e f 30x80 isc ilvr aaP y y y Y provide full louvered door coordinate installation with expended mechanical v.l.f. 21x21 y Y g v.i.f. isc y y closet Refer to Previous Sheet for Floor Plan The Jones Payne Group Paez 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1723 Bahama; Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 3 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 1 70160 Checked by- TK CLOSETS Modify existing linen and bedroom closets to accomodate new mechanical equipment. At bedroom closet, Infill wall as indicated. At linen closet, remove existing back wall -and provide new narrow profile wall as indicated. Provide ceiling framing and gypsum to infill around new ductwork. Allow a maximum 1/4" gap and fill with acoustical caulk. At bedroom closet, Infill wall as indicated. Modify sliding door over bedroom closet. Provide new closet shelf and pole. Refer to details indicated on drawings. DOORS: Refer to door schedule for treatment at doors. Down size closet to accomodate — expanded mechanical closet. Infill framing to match adjacent door height. Provide new door. am tail WL-1.0 i Detail WL-8.0 CLOSET The Jones Payne Group "-- URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1723 Bah a rive Wyle Laboratories, Inc. l , Key West lod a .. , E+ Detail WL-1.1 emove existing wall New Walls Remove entire closet, provide infill framing 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: Parcel # Drawn by: MS 4 70160 Checked by: TK Window Treatments: mgic: xx Install new dual acoustical metal gliding window. Door Treatments: N Oa epm/sd-sw © efr-m O efr Install new metal inswinging Install new metal out -swinging Install new metal in -swinging exterior door. Weatherstrip fully French Doors. single leaf French Door. and add sweep. Install new exterior hurricane rated secondary door. mgic: xox 1:2:1 proportions Install new dual acoustical metal gliding window. 'EME EMM� mgic: xx/xx Install two new dual acoustical metal gliding window mulled per det it mar-4.0. Note: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance isc 11vr aap- Install new wood solid Install new louvered Install new sound insulating core interior door. wood interior door. attic access panel. i The Jones Payne Group PaeZ i1 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: WMI URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1723 Baham Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 5 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, 0 rida.1 70160 Checked by: Tt< I. Existing meter and service to remain. 2. Remove existing receptacle used for AC. Remove accessible wiring, conduit, and outlet boxes for patching per architectural drawings. 3. Existing Siemens 150A MCB load center 03030MB 1150 CU. 4. Remove and reinstall ceiling mounted fixtures for ceiling treatment. Modify similar to typical wall outlet and switch modifications. S. Relocate 1 P 20A CB in space 3 to space IS for use described below. Provide 2P 50A CB in spaces 1,3 for new AC. 6. Provide NEMA 5-20R WP GFCI receptacle circuited to CB in space IS. 7. Condenser. See Mechanical S. AHU with integral circuit breaker disconnected. See mechanical. 9. Provide six -conductor thermostat wiring from thermostat to AHU and to condenser. Minimum wire size shall be #12 AWG for power circuits. Provide ground wire in all branch circuits. Metal conduit shall not be used as the sole grounding path. Conduit may be deleted where nonmetallic - sheathed cable is used as permitted by Code. The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wylie Laboratories, Inc. 4 TYFiCAL 21' 8• 13'7' �2 AQ 60 upnl k uie 5i( pNinp Fin ¢ 7 b 70 DEN 1 M H 6 I 9 z LAUNDRY I 2P/50A, 2#6 KITCHEN 1#10G, 1"C CL 8 O BATH BEDROOM b 1 1 T window TMu WNi MC AM 2 60" LIVING CL BATH A" ROOM 2 BEDROOM w,nd,w 3 A/C CL BEDROOM 2 I I WM,doW I ABC I; II _ -- I 1 7' 0' Paez 1723 Bahama Drive �— Key West International Airport Residential Noise Insulation 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: Parcel # Drawn by: MS 6 70160 Chocked by: TK • •- 1. Provide a new 3.5 Ton, split HVAC system with electronic cool -heat thermostat per the contract documents. 2. AHU on 18" stand in closet. 3. Full height louvered door per Architectural Plans. 4. New CU installation shall comply with E-A8 flood zone and 155 mph wind load requirements. Refer to Detail M-7 and Note 9 on Detail M-1. 5. Remove existing thru-wall/window-type air conditioner and return it to the homeowner. Patch -up wall opening to match existing per Architectural Plans. 6. A/C condensate pipe from AHU coil shall run in closets, through exterior wall with trap outside and termination point above grade. 7. Run refrigerant pipe at maximum height between existing wood joists. Repair and patch ceiling to match existing. 8. Run new 10"x 4" supply air duct between joists and above load bearing beam into den area and connect to new wall register as required. 4DThe Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wylie Laboratories, Inc. L 21' 6^ 13 7^ �� 4 b DEN � 7 I F' LAUNDRYIS ® Z� — 8 • IV BEDROOM KI CHEN ISO k I t 2 t CFM - /eo BATH 5 x CFM t IOX10 ita a 8.0 CFM TnN- 8.# T W.1 A/C 1e X 12 8-r 2m 8^0 CL 3 BATH 2 O CFM LIVING 155 CFM ROOM BEDROOM CL 3 I � wmaow BEDROOM MC 2 I I 5 L 2r 0' L Paez 1723 Baha a Drive Key West, Zrida 100% Date: 07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70160 Checked by: TK AM Sheet No: 7R Special•• Photos: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets 1 and 1I apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block Siding: Type: Stucco (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color. V.I.F. Glider White Windows:FIRM-9. WWI. Type: Metal Color. White Glazing: Type: clear Front Elevation: Rear Elevation: Storm Protection: Type: Awning Color: White Panels Steel Attic: Contractor to provide and install insulation and ventilation to meet code requirements. HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS: • Homeowner to seek variance for alternate location of AC condenser. • Homeowner to relocate palm tree at left elevation to accommodate new condenser unit and concrete pad if variance is not granted. • Homeowner to provide access to electrical panels and sub panels. • Homeowner to move exterior electrical outlet to a minimum of 1 Oft. from pool. • Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows, doors and new ' mechanical closets prior to construction. Left Elevation: Right Elevation: The Jones Payne Group Pondelicek 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: 1619 Venetian Drive Drawn by: MS URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida Checked by: TK 70740 Existing New Remove I New Type I G09 IDetail Existing Type Detail # W x H Style/Glazing Comments -----------------9 1 101x63 me/ s mglc mw-3.4 awn awn sp-3.2 xox glider, 1:2:1 proportions; p vide new f/a s mdhc mw-1.4 awn awn sp-3.2 file stool provide new the stool I LAUNDRY 1 i PATIO 2 36x37 ma 3 36x37 ma s mglc mw-3.4 awn awn sp-3.2 new xx glider 4 73x37 ma/a s mglc mw-3.4 pan pan sp-1.2 new xx glider 5 11040 ma/a/a I s mgv mw-3.4 awn awn sp-3.2 2 new metal xx gliders mulled pier detail glc Sim, mw-4.0; operable center panels, 1 I I 6 73x37 ma/a s mglc mw-3.4 awn awn sp-3.2 new xx glider, egress window; war sill to i 4 © I meet code egress per wl-8.3: piovide new file stool 7 36x37 ma s mgic mw-3.4 awn awn sp-3.2 new xx glider, provide new the of sruDv 3 DEN 5 8 36x25 me s mgic mw-3.4 awn awn sp-3.2 provide tempered, opaque gla provide new We stool 6 DOI 1 9 3647 me s mglc mw-3.4 awn awn sp-3.2 new xx glider, provide new tie CL 2 KITCHEN DINING BAT BEDROOM 10 110x37 ma/a/a s mgv mw-3.4 awn awn sp-3.2 2 new metal gliders mulled p , etail glc sim. mw-4.0; egress window; loweri Al to meet Roots CL egress per detail w68.3; provi new c tie stool: operable center pan Wy..Y,N Eat c� BATH 11 110x37 ma/a/a s mgv mw-3.4 awn awn sp-3.2 2 new metal gliders mulled p etail LIVING • ct. d s mw-4.0; egress window; lower ill to meet ROOM BEDROOM gic sim. 3 egress per detail wl-8.3; provid new CL tie stool: operable center panel BEDROOM a 2 9 i 11 ,; Q a n, rater to mechanical closet detail 10 ♦r 0• _ New Remove New # W x H T W/S Hrdwr Detail Remove T Detail Comments pj sheathing al of nd full ghosAC unit. t of T-111e and inP Prime and fill rpalnt to match existingle with minimum , a 36x80 epm y y y sd-sw sd-1.2 b 96x80 egl y y y pan sp-1.2 c 20x22 aap y y Ed4 1 d 20x22 aap y y e 20x22 aap y y 1 Pondeli k I 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1619 V etian Drive The Jones Payne Group—]0 Wyle laboratories, Inc. Key Wet, Figrlda 2R Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70740 Checked by: TK I . Ctt Remove existing wall to accomodate return air grille, patch, prime and paint to match existing finishes. CLOSETS Modify existing bedroom closet to accomodate new mechanical equipment. Provide new closet shelves Return Air Grill and pole.Remove wall where indicated to accomodate return air grille. Provide ceiling framing and gypsum to infill around new ductwork. Maximum CL - E 1/4 gap, filled with acoustical caulk. Refer to details indicated on drawings. CL Provide 5/8" birch plywood wood floor to CL ceiling with 3/4" cap to seperate AHU from closet. New walls The Jones Payne Group Pondelicek 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: 1619 Venetian; Key West, Florl rive' Ja Drawn by: MS Checked by: TK URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Parcel # 3 70740 Window Treatments: mglc: xx mglc: xx/xx Install new dual acoustical Install 2 new dual acoustical metal metal gliding window. gliding windows with mullion. I ' I mglc: ox Install ni�iw dual acoustical metal glidingyindow with single glass. Oepm/sd-sw ® egim c) aap Install new metal inswinging Install new metal gliding door. Install new nd exterior door with insulated O insulating attic access glass. Weatherstrip fully and O panel. e add sweep. Install new exterior hurricane rated secondary door. Note: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group Pondelicek 100% Date: 07-31-02 sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1619 Veneti in Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 4 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, orida 70740 Checked by: TK 10 2 44 1. Existing load ---------------I 2P/40A 2#10, 1#10G. 3/4-C 7 60 service rating and center is 100 amps with 1 %:" service mast. 11 a of i 2. Existing 100A fused Sq. D. load center, FSC-8M. Convert existing panel to a junction box, Remove busing and bonding jumper. Replace deadfront cover with solid cover labeled"JUNCTION E,�IJRY BOX ONLY." 3. Existing 100A MCB Sq. D. load center, Homeline HOMC12 UC to remain. I PATIO I I I 4. Remove existing 60A disconnect, wiring, and conduit to existing RTU to be removed. Install CU 14' 0' 12,10- disconnect and receptacle here ifCU is to be located here. I I I POOL 5. Provide 200-Amp service and service mast 2" galvanized rigid conduit, per SERVICE MAST I DETAIL, Detail E-2, and Riser, Detail E-3. Provide clearance above ground in accordance with NEC 230-24. 6. Provide 200-Amp panel, NEMA 3R, per TYPICAL PANEL SCHEDULE, Detail E-5. 2 DEN STUDY 7. Condenser. See Mechanical. 12 2P/35A.2#3, 11 1#10, 3/4-C 8. AHU with integral circuit breaker disconnected. See mechanical. CL 9. Provide W P, GFCI, NEMA 5-20R receptacle located within 20 feet of condensing unit. Provide KITCHEN DINING BAF BEDROOM and circuit to a 20-amp circuit breaker in panel. f ROOM CL 10. Mount disconnect with receptacle on stand. 11. Provide indicated circuit breaker in new main panel. i uvING.. BATH 0 ROOM f.r CL 12. Disconnect exist fan and connect new fan. DR BE BEDROOM � 0-,", 8 CL BEDROOM 4r 0' The Jones Payne Group Pondelicek 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation RCT Engineering, Inc. 1619 Vdnetiani rive, Parcel # Drawn by: MS 5 IMF Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, FI0r da 70740 Checked by: TK I. Provide a new 3.5 Ton, split HVAC system with electronic cool -heat thermostat per the contract documents. 2. AHU on 18" high stand in closet. 3. Provide 18" wide x 30" high removable return air filter grills in wall for return air to AHU. 4, Run refrigerant piping in attic space. 5. Re -balance existing ceiling diffuser to 120 CFM. Reconnect branch duct to new wall. 6. Remove exist fan and provide similar, new 50 CFM bathroom exhaust fan. 7. Re -balance bedroom ceiling diffuser to 190 CFM. Reconnect branch duct to new main. 8. Re -balance bathroom coiling diffuser to 50 CFM. Re -connect branch duct to new main. 9. Remove existing train supply air duct in attic space. Install new duct from new AHU as shown. 10. Run new I" A/C condensate drain pipe from now AHU thru closets and to outside as shown. Provide trap outside and terminate 6" above grade. 11. Re -balance existing tailing difhsar to 130 CFM. Re-oonnect branch duct to new main. 12. Re -balance existing ceiling diffuser to 235 CFM. 13. Remove existing main ceiling mounted return air grille and all related duct work to A/C unit outside. Relocated existing thermostat to new location (near AHU) on hallway wall. Patch hole and paint to match existing. 14. Relocate existing thermostat to new location (near AHU) on hallway will. Patch hole and paint to match existing. 15. Remove existing rooftop air conditioner from elevated platform outside., Refer to note #16 for removal of existing wall -mounted platform. 16. Remove platform. Locate CU as shown unless owner has obtained variance from city of Key West allowing use for now location of condensing unit. Provide stand per Detail M-7. 17. Re -balance existing coiling diffuser to 110 CFM. Re -connect branch duct to new main. 18. Re -balance existing ceiling diffuser to 200 CFM. Re -connect branch duct to now main. 19. Re -balance existing ceiling diffuser to 140 CFM. Reconnect branch duct to now main. 20. Re -balance existing ceiling diffuser to 175 CFM. Reconnect branch duct to now main. 21. Run new refrigerant piping underground within planter area. 22. Proposed location of new air-cooled condensing unit for AHU. New installation shall comply with EAS flood zone and 155 MPH wind load requirements similar to Detail M-7. Prework for owner is to remove existing palm tree to allow for the installation of new CU and concrete service pad. 23. Provide 4" round exhaust duct in attic, from fat to flapper discharge grill in underside of save. 0 The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Pondelicek 161 Key West, -----------------* j 1 i LAUNDRY 1 1 I I I I PATIO 1 i !1 � LIVING ROOM STUDY 20 t 1 DINING ; ROOM 'S t t 19 ; t t , -- — , ' 14 X 14 - BEDROOM POOL , , BEDROOM r" t BEDROOM 100% Date:07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70740 Checked by:. TK Sheet No: 6R GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets I and I1 apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block, Wood Frame, Brick Veneer Siding: Type: Stucco (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color. V.I.F. Sliding white Secondary Door: Type: Leaf Color: White Windows: Type: Metal Color: White Front Elevation: Rear Elevation: Glazing: Type: Clear Storm Protection: i Type: Awnings Color: V.I.F HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/:- ; TREATMENT DECISIONS • Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows, doors, and mechanical closet being treated. • Homeowner to provide certification that existing hurricane protection is code compliant if they desire to retain. • Homeowner to complete wiring to hot tub. General Contractor to Note: • General Contractor to remove all vertical blinds prior to construction and reinstall when construction is complete. • General Contractor to remove all thru wall AC units prior to COns`"10bOn' Left Elevation: Right Elevation: The Jones Payne Group Robertson 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1615 Venetian Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70750 Checked by: TK # W x H Existing Style/GlazingStylelGlazing New Existing emove New Comments Detail Type Detail 10 _. 36x37 ma --- a s — mdhc .- : mw-1.3 awn awn sp-3.1 provide new the stool 11 ' 10142 ma/f/a s mgic ' . mw-3.3 awn awn sp-3.1 xox glider,,1:2:1 proportions; provide w Ule stool New WxH T Existing New Detil Rem aove T I Refer to Previous Sheet Refer to Sheet 4 for Floor Plan Jones Payne Architects & Planners, Inc. Robertson 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation • RCT Engineering, Inc. 1615 Venetian rive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 3 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, FIOr�. a 70750 Checked by: TK CLOSETS Modify existing bedroom closet to accomodate new mechanical equipment. Provide new closet shelves and pole.Remove wall where indicated to accomodate return air grille. Provide ceiling framing and gypsum to infill around new ductwork. Maximum 1/4" gap, filled with acoustical caulk. Refer to details indicated on drawings. i Remove existing wall to accomodate return air grille, patch, prime and paint to match existing finishes. Return Air Grill C L N '� CL Provide 5/8" birch plywood floor to ceiling CL with 3/4" cap to seperate AHU from closet. V 7" New walls I The Jones Payne Group Robertson 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1615 Venetia Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS rj Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Fl ida 70750 Checked by: TK Window Treatments: mdhc mglc: xx/xx Install new dual acoustical Install 2 new dual acoustical metal metal double hung window. gliding windows with mullion. Door Treatments: mgic: xi Install nevi metal alidi Oepw/sd-sw ® egim eO aap Install new'wood solid core O Install new metal gliding door. Install new exterior door with insulated attic acces glass. Weatherstrip fully and add sweep. Install new exterior I rated secondary door. Note: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group Robertson URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1615 Vene Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, mgic: xox dual' acoustical Install new dual acoustical metal ig window. gliding window with single glass. Insulating 100% Date:07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70750 Checked by: TK Sheet No: 6 I . Remove existing 150-Amp service, 2" service mast, and meter. Remove exist service mast and - patch roof penetration. Patch and paint wall to match existing surface. 2. Provide 200-Amp service and service mast 2" galvanized rigid conduit, per SERVICE MAST DETAIL. Provide clearance above ground in accordance with NEC 230-24. STUDY 3. Provide 200-amp panel, NEMA 3R, per TYPICAL PANEL SCHEDULE. 15 2#12, 1#12G, EXIST 4. Provide WP, GFCI, NEMA 5.20R receptacle located within 20 feet of condensing unit. Provide SHED and circuit to a 20-amp circuit breaker in panel. " 13 14 2P/15A, 2#12, 2 0 2 $4 30 5. Existing SQ. D. 150A fuse panel, 15C-8M. Convert existing panel to a junction box. Remove 12 1 #12G, 1/2'C 2P/30A, 2# 0, busing and bonding jumper. Replace deadfront cover with solid cover labeled "JUNCTION CL CL - 1 #10G J/4' BOX ONLY." Th..." (J4 6, Existing 12 space NEMA 3R load center. Refeed this panel to 100A circuit breaker on new panel, 3 0, 1 0G, 1 '/." conduit. CL 7 9 4 8 g _1 / L J 12 ORI 7. Remove existing 240V receptacle used for AC. Remove accessible wiring, conduit, and outlet 12 " 13 13 boxes for patching per architectural drawings. BEDROOM FAMILY 15 8. AHU with integral circuit breaker disconnected. See mechanical. 4 15 ROOM LAUNDRY 5 b 9. Condenser. See mechanical. $ 10. Provide six -conductor thermostat wiring from thermostat to AHU and to condenser. Minimum ' wire size shall be #12 AWG for power circuits. Provide ground wire in all branch circuits. Metal 7 BEDROOM BATH - CL — 18 conduit shall not be used as the sole grounding path. Conduit may be deleted where nonmetallic- g F KITCHEN sheathed cable is used as permitted by Code. DINING n• CL 10 ROOM 11. Provide #6 AWG grounding electrode conductor in %:" rigid galvanized conduit from meter can w... to copper clad ground rod. Continue this conductor to existing ground rod (minimum 10 foot 0 NC T 7 72- separation) near removed service drop. Where existing plumbing is cooper, provide #4 AWG Thr ground conductor from meter can to nearest and visible %" cold water pipe, P/30A, 2#10. w.11 12. Ductless indoor unit, See mechanical. BATH � 1 O 1#10G, 3/4'C CL 8 14 13. Provide 6 conductor, #16 AWG, %" conduit from ductless unit to condenser wired per rnr.. BEDROOM LIVING ROOM g manufacturer's installation instructions. """"Ic 1 CL Tr 14. Provide indicated circuit breaker in new main panel. M 2 11 7 BEDROOM ----- 15. Provide motor rated toggle switch as disconnect for ductless (indoor) unit. 2 16. Disconnect existing fan and connect new fan. 17. Remove existing 220 receptacle and provide 120 v. NEMA 5-20R, duplex receptacle. Circuit to breaker for CU receptacle. 12' o• The Jones Payne Group Robertson 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet o: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # 7 1615 Venetian Drive Drawn by: MS Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida Checked by: TK 70750 ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 1. Provide a new 2.5 Ton, split HVAC. system with electronic cool -heat thermostat per the contract documents. 2. AHU on 18" high stand in closet. 3. Provide 18"x 24" removable return air filter grille in wall for return air to AHU. 4. New CU installation shall comply with E-A8 flood zone and 155 mph wind load requirements. Refer to Detail M-7 and Note 9 on Detail M-1. 5. Remove existing thru-the-wall/window-type air conditioner and return it to the homeowner. Patch -up wall opening to match existing per Architectural plans. 6. Provide indicated size duct in attic from fan to flapper discharge grille in underside of eave. 7. A/C condensate pipe from AHU coil shall run in closets, through exterior wall with trap outside and termination point above grade. 8. Provide an 18,000 BTUH, split, ductless indoor heat pump unit (AHU) and outdoor unit (CU) with wiring and piping kit and remote controller system. Provide cover for exterior piping. 9. Provide an 7,000 BTUH, split, ductless indoor heat pump unit (AHU) and outdoor unit (CU) with wiring and piping kit and remote controller system. Provide cover for exterior piping. 10. Run refrigerant pipe at maximum height between existing wood joists. Repair and/or patch ceiling to match existing. 11. Run new refrigerant piping 12" below grade. 12. Connect refrigerant piping from ductless unit to condition unit. Provide condensate drain install all piping in pipe cover. 13. Run new 10"x 4" supply air duct between joists and down inside overhead soffit to miss beam and connect to new wall register as required. 14. Remove existing fan and provide similar, new 50 CFM bathroom exhaust fan. 15. Existing kitchen hood exhaust fan. Provide two 90 degree mitered elbows in existing 4" round duct for sound attenuation. STUDY 11 e y-----=-= ----------------- CL CL - Tiw- 10 5 w.1,vc gyp/ CL a i== FAMILY ---- ' a ROOM 11 BEDROOM LAUNDRY 4 n TO r.tOX{ AHU o�ur<vvm- CL ) 14 DINING 9 ROOM Iwo\ TH +u WM MCA-1 .. r.n L Tbun 3 T i 10Xio . NTH 1 ' v LIVING _� CV ROOM CFM BEDROOM BEDROOM 1 The Jones Payne Group Robertson t00% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet NO: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1615 Venetian Dive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 8R Wylie Laboratories, Inc.. Key West, Florida 70750 Checked by. Tic GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets I and II apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block Siding: Type: Stucco (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color. White Sliding White Windows: Type: Metal Color: White Glazing: Type: Tinted Front Elevation: Rear Elevation: Storm Protection: Type: Panels Color: Steel HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS • Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows and doors being treated. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTE: • General Contractor to provide custom shop drawings for installation of door 'a' and sidelights. • General Contractor to remove all vertical blinds prior to construction and reinstall when construction is complete. Left Elevation: Right Elevation: Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Roos 100% Parcel # Date: 07-31-02 Sheet 1709 Jamaica Drive Drawn by: MS Wyle Laboratories, Inc. I* Key West, Florida 70480 Checked by: TK ........... . .................................... .......... ............ PRI»A�kFiY`:.Aim':S�:�i€3�AR�t1N#.N�IAI .........................: '•R • :•:1�'ilbi4::: ITT �.................................. ..P.dBrs ' Oti ........... ...............:... . t1. ..�Q. . # W x H Existing Stile/GlazingT New Remove New Comments +� +• , r cL 5 + ¢ �o ¢ I _ CL ROOM BEDROOM ¢ p 4 KITCHEN BATH BATH s 2 BATH I I CL , a ¢ BEDROOM CL: • b uuNORr. 2 g b ____________ 2 DINING ROOM CL CL I 13,`, BEDROOM 3 i i_________________________ �o ,rr .rr GdUe Detail Exls�= Detail 1 16x78 wrLx s mglc mw-3.4 pan y pan sp-1.2 sp-1.2 part of.door assembly 'a' new xx glider, provide new the stool 2 72x36 ma/a s 3 36x25 mjal s mglc mw-3.4 y pan sp-1.2 new xx glider, provide new the stool 4 5 6 64x17 72x17 gbloc gbloc IS mgic mw-3.4 y pan sp-1.2 no action no action new xx glider, provide new the stool 72x25 ma 7 8 9 10 36x25 an ma ma s a mgic mw-3.4 mgic mw-3.4 mglc mw-3.4 mglc mw-3.4 y y y y pan pan pan pan sp-1.2 sp-1.2 sp-1.2 sp-1.2 new xx glider; provide new file surrounds; provide tempered glassLIVING 72x25 new xx glider, egress window; lower sill to meet egress requirements per ' detail w1-8.3, provide new tile stool new xx glider,. egress window, lower sill to meet egress requirements per detail wl-8.3; provide new tile. stool new xx glider provide new file stool 72x25 ma ma s s. 72x25 11 16x78 wruc -. s pan sp-1.2 part of door assembly 'a' . . P ' ,gi,�.Q�t� ..I�� Pik....., .. W.. egi # W x H New Remove T W/S Hrdwr Detail Remove Now Comments T Detail a b 70x79 36x77 efr y y dr-5.4 y epos y y dr-4.2 pan sp-1.2 contractor to provide single.leaf french door unit with integral sidelights c 144x80 egl dr-5.2 y pan sp-1.2 oxxo slider d 72x80 egl dr-5.2 y pan sp-1.2 e 72x80 egl dr-5.2 y pan sp-1.2 f 2446 aap gen 2.1 g 19x19 aap gen 2.1 Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Roos 100% Parcel # Date: 07-31-02 1709 Jamaica Key West, Flori rive a Drawn by: MS Checked by: TK 70480 Key West International Airport Residential Noise Insulation Program Monroe C(- I Window&Door Window Treatments: mgic: xx Install new dual acoustical metal gliding window. Door Treatments: 0 efrm: with sidelights 0 Install new metal french exterior door w/ insulated glass. Contractor to provide custom unit by door manufacturer with sidelights. ep-os O Install new metal outswinging hurricane rated prime door. Provide and install impact glazing. eglm: oxxo Install new metal gliding door. ® eglm 0 aap Install new metal gliding door. Install new sound insulatn O O attic access panel.. Note: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance. Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Roos t00% # Date: 07-31-02 jShee 1709 Jamaica DriveParcel Drawn by: Ms 70480 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida Checked by: TK l t I CL I 1 6 3 I ¢ i F, b LIVING 1 4 — CL ROOM — BEDROOM b j 12 , 1#1 G, 3/4'C I jt BATH exist 3 O SAT ilb AA 7 2 BATH 11 K CHEN CL U 1 ¢ e b ¢ CL BEDROOM o UNDR 2�� wryOR o m 2� 8 b 3 b DINING ROOM CL CL 1. AHU with integral circuit breaker disconnected. See mechanical. 2 b 2. Condenser. See Mechanical. j U 1 BEDROOM 3. Existing meter and service to remain. j 3 4. Existing circuit breaker panel with CU and AHU breakers to remain. �--------- '------------" 5. Existing fuse panel to remain. L 6. Remove exist receptacle for AHU connection. 7. Disconnect circuits to combination light and recirc fan and reconnect to new exhaust fan and light. 8. Provide WP/GFCI NEMA 5-20R receptacle within 20 feet of CU and circuit to spare 20A CB in existing circuit breaker panel. . The Jones Payne Group Roos URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1709 Jamaica C Wylie laboratories, Inc. Key West, Floril 100% Date:07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70480 Checked by: TK No: FloorFirst 14 1' t2'8' CL LIVING ROOM ► — CL — — BEDROOM 1 1I ¢ 5 ti to I l� I KITCHEN F BATH BATH BATH lirO ' CL b 1 M ¢ AUNDR 4— CL BEDROOM 2 + N ------- -- 1. Remove existing AHU and CU. Provide a new 3.5 Ton, split HVAC system with electronic cool- heat thermostat per the contract documents. b b DINING ROOM CL CL 1 3 2. New AHU on 18" high stand 3. New CU installation shall comply with E-AB flood zone and 155 mph wind load requirements. Refer to Detail M-7 and Note 9 on Detail M-1. 13' 6' b 4. Test ducts for leaks. Repair ducts and installation, as needed. Pay particular attention to sealing at duct connections. Clean all ducts, grilles and registers. Flush out existing condensate drain line. t 1 I BEDROOM 5. Remove existing combination light and recirc fan and provide matching combination light and 50 CFM exhaust fan. j 3 12' 8• 6. Provide 4" round duct in attic space from fan to flapper discharge grill in underside of cave. 7. Replace existing refrigerant piping with new piping and test for leaks before insulating. Provide sheet metal soffit over exposed exterior piping on wall. 42' 6• The Jones Payne Group Roos 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet jNo: 1709 Jamaica Drive Drawn by: MS URS Corporation • RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # 5 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida Checked by: TK 70480 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets I and II apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block Siding: Type: Stucco (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color. V.I.F. Sliding White Secondary Door: Type: Leaf Color. White Windows: Type: Metal Color White Front Elevation: Rear Elevation: Glazing: Type: Clear Storm Protection: Type: Shutters Color. White HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS K . • Homeowner to provide clear access to all doors and windows being treated. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTE: • General Contractor to use care in removal of storm protection at door V. Homeowner to retain. • General Contractor to remove all vertical blinds prior to construction and reinstall when construction is complete. Leff Elevation: Right Elevation: The Jones Payne Group Rosam 100% Date: 07-31-02 :Shet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1704 Jamaica Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70640 Checked by: TK # Wx H Existing Style/Glazing New Remove New Ex/stln Type I Detail Comments Type Detail _ 1 36x37 ma s mdhc ril shut sp-2.2 provide new marble stool 2 36x37 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 shut sp-2.2 3 18x24 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 shut sp-2.2 provide tempered, opaque glass 4 36x37 ma s mdhc s mdhc mw-1.4 mw-1.4 shut shut sp-2.2 sp-2.2 egress window; lower sill and enlarge to meet egress requirements per detail wl-8.3; provide new marble stool provide new marble stool opening 5 36x37 ma - 6 36x37 ma s mglC mw-3.4 shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, provide new marble st of s 7 73x37 ma/a s mglc mw-3.4 shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, provide new marble st of 8 73x37 ma/a s mgic mw-3.4 shut sp-2.2 new xz glider, provide new marble's of 9 10 73x37 73x49 ma/a ma/a s mdhldhc s mdh/dhc mw-1.4 ml .4 sim. shut shut 5p-2.2 sp-2.2 2 new.metal windows mulled per de mw-4.0; provide new marblestool 2 new metal windows mulled per de mw-4.0; provide new marble stool it it 5 0 BEDROOM 4 BEDROOM 7 2 CL CL c CL 2 3 BATH CL CL M LAUNDRY BEDROOM 8 3 I DINING LJ ® ROOM I I LIVING 9 ROOM I 1 KITCHEN I I _________ 1 10 3W •' New Existing New Hni D tail Remove T Detail Comments `•:M �'"" # a W x H 36x79 T epm W/S y wr y e dr 1.2 sd-sw sd-1.2 b 72x80 al y y dr-5.2 y pan sp-1.2 provide keyed lock c 13x16 aap y y gen-2.1 Contractor to provide additional framing at pe of opening to accommodate new attic access meter anal The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Rosam 100% Parcel # Date: 07-31-02 2 1704 Jam Key West, Ca Drive Iorida Drawn by: MS Checked by: TK 70640 ------------ Window Treatments: mdhc mdh/dhc mgic: xx Install new dual acoustical Install 2 new dual acoustical metal metal double hung window. double hung windows with mullion. Install new dual acoustical metal gliding window. Door Treatments: ao as Oepm/sd-sw ® eglm 0 Install new metal Inswinging Install new metal gliding door exterior door w/ insulated glass. with insulated glass. Weatherstrip fully and add sweep. Install new exterior hurricane rated secondary door. aap Install new sound insulating attic access panel. Note: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Rosam 100% Parcel # Date: 07-31-02 Sheet 3 o: 1704 Jamaica Drive Drawn by: MS 70640 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida Checked by: TK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets I and II apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block Siding: Type: Stucco (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color: V.I.F. Sliding White Secondary Door: Type: Leaf Color: White Windows: Type: Metal Color White Front Elevation: Rear Elevation: Glazing: Type: Clear Storm Protection: Type: Panels Color. Steel HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS: • Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows. • Homeowner to complete ongoing electric work prior to construction. • Homeowner to provide certification that existing hurricane protection Photo not Available is code compliant if desires to retain. Left Elevation: Right Elevation: The Jones Payne Group Scribner 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sh et No: 1705 Bahama Drive Drawn by: MS URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida Checked by: TK 70210 •. •. �•. -• - s.• •'::ION:€.. N�$;i€':?��i'•':i�' iylE FRIMi4F�A#�Ci3Nf311R'K1111#l�tl�iil($i_�€i'si S:TO[tl��17�•.'1' . . M. . .�... Existing New Remove New # Wx H S Glaz1 T Grille Detail Existing T Detail Comments 1 71x47 wcas s mw-3.4 y pan sp-1.2 xox glider 1:1:1 proportions; new w interior trim, stool and apron; provid tempered glass b O 5 Dd Z 71x47 wcas s mvw3.4 y pan sp-1.2 xox glider 1:1:1 proportions; new wo CL interior trim, stool and apron; provideBATCL tempered glass BEDROOM O 6 A 3 71x47 wcas s mglc mw-3.4 y pan sp-1.2 xox glider 1:1:1 proportions; new wo O interior trim, stool and apron; provide tempered glass 82x30 wcas s mglc mw-3.4 y pan sp-1.2 xox glider 1:1:1 proportions; new wo CL` BEDROOM Q CL d 4 interior trim, stool and apron; providi 4 L i ` tempered glass 26x30 wcas s mdhc mw-1.4 y pan sp-1.2 provide new wood interior trim, stool BATH O 7 and 5 apron o ----- ----- provide new wood interior trim, stool and 6 2640 wcas s mdhc mw-1.4 y pan sp-1.2 BATH 6 1 a rOn P 9 BEDROOM CL h LAUNDRY LIVING ROOM 1 1 2 KITCHEN 9 1 1 10 1 1 I 1 I --------- I 1 I I . .t 36'0' New Remove New Type Detail # W x H Type W/S Hrdwr Detail Remove Comments - a 36x80 epw y y dr-1.2 y sd-sw sd-1.2 b 30x78 efrrn y y dr-5.4 y pan sp-1.2 single leaf french door Scribner. 100% Date: 07-31-02 She t No: The Jones Payne Group 1705 Baham Drive Drawn by: MS URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # 2 70210 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, FI rida Checked by: TK Existing emove New T Detail # W x H M-T Sfy/e/Glazi Grille Detail Existing Comments 7111 mw-1.4 y pan sp-1.2 provide new wood interior trim, stool and apron; provide tempered glass; mw-1.4 y pan sp-1.2 provide new wood interior trim, stool and apron; provide tempered glass; mw3.4 y pan sp-1.2 new xx glider, provide new wood interior trim, stool and apron mw-3.41 y I pan sp-1.2 xox glider 1:1:1 proportions; new wood interior trim, stool and apron; provide Remove emove New Comments T W/S Hrdwr Detail Type Detail efrm y y dr-5.4 y sp-sw sd-1.2 single leaf french door egl y y dr-5.2 y pan sp-1.2 rNew egi y y dr-5.2 y pan sp-1.2 egi y y dr-5.2 y sd-sw sp-1.2 egi y y dr-5.2 y sd-sw sp-1.2 epw y y dr-1.2 y sd-sw sp-1.2 isc y y dr-6.1 y 0 The Jones Payne Group URS corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Scribner 1705 Bahama Drii Kev West. Florida Refer to Previous Page for Floor Plan 100% Date:07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70210 Checked by: TK No: . Window Treatments: 11111i mdhc mglc: xx mglc: xox Install new dual acoustical Install new dual acoustical Install new dual acoustical metal double hung window. metal gliding window. metal gliding window with single glass. Door Treatments: O epw/sd-sw O efr-m O 0 agirl O Isc OInstall new wood inswinging Install new metal in -swinging Install new metal gliding door Install new wood interior exterior door w/ Insulated glass. O French Door. O O with irisulated glass. solid core door. Weatherstrip fully and add sweep. Install new exterior hurricane rated secondary door. Note: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual groducts or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group Scribner 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sh et No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1705 Bahama Dive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 4Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florid 70210 Checked by TK mdhc mglc: xx mglc: xox Install new dual acoustical Install new dual acoustical Install new dual acoustical metal double hung window. metal gliding window. metal gliding window with single glass. Door Treatments: O epw/sd-sw O efr-m O 0 agirl O Isc OInstall new wood inswinging Install new metal in -swinging Install new metal gliding door Install new wood interior exterior door w/ Insulated glass. O French Door. O O with irisulated glass. solid core door. Weatherstrip fully and add sweep. Install new exterior hurricane rated secondary door. Note: Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual groducts or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group Scribner 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sh et No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1705 Bahama Dive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 4Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florid 70210 Checked by TK GENE REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets I and 1I apply to each residence in addition to the follov fing special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: T : Solid Masonry Siding: T : Stucco (Co tractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color: V.I.F French White SecondaryDoor: Type: Leaf Color. White Windows: Typ : Metal Color: White Glazing: Typ : Clear Storm Prot ction: Type Shutters Color: White Rem ve and reinstall existing storm protection where indicated. HOMEOW ER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATME T DECISIONS: • Horn owner to provide clear access to all doors and windows being treat d. • Horn owner to provide certification that existing hurricane protection is co a compliant if desires to retain. Front (Elevation: Rear Elevation: Left E ovation: Right Elevation: The Jones Payne Group Skom 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1713 Jamaica Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS Wyle Laboratories, Inc. lKev West. Florida 70470 Checked by. TK Existing New Remove New # W H Style/G/azin Grflle Detail 6dsdn I Detail lComments T Type 1 4 mown s mdhc mw-}A y shut sp-2 2 provkJe new the stool: remove false panel at head of window; enlarge window and shutters to full size of opening +r a 2 36x 7 mawn s mdhc mw-1.4 y shut sp-2.2 provide new marble stool -- I 3 3605 mawn s mdhc mw-1.4 y shut sp-2.2 provide new marble stod 4 73x 8 male s mglc mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, egress window, provide new We stool 5 73x 8 ma/a s mglc mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, egress window; provide i 2 3 new Ole stool b e BAT ProMe now wood sound Insu4prp AC cover pot. - Mtsp GEN4.5 _. KITCHEN LIVING BEDROOM ROOM b CL BATH whole h of8fl � CL CL Reno" o lwuso fsn and ] m opst lnp pw Mull OEN-2A CL a 1 BEDROOM BEDROOM I---------------- 3 2 ------------ CL I I 111-.1 Jill I I 5 4 ew Existing Remove New Camme is ------_---- Type W/S Hrrlwr Detail —TypeDetail ?2aap pos y y dr-1.2 sd-sw sp-1.2 provide ephole frm y y dr-5.4 pan sp-1.2 frm y y dr-5.4 pan sp-1.2 y y gen-2.1 The Jones Payne Group Skomp 100°'o Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No. URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1713 Jamaica Drive Parcel # Drawn by MS 2R Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70470 Checked by: TK dow Treatments: and c mglc: xx Install new dual acoustical Install new dual acoustical metal double hung window. metal gliding window. Doc r Treatments: 0 ep-os ® efr-m Install new metal Install new metal out-swin utswinging hurricane O French Doors. rated prime door. Provide nd install glazing. Note: Door nd Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. ® aap gl g Install. new sound insulating attic access panel. or linal finished appearance. Skomp 1713 Jamaica Drive Key West, Florida 100% Date:07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70470 Checked by: TK Sheet No: 3 4r e 1 1 ----------------------------------I I 1 I 1 I 1 I I I 1 T — BA H wwac KITCHEN O BEDROOM LIVING O ROOM b. CL B H Exihouse s whole fnl L CL louse en be — lJ remov, CL i BEDROOM BEDROOM _ ___ 3. 2 ---------- CL I I I I I 1 t 1 ELECTRICAL NOTES 1 1 I. Disconnect existing fan and connect new exhaust fan. I 1 2. Disconnect house fan and properly terminate I I wires. 1 I I 1 1 I �-----------� The Jones Payne Group Skomp 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc.IV 1713 Jamaica Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS t� Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70470 Checked by: TK .............................................................................................................. t • •• •- • • • a t •- • 42' a• I 1 ---------------------------------- I I I I I I I I I BA HKITCHEN BEDROOM FRO CL B H L CL to w CL BEDROOM BEDROOM I 3 2 _ �------------ 1 CL j MECHANICAL NOTES I. Remove existing bathroom exhaust fan and provide similar, new 50 CFM exhaust fan. I 2. Provide 4" round duct in attic space from fan to I flapper discharge grill in underside of cave. ----------- Skomp 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: The Jones Payne Group 1713 Jamaica Drive Drawn by: MS URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # 5 70470 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida Checked by: TK i General notes as shown in sheets I and 11 apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: T Concrete Block Siding: Type: Stucco (Co itractor to verify) Prime Door: Typ : Leaf Color: V.1.F Sliding White French White Windows: Type: Metal Color: White Gril es: Yes, as Indicated Glazing: Fron Elevation: Type: Tinted Storm Protection: Type: Panels Color: Steel"' Attic: Ar. Provide additional 3" of Batt insulation and suffient ventilation to meet code requirements. HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS • Horr eowner to provide clear access to all doors and windows being treat d. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTE: • Con ctor to remove and reinstall vertical blinds. Rear Elevation: Left E [ovation: Right Elevation: The Jones Payne Group Smithric 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1610 Tri iidad Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key We t, Florida 71050 Checked by: TK Existing New StylelGlazing Type Grille Detail Now . Exlsti Type Detail I Comments 2 524 7 msh a mdhc 6/1 mw-1.4. pan sp-1.2 provide now marble stool s mdhc &I pan sp-1.2 egress window, lower sill and enlarge j opening to meet egress requirements per detail wl -8.3; provide new marble stool pan sp-1.2 new xx glider; provide new marble stool; provide tempered, opaque glass tia pan sp-1.2 egress window; lower sill and enlarge opening to meet egress requirements . . . . . . . per detail wl-8.3; provide new marble stool s mglc 3 36)65 msh 4 36x 7 msh �r 7 s mdhc 6/1 mw 1 4 4, Y 5 36x37 msh s mdhc s mdhc 6/1 6/1 mw-1.4 pan gress window; lower sill and enlarge penlrio to meet egress requirements er detail wl-8.3, provide new marble tool pan sp-1.2 rovide new marble stool msh 36x3 7 36x4 msh s mdhc 6/1 mw-1.4 pan pan sp-1.2 rovide, new marble stool 8 36x4 msh s mdhc 6/1 mw-1.4 sp-1.2 rovide new marble stool 9 52x4 msh s mdhc 6/1 mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 rovide new marble stool 10 52x4 msh s mdhc 6/1 mw-1.4 pan sp-1.2 rovide new marble stool # W x H I Type I WIS I Hrdwr I Detail I Remove I Type I Detail a M79 .... 30x7f c 71 x8( e . - .1 - a os egl Y I y y - - I dr-5.4 T. pan sp-1.2 y y dr-5.2 pan sp -1.2 d 2lx5,g pds At gen-2.4 F R The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. id deadbold stair, treat from below Smithrick 1610 Trinidad Drive Key West, Florida (D CL LAUNDRY BEDROOM 3 DEN 7 KITCHEN CL, CL �V \Oeou�N/ BEDROOM DINING 2 ROOM 8 11 II II II 3 BATH BATH 2 1 LIVING 9 ROOM 21 BEDROOM 10 CL 100% Date: 07-01-02 Sheet No: Parcel# Drawn by: MS 2 71050 Checked by: TK Window & Door Window Treatments: LED. md1hic mgic: xx Inst II new dual acoustical Install new dual acoustical met I double hung window. metal gliding window. Door Treatments: 54 Y � yy IM r y + O efr-m ® OP/Os O egim 0 pds Install new metal out -swinging Install new metal Install new metal gliding door Provide new pull downstair. French Doors. outswinging hurricane with insulated glass. Treat from below. rated rime door.Provide Note: Door nd Window drawings not to scale and do not re re i hed appearance. The Jones Payne Group Smithrick 100% i Date: 07-01-02 Sheet No: 1610 Trinidad Drive Drawn by: MS URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # 3 71050 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida .Checked by: TK Yj 1. Existing 2" riser and meter to remain. 2. Existing SQ. D load center, 200A MCB, QOC30MW225, o remain. 3. E ist condenser to remain. See Mechanical. 4. AHU with integral circuit breaker disconnect. See mechanical. 5. Disconnect existing exhaust fan and connect new fan. ,BEDROOM CL CL CL BEDROOM CL 5 BATH BATH LAUNDRY DEN KITCHEN DINING ROOM II II II II 2#6, 1#10G, 1------ to exist 2P/60A In panel 2 LIVING ROOM BEDROOM I t 1 t ar 0- The Jones Payne Group Smithrick 100% Date: 07-01-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1610 Trinidad Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 4 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 71050 Checked by: TK 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. ing Trane CU to remain. ove existing 4 ton Carrier AHU and thermostat. Provide 4 ton AHU cc mpatible with CU and electronic cool -heat thermostat. Provide AHU on 18" high stand in closet. ove existing bathroom exhaust fan. Provide new similar 50 CFM exha ist fan with duct in attic from fan to flapper discharge grill in underside of eave. ing kitchen hood exhaust fan. Provide 2, 90 degree mitered elbows in eries in exhaust duct. ing full height louvered door. to BATH BEDROOM CL BEDROOM J CL BATH CL LAUNDRY DEN F1 KITCHEN CL DINING ROOM II II II II II LIVING ROOM BEDROOM � I I I I i t 41' 0• The Jones Payne Group Smithrick 100% Date: 07-01-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1610 Trinidad Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 5 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 71050 Checked by: TK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets I and II apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block Food Frame Siding: Type: Stucco (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color. V.I.F. Sliding White Secondary Door: Type: Leaf Color. White Windows: Type: Metal Color. White Glazing: Type: Clear Storm Protection' Front Elevation: Type: Panels Color. Steel Attic: i Contractor to provide insulation and ventilation to meet code requirementa. HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS • Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows, doors, and mechanical closet being treated. • Homeowner to provide clear access in Attic to allow for venting, Insulation and air conditioning ductwork. • Homeowner to remove existing thro-wall AC in Dining Room and install a window prior to construction. Treatments at window #S are contingent on completion of this prework. • Homeowner to provide 10"x VAC duct from Attic to Living Room prior to construction. If ductwork is not provided prior to construction, ductless AC unit will be provided in Living Room. • Homeowner to complete electrical work prior to construction. • Homeowner to provide certification that existing hurricane protection is code compliant if they desire to retain. • Homeowner to relocate shed to accomodate condenser unit -as requested. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTE: • General Contractor to remove all thru-wall AC units prior to construction. • General Contractor to remove and reinstall the decorative awnings at windows #8 and #9. Left Elevation: Rear Elevation: Right Elevation: The Jones Payne Group Ste hen 100% Date: 07-31-02 sheet No: Parcel # Drawn by: Ms URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1710 Bahama Drive 1 R I Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70360 Checked by: TK Is l Existing I Now Ren 0 W x H Style/Glazing Y1 I E Il. Type Grille Detail I 72x25 ma/a s mglc mw4.3 ± 2 72x25 ma/a s mglc mw-3.3 ............ 3 23x97 gblock s mdhc mw-1.4 4 36x37 l msh 5 3647 i v.i.f. mdhc mw-1.4 6 4645 msh s mdhc mw-1.4 I .... 7 " 6�64 -- gblo - . t Is mglc mw-3.4 8 73x25 ma/a 4 W mw-3.4 y 9 73x25 ma/a s mglc . 4A. .1A Av. Ji-RA 10 16x79 I gblock New Type Detail Comments pan now xx glider, provide new interior wood casings i pan 2 new xx glider; provide new interior wood casings no action pan sp-1,2 pan sp-1,2 treatments contingent upon completion of Homeowner prework pan 1.2 ]provide now file returns no action pan .1.21 new xx glider; egress window: 4W—er sill to meet egress requirements per detail wl-8.3; provide new Ule stool; remove ind reinstall &,,A, M-.,decorafiv 1 9 awnings as require c for installation pan sp-1.2 now xx glider, egress window, I )war sill to meet egress requirements per I etail wl-8.3; provide new file stool; remove 6d reinstall decorative awnings as required l for Installation no action 1 , # I Wx H I Now �n Remove Existing F;jvw.19 :: : ::. New Type WIS Hrdwr Detail a 36x79 epos y y dr-4.1 b c 72x80 d 72x80 egl e 72x8Oegl f 21 x2l i aap 9 Y y y y Y I y y dr-5.1 dr-5.1 dr-5.2 dr-5.2 gen-2.1 pan sp-1.2 pan sp-1.2 K-Ts-p- pan 2 sp-1.2 f The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Infill electrical box. Patch, prime and paint to logical breakpoint. Coordinate with electrical scope. PATIO 7 — — — — — — — - IS 6 KITCHEN 5 RGATH DINING BEDROOM ROOM BATH f 4 a L CL it CL 2 BEDROOM BEDROOM r-3-- 3 LIVING RO?..M CL 11 W10 9 F1 Stephan 1 00T Date: 07-31-02 1710 Be iama Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS Key We4, Florida 70360 Checked by: TK ......... a.,ise Insulation Program Mont 2 Window Treatments: mglc: xx Install new dual acoustical metal gliding window. Ii 'i i mdhc Install new dual acoustical metal double hung window. Door Treatments: 0 ep-os ®® egfm O aap ® Ilvr Install new metal Install new metal gliding door Install new sou d Install new interior wood outswinging hurricane O O with insulated glass. Insulating atticac cess louvered door. rated prime door. Provide panel. and install glazing. ote: Door and Window drawings not to, scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group Stephan 100% Date: 07-31-02 sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1710 Bahama prie Parcel # Drawn by: MS 3 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Flo "da 7osso Chocked by: TK I. Existing meter and 1 K" riser to remain. 2. Existing SQ. D. 150A MCB load center, Homeline HOM30M 150RB. to remain. t t3.. Provide W P, GFCI, NEMA 5-20R receptacle located within 20 feet of condensing unit. Provide i and circuit to a 20-amp circuit breaker in panel. 4. Remove existing 240V receptacle used for AC. Remove accessible wiring, conduit, and outlet boxes for patching per architectural drawings. 5. AHU with integral circuit breaker disconnected. See mechanical. 6. Condenser. See mechanical. 7. Provide six -conductor thermostat wiring from thermostat to AHU and to condenser. Minimum wire size shall be #12 AWG for power circuits. Provide ground wire in all branch circuits. Metal conduit shall not be used as the sole grounding path. Conduit may be deleted where nonmetallic -sheathed cable is used as permitted by Code. 8. Provide indicated circuit breaker in existing main panel, spaces 25, 27 in,place of 2P/20A for living room A/C. 9. Ductless indoor unit, See mechanical. 10. Provide 6 conductor. 916 AWG, %" conduit from ductless unit to condenser wired. per 2P/15A, 2#12 manufacturer's installation instruction. 1#12G, 1/2"C O � 11. Provide motor rated toggle switch as disconnect for ductless (indoor) unit. 12. Provide motor rated toggle switch as disconnect for ductless condensing unit. 13. Provide indicated circuit breaker in existing main panel, spaces 24, 26 in place of 2P/30A for master AC. 14, Disconnect existing fan and connect new fan. i I I I I PATIO j 1 JBA 1 4 KITCHEN 14 W wdw DINING 3ROOM 1 li WI on The Jones Payne Group atepnan URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1710 Bahr Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Internationalt West ••rt Residential Noise ia Drive orida EXIST SHED WP GFI B CL HCL �P/40A, 2#8, 1#1OG, 3/4"C 13 BEDROOM BEDROOM 3 2 WNde- Wind" - NC uc 100% Date:07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70360 Checked by: TK la $60 Sheet No: 4 1. Provide a new 3.0 Ton, split HVAC system with electronic cool -heat thermostat per the contract documents. 2. AHU on 18" high stand in closet. 3. Full height louvered door for return air to AHU per Architectural plans. 4. New CU installation shall comply with E-A8 flood zone and 155mph wind load requirements. Refer to Detail M-7 and Note 9 on Detail M-1. 5. Remove existing thru-wall/ window -type air condition and return it to the homeowner. Patch -up wall opening to match existing per Architectural plans. 6. A/C condensate pipe from AHU coil shall run closets, through exterior wall with trap outside and termination point above grade. 7. Run refrigerant pipe at maximum height above existing ceiling joists. Repair and/or patch ceiling to match existing. 8. Run new refrigerant piping 12" below grade. 9. Provide 90 CFM exhaust fan. 10. Remove existing bathroom exhaust fan and provide similar new exhaust fan of indicated CFM with indicated sized duct in attic space to flapper discharge grill in underside of eave. 11. Provide new 18,000 Btu/h, split ductless, heat pump indoor unit (AHU) and outdoor unit (CU) with wiring and piping kit and remote controller system. Provide cover for outside piping. 12. Install condensing unit for ductless unit with air discharge flow facing property line/ fence (inlet side next to wall). 13. Existing kitchen hood exhaust fan. Provide two 90 degree mitered elbows in existing exhaust duct in attic space for sound attenuation. 14, Provide 50 CFM exhaust fan, 401 The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wylie Laboratories, Inc. IST hSJD E ------ ----------� 7-- I I � �`cl' j PATIO I ♦ 1 I I �I I I 1 t�10 BATH toxI 1 1 I 5 KITCHEN TI--. 1 1 waNC 1 13 14 I I II 1 203 ZOO zID 1Q BEDROOM I I I CFM DINING CFM CFM 1 1 ROOM BATH 1 I 8.0 +eo 1 1 I 8-So 3 I 8"r 7 I I 1 s.. M 8" II L CL I ' 1 1 u i t1X1! ---- II 4 12 I� 8-0 1 2 8 I I II 11 i I 1 CL 8 -x z+a CFM 1 1 jj II rnm II 1 OM BEDROOM BEDROOM NI NC 3 2 LIVING 11 ROOM 11 11 CL II 11 11 II It ra- _ fj NC wwm. NC 5 Stephan 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: 1710 Baha na Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 5R Key West, Florida 70360 Checked by: TK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets I and II apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block, Wood Frame Siding: Type: Stucco, Wood Frame (Contractor to verify) Prime Door: Type: Leaf Color. V.I.F Sliding White Secondary Door: Type: Leaf Color: White Windows: Type: Metal Color. White Glazing: Type: Clear Storm Protection: Type: Shutters Color. White Panels where indicated Steel HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS • Homeowner to provide clear access to Bath closet for installation of AHU. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTE: • General Contractor to remove and reinstall vertical blinds. • General Contractor to remove all thru-wall AC units. Front Elevation: Left Elevation: Rear Elevation: Right Elevation: ME The Jones Payne Group Sweetin 100% date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1714 Bahama Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 1 R Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 1 70380 lChecked by: TK Existing New I Remove I New Type GriGe DelaU Exlstln Type I Detail # W x H Style/G/azing Comments 1 36x37 mown s mdhc mw-1.4 y pan sp•1.2 provide new file stool; provide o ue glass at lower sash 2 36x37 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 y shut sp-2.2 provide new file stool 3 73x49 male s mdh/dhc mw-1.4 y I shut sp-2.2 2 new metal windows mulled Sim. detail mw4.0; provide new die tool 4 73x49 mala s mdh/dhc mw-1.4 y shut sp-2.2 2 new metal windows mulled per slm. detail mw-4.0; provide new Ole tool 5 36x37 ma s mgic mw-3.4 y shut sp-2.1 egress window; lower sill and e' arge opening to meet egress requireants per detail wl-8.3; provide new 01 stool 6 1110x37 male 1 s mgUglc mw-3.4 Y shut sp-2.2 2 new metal xx gliders mulled 1r new file tool sim. detail mw-4.0; provide 7 73x37 I malala I $ mglc mw-3.4 Y shut sp-2.2 provide tempered glass: provid w file stool; lower sill fo meet ogreper detail wl-8.3 8 36x25 I ma I s mglc mw-3.4 Y shut sp-2.2 new xx glider, provide new filMOWS% 9 36x37 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 y shut sp-2.2 provide new file stool 10 73x37 mala s mglc .4 y shut sp-2.2 new metal glider, provide ne Sim sim. new xx glider; provide tempeprovide 11 36x25 ma s mglc mw-3.4 Y shut sp-2.2 new file surrounds; lmeet egress per detail w1-8.3 # WxH New TYPO I Wl a 3609 epm Y b 35x79 epm y c 106x80 egl Y d I v.i.f. isc y e I , v.i.f. Igl Y Remove I Remove New Hrdwr I Detail Type Detail Y dr-1.4 y sd-sw sd-1.2 y dr-1.4 Y dr-5.2 "pan y dr-6.1 v I dr-6.3 The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. moping three panel xxx door de new door, verify with arch to mechanical closet detail 714 Balarna Drive .av We . Florida Refer to following sheet for Floor Plan 100% Date:07-31-02 Parcel # Drawn by: MS 70380 Checked by: TK Sheet No: 2R 1 STORAGE W 4• 14' T TbM iM MICNMW nrWwmw wW�.t 14' . 5 6 I I I OI --------- CL BEDROOM 7 ' BEDROOM � ,p,,14ai14�, 4 1 CL 4Yu awIIMwW 4wfMtl eW LIVING BATH .0 AM YaMbn 8 `""1NJ ROOM .+.w� CL AWL tiw.rAew COp tiw.rAC �W rsas.rw- DINING U0 ROOM BEDROOM 9 P.11A 3 3 2 L O U CL O 11 10 M.. a..i 2 b CL KITCHEN U LAUNDRY b Provide new framed down soffit to a madate new ductwork pet M-21 M-3 aim. Coordt .ailing height with Archtect. 140The Jones Payne Group Sweeting 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1714 Baham I Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 3R Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Fl Irida 70380 Checked by: TK '!s i� CLOSETS Modify existing bedroom closets to accomodate Detail WL-8. new mechanical equipment. At bedroom closet, remove existing closet door and frame. Infill wall and provide new door and.frame as indicated. ! d Remove Provide new shelf and pole. At new mechanical existing wall closet, provide new narrow profile wall as BATH Detatl WL-1.0 indicated. Provide ceiling framing and gypsum to 2 infili around new ductwork. Maximum 1/4" gap, CL O Detail WL-1.1 filled with acoustical caulk. Refer to details indicated on drawings.—� DOORS: New Walls Refer to door schedule for treatment at doors. j Sweeting goo°�° Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: jdNftkThe Jones Payne Group 4 MS URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1714 Baharr Drive Parcel I Drawn by: 70380 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, F grida Checked by: TK Window & Door Treatments: I IWindow mdhc mglc: xx mdh/dhc mglc: xx/xx Install new dual acoustical Install new dual acoustical Install 2 new dual acoustical metal Install 2 new dual acoustical metal metal double hung window. metal gliding window. double hung windows with mullion. gliding windows with mullion. Door Treatments: Note: epm/sd-sw O eglm: xxx telescoping 3 panel O isc Ob Install new metal Inswinging Install new metal gliding door Install new exterior door with Insulated with insulated glass. core Interior glass. Weatherstrip fully and add sweep. Install new exterior hurricane rated secondary door. Door and Window drawings not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance. O od solid oor. Igl Install new wood solid core interior sliding door. - The Jones Payne Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Sweeting 100"% Parcel # Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: 5 1714 Baham Key West, Fic Drive Oda Drawn by: MS Checked by: TK 70380 I 1. Provide anew 2.5 Ton, split HVAC system with electronic cool -heat thermostat per the contract documents. 2. AHU on 18" high stand in closet. 3. Full height louvered door for return air to AHU per Architectural plans. 4. Remove existing non -working bathroom fan. 5. Remove existing thru-wall/window-type air conditioner and return it to the homeowner. Patch -up wall opening to match existing per Architectural plans. 6. New CU installation shall comply with E-AS flood zone and 155 mph wind load requirements per Detail M-7 and Note 9 on Detail M-1. 7. A/C condensate pipe from AHU coil shall run closets, through exterior wall with trap outside and termination point above grade. 8. Run refrigerant pipe at maximum height between existing wood joists. Repair and/or patch ceiling to match existing. 9. Provide ceiling mounted exhaust fan 170 CFM with discharge duct in attic space and direct connection to flapper discharge grille on underside face of roof overhang. 10. Provide necessary offset in main supply duct for routing into attic space as required. 11. Provide 30"x 6" return air grille above door at maximum height. Soffit space behind grille shall allow return air from family room back to AHU in closet. 12. Provide 18"x 6" return air grille on bottom of soffit. Soffit space concealing supply air duct is also used as a return air plenum for AHU in closet. 13. Non -louvered door per Architectural plans. The Jones Payne. Group URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1.0 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. ', M New gypsum ewiling per archaeetual drawings. - Tapia 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: 1701 Jamaica Drive Parcel # Drawn by: MS 8R Key West,Florida 70500 Checked by: TK OWM GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General notes as shown in sheets I and II apply to each residence in addition to the following special requirements. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Structure: Type: Concrete Block, Wood Frame Siding: Type: Stucco, Tl-I 1 (Contractor to verify) Prime Door. Type: Leaf Color: V.I.F. French White Secondary Door: Type: Leaf Color: White Windows: Type: Metal Color. White Glazing: Type: Clear Storm Protection: Type: Awning Color: White Panels Steel Attic: Provide additional 3^ Batt. insulation and venting as required to meet code requirements. HOMEOWNER PREWORK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION/ TREATMENT DECISIONS • Homeowner to provide clear access to all windows and doors being treated • Homeowner to provide certification that existing storm protection is code compliant if desires to retain. • Homeowner to disconnect security system from all windows and doors prior to construction and reinstall after completion • Homeowner to provide French Door at doors `b' and 'c' if sliders are to be replaced with French, otherwise provide sliders. • Homeowner to relocate washer and dryer to provide to provide clear access to electrical panel. • Homeowner to disconnect or provide code compliant cover, secure wires, and provide code compliant conduit at exterior electrical generator. • Homeowner to cover exposed wiring at meter can. Front Elevation: Left Elevation: Rear Elevation: Right Elevation: The Jones Payne Group Watt 1 100% 1 Date: 07-31-02 Sheet NO: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1621 Jamaica Way Parcel # Drawn by: MS Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70510 lChecked by: TK Key West International Airport Residential Noise Insulation Program Monroe County Existing New Remove New Type Grille Detail Type Detail # Wx H Sty/W/Gla Existing Comments 1 73x49 ma/a s mdh mw-1.4 y awn sp-3.2 2 new windows mulled per detail cow-4.0; /dhc sim. provide new tile stool 2 73x37 ma/a s mdh mw-1.4 y awn sp-3.2 2 new.windows mulled per detail cow-4.0; /dhc sim. provide new the stool 3 73437 ma/a s mglc mw-3.4 y awn sp-3.2 new xx glider, egress window; lower sill height to meet egress requirements as per detail wl-8.3; provide new tile stool 4 73x37 ma/a s mgic mw-3.4 y awn sp-3.2 new xx glider; provide new tie stool 5 18x25 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 y pan sp-3.2 provide new marble stool, provide opaque glass 6 18x25 ma s mdhc cow-1.4 y pan sp-3.2 provide tempered opaque glass; provide new file returns 7 34x78 wfix s mfocC mw-2.3 y pan sp-3.2 provide tempered glass 8 36x37 me s I mdhc mw-1.3 y awn sp-3.2 provide new the stool 9 36x37 ma s mdhc mw-1.4 y awn sp-3.2 provide new Ole stool # WxH New Remove Existing New Type Detail Comments Type W/S Hrdwr Detail a 36x80 epw y y dr-1.2 y sd-sw sd-1.2 b 73x80 efr y y dr-5.4 y pan sp-1.2 treatments contingent upon pre -work . c 72x79 efr y y dr-5.4 y pan sp-1.2 treatments contingent upon pre -work d 35x80 epos y y dr4.2 e 36x80 epos y y dr4.1 louvered door . 80 1 r dr-61 SCREEN PORCH CL BEDROOM STU Y 2 = BATH 5 CL CL CL CL BATH O 8 g 2 t BEDROOM LAUNDRY d DINING ROOM • O Provide new wood sound Insulating AC cover per LIVING GOW GEN./A. ROOM KITCHEN BEDROOM I I 3 u 7 a 1 I 9 I 8 I 1 I L------------- ------------' sr s• f 36x Iv g 24x52 pds gen-4.0 10 The Jones Payne Group Wyatt 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1621 Jamaica Way Parcel # Drawn by: MS 2 Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70510 Checked by: TK ................ Window Treatments: mdh/dhc mgic: xx Install 2 new dual acoustical metal Install new dual acoustical double hung windows with mullion. metal gliding window. mdhc mfixc Install new dual acoustical Install new dual metal double hung window, acoustic metal fixed window. Door Treatments: oa Oepw/sd-sw ® efr-m O epos Of Ilvr O pds Install new wood solid core install new metal french doors . Install new metal Install new Interior wood Sound Insulate existing pull elazing. Weatherstrip fully and rated prime door. Provide door w/ insulated O with insulated glass. O outswinging hurricane panel louvered door. down stairs with sound g insulating panel. add sweep. Install new exterior and install Impact glazing. hurricane rated secondary door. ote: Door and Window drawin s not to scale and do not represent actual products or final finished appearance. The Jones Payne Group Wyatt 100% Date: 07-31-02 sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1621 Jamaica Way Parcel # Drawn by: MS $ Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida 70510 Checked by: TK 4 1 • M 1. AHU with integral circuit breaker disconnected. See mechanical. 2. Existing 2" service weatherhead and meter to remain. SCREEN PORCH 3. Remove existing Sq. D 125 MLO load center Q012LI25RB located above wall. Provide 200A panel with MCB similar to Detail E-6 with indicated breakers for AHU & CU and replacement for existing breakers (I-1P20A). Feed from meter can. Provide 2P100A breaker to feed C-H panel. Locate panel to side of wall to provide clearance per NEC. CL 4. Existing Cutler Hammer load center CH8DF with 100A main breaker. STUDY .BEDROOM 2 O 5. Condenser. See mechanical. 6. Provide WP GFCI receptacle circuited to exist receptacle (note 7). 6 WP BATH 1 GFl 7. Exist receptacle. Change receptacle to GFCI. 2 60 CL CL CL CL BATH 5 ® 2 M to 3 4 BEDROOM 4 2#8, 1#10G, 3/4'C to 1 LAUNDRY 50A/2P In new panel DINING 1 ROOM #6, 1#10G, ram• 1"C to 50A/2P WMAc in new panel LIVING ROOM KITCHEN BEDROOM U 3 7 WP L 37' 6" The Jones Payne Group Wyatt 100% Date: 07-31-02 Sheet No: 1621 Jamaica Way Drawn by: MS URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. Parcel # 4 70510 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key"West, Florida Checked by: TK 1. Remove existing AHU and CU. Provide a new 4.0 Ton, split HVAC system with electronic cool. heat thermostat per the contract documents. 2. New AHU on 18" high stand. 3. New CU installation shall comply with E-A8 flood zone and 155 mph wind load requirements. Refer to Detail M-7 and Note 9 on Detail M-1. 4. Full height louvered door for return air transfer into the laundry room per Architectural plans. 5. Test ducts for leaks. Repair ducts and installation, as needed. Pay particular attention to sealing a duct connections. Clean all ducts, grilles and registers. Flush out existing condensate drain line. 6. Replace existing refrigerant piping with new piping and test for leaks before insulating. Provide sheet metal soffit over exposed exterior piping on wall. L 37.8- The Jones Payne Group Wyatt 100% 1 Date: 07-31-02 sheet No: URS Corporation - RCT Engineering, Inc. 1621 Jamaica Way "705'810 Drawn by: MS 5 Wylie Laboratories, Inc. Key West, Florida Checked by: TK Prime Doors DR-1.1 EPW Exterior Prime In -Swinging Wood Door Wood Frame Construction DR-1.2 EPW Exterior Prime In -Swinging Wood Door Concrete Block Construction DR-1.3 EPM Exterior Prime In -swinging Metal Door Wood Frame Construction DR-1.4 EPM Exterior Prime In -swinging Metal Door Concrete Block Construction DR-4.1 ENDS Exterior Prime Out -swinging Metal Door Wood Frame Construction DR-4.2 ENDS Exterior Prime Out -swinging Metal Door Concrete Block Construction DR-5.1 EGLM Exterior Gliding Metal Door Wood Frame Construction DR-5.2 EGLM Exterior Gliding Metal Door Concrete Block Construction DR-5.3 EFRM Exterior French Metal Door Wood Frame Construction DR-5.4 EFRM Exterior French Metal Door Concrete Block Construction DR-6.1 IP Interior Swinging Door Wood Frame Construction DR-6.3 IGL Interior Gliding Door Wood Frame Construction Storm Doors SD-1.1 SD -SW Swinging Secondary Door -Hurricane Rated Wood Frame Construction SD 1.2 SD -SW Swinging Secondary Door -Hurricane Rated Concrete Block Construction Acoustical Metal Windows MW-1.3 MDHC Metal Double Hung Window Wood Frame Construction MW-1.4 MDHC Metal Double Hung Window Concrete Block Construction MW-2.3 MFIXC Metal Fixed Window Wood Frame Construction MW-2.4 MFIXC Metal Fixed Window Concrete Block Construction MW-3.3 MGLC Metal Gliding Window Wood Frame Construction MW-3.4 MGLC Metal Gliding Window Concrete Block Construction MW-4.0 Metal Window Mullions Storm Windows SW-10.0 IOP-SKY Interior Operable Storm Window at Skylight.. General Details GEN-1.5 Sound Insulating Cover at Existing Through Wall AC GEN-1.6 Remove and Infill Existing Through Wall AC - Concrete Block Construction GEN-1.7 Remove and Infill Existing Through Wall AC - Wood Frame Construction GEN-2.1 Sound Insulated Attic Access Panel Treated From Below GEN-2.4 Sound Insulated enclosure at Pull Down Stairs From Below GEN-2.5 Remove and In -fill Whole House Fan GEN-6.0 Soffit Vent GEN-7.0 Roof Vent Baffle GEN-8.0 Ridge Vent Baffle GEN-9.0 Gable End Vent Baffle Drawing Title: I Details: Table of Contents The Jones Payne Group 321 Swnnar Soar. Fo FloorProject t.k 61 . 3747 .1 617.7 at { 17.71w7,7 h e 617.7so.37,e Projed Names KEY WEST IN 1ERNAMONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number z000ll _ 01 Drawn B . y' P. i�'DY Checked By:jp T. Y-se1 Date Inue& 07-IM Sak: 3" -1' or As Noted "YJ • •b•'• c.vv�. Ceiling and Walls CL-6.0 One Layer 5/8" Gypsum Board Direct Applied With Existing Surfaces Retained WL-1.0 Narrow Profile Wall WL-1.1 Reconfigured Walls and Interior Openings at Mechanical Closet WL-5.0 One Layer 5/8" Gypsum Board Direct Applied With Existing Surfaces Retained WL-8.0 Enlarged Existing Interior Wall Opening WL-8.2 Lower Window Sill in Wood Frame Construction WL-8.3 Lower Window Sill in Concrete Block Construction Storm Protection SP-1.1 PAN Removable Storm Panel at Wood Frame Construction SP-1.2 PAN Removable Storm Panel at Concrete Block Construction SP-2.1 SHUT Bahama Storm Shutter at Wood Frame Construction SP-2.2 SHUT Bahama Storm Shutter at Concrete Block Construction SP-3.1 AWN Clamshell Awning Storm Shutter at Wood Frame Construction SP-3.2 AWN Clamsbell Awning Shutter at Concrete Block Construction SK Details SK-A ACGL-M Tallmidge: Acoustical Gliding Metal window at Removed Bay Window SK-B EFRM Blatt: Exterior metal French Door At concrete Block Construction SK-C Concrete Landing SK-D Exterior Combination SD/SW-EPM Door Unit with Integrated Side Lites Mechanical Details M-1 General Notes M-2 Detail at Duct M-3 Detail at Duct Perpendicular to Joists M-4 Piping at Soffit M-5 Sheet metal Panel at Pipe Drops on Exterior Wall M-6 Condensing Unit Concrete Pad Detail M-7 Air Cooled Condensing Unit Stand M-8 Refrigerant Piping Hanger Electrical Details E-1 Electrical Legend E-2 Service Mater Detail E-3 Typical Upgraded Electrical Riser E4 Electrical Notes E-5 Wall Outlet and Switch Modification E-6 Optional Calculation, One Family Dwelling Units Drawing Title: Table of Contents The Jones Payne Group 321 Su wnr Soast Fourth Boor. Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Numbet. ��: 20001t ' Bostm ft=.J ssas 02210 tsk i 173"3747 tas c17.7" 374t "nak i , I'm, M Drawn By: P. La" C hod d By: T. KuBel 02 . Date Issued: 07-29-02 Scala 3' - I' orAs Noted C' copyright M12 PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS SEALANT, PROVIDE BACKER ROD IF GAP EXCEEDS XI'. L MAINTAIN MINIMUM 2' AIR SPACE BETWEEN DOORS. FRAME DEPTHS ARE TO BE COORDINATED TO ALLOW FOR FOR BOTH CONSISTENT JAMB DEPTH AND DOOR HARDWARE. (EASE OF OPERATION) CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF DOOR, CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER CASINGS, AND STOPS) TO MATCH EXISTING TO ALLOW FOR INCRESED DEPTH OF COMBINED DOOR UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING, SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE BLOCKING TO UNIFY INSTALLATION (JAMB THICKNESS) OF DUAL FRAMES (INNER dt OUTER) AND TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING FILL ALL .'VOIDt YYITH INSULATION. PROVIDE AND INSTALL , CONTINUOUS PERIMETER WEATHERjSTRIPPING AT .:: , HEAQ AND JAM85: NEW DOOR. UNIT —SEE::` SCHEDULE. DOORS MAY REOUIRE OPPOSITE PROVIDE AND INSTALL Ti SWING- TO ACCOMMODATE CONTINUOUS SEALANT, KNOBS AND HANDLES AND PROVIDE BACKER ROD IF PREVENT CONFLICT. IF CHANGE GAP .p�EEDS Jy� IS REWIRED, VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT AT PRE —WALKS. I ,,,-CONTRACTORTO PROVIDE j SADDLEALUMINUM COORDINATE WITH OUTER APPROXIMATELY h- BEYOND. THE INTERIOR FACE OF THE INNER DOOR. i 'z't,NO 1 %CONTINUOUS.PROVIDE. (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL DEPTH OF SILL AT EXTERIOR. RECESS MEMBRANE TO SUFFICIENTLY ALLOW • 1 ANCHORING OF LEGEND 2- ALL "11 al 1 'I . a 1 7 F 7•�rl, 1 CERIIFrlFASOM SDOULE.•m MkXN FUM OF AWACDOr•, AT WM1 1• aMTOK NMWW PATOM1 1 A01EWE A n .. AMT r OF a TO A LO=k'1' ►1 W,r SM ftook 4. ALL 1 7, APPLY TO 01ITUM 4W al 1 1. Drawing 1 a •e• D•• ••• • 1 • • and Threshold Detail Jones Payne Group 321 Suaaw sv.+ FovJ• floor Project Name: KEY VAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detao Numbs Project No.-. 20001.1 jpThe tek: 41 b ".37 7 fv 0]21C ti i 17790;17�7 Ine i 17790J74ti DR-1.1 -_ �� By: PAL gy_ •� u11a : . Dale Issued: 07-19.02 Scala 3" - 1' or As Noted MAINTAIN MINIMUM 2" AIR SPACE BETWEEN DOORS. FRAME DEPTHS ARE TO BE COORDINATED TO ALLOW FOR FOR BOTH CONSISTENT JAMB DEPTH AND AND DOOR HARDWARE. (EASE OF OPERATION) PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS SEALANT. PROVIDE BACKER ROD IF GAP EXCEEDS lbe. -� The Jones Payne Group 321 Summer Soteet, Fourth Moor Pmjmt Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT PM]DENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number Project No.: 20001 1 Drawn By: PAL Cbecl:ed By: TEK Boemn, ftassachusem onto uk 617.7911.3747 fur 617.7%3748 DR-1.1 Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 3" - l' or As Noted ema11- P m@Icn-pq— 0colmi¢ht 2002 i CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR. FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF DOOR, CAUSING AS ME OF AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING, SHINS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION, COORDINATE BLOCKING TO UNIFY INSTALLATION (JAMB THICKNESS) OF DUAL FRAMES (INNER & OUTER) AND TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING, FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION, CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW CASINGS (PERIMETER TRIM, EXTENSION JAMBS. STOPS) GYPSUM RETURNS TO MATC EXISTING CONDITIONS OR A! PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL I CONTINUOUS PERIMETER WEATHER—STRIPPING AT HEAD AND JAMBS. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. WWWR AND EXTERIOR MOTM (SIDING. TRIM. FW15IE5. ETC.) VARY PER WMATK1N 2 All PRODUCIS SUBJECT TO HURRICANE COMMONS SHALL M IUOE ENp1EERE0 AM CERIF FASIDW SCHENtL ® �� 3. WTCH FMI6FIE5 OF ADJACENT SURFACES AT NTEtMOR AND EXT MM EILVAl10Hs. WMIx IG PATCHING. PRNNNG AND PARTING TO ACHIEVE A CONSISM Q WTCH OF FNNSIIES TO A WWA BREAK POINT. (CORNER, SOFFIT, FLOOR ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO WEI" JAMB CONoffM Drawing Title: EPW - Exterior Prime In -Swinging Wood Door at Concrete Block Construction Jamb Detail 321 Sunrnr Swat, Faith poor jpThe Jones Payne Group Bottom Fltasachustata 02210 tah c17.790.3747 Anc 417.790.3748 MA Pa*com Project Nemc KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number: Aoject No 20001.1 DR-1.2 Dravm By: PAL Checked By: TEK Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scak: 3- -1' or As Noted ut;VPynghaL ZwA CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF DOOR. CAUSING AS LITTLE grrl% %s� �'DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO r ' i�r/%/I lorom//%;ADJACENT SURFACES. /: PROVIDE AND INSTALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW NMI, PIA CONTINUOUS SEALANT, FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER r /1/� I� /� 1 / r// �� ii/� /rrr,� /��' /'o /� •EP• i1, 91 j/fiir� j� �Yi , • • • / RF DCAOARSCOIHRN r�/j� IGTUESCN. TITA. r'jr ki j '1 FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE BLOCKING TO UNIFY INSTALLATION MINIMUM 2" AIR ... _ (JAMS THICKNESS). OF DUAL ATE'--�MAINTAIN , SPACE BETWEEN DOORS._ FRAME DEPTHS ARE TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING. FILL COORDINATED �oft • ,WITH IN LATION. FOR FOR BOTH �- CONSISTENT JAMS DEPTH PROVIDE AND INSTALL AND DOOR HARDWARE.'(EASE CONTINUOUSift OF OPERATION) WEATHER—STRIPPING AT HEA1 AND OWN- AZN— NEW 1••' gal PROVIDE AND INS CONTINUOUS SEA PROVIDE BACKER GAP EXCEEDS ri DOORS MAY REOUIRE OPPOSITE SWING TO ACCOMMODATE KNOBS AND HANDLES AND PREVENT CONFLICT. IF CHANGE IS REQUIRED. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT AT PRE —WALKS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALUMINUM SADDLE TO COORDINATE WITH OUTER DOOR AND TO PROJECT APPROXIMATELY jf- BEYOND THE INTERIOR FACE OF THE INNER DOOR. �INE %/Wk CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SHEET MEMBRANE (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL IV DEPTH OF SILL AT EXTERIOR. RECESS MEMBRANE TO SUFFICIENTLY ALLOW PENETRATION AND ANCHORING OF CAULK JOINT. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND I. IOU" AND EXTERIOR CONO MIiS ($DING. Mk FLASHES. ETC.) VARY PER INSUM W p 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO IN MCWE MOMS SHALL KM ENGINEERED AND CERIF FASTENING WOUIE IGLLd DOW 3. IAXH FIIAM OF ADJACENT SURFACES AT TNTIM AND EXTm ELEVATIONS. MICLUDw PATCHNG PRW1G AND PART K TD ACHEK A C01615TANT WATCH�J NEV OF FNSIES TO A LOGICAL WAPOINT. (CORNER. SOFnT. FLOOR, ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DIFFERING ,lime CONORDNS. Drawing Title: EPM - Exterior Prime In -Swinging Metal Door at Woodframe Construction Head and Threshold Detail Jones Payne Group Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM 1)aail Nnmbv -- ProjectNo.: 20001.1 - DR-1.3 321 Sunny St1aaC Fourth Roo. 1pThe Ui: 617. NmacM°am 1ra10 tek 617.790.3747 1st L17.7903748 en+aa: aL%on-m Drawn B . B. PAL Checked By: TEK Date Issued: 07-19-02 AI Stele: 3- - I' a As Noted 1••- 1 1 . •:• 1 1 1 WA 1j11� 1`t �JRtttAAl>r -----//iaii ff': A tt�ttttr----- �� CUT BACK AND REMOVE '--PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW .EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF CASINGS, AND STOPS) Tt) DOOR. CAUSING AS LITTLE WATCH EXISTING 70 ALLOW FOR DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE. TO INCRESED DEPTH OF.COUBMIED ADJACENT SURFACES. NTRpR DOOR UNITS. STYLE AS -PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING, SHIMS AND BUCK NEW DOOR UNIT -SEE FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE SCHEDULE. INSTALLATION. COORDINATE BLOCKING TO UNIFY INSTALLATION (JAMB THICKNESS) OF 01JI1L FRAMES (INNER dt . OUTER) AND TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS PERIMETER WEATHER—STRIPPING AT HEAD AND JAMBS. GENERAL NOTES: LEG1EM 1. NTERIOR AND EXTERIOR CONDI M ($ONG. Tltw. FICA3. ETC.) VARY PER NSTALAML 2. ALL PROOUCIS SUBJECT TO WJRRI'ANE COIDITIDNS SWILL NO -UK ENCIIIEERED AND CERTIFIED FASTID" SCFIEDULE DOW I MATCH FNIS O OF ADJACENT SURFACES AT NTEFJOR AND ERiERDR IMMIIDNS. INMWW PA1004 PMW AND PANINC TO AD" A C1)6W NT KW . LATCH OF FNIS 0 TO A LOGY & BRFW POUT. (CORNER, SOFFIT. FLOOR, EIC.) 4. ALL NDIES APPLY TO DIFF JM C JAMB CDI MONS. Drawing Title: EPM - Exterior Prime Wood In -Swinging Metal Door at Wood Frame Construction Jamb Detail The Jones Payne Group 321 Sulnnwr War. FowtA Fteor Project Natrw KEY V EST INTERNA I70NAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number: Proje�No.: 20001.1 Dian By, PAL Checked Br. TEX tok 73" �)74 DR-13 Date $sued: 07-19-02 Scale_ 3" - 1' or Ar Noted an1aA P *@1--P"— 0copyright 2W2 I MAINTAIN MINIMUM 2.7 AIR SPACE BETWEEN DOORS, FRAME DEPTHS ARE TO BE COORDINATED TO ALLOW FOR FOR BOTH CONSISTENT JAMB DEPTH AND .AND DOOR HARDWARE. (EASE OF OPERATION) DOORS MAY REQUIRE OPPOSITE ® SWING TO ACCOMMODATE NEW DOOR UNIT -SEE KNOBS AND HANDLES AND SCHEDULE. PREVENT CONFLICT.. IF, CHANGE IS REOUIRED. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT AT PRE -WALKS. I 0 �.i./'i%`i�/'/`•;-oil �- � �: NN gilms 4 ... ........ ... ..... .. . �_.<� ROM 7 . . . r r _W� GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. WER0 AND CaMOR CONDITIONS (SOLING. Mk FINISFES. ETC.) VMY PER INSTAIATI N. E10STW 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO WJWACANE CONDITIONS SNAIL NCM EIICNEERED AND CERIM FASiE" SCHEDULE. 3. LATCH Fr+6IIE8 OF ADJACENT SIMACE4 AT INTERIOR AND WER10R,ar Ail0iT5J NCUIONC PATCIM PRUM AND PANTING TO ACHIEVE A CON WMT 0' NEW HATCH OF FNISIET TO A LOOM BREAK POINT. (CORNER. SOMT, FLOOR, ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DIITERINC JAYS CONDITIONS. Drawing Title: EPM - Exterior Prime In -Swinging Metal Door at Concrete Block Construction Jamb Detail The Jones Payne Group 321 An~ SveK FounA poor °o"°"' "'"" 17 1 61 � ret6I7.7'90.3747 t st'179(1374t , Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL N01SE INSULATION PROGRAM Detud Number: PrmjedNm.: 20001.1 DR-1.4 Drawn Dr. PAL Checked B >~ •I' Date Issued: 07-19-02 scale: 3" - 1' or As Noted WcOpynght 2UU2 CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING DOOR. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT.--� PROVIDE AND INSTALL STUCCO SURROUNDS, FAUX SILL, CASINGS APRON OR KICK TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUDS DRIP FLASHING AT HEAD, BACK SEALED TO FLASHING. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL. METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS, BACK SEALED . AND FASTEND TO.STRUCTURE.— CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SHEET MEMBRANE (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL DEPTH OF SILL. AT EXTERIOR. RECESS MEMBRANE TO SUFFICIENTLY ALLOW PENETRATION . AND ANCHORING OF CAULK JOINT. CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING \ TO REMOVE EXISTING DOOR. PROVIDE AND INSTALL, FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF DOOR, CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER CASINGS. AND STOPS) TO MATCH EXISTING TO ALLOW FOR INCRESED DEPTH OF COMBINED DOOR UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING. SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE BLOCKING TO _ UNIFY INSTALLATION (JAMB THICKNESS) OF DUAL FRAMES (INNER & OUTER) AND TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. SEALANT. NEW DOOR UNIT —SEE SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALUMINUM SADDLE TO PROJECT APPROXIMATELY Yt' BEYOND THE INTERIOR FACE OF THE DOOR. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. INIEagR AND WERIOR CbND1tM (SIDING. TRW. F*KH3, EFC.) VARY PER II1S VTOL vTr�1 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO ► URWAK CONd110NS SHALL NCUDE DNCNlEERED AND CERTIFIED FASTD" SCNEDIxE. Dmm I WITCH FN M OF ADA CEW SURFACES AT Nmmm AND EXTERIOR ELEVAT10N6. NCLwm PATamr, PRWNC AND PAWK TO ACHIEVE A WNSOMJT MUCH OF FNISIES TO A LOGIGIL BREAK PONT. (CORNER. SOFFIT. FLOOR. ETC.) Kv 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DIFFERNC JAMB CONDITIONS. Drawing Title: EP-OS - Exterior Prime Outswinging Metal Door at Wood Frame Construction Head and Threshold Detail nl sunmar PAW ipThe Jones Payne Group Maacnw.m 0121U ut 4U." .>t747 me 617.nU7,w ProjectName: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM DdaN Nrmbe . >rojectNo.. 20001.1 ,1 DR-4.1 Drawn B . B. EF Checked fly: T M Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scab. 3" - 1' or As Noted PROVIDE AND INSTALL STUCCO SURROUNDS. FAUX SILL. CASINGS APRON OR KICK TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING DOOR. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF DOOR. CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. -NEW DOOR UNIT —SEE SCHEDULE. -CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS. BACK SEALED AND FASTEND TO STRUCTURE. CONTINUOS PERIMETER SEALANT. -CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING —DOOR. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER -ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING. SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE BLOCKING TO UNIFY NWALLATK (JAMB THICKNESS). OF DUAL FRAMES (INNER do OUTER) AND TO PREVENT. DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER CASINGS. AND STOPS) TO MATCH EXISTING TO ALLOW FOR INCRESEO DEPTH OF COMBINED DOOR UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND I. NITERIOR AID DMRIOR CONDITIONS (SIDING. TRY. FOAM ETC.) VARY PER WSTALATION. � �� 2. ALL PROOIICIS SUBJECT TO HINNtICANE CONOI M SHALL INCLUDE DNdf1Em AND CEROFIED FASTENING SCHEDULE. 1 WTCH TWO OF ADJACENT SURFACES AT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ElEWB0IN5. NCIODNG PATCHING. PRYING AND PANTING TO ADOM A CONSISTANT Q NEII WTCH OF FI IM TO A LOLYA BREAK PONT. (CORNS$ SOFFIT. FLOOR ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO OFFERING. JAMB CDNOMONS. Drawing Title: EPOS - Exterior Prime Outswinging Metal Door at Wood Frame Construction Jamb Detail The Jones Payne Group 321 Sw"wor SoeK R"-th Floor Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number. Project No 2000l.t Roams, Massachusem onto te! 617.790.37,7 fac 617J90 371t1 mak postofficeftnapqnexom Drawn By: EF Checked By: TEK DR-4.1 Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 3" - 1' or As Noted (0copyriRht 20U2 • i 101, /'.�////j • e .. , U►r r� • f .. - f f CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SHEET MEMBRANE (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL DEPTH OF SILL. AT EXTERIOR. RECESS MEMBRANE TO SUFFICIENTLY ALLOW PENETRATION AND ANCHORING OF CAULK JOINT. NEW DOOR UNIT —SEE SCHEDULE. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. INTERIOR AND DQERIOR COMM (SIDING. TRNL, FINISHES. ETC.) VARY PER INSULATION. 2. ALL PRWUCIS SUBJECT TO HURRIGINE CONDITIONS SHkL PC = ENpNEERED AND CERTIFIED FASTEWC SCi OUL ® ' 1 W1TCH FM%O OF ADS WIT SURFACES AT WWOR AND EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. NCLUDNJG PATCHING. PRII" AND PAINW TO AD" A CONSISTANT 0 NM WITCH OF FNNIM TO A LOWA BREAK POINT. (CORNER, SOFFIT. FLOOR. ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO OIFFM4 JAMB CDNOITIONS. Drawing Title: I EPOS - Exterior Prime Out Swinging Metal Door at Concrete Block Construction I Head and Threshold Detail ;!jWn Fo OReof jpThe Jones Payne Group fat: 617.79U747 G,c 617. I74/ ffnak maeffice0fanuparmcom Project Name: KEY WEST 1NTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM DMd Number: PromNo.: 20001.1 DR-4.2 - Drawn By: EP Checked By: TEIC Date Issued: 07-19-02 1 Scale: I 3" - 1' or As Noted CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS. BACK SEALED AND FASTEND TO STRUCTURE — PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS SEALANT. PROVIDE BACKER ROD IF GAP EXCEEDS Xs CUT BACK STUCCO WHERE EXISTING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PATCH/GROUT TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS (TEXTURE. SILL PROJECTKNN).— I CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. REFINISH EXPOSED CONCRETE BLOCK TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING. SHIMS AND BUCK CUT BACK AND REMOVE FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES INSTALLATION. COORDINATE TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF BLOCKING TO UNIFY INSTALLATION WINDOW. CAUSING AS LITTLE (JAMB THICKNESS) OF DUAL DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO FRAMES (MINER & OUTER) AND ADJACENT SURFACES. TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING. FILL PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. CASINGS (PERIMETER TRIM. EXTENSION JAMBS.. STOPS. STOOLS AND APRON) TILE. (FULL SURROUNDS. STOOL) OR GYPSUM RETURNS TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. NTERIOR AND EXFEROR CONDITIONS (SONIC. TRW. FNISHES, ETC.) VARY PER MSTAIATION. ILLLd DUSTING -2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO HURRICANE CONO06 SWILL NCUIDE ENGNEERED AND MUM FASTENNC SCHEDULE. I MUN FINISNES OF AWN SURFACES AT INFERIOR AND 017 OR EUMTI0N& NCLUDIIIC PAX06% PRIYNC AND PANTING TO ACII M A CONSISM Q NEIV MUCH OF FNSFES TO A LOGICAL BREAK POINT. (CORNER,-SOFFT1. FLOOR, ETC.) 4. ALL NDTES APPLY TO OFFERING JAMB CONDITIONS. Drawing Title: EPOS Exterior Prime Out Swinging Metal Door at Concrete Block Construction Jamb Detail Jones Payne Group- 321 SumYwr Su u% Fourth Floor Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE BOULA71ON PROGRAM Detail Number: ProjeNNo.: zaw1.1 Drawn By. EF Checked By: TEK jpThe tmk 4I7m t4a ra f 02210 q! NJ943747 47 Nve 617.79t1.374n DR-4.2 Date Isaned: 07-19-02 1 Soak: 3" - I' or As Noted .mask 0copyrlght 2002 CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING DOOR. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL STUCCO SURROUNDS, FAUX SILL, CASINGS APRON OR KICK TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND ;IAMBS, BACK SEALED AND FASTENO TO STRUCTURE — PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOS DRIP FLASHING AT HEAD, BACK SEALED TO CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SHEET MEMBRANE (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL DEPTH OF SILL AT EXTERIOR, RECESS MEMBRANE TO . SUFFICIENTLY ALLOW PENETRATION AND ANCHORING OF CAULK JOINT. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER PROVIDE AND INSTALL STUCCO SURROUNDS; FAUX SILL; CASINGS APRON OR - KICK TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. 11 CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF DOOR, CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING, SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE BLOCKING TO UNIFY INSTALLATION (JAMB THICKNESS) OF DUAL. FRAMES (INNER & OUTER) AND TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. _---PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW CASINGS (PERIMETER TRIM, EXTENSION JAMBS. STOPS) OR GYPSUM RETURNS TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. NEW DOOR UNIT —SEE SCHEDULE. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. r � GENERAL NOTES: 1 1. IffXR AND EXTERIOR W011M (SM)M1f'r, TRM, FAASHES. ETC.) VARY PR AISTATATIOIL t 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBAECT TO HURRICANE MOMS SHALL NXUOE ENGINEERED Alp CERTM FASTENMIC MCXILL 3. HATCH FIMM OF AQ.N= SURFACES AT INTERIOR ANO DQERIOR ELEVATIONS. O CUIDINP PATCHING PRIMIC AND PAMRIND TO ACHEVE A CONSISTANT 0 MATCH OF FOAM TO A LOGICk BREAK POW. (CORNER, SOM. FLOOR, ETC.) NEW 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO OIFTOW JAMB CONDITIONS. I I Drawing Title: EGLM-Exterior Gliding Metal Door at Wood Frame Construction Head and Threshold Detail i r The Jones Payne Group Project Names KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Nambw P%)etl No 20001.1 321 Suinim Suet. Fourth Floor AwmA l'laadaeam t1221t1 t* 617."U747 floc 617.79QU�A DR-5.1 Drawn B Y' EF Checked By: TM Date Issued: 07-19-M Scale 3" - 1' or As Noted tstnik CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT 1 1 JAMBS. BACK SEALED FASTEND TO STRUCTURE. PROVIDEAND 1 INSTALL 'STUCCO SURROUNDS. FAUX SILL. CASINGS APRON OR CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND KICK TO MATCH EXISTING INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT HEAD CONDITIONS OR AS PER AND JAMBS. BACK SEALED ARCHITECT., AND 1 TO STRUCTURE. STUCCOCUT BACK OR SIDING CONTINUOUS PERIMET ER DOOR.TO REMOVE EXISTING PROVIDE, INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES EXISTING CONDITIONS PER ARCHITECT. 7� CUT BACK 1 REMOVE um .- . • -.L1 , NEW •.. , BUCK AS POSSIBLE TO FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE ADJACENTDAMAGE • COORDINATE BLOCK*4 TO UNIFY INSTALLArlt- 1•• p OF DUAL SCHEDULE.• 1 TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING. ALL VOIDS PROVIDE (PERIMETER TRIM. EXTENSIONCASINGS GYPSUM RETURNS TO.MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. NERIOR AND EXTERIOR C WMDN5 (SIDING. TRIM. FNSHES. ETC.) VARY PER NSIALATUL ® ExSTNC 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO HUNWAK CONDIT1016 SWILL NaM ENCNEERED AND CERT M FASMM SCNEOuLL I WRN FNISFES OF ADJACENT WWACES AT NIERIOR AND pRERgR ELEIMTI M N XMM PATONC. POW4 AND PIHNTING TO ACHILVE A CON515W 0 K WTCH OF FNISFES TO A LOCAfIL RM POINT (CORNER, SOFFIT. FLOOR ETC.) ,. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DIFFERING JAYS CONMT10F15. Drawing Title: EGLM-Exterior Gliding Metal Door at Wood Frame Construction Jamb Detail Jones Payne Group 321 Uw~ S•reet. Fourth Floor Project Name; KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Nmubw. Project No.: 20001.1 Drawv By- EF t eciced By TEK 1pThe eoatm Flamchusm 02210 t h 617.790.37,7 fix 617.7903746 DR-5.1 Date Issued: 07-19-02 scab 3" - 1' or As Noted at a& ceefo^apay @copyright 2002 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SHEET MEMBRANE (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL DEPTH OF SILL. AT EXTERIOR. RECESS MEMBRANE TO SUFFICIENTLY ALLOW PENETRATION AND ANCHORING OF CAULK JOINT. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND I. INTERIOR AND Dfff" WmxTm (SOK MI. F11i51E5. ETC.) WR+I PER NSTAIAML 2. ALL PROOUCIS SUBJECT TO WAVANE CONDITIONS SHALL NCLUDE DIpREEREO AND CEROFEO FASIENNIC SCHEDULE 3. INTCH FINISHES OF A VaW SURFACES AT NTERIOR AND D MN ELLVATXNS. NCLW W PATOING, PR " AND PAINTING TO ACHIEVE A CmasuNT Q m v MATCH OF FIMM TO A LOGICAL BREAX PONT (COFNER. SOFFIT. FLOOR, ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO OFFERNG JUG CONDITIONS. t EGLM-Exterior Gliding Metal Door at Concrete Block Construction Drawing Title: Head and Threshold Detail The Jones Payne Group 1Foor S•stimlam� 02 tk61779U77 ii617JG0J7t Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number. ProjectNo.: 20001.1 DR-5.2 Dmwn B E TEK Daft Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 3" - V or As Noted �2 nd PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS SEALANT. PROVIDE BACKER ROD IF GAP EXCEEDS Ys CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT HEAD INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS, BACK SEALED AND JAMBS, BACK SEALED AND FASTEND TO STRUCTURE. AND FASTEND TO STRUCTURE. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER CUT BACK STUCCO WHERE SEALANT. EXISTING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PATCH/GROUT TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS . REFINISH EXPOSED CONCRETE (TEXTURE. SILL PROJECTION). BLOCK TO MATCH EXISTING v CONDITIONS ProjeM Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Devil Numbs: Jones Payne Group 321 Aram $wee. Fourth Roar Project No.: 20001.1 Drawn By: EF Cherk d By: EF 1pThe k an 7M747 bbm 611ima"achutem on �7N DR-5.2 Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scab: 3" - I' or As Nosed amsit ponofteftnap"n"om ©copyright 2002 CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOAfE EXISTING DOOR. CUT BACK AND REMOVE I PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF ACCESSORIES TO MATCH DOOR, CAUSING AS LITRE EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL STUCCO ,SURROUNDS. FAUX I PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEWILL. CASINGS APRON OR BLOCKING.. SHIMS AND BUCK KICK KMATCH EXISTING FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE TI CONDITIONS OR A$ PER INSTALLATION. COORDINATE ARCHITECT. BLOCKING TO UNIFY INSTALLATION (,IAMB THICKNESS) OF DUAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND I FRAMES (INNER & OUTER) AND INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT HEAD TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING. FILL AND JAMBS. BACK SEALED ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. AND FASTEND TO STRUCTURE. PROVIDE AND INSTALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW CONTINUOS DRIP FLASHING CASINGS (PERIMETER TRIM. rl' HEAP, BACK SEALED TO EXTENSION JAMBS. STOPS) OR FLASHING. L GYPSUM RETURN T MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. I. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. 1. I E,XTERIDR . i I INT i { CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE I CONTINUOUS `SHEET MEMBRANE NEW DOOR UNIT -SEE (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL SCHEDULE. DEPTH .OF SILL AT EXTERIOR, RECESMEMBRANE CONTINUOUS PERIMETER f SUFFICIENTLY ALLOWTO SEALANT. 1 PENETRATION AND ANCHORING 444 OF CAULK JOINT; l CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. I PROVIDE BLOCKING AND I NEW KICK; COORDINATE WITH STUCCO ANO/OR OTHER- EXTERIOR ( FINISHES GENERAL NOTES: I LEG END 1. INTM AND EXTERIOR CONDITIONS (SIDNf., TI M, FINISHES. ETC.) WARY PER IWA ATM 2. All PRODUCTS SUBJECT 10 HURRICANE CONDITIONS SHALL INCLUDE DIdMEEREO AND CERI Q FASTE" SCHEDULE. ® DOW I MATCH FINISHES OF A&RCENT SURFACES AT INTEJ11OR AND EX MN ELEVMIONS. NCUIONIC PATCHING, Pft" AND PANTING TO AC► IM A CON56TANT MATCH OF FMa9ES TO A LOOM BREAK POINT. (CORNER, SOF11T, FLOOR, ETC.) � NEM . 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO WERINC JAYS CONDITIONS. t Drawing Title: EFRM-Exterior Frenc Metal Door at Wood Frame Construction Head and Threshold Detail i • The Jones Payne Group PmJeot Nmw KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDEN9TAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number: Project No 20001.1 321 Sunnw Serae� Forth Floor Swtot► Haa*achusaos Drawn By: PL Checked By; TEK tet 617.79Q3747 toc 617.790.174t 617. etnaik DR-5.3 Date Issued- 07-19-02 Scale. 3" - I' or As Noted CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS. BACK SEALED AND FASTEND TO STRUCTURE. PROVIDE AND INSTALL STUCCO SURROUNDS, FAUX SILL. CASINGS APRON OR KICK TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING DOOR. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF DOOR, CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. NEW DOOR UNIT —SEE SCHEDULE. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S ASTRAGAL AND WEATHER STRIPING AT PAIRS OF GENERAL NOTES: = NOTE: AT PAIRS OF DOUBLE DOORS PROVIDE CONTINUOUS EXTRUDED GEAR HINGES AT BOTH JAMBS CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS, BACK SEALED AND FASTEND TO STRUCTURE. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. L—PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING. SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE BLOCKING TO UNIFY INSTALLATION (JAMB THICKNESS) OF DUAL FRAMES (INNER # OUTER) AND TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW CASINGS (PERIMETER TRIM. EXTENSION JAMBS. STOPS) OR GYPSUM RETURNS TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. ' CONTINUOUS PERIMETER ' SEALANT. 1. NIERIOH AND EKIM CONOITIOMS M MK'a TRIM. FINISHES. ETC.) VARY PER I SMA70L 2. ALL PROOLM SUBJECT TO HURRIGWE CONDITIONS SWILL INCWDE D1pNEEREO AND CERTF'IEO FASTENING SCHEDULE. 3, 1%%" MUM OF AOIM IM SURFACES AT INTERIOR AND ExMM ELEVATIONS. NCUID114 PATCHING PRI101C AND PAINING TO AO" A COFISISM WITCH OF FINISHM TO A LOGKJIL BREAK POINT. (CORNER, SOFFIT. FLOOR, EFC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DFFO" JAMB CDNOITION& Ea Drawing Title: I Jamb French Metal Door at Wood Frame Construction I ` Detail The hones Payne Group 321 Summer Sveat Fourth Floor Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number: Pmect No.: z000l.l Drawn Dr. PL Checked By: TEK Bo 6tm �� J7� jp DR-5.3 Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 3" - V or As Noted mak tortoMca@j*rmW1*acorn (000pyright 2002 z • �j -j��/�j��j�j/';�' /� ///j /��/'SAS '• • VIN /�jj�j�jjj/�j��/jjj/_/ • , • • • 1 • IN j% j r CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SHEET MEMBRANE (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL DEPTH OF SILL AT EXTERIOR. RECESS MEMBRANE TO SUFFICIENTLY ALLOW PENETRATION AND ANCHORING OF CAULK JOINT. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND T. INIERIOR MID EKTEWR CQNOITKMK (SWIIIC, TRW FrI15lIE5 ETC } VARY PER NSTNATIDN. p� 2. ALL PROD= SUBJECT ro HURRICANE CONDHIOIIS sluff m%1C ENGIIIEEREO AND CERTIFED FASTEWC Sd1EDIRE. ILLLi1 Ex�7N+C 1 ►NIGH MGM OF A UUM SURFACES AT WTER M AN0 DCIERIOR ELEVATIONS. R Wg1U` PATCHING. PRWW AND PAIOW TO AD IEVE A CON515TANT O � 10117CH OF FlIAM 0 A LOGICAL. BREAK Poof. (CORNER. SOf . FLoDR ETC.) ♦. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DIFFERMO JAMB CDNMTDM l EFRM-Exterior Metal French Door at Concrete Block Construction Drawing Title: Head and Threshold Detail 40 The Jones Payne Group D21 s�antn•r Sank Fourth Hoor "" °�1. id 617.7lt13747 f»c N7.790374! Bulb Project Name: AIRPORT KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM . Detail Nwnba: Project No.: 2000I 1 DR-5.4 Drawn By. P. Leroy Cbedced B y: T. Kngel Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 3" - 1' or As Noted •� PROVIDE AND INSTALL PROVIDE BACKER ROD IF GAP EXCEEDS X-. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS, BACK SEALED AND FASTEND TO STRUCTURE - CUT BACK STUCCO WHERE EXISTING TO REMOVE -EXISTING WINDOW. PATCH/GROUT JO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS (TEXTURE. SILL PROJECTION). — CONTINUOUS EXTRUDED GEAR CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT :HEAD AND JAMBS. BACK SEALED.. AND FASTEND TO STRUCTURE. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. REFINISH EXPOSED CONCRETE BLOCK TO WTCN EXISTING CONDITIONS Jones Payne Group 321 Sunmr Scar. Fourth poor Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number Pmjeetlaa: i000l.� JPThe Emma, W3747 of 617,7 nk L17.790.3747 the 6i7.790374! Drawn By: P. Lemy Checked By. T.1KurJ DR-5:4 . Datalsaoed: 07-19 02 Scale:3- - V or As Noted wrok pancraceelonesparwcom ® Copyright 2002 1 PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING, SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE BLOCKING TO UNIFY INSTALLATION (JAMB THICKNESS) OF DUAL FRAMES (INNER & OUTER) AND TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION.,-n CONTINUOUS J NEW DOOR UNIT -SEE SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALUMINUM SADDLE TO PROJECT APPROXIMATELY BEYOND THE INTERIOR FACE OF THE DOOR. CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF DOOR, CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. ® CON CUT BACK AND REMOVE PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES CASINGS (PERIMETER TRIM, TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF EXTENSION JAMBS, STOPS) OR DOOR. CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO GYPSUM RETURNS TO MATCH EXISTING IKON ADJACENT SURFACES. DI S OR AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS PERIMETER WEATHER-STRIPPING AT j HEAD AND .JAMBS. is CGENERAL NOTES: LEGEND I- NIERIOR AND WERM CO011M (SIDING. TRIP, fpMSHES, EEC.) WN PER INSTAUITM 2, ALL PRODUCTS SUe a To HURRICANE = o m6 SHAD. NCUIOE DIgMEEREO AND CfR1M FASTENNG SCNEDtiLL � Dow I I MATCH 1`1011510 OF ADXW SURFACES AT NIM AND D ITERIM ELEVATIONS, MICLUONG PATCHK PRMNG AND NNW TO AOIEVE A 1XNSKTANT Q NEW MATCH OF nNSHES TO A LOCIM BREAK PONT (CORNER, SOFFIT, FLOOD, ETG) •. ALL NOTES APPLY 10 DPVW AM CONDITIONS. Drawing Title: IP,ISC, ILVR Interior Prime DOOr in New Frame Jamb Detail E i I l Jones Payne Group E7MM sa«c Foord� Boer Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Deta7 Ntonber: �� zaa1.1 JPThe u! 617.»o.37a tcc s�7J90.37M 9& 617 19MV47sem 617, • u�l � ---- DR-6.1 Drawn a . y' EF Chetkea By: M TEK Date Issued: 07-19-M Scale: - I' or As Noted CONTINUOUS PERIMETER PROVIDE AND INSTALL STUCCO SURROUNDS, FAUX SILL. CASINGS APRON OR KICK TO MATCH EXISTING. CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTI DOOR. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT.- % PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING. SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE. INSTALLATION. COORDINATE BLOCKING TO UNIFY INSTALLATION (JAMB THICKNESS) OF DUAL FRAMES: (INNER k OUTER) AND TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. DOORS MAY REOUIRE OPPOSITE SWING TO ACCOMMODATE KNOBS AND HANDLES AND PREVENT CONFLICT. IF CHANGE IS REQUIRED. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT AT PRE -WALKS. — GENERAL NOTES: NEW DOOR UNIT -SEE SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS, BACK SEALED AND FASTEND TO STRUCTURE. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL STUCCO SURROUNDS, FAUX SILL. CASINGS APRON OR KICK TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. -CUT BACK STUCCO WHERE EXISTING: TO REMOVE EXISTING ,DOOR. PATCH/GROUT TO MATCH EXISTING . CONDITIONS (TEXTURE, SILL PROJECTION). PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING. SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE BLOCKING TO UNIFY INSTALLATION (JAMB THICKNESS) OF DUAL FRAMES (INNER Jl: OUTER) AND TO PREVENT DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. MAINTAIN MINIMUM 2* AIR SPACE BETWEEN DOORS. FRAME DEPTHS ARE 70 BE COORDINATED TO ALLOW FOR FOR BOTH CONSISTENT JAMB DEPTH AND AND DOOR HARDWARE. (EASE OF OPERATION) 1. MfERIOR AND OLTERIOR MOTM (= NC. TRM. F►NSHM EIC.) VARY PER INSULATION. 2. ALL PRWIICIS SUBJECT TO HURRICANE COMM SHALL NCIUDE ENOWEERED AND COMFIED FASTENNC SCHEDULE. 3. MATCH FISHES OF A WWO SURFACES AT INTERKIR AND ExTERIDR ELEVATIONS. O CLUDW PATCIM Pft" AND PANNTNB TO ACHIEVE A CMISISWR ►LATCH OF FISHES TO A LOQfJ1L BREAK POINF. (COMM SOf . FLOOR. ETG) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DIFFOW JN116 CONDITIONS. The Jones Payne Group 321 Swnww Soaat. Fourth Roor Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Munber. Pmjet No.: 20001.1 Sosmn. Hmdnnaas on 10 - t& 617.79U747 fie 617XMI4e Dtawn By: PAL - cbeciced By: TEx SD-1.1 Date Issued: 07-IM Scale: 3" - 1' or As Noted 0Colmisaht 2002 ■ ■ �-A �i%//ice � �G,� / /i KM CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PROVIDE AND 1.NSALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES-, TO. MATCH I I EXISTING CONDITIONS.:,OR AS PER ARCHITECT: PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOS DRIP FLASHING AT HEAD. BACK SEALED TO FLASHING. METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND , . JAMBS. PERFORMED NAIL FIN. OR PANNING SYSTEM :BY MANUFACTURER. BACK. SEALED. AND FASTENED TO STRUCTURE. EXTERIOR CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SHEET MEMBRANE (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL DEPTH OF SILL. AT EXTERIOR. RECESS MEMBRANE TO SUFFICIENTLY: ALLOW; PENETRATION; AW ANCHORING OF CAULK JOINT. fir CONTINUOS PERIMETER' SEALANT. CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING F ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR 'FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF WINDOW. CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. PROVIDE. AND INSTALL NEW FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER CASINGS, STOPS,. STOOLS AND APRON) TO MATCH EXISTING AND/OR ALLOW FOR. INCRESED DEPTH OF COMBINED WINDOW.: UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. `--PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING, SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME :TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION WITHOUT DOWNSIZING FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION: CONTINUOS PERIMETER :SEALANT. NEW WINDOW _ UNIT -SEE: SCHEDULE. CONTINUOS PERIMETER SEALANT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER CASINGS, STOPS, STOOLS AND APRON) TO MATCH EXISTING AND/OR ALLOW . FOR INCRESED :.. DEPTH OF COMBINED' WINDOW UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. GENERAL.NOTES: LEGEND I. NIEIRDR ANDEXTERIOR CONDITIONS (WK. TRY F N5MES. ETC.) VARY PER 1WALA70 2. AuROO P= ROM» WURrnW ca+onaMs slue NcwcwE DE ENM AID CERIFIEo FASTE►M s KDtLE ENSTM 3- WOCH FIN%6 OF AWAW4 SWAM -AT NTERIDR AND MOM DDAWWA. NCLWW PATCRK PRRINC AND PANTNC TO'ACKK A CONSS7ANT W EnNE�Ir ICW. OF FUM TO A LOGM BREAK POW (MVi R, SOFFIT, FLOOR. ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DIFFERRIC AM CONDITIM& I Drawing Title: ACDH-M Acoustical Double Hung Metal Window at Wood Frame Constriction I I Head and Sill Detail The Jones Payne Group 311 S+sraar 9saa6 Ford, iioor t•sew "M47r.1 o2210 uk �17.79037g tre s�7.71o374s ip Project Name. KEY VIM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM DO W Number , Pmjea No.: 20001.1 1Y14'� -1.3 Dn" Dr. EF Checked By: TEIC Dale Issued 07-19 02 Scale: 3" - I' or As Nokd - «mob PROVIDE AND INSTALL STUCCO SURROUNDS. FAUX SILL. CASINGS APRON OR KICK TO MATCH .EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS. PERFORMED NAIL FIN OR PANNING SYSTEM BY MANUFACTURER. BACK SEALED AND FASTENED TO STRUCTURE. - CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PROVIDE AND INSTALL . FIASHINO ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT.---1 Y CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF WINDOW. CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER CASINGS. STOPS. STOOLS AND APRON) TO MATCH EXISTING AND/OR ALLOW FOR INCRESED DEPTH OF COMBINED WINDOW UNITS. STYLE.. AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING, SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION WITHOUT - DowNStzING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. CONTINUOS PERIMETER SEALANT. CUT BACK STUCCO OR SWING TO'REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PROVIDE AND INSTALL. FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR : AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW ` FURRED OUT TRIM'(PERIMETER CASINGS, STOPS. STOOLS AND APRON) TO 'MATCH bUSTING AND/OR ALLOW FOR INCRESED DEPTH OF COMBINED WINDOW UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. NEW WINDOW UNIT -SEE I SCHEDULE. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. INTERIOR AND EIR AM CMGTM (SIDING. TRIM FMISH M ETC.) VARY PER w1TA ATM �i Cd DowDUC 2. ALL PROTS SUBJECT TO mr1RR1G1NE CONDITIONS SWILL mcLUDE Daum AND CE100 FaTENK SCHEDULE. Fr-�-� I MATCH FINISHES OF AI}J aW SURFACES AT WMW AND EXTERIDR ELE AlIONS. NCUIOMG PATO MG. PM MNG AND PAMMG TO ACTIVE A OON56TANT NEw MATCH OF FINISHES To A LOGICJIL mm POI. (CORNER SOFFIT. FLOOR ETC.) ♦. ALL NDTB APPLY TO OIFFERMG JAMB CON UNS. Drawing Title' ACDH=M Acoustical Double Hung Metal Window at Wood Frame construction g Jamb Detail • Project Names KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDEN77AL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM DdW Nwo6er: 321 Sumner Strew. Forth Roor jpThe Jones Payne Group Scietm Husac matte onto uht.17.7 U7,7 6=617"U740 Project No.: 20Do1.1 Drawn By: - SC Checked By: Date lssned: 97-19.02 scale: 3" = 1' a As Noted ten* o COT C)coDvriRht 2002 ®R, • • %%� �%`�% ",//ice%�%'s e. / • r • MR" r• //�% •. e r s . : r • j�r/j/J///f//jjj��///j�j��//// • • • • • • � e..eve •epee , , • . -• a ••r -- r• •n r r• > >,� ml�;t:�:;3 a • YT�1� �I�', �• • a r �. / ;� • G�ar:�:•:o:�x�SO��%"pi �� • GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. NOW AND URMOB CONDITIONS (SIDING, TRIP. rN5HE5, ETC.) VAW PER MSUTA M 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT To HNIRRICAHE CO MTM qfA L KM EIIGNEE8E0 AM CERTIW FASTENNO SCHEDULE. � . EIoSTNG i' i mm nMSHES OF ADJACENT SURFACES AT NTMM AW D'IER M E"TIONS. NCLUONO PATCHK PRIWC AND PANTNO 10 ACHIEVE A CONSISM NEW WTCH Or FNISKS To A tOOICIII WX PONE. (CORNER, SOFFIT. ItW ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO OfrERNO JAM COM]I O& Drawing Title: ACDH-M Acoustical Double Hung Metal Window at Concrete Block Construction Head and Sill Detail The Jones Payne Group rtl sume•r snw.y'0" poor tak 61 Hswnar.m 02210 effm& 7 f0 37p aoe 417 790 i/48 Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NONE INSULATION PROGRAM DeWI Number Project N. �j 1rl YY —1.4 Drawn Dr. EP Checked By: TER Date hwaed: 07-19-M Scale: 3" - 1' or As Noted • Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Delad Number: n I Summer Snub Fourth. Floor ipThe Jones Payne Group FSestam Musadhur a 02210 akcF7.790.3747 tae41739U74e Project No.: 20001.1 �j T M �� —1.4 Drawn By: EP Chocked By: TEK Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 3" -1' or As Noted ernwh.postafficsftrmpqrw� ne mvriAt 2002 . 7 CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO . REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOS DRIP FLASHING AT HEAD, BACK SEALED TO FLASHING. METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS. PERFORMED . NAIL FIN . OR PANNING SYST.tM isr MANUFACTURER; BACK'•SEALED:' AND FASTENED TO .STRUCTURE. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE. CONTINUOUS SHEET MEMBRANE (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL DEPTH OF SILL. AT EXTERKM, RECESS MEMBRANE TO SUFFICIENTLY ALLOW PENETRATION AND ANCHORING OF CAULK JOINT. . CONTINUOS PERIMETER CUT BACK STUCCO.OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. Z PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS :L PER ARCHITECT. CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES. TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF WINDOW, CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES.. —PROVIDE AND INSTALL: NEW FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER CASINGS, STOPS. STOOLS AND APRON) TO MATCH EMSTINO-. AND/OR ALLOW FOR INCRESED DEPTH OF COMBINED WINDOW UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. —PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING,_" SHIMS AND. BUCK FRAMClQ ;ACCOMMODATE INSTAL ATXNI WITHpUT, `. DOWNSIZING. flit AL4 VOIDS. WITH; INSULATKON. —CONTINUOSPERIMETER• SEALANT: —NEW WINDOW UNIT —SEE SCHEDULE. —CONTINUOS PERIMETER SEALANT. PKI&TTEE AND INSTALL NEW • TO MATCH EXISTING AND/OR ALLOW FOR INCRESED DEPTH OF • , WINDOW UNITS. STYLE AS PER jj��/�%sl• GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. OQE W AND WV" CONDITIONS M K'a TRM. FDNISHES, ETC.) WIRY PER NSTMATKIN. i Au PRDD= SUBJECT TD MM CW CONDIrIDNS, SWILL vamM DIaNF O AM CERTi1F7EEo rASib" sc1+EDIIIE Ex6TrK; 3. MUCH FNIM OF AOJACE O SWAM AT NIM AM E%TERIOR fLfVN1KMFS. 11ICUJ01F16 PATMNG. PIMW AM PAWK TO AD*W A CMMAW kV" OF. FNSHM TO A LOGICAL BREAM POINT. (CORNER SOFTIT, FL0K ETC.) Kv 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO WOW JAMB =0710N5. AC M-M Acoustical Fixed Metal Window at Wood Frame Construction Drawing Title' I Head and Sill Detail The Jones Payne Group I21 s�an�r sa.r FanA floor Project NLut~ KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number. z000l.l t& 4I ►1'4todwwm 41 ' ut 617.79Q37�7 fae N7.790374t NW-2.3 Ikawn By: EF Q gy; TIIC Date Issued: 07-19.02 Sae: 3" - I' or As Noted am•A PROVIDE AND INSTALL STUCCO SURROUNDS, FAUX SILL. CASINGS APRON OR KICK TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS. PERFORMED NAIL FIN OR PANNING SYSTEM BY MANUFACTURER. BACK ,SEALED AND FASTENED TO STRUCTURE. - CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. % CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF WINDOW, CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER CASINGS. STOPS. STOOLS AND APRON) TO MATCH EXISTING AND/OR ALLOW FOR INCRESED DEPTH OF COMBINED WINDOW UNITS. STYLE AS PER ' ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING, SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE NNSTALLATION WITHOUT DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. CONTINUOS PERIMETER SEALA IT. CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES 70 MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. -PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER CASINGS. STOPS. STOOLS AND APRON) TO MATCH EXISTING AND/OR ALLOW FOR INCRESED DEPTH OF COMBINED WINDOW UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. -NEW WINDOW UNIT -SEE SCHEDULE. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. MOERIOR AND DITERIOR CONORIONS (SOMNO, TRK FINISHES. ETC.) VARY PER MISTAUITION. ®g0$TING 2. ALL PRODUCTS SLMIJECT TO TNRRICANE CONDITIONS SHALL MNCLUDE DaIEERED AND CERTIIED FASTDW.SOGUIE. I W W FTIMSHES OF ADACDIT SURFACES AT NiTE1MOR AND EKTERIOR ELM110K M LIORTG PATO MIG, PONC AND PAI"W TO ADIM A OONSIS MQ O NEYT HATCH OF FMMSHM TO A LOOM BREAK PONT. (GORIER SOFFIT. FLOOR ETC.) 4. ALL NDTES APPLY TO WEI" J" CONDITIONS. Drawing Title: ACFIX-M Acoustical Fixed Metal Window at Wood Frame Construction Jamb Detail Projeet Name: KEY WEST 1NIFRNA7IONAL AIRPORT RESIDENITAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number: 321 Su nww Street. Fourth Floor jpThe Jones Payne Group Boston. neuean■ m onto 0* 617."O-W47 tnc 617,1"3748 Project No.: 200011 NW-2.3 Drawn Br. EF Checked By: TEK Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 3" - V or As Noted r"aA Postofte0onopqm (rl` rrmvrioht 7(N17 NEI ► • • • SPIN ///%%/ij • • • r e • r• ► ► e ► • r I ► • ► GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND T. MITM AND EXTERIOR CONDIIIOIIS (SLON. TW FwMIM ETC.) WAY PER NSTALATgN L ALL PRDM= SUBJECT TO Fi WWANE CONDITIONS S KL INCLUDE ENpNEM AND CERTI O FASTENIND SCHEDULE. I LMTCN Fmm OF ADJACEIR SLLRFACES AT Ni mm AND E amm ElEV111m 1NClUDINO PAIolK PRWND AND PAMI K TO ACHM A WNSISM 0 NEM W CH OF FR1 M TO A WOCk BREAK POINT. (CORNER SOFFIT. FLOOR. ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO OIFFERIIR' AW COIbRK)NS. LDrawing Title: ACFIX-M Acoustical Fixed Metal Window at Concrete Block Construction Head and Sill Detail The Jones Payne Group 121 Suam.r scat. Feurdi Ia•or t* 41R "3747r 1 022It1 ••lt;17.790.1747 tae617,7903749 ` Project N•me KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number: P;;;N., 2MI 1 NM-2.4 DnwnBy: - >� CheckedBy: TEK Date hmed W-19-02 Soak: 3"- 1' or As Noted METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS. PERFORMED NAIL FIN OR PANNING SYSTEM BY MANUFACTURER. BACK SEALED AND FASTENED TO STRUCTURE. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS SEALANT,. PROVIDE BACKER ROD IF GAP EXCEEDS Xs . CUT BUCK STUCCO WHERE EXISTING TO REMOVE EXISTING. WINDOW, PATCH/GROUT TO MATCH EXISTING .CONDITIONS (TEXTURE. SILL PROJECTION)• I PROVIDE AND NISTALL NEW BLACKING. SHIMS AND. BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION WITHOUT DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. NEW WINDOW UNIT —SEE SCHEDULE. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT. rREFINISH EXPOSED CONCRETE BLOCK TO MATCH EXISTING I CONDITIONS GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. MOM AND EXTERIOR CON01nDN5 (51 K TRIM. ROES. ETC.) VW PER NSTAIATIOK. ® EXISTING 2. ALL PROOUCiS SUBJECT 10 HURRICANE CONDITIONS SMALL INCLUDE ENGINEERED AND CERTIREO FASTENING SCHEDULE. 3. MATCH FIN IM OF ADXW SURFACES AT NTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. NICWOING PATCHING. PRIMM AND PAINTING TO ACHEVE A COtISISOINT Q NEW MATCH OF FINISHES TO A LOGICAL BREAK POINT. (CORNER. SOFFU. FLOOR. ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES. APPLY 10 DIFFERING J" COIIDITIONS. Drawing Title: ACFIX-M Acoustical Fixed Metal Window at Concrete Block Construction Jamb Detail • 321 Sutmw Street. Fourth Roo, jpThe Jones Payne Group Boston. Hmdmem onto ab i 17.7".3747 f= 6173" 3716 irk Wmanoto "aparmomn Project Nam: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDHN7TAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Nwobw. Project No: 20001.1 MIN-2.4 Drawn By: EF Checked By: TEK Date kawsi: 07-19-02 Scale: 3" - V or As Noted fF ,__;nht IWO CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PROVIDE AND JNSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOS DRIP FLASHING AT HEAD. BACK SEALED TO FLASHING. METAL ANGLEAT HEAD AND JAMBS. PERFORMED'NAIL FIN.. OR PANNING SYSTEM BY MANUFACTURER, BACK SEALED AND FASTENED TO STRUCTURE. I >> CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SHEET MEMBRANE (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL DEPTH OF SILL AT EXTERIOR. RECESS MEMBRANE TO SUFFICIENTLY ALLOW PENETRATION AND'ANCHORING OF CAULK JOINT. CONTINUOS PERIMETER \ L CUT BACK. STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. "—CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF WINDOW. CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FURRED OUT TRIM'(PERIMETER CASINGS, STOPS. STOOLS AND APRON) TO MATCH EXISTING ANO/OR ALLOW FOR INCRESED DEPTH OF COMBINED WINDOW UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING. SHIMS AND -BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION WITHOUT. . WITH INSULATION. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH iNSUIJ►TION. CONTINUOS PERIMETER SEALANT. WINDOW UNIT -SEE DOLE. CONTINUOS PERIMETER SEALANT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER CASINGS. STOPS. STOOLS AND APRON) TO MATCH' EXISTING AND/OR ALLOW FOR INCRESED DEPTH OF COMBINED WINDOW UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. GENERAL NOTES: I. NTE m AND D ITU" aWI0 Tm (SONG. TOM.. FNNSHES. ETC.) vv PER MISTA►am 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO WINRICAW CONOIM SFMLL NCM EIIpNEE D AW CER1 M FASTEMNG SCHEDULE: 3. INTCH FINSM OF AWCDQ SURFACES AT.MIMM IWO EXTERIOR E M110NS. NCIUOIIIO PATOM Pft" AND PAnNC TO ACHEVE A MIKISTAMT INTCH OF FlIIISIES TO A LOGICAL BREAK PONT. (COMNER, SOFFIT. FLOOR, Ur) 4. ALL WIM APPLY W WFUM .NAB CDIIDNq & Drawing Title: ACGL-M Acoustical Gliding Metal Window at Wood Frame Construction Head and Sill Detail j 0 321 Sean w grow. Fourth Poor The Jones Payne Groupip Bosom 417,7 OX47 6= 617 ► u! �17.790.1747 hee i17.79Q774t Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOME INSULATION PROGRAM Detail N=b �jd NoY1.1 MW-3.3 �" BY ER Chxked By: Tl]C Date !aspect: 07-19-02 Scalc 3" - 1' a Aa Noled PROVIDE AND INSTALL STUCCO SURROUNDS. FAUX SILL. CASINGS APRON OR KICK TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS. PERFORMED NAIL FIN OR PANNING SYSTEM BY MANUFACTURER. BACK SEALED AND FASTENED TO STRUCTURE. CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS: PER ARCHITECT. CUT BACK AND REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF WINDOW. CAUSING AS UTTI.E DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FURRED OUT TRIM (P CASINOS. STEFORJ . STO APRON) ro CH E AND/OR ALL:DEPTH OF COMBINED UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING. SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION WITHOUT DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. CONTINUOS PERIMETER SEALANT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER CASINGS. STOPS. STOOLS AND APRON) TO MATCH EXISTING AND/OR ALLOW FOR INCRESED DEPTH OF COMBINED WINDOW . UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. NEW WINDOW UNIT —SEE SCHEDULE. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. INTERIOR NO UTMM CONDITIONS (SIDING. TRIP, FN91ES. ETC.) WN PER 16 MAWK � DmW, 2. ALL PROOUCIS SUBJECT TO WA CAW C00110N5 91ALL NCLUDE ENGINEERED AND COMIC C FASTENNG SD OUIE. I NAATCH FISHES OF ADVWff SURFACES AT NTERIOR AM WERIDR ELEVATIONS. NCLI 0111C PAM04G. POW AND PANTING TO ACHEVE A COMMANT Q NDR MAIDI OF FISHES. TO A LOGICAL BWM PONY. (CORNER SOFFIT, FLOOR. ETC.) 4. ALL NDTES APPLY TO OIFFEIM JAMB C01101110K Drawing Title: I ACGL-M Acoustical Gliding Metal Window at Wood Frame Construction I Jamb Detail The Jones Payne Group 321 Sunwor Street Fourth Floor Pwied Name: my wm INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detmi Number: Project No.: 20001.1 Drawn By: EF CbeckedBy: TEK Boston.Hraadmemonto t* 617.79. Ia�e L17.790374! MW-3.3 Date lssued: 07-19-02 Scale 3" - 1' or As Noted anal! — ll�lHrar+vrinlat 7f1fV7 I , ®1 CUT BACK STUCCO WHERE EXISTING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PATCH/GROUT TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS (TEXTURE, SILL PROJECTION). — METAL ANGLE AT HEAD AND JAMBS. PREFORMED NAIL FIN OR PANNING SYSTEM BY MANUFACTURER. BACK SEALED AND FASTENED TO STRUCTURE. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS SEALANT. PROVIDE BACKER ROD IF GAP EXCEEDS X'.- - PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING. SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION WITFIOUt DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. . NEW WINDOW UNIT --;SEE SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SHEET MEMBRANE (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL . DEPTH OF SILL. AT EXTERIOR, RECESS MEMBRANE TO SUFFICIENTLY ALLOW PENETRATION AND ANCHORING OF CAULK JOINT. — �_ PROVIDE AND INSTALL. CONTINUOUS SEALANT. PROWDE BACKER" ROD 'IF GAP EXCEEDS Y'. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING. SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION WITHOUT DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. CUT BACK STUCCO WHERE EXISTING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PATCH/GROUT TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS (TEXTURE. SILL PROJECTION) - CUT BACK AND REMOVE. EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF WINDOW, CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW CASINGS (PERIMETER TRIM, EXTENSION Ames, von. STOOLS AND APRON) TILE, (FULL SURROUNDS. STOOL) OR GYPSUM RETURNS TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER. ARCHITECT. �---CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT.:' PROVIDE.AND`INSTAL. NEW CASINGS (PERIMETER TRIM, EXTENSION JAMBS. STOPS, STOOLS AND APRON) TILE, (FULL SURROUNDS, STOOL) OR GYPSUM RETURNS TO MATCH EXISTIN CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. CUT BACK AND.REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR FINISHES TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF WINDOW. CAUSING AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO ADJACENT SURFACES. EXISTING PRECAST CONCRETE SILL GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. NTENIOR AN EXTERIOR CNOITIONS (SONG. MI. FIN&IM ETC.) WIRY PER NISUTATION. Dow 2. ALL PRD=M SUBJECT TO HUWI AK CONOI IONS SWILL KM D NIM AND CERTIFIED F47 NM WGUIE. 3. Lam FINS a OF Ammer SURFACES AT Nuaw me EXTERIOR ELEW wr% NCUIONO PATCHING. PRMI W AND PAINING TO ACHEVE A CO MIANT Q NEW INTCH OF FNIM TO A IOWAL BREAK POINT. (CORNER. SOFFIT. FLOOR, ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO O FMIC JAIIB CONDITIONS. ACGL-M Acoustical Gliding Metal Window at Concrete Block Construction Drawing Title: u..A o-A Q;11 Tlot„I The Jones Payne Group 321 &Arww SaMt. Fo" Roor %& 617 ou10 tek t17.790.7/47 foe i17.7903748 �R Project Nude: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM D" Number. PmjectNo 20001.1 7� ��r M 7� —3.4 Drawn By: EF cLedrod By: TEK: Due Issued: 07-IM scam 3" - I' or As Noted .r-�.......,.;..... Irv» The Jones Payne Group 221 Smaaw Saws Fourdh Roor Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOME INSULATION PROGRAM Donal Number: ProjectNo.c 20001.1 Drawn By:ciced ScSC CbB y: TEK swoon. MasswAuaaas 022I0 t& 617.M3747 aa: il739*374s ip MW-3.4 Date humd 07-19-02 Scak 3" -1' or As Noted aaeik P c*@OnmpW"m ®copyright 2002 ALUMINUM WINDOW )? ACOUSTICAL MULLION AS SUPPLIED BY WINDOW TYPE VARIES — WINDOW MANUFACTURER FULLY INSULATE PERIMETER OF BOTH WINDOWS NEW ACOUSTICAL WINDOW -SEE SCHEDULE AND WINDOW INSTALLATION DETAILS .1 I GENERAL NOTES: 1. MUM AM Daum CONDRIDNS (S mr, TRW, FNSHE$, ETC.) VARY PER NSTAUIWK 2. ALL FR001 M SUBJECT TO HURRICAK CONDOM SHAH NCLUDE D CNEERED AND CEei M FASM" SCK ML 3. mmi FM611ES OF ADJACENT SURFACES AT WUNOR AM MMOR ELL1p1T1 M NC WK PATCHNC. PRNK AND PANIMC TO ACHEYE A COMMANT WXH OF KNISHES TO A LOCNCAL BREAK PONE. (COINER, SOFFIT, FLOOR, ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY To DIFFERNC J" CONOFWK Drawing Title: Acoustical Metal Window Mullion Section Detail 321 s..amr swat F= woo. ipThe Jones Payne Group tvk 61. ►"3747 a.us ouw ta! i 17.770.7747 toc 617.790,374! Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM DeMH Nmnbw. Project No ZOOOI.I Mw-4.0 Drawn By: EF N7�xked By: TEK Date Issued: 07-19 02 Scale 3" - I' or As Noted .a - - 9 EXISTING WALL ASSEMBLY EXISTING CONDITIONS VARRY PER RESIDENCE PROVIDE CONTINUOUSE SEALANT AT PEREMETER OF FRAME TO FILL ANY GAPS RESULTING FROM WALL IRREGULARITIES ODEATAIL AT FRAME — TWO SLIP HINGES AT TOP — BIRCH MOLDING TYP. — 1 /2" RIGID INSULATION 1/4" BIRCH VENEER PLYWOOD BOTH SIDES COVER DEPTH VARRIES PER INSTALATION FEILD VERIFY DEPTH OF EXISTING AC PRIOR TO FABRICATING COVER EXISTING AC UNIT PROVIDE 2 STRIPS OF CONTINUOUS BULB WEATHERSTRIPPING. AT PERIMETER 3/4" CLEAR BIRCH FRAME — MITERED AND SPLINED AT CORNERS TWO SASH LOCKS AT BOTTOM BIRCH CASING— RABBET TO ACCEPT COVER FRAME TO BE SECURLY FASTENED TO WALL AND SET IN BED OF CONTINUOUS SEALANT GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND I. INiER10R AND OWN CONOITIONS (WK TR01, FINISHES. ETC.) WIRY PER NStNAT10N. 2. ALL PROOUCTS SUBJECT TO HUMO AK CONORIONS SINLL NCWDE ENCNEERED AND CU MM FASif) M SCHEDULE. ®^EX6TNG 1 '%%H FN1M OF ADJACENT SURFACES AT MOM NO EXTERIOR ELENATIONS> NCUJONG PATOM PRIYNG AND PAINING TO ACHIM A CONSISTANT LJ NEN YIUCH.OF FNISIES TO A LOGIC I. BREAK PONE. (CORNER, MM. FLOOR ETC.) 1 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO OFFEMW JNAB CONOITOM m ' Drawing Title: Sound Insulating Cover at Existing Through Wall Air Conditioning Unit Section Detail The Jones Payne Group n1 Samar streak Fours, Floor ' Ioalork Mmdaram f12I10 a! 417.M 3747 fec G I7.7W 3748 coal! PtojM Nunn KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE 1NSULAMON PROGRAM Detail Number: Projm No.: 20001.1 Gen-1.5 Drawn BI . P. �y ChxJced By: T. Kuge1 Due hsued: 07-19-02 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1> or As Noted i s � E PROVIDE NEW EXTERIOR SHEATHING TO MATCH EXISTING REMOVE EXISTING THRU—WALL AC UNIT AND ALL ASSOCIATED INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FRAMES AND . CASMICS— d PROVIDE NEW EXTERIOR .STUCCO/SIDING AND PAINT/FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING REMOVE EXISTING FINISHES AS REQUIRED. L EXTEND NEW BUILDING UNDER EXISTING BUILDING PAPER AT TOP AND SIDES. -OVER EXISTING AT BOTTOM r"Cu r►rrlor wA- TO MATCH EXISTING PROVIDE NEW BLOCKI PROVIDE NEW FRAMING NEW GATT INSULATION APPLY I LAYER SHEETROCK TAPED. MW fINISHEp TO MATCH EXISTING NOmONS AS PER ARCHITECT PATCH/REPLACE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR WALL FINISHES FOR A NEAT AND CLEAN APPEARANCE PRIME AND PAINT CORNER TO CORNER TO MATCH EXISTING FINISH ELECTRICAL BOX AND ASSOCIATED INFILL VOID IN WALL AND PATCH :H EXISTING FINISHES GENERAL NOTES: v LEGEND I- IRERIOR AND WERIOR CONDITIONS (SIDING. TRIP. FUSEE$, ETC.) VIIIRT PER 11STALATION. 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT TD 1qR auk CONDITIONS SHALL INMa gone AND CERTIFED FASTENING SC►EOULE. DON 3 Mh%H. FINSIES OF ADNCM SURFACES AT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR EtfY1 mis. INCLUDIK' PATCHING. PRIMING AND PAINING TO ACHIM A CONSISM MATCH OF FINIM TO A LOGICIII. BREAK PONT. (CORNER. SOFFIT. FLOOR, ETC.) O N 4. ALL NM APPLY 10 OiFERING JAMB OONDIMK Drawing Title: In -Fill Existing Through -Wall AC at Wood Frame Construction Head and Sill Detail The Jones Payne Group 32N Sunnar Svwt. Fovth pow lasuon. Hrwdo Qn210 t11: L 17.M3747 hie N 7.79=48 me: Pm" Na KEY WEAIR WEST INTERNATIONAL PORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSUL.AMON PROGRAM Detail Nmnbu: Project No.-. =01.1 GEN-1.7 Drawn B7. EF/PL Checicea Hy TEKjp Due Issued: 07-26-02 Scale: 3' -1' or As Noted 1/2- X t t1/2'SOLID BLOCKING 1/2- X 3 CLEAR PINE P DETAIL T'-0 23 N SAFTEY CHAIN NOTE: SECTION DEATAIL THE SAME AT ALL SIDES SFr• 1 1/2 INCH - 1 FOOT GENERAL NOTES: PROVIDE DOUBLE BULB WEATHER-STRIPPING AROUND PERIMETER; WEATHER STRIPPING TO BE SET AT 1/2- APART 1 1/5- X 1 1/2- CLEAR PINE RABBITED AS SHOWN NOTE: ALL CORNERS TO BE SPLINED AND MITERED 1/2 INCH PAINT GRADE PLYWOOD 1/2 INCH "DMOSOTE GLUED TO PLYWOOD AT BOTH SIDES 1/2 INCH PAINT GRADE PLYWOOD -PROVIDE NEW BLOCKING. SHIMS. AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMODATE INSTALLATION WITHOUT DOWNSIZING; FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. • EXISTING CEILING ASSEMBLY { � 1_RECEMNf: FRAME TO BE SECURELY ' FASTENED AND SET IN BED OF CONTNNIOUS SEALANT: SEE FRAME DETAIL 'A*PROVIDE 4 SASH LOCKS; ONE EACH SIDE PROVIDE 1 HANDLE; VERIFY LOCATION 1. NOW AND UIERIOR COF WIMS. (SONG. TRW. FINSNES. ETC.) WORT PER WSTAIA71D . 2_ ALL PROOUCIS SUBJECT TO MIRIWANE CONDITIONS SHALT. NCUIDE DONMI D AND CERTIFIED FASTENYJC SCN711l1E. 3 W11CH FWISNIES OF ADJACENT SURFACES AT W USOR AND EXTERIOR ELEVATKAS. INCLUDING PATCHING. P11G AND PAWING TO A011m A CON5ISm LATCH OF FIIAM TO A LOGICAL BREAK POINT. (CORNER SOFFIT. FLOOR ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DIFFERING *A CONDITIONS. Drawing Title: AAP Non -Reducing Attic Access Panel Treated From Below g Section Detail • 321 Uwww Street Fow dFloor 1pThe )ones Payne Group tsosv^ Mws&d uwn 02210 tek 617.7903747 foe 417.790.3748 arnaik 010 mpar O"' Project Names KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESMEMIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number. Project No- 20001.1 GEN-2.1 Drawn By. P. Leroy Checked By: T. Kugel Date Issued: 07-IM Scale: Y - l' or As Noted acopyrlght 2002 S -t 1 PROVIDE PLYWOOD TO IN —FILL ATTIC FLOORING PROVIDE FRAYING AT OPENING TO RECIEVE NEW FINISHES .I l i REMOVE EXISTING WHOLE HOUSE FAN . J PROVIDE NEW GYPSUM BOARD; MATCH EXISTING TEXTURE AND/OR FINISH AND PAINT ENTIRE CEILING TO MATCH EXISTING. f i. GENERAL, NOTES: LEGEND T. INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR CONO17 016 (SOING. Mt fIN6HE5, ETC.) WN PER INSTAlAT10N EI05TIIG r 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO NINRRICAIIE CON MT10NS SHALL INCLUDE ERpNEERED AND CERT M FASTENING SCNEODLE. 3..YATCH FIi1M OF ADJACENT SURFACES AT INTERIOR AND DaEMOR MATH INCLUDINC PATCFM PRRING AND PALLING TO ACHIEVE A CONS15TAM Q NEW i- ; MUCH OF FNTNSHES TO A LOGICAL BREAK POW (CORNER SOFFIT. FLOOR, ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DIFFERING JAYS CONDITIONS. Drawing Title: Remove and Infill Whole house Fan Section Detail Projeet Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Det W Number: 321 Summer West. fourth Floor jpThe Jones Payne Group Soma. Mind' nn 02210 ak 417."U747 ae 617."U-148 ProedNo: z000l.l GEN-2.5 Drawn Br. P. Leroy Checked By: T. Kugel Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 1 II2" = 1' or As Noted . - P—W400-spar— Qcopyright 2W2 I/ 1 1 ff 1 .I t BATT INSULATION, IF REQUIRED, OR EXISTING ` BATT INSULATION (SEE SCOPE OF WORK) !, EAVE VENTILATION TROUGH IF BATT INSULATION EXISTS OR IS ADDED VAPOR BARRIER AS REQUIRED (SEE SCOPE OF WORK) CUT BACK EXISTING BLOCKING TO ALLOW . AIR CIRCULATION THROUGH BAFFLE VENT CONTINUOUS .SOFFIT VENT ,1 IN EXISTING. SOFFIT.. I GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. NIE= AM EIITERIOR OONOIM (SICK TRN, FINISHES. ETC.) VIAY PER NSUTATION. 2. ALL PRODUCTS SU9JECT TO IRIR�CAW WOWS SHALL NCLUOE ENGINEERED AND CMIIF O FA 006 SOC UIE 1LL�s7 D w 3. INTCM FNSHES. OF ADd DIT SURFACES AT NIERgR.AND E%TWW ELEYNUM S, NXUDNO PATCMNG, W701 OF F1141M TO A tOCllJlL WM PONE. (Q7WM SOFFIT, FLOOR ETC.) PWINC AND PUMV TO A01M A CONSISW u NEW 4. ALL NOTES APPLY To nIFFEAING , me CONDITIONS. Drawing Title: Soffit Vent _ Section Detail The Jones Payne Group 311 sun,,.rFarah Boor ��► t4rocha.ua OQ210 a6 417.7"3747 hie {17.79037411 anWk PWJM Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESMENI7AL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM . Detail Nambaip i�;;e�Nn.: 20001.1 GEN-C.O Ikawn By: P. Laoy cnea:ea By T. Date Issued 07-19-02 I Scak: 3" - 1' or As Nobel SECTIO' SECTION A -A P NEW OR EXISTING MUSHROOM VENT -SEE SCOPE OF WORK EXISTING ROOF SHEATHING EXISTING RAFTER 1 e SEMI -RIGID INSULATION 1/2' PLYWOOD NAILED DIRECTLY TO EXISTING RAFTERS. FURRRAFTERS DOWN TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE AIRFLOW IF REQUIRED EXISTING ROOFING AND SHEATHING EXISTING RAFTER 1" SEMI -RIGID INSULATION 1/2e PLYWOOD NAILED DIRECTLY TO EXISTING RAFTERS. FURR RAFTERS TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE AIRFLOW IF REQUIRED GENERAL . NOTES: LEGEND 1. MEWOR MQ EXTERIOR CONDRKNS (SNANG. U411, MRSHES. ETC.) VMT PER NSUTATKIN. E= EKt m 2. ALL PRDOUCTS SUBJECT 10 MIINMCANE CONUTM 91ALL NCLUDE DOOM AND CERTNIEO FASTENIIO SCHEOUIE. . d WJCN FWHES OF ADJACENT SURFACES AT IITERIOR.AND EKIERIOR ELE1iNTIONS. NCLUDNIG MOM. PR!" AND PANRNG TO ACHEVE A COMM Q NEW KUM OF FIRM TO A LOGICAL BREAK PONT. (CORNER SOFFIT, FLOOR. ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO OFFERING JAMB COtgITK1N5. Drawing Title: Roof vent Baffle Section Detail Projea New- KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail N=bw Jones Payne Group Project No: 2OW1.1 321 Summer Sweat Fourth Row jpThe 0esowt MuSKMIGI tI onio GEN-7.0 Drawn By: P. Leroy By: T. Kugel - to 617.7f1L27,7 Aac i17.790a7,s Date Issued 07-19-M Scale: NTS anm& L (C)copyright 2002; NEW OR EXISTING RIDGE VENT -SEE SCOPE OF WORK EXISTING ROOF SHEATHING EXISTING RAFTER Q` 1" SEMI -RIGID INSULATION 1/2" PLYWOOD NAILED DIRECTLY TO EXISTING RAFTERS. FURR RAFTERS DOWN TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE AIRFLOW /�/ EXISTING ROOFING AND SHEATHING J EXISTING RAFTER 1" SEMI -RIGID INSULATION i 1 .t I SECTION A 1 /2" PLYWOOD NAILED DIRECTLY e TO EXISTING RAFTERS. FURR RAFTERS TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE AIRFLOW IF NECESSARY GENERAL NOTES: T. WM AND ExWWR CONOIMM (MC. TRNA, rNOO. ETC.) WAY PER WA AWK 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO MURRIGWE C MMONS 9VU NA = ENG aRED AND aRMW FASMW4 SCHEDULE. 3. MATCH FINSNES or ADAACENT SURFACES AT NTTERIOR AND MOM .ELEr01WK NWAM PATO W,. PIWO AND PAWW TO AO*W A CONSISM MATCH Or FNpS1ES TO A LOGICAL WFK POW. (CORNER, SoM, FLOOR, ETC.) 4. ALL NDTES APPLY TO OFFERING .WIB CoIgffo& Ridge Vent Baffle i Drawing Title: section Detail The Jones Payne Group 721 SunweaeSua t. Fourth Row eoame% Mmudomm on io � 7.NOA747 uoc 617.7M?48 Pm)M Name. KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number:Pro�No: 2000I.1 GEN-8.0 Dawn Br.. P. Leroy Checked By: T. Kugel Date Ismod: 07-19-02 Scale: NTS EXISTING CEILING ASSEMBLY CONTINUOUS SEALANT AT TOP PLATE NEW NARROW PROFILE WALL OF 2X4 FRAMING ON FLAT PROVIDE BATT INSULATION PROVIDE 1 LAYER OF 1/2 INCH GYPSUM BOARD TAPED AND PAINTED AT BOTH SIDES PROVIDE NEW. WOOD BASE TO MATCH EXISTING OR AS PER ARCHITECT AT BOTH SIDES CONTINUOUS SEALANT AT BOTTOM OF SILL PLATE CUT BACK EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES EXISTING FLOOR ASSEMBLY GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. MERIOR AND EX DWR M O TM (SKI K TRY. FM115FE5, ETC.) WAY PER NSTNANK ®cam 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO MAWANE CONDInONS SHALL MICLUDE ENGMIEERED AND CERTMIEO FASTEWIIC SCHEDULE. I WTCH FMNM OF ADJACENT SURFACES AT MERIOR AND EI MWR BrOJK1N5. YCLUDMIC PATCHING, PRWW AND PAMITMIC TO ACHIEVE A COPMAW Q WW MICH OF FlMSHES TO A LOCK;AL BREAK POMIT. (CORIIER, SOFFIT. FLOOR. ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO MTERING 4W CMMOta Drawing Title: I Narrow Profile Wall I Section Detail Jones Payne Group 321 Boomer west. Foard� Floor Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Ddail Number: Project No: 200011 Dawn By: P. Leroy (7teciced B Y- T. Kugel 1pThe !woos tlawdrsata 02210 tel: i 17.790.37�7 Ore 617.790.2748 `I r,%L-1.� Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 3" = V or As Noted " e"'pay— (0cawri¢ht 2002 L EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN — NEW NARROW PROFILE WALL NEW GYPSUM BOARD; FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING AND PAINT ENTIRE WALL SURFACE AT BOTH SIDES PROVIDE NEW 2x FRAMING COORDINATE NEW OPENING SIZE AND LOCATION WITH ADDITIONAL SCOPE OR AS PER ARCHITECT NEW OPENING EXISTING OPENING N �) . .'o c,, � "., �. ', 1 iG k1ATCH EXISTING. 2 'IFY 7kAM[, CASINGS, AND BASEBOARD AT BOTH SIDES Of, M.A.'�ICIH EXISTING OR AS PER ARCHITECT. H[ DOLE FOR ADDITIONAL SCOPE. Right and Left Jambs C� . GEN'il�- L' 1. INTUV, ki, (SM. TW FOASHM M) %M PER IWALATM * *T" 2. AU M,4�� I 1C NORREANC COMMONS SWL INCUM ENGINEERED AM CERTM FASWANG SCHEDULE. ' ALL 3. MAT(' , SiVACES Al NTEF40R AND EXTERIOR ELEVATKK INCLUDING PATCHING. PRAWC AND FAKBING TO AOVE A CONWANT PATCH R� �i,aXA BREAK PONT. (CORNER. SOFFIT, FLOOR. M) TC 4- ALE AtiV�- 3 TRIV "B CONDITIONS. Dra).v; i, �4'! Interior opening at Mechanical Closet Plan Detail jp -0, I F I N Dyne. ne fto)M Nmw M WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOME INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Nwnber. Group Pwjed No.: 20001.1 Dra" Br. P. Lem O..kd By: T. Kgd .3748 W L-1.11 Due Issued: ormq-m scde: 3* - V or As Noted car 1NO INSTALL NEW CROWN OR EXISTING AS PER ARCHITECT VEW BLOCKING NALL WITH FINISHES RETAINED $/8" SHEETROCK TAPED do REFER TO DRAWINGS AND n6N JEW WOOD `BASE TO MATCH. OR BASE REAPPLIED AS PER FLOOR Drawing Title: One Layer 5/8" Gypsum DirectApplied Over Existing Wall Surfaces Section Detail 321 Saner Street. Fourth Floor jpThe Jones Payne Group loseomMatwichu emonio � 7-"&37�47 4tc=417.7 X748 hoject Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESWEIMAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM D" Number: ' ProjtxlNoa zaool.l WL_5.0 Dawn BY EF CbeckedBy: TEK Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 3" - 1' or As Noted ®copyright 2W2 PROVIDE NEW THRESHOLD CUT EXISTING WALL BACK TO ACCOMMODATE NEW OPENING EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN PROVIDE NEW GYPSUM BOARD FINISHES AT BOTH SIDES TO MATCH EXISTING IXIX XIXI EXISTING OPENING NEW OPENING PROVIDE NEW CASINGS AT BOTH SIDES; MATCH EXISTING STYLE OR AS PER ARCHITECT PROVIDE NEW 2X FRAMING NOTES: 1. BRACE AND SUPPORT EXISTING STRUCTURE BEFORE CUTTING NEW OPENING. 2. PROVIDE NEW STRUCTURAL MEMBERS (HEADER & JACKS) SIZING AS PER ARCHITECT. 3. MATCH EXISTING FINISH CONDITIONS AT BOTH SIDES OF OPENING OR AS PER ARCHITECT. 4. PROVIDE THRESHOLD AT NEW OPENING OR AS PER ARCHITECT 5. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL SCOPE GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. INTERIM AND EIIIENIOR MOTIONS (SIDING. TRIM. FINIS111M ETC.) VARf PER INSULATION. EAISTNG f 2. ALL PRWLCFS SUBJECT 10 FIJNRIGINE OOND M SNAIL INCLUDE DNGNEERED NO COMM FA$TEMNG SCHEDULE. II W.MN FINISHES of ADJACENT SURFACES AT INTERIOR AND EIREMOR ELEVMTIONS. I MIJDNC PAICNINC. PRIIMIC AND PANTING M ACMIX A C0F1 WANT O NErr . WXN OF FTNISIES TO A LACKAL BREAK POINT. (OoWM SOFFIT. FLOOR, ETC.) 4. ALL N>/E5 APPLY TO OIFEMNG JAYS CONOITIONS. Drawing Title: New or Enlarged Wall Opening Jamb Detail Pmject Nan- KEY WEST WMNAMONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL. NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM DeWl Number. The )ones Payne Group 32t A.anrr sarnt. Fo" Floor Ioaeoq �4md�wam 02210 uki17J%3747 No-i173"3748 No. 20061.1 �I� p �� L—O.0 Dawn By P. Leroy Checked Br. T. KuSd Date Issued: 07-29-02 Scale 3" = V or As Noted and NEW WINDOW UNIT -SEE SCHEDULE. CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING E TD REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. L PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW SILL FRAMING AND JACKS TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT SUPPORT FOR LOWERED SILL LOWER SILL TO MEET ALL CODE EGRESS REQUIREMENTS I =jj I u PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FURRED OUT TRIM (PERIMETER CASINGS..STOPS. STOOLS AND APRON) TO MATCH EXISTING AND/OR ALLOW FOR INCRESED DEPTH OF COMBINED WINDOW UNITS. STYLE AS PER ARCHITECT. NIX�'lllht�' i 5 ��j/ jam% %/.I • ' • . GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND I. NIE M AND W011OR COWTOINS (SIOW TRN. FwS1lE5. ETC.) VARY PER IIISUTATKIN I ALL PRODUCTS WWCT TO HURRICANE WOTIONS SHALL INCLUDE ENGINEERED AW CERTIFEO FASTENK SCHEDULE. � 3. MATCH FN15HM OF ADJACENT SURFACES AT INTERIOR AND EXTERgR EIEW1t OK NCLUDNG PATCHING. PRIANG AND PANINC TO A01M A CONSSTANT LJ NEW OF FI IM TO A LOWC& BREAKPOINT. (CORNER. SOFFIT. FLOOR, ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DIFFERING JAMB CONOIDONS. Drawing Title: Lower Window Sill In Wood Frame Construction Sin Detail Jones Payne Group 321 Sramoer Swat, (ourrh Floc• Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Nwnber: ProjectNo.: 20DOIA jpThe �► Mutaclwuaus 02210 nk i17.790.3747 fim 617.790 3741 ��T p WL-8.2 Drawn By: MRB Checked By: TEK Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 3" - I' or As Noted anak yoaWk*@Imapar*=m wiwvrrrent awc NEW WINDOW UNIT -SEE SCHEDULE. CUT BACK STUCCO OR SIDING TO . REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. n fGENERAL NOTES: LOWER SILL TO -MEET ALL CODE EGRESS REOUIREMENTS. NEW OPENING SHALL MATCH BLOCK COARSE INTERVALS PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW CASINGS (PERIMETER TRIM, EXTENSION JAMBS. STOPS. STOOLS AND APRON) TILE. (FULL SURROUNDS. STOOL) OR GYPSUM RETURNS TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR AS PER ARCHITECT. •i gj�Q.� . , / Ii I CUT cI rT ��I T`�:�W III INTERIOR REL410VAL OF 1101 WINDOW. CAUSING AS LITTLE EXISTING I01ADJACENT SURFACES. 1�DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE TO GROUT, REINFORCE AND INFILL ALL EXPOSED CONCRETE BLOCK CELLS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW WINDOW 1. WIEM AND WEIIOR MWITIONS (SIONG. TRM. FNRHES. ETC.) %W PER NSTAIATIOK 2. ALL PIOMICIS SUBJECT TO INNRRICANE CONOIT06 SHALL NWIDE MUM AND CE W O FASTENING S"MIRE, I MWI FNI5HES OF AQNCENT SURFACES AT NTEWOR AND WEWR RMIXIM NCLUOIING PATCIM PIING AND PANTNG TO ADiM A ID166TANT INICH OF FraM 10 A LOGICAL BREAK POINT. (CORNER. SOFFIT. ROOK ETC.) 4. ALL NDTES APPLY TO DIFFERING ^e COR)IMNS. Drawing Title: Lower Window Sill in Concrete Block Construction Sill Detail The Jones Payne Group u4 Ilcyl•mn sa..c Suka 401 o:n33it216 jp Pi jM Name: KEY W M INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT REMDMMAL SOUND INSULATION PROGRAM Dood Namb,. Project No- 20001 ��L-8.3 Dnwn Br. MRB Checked Br, TEK Dale Issucd 07-19-02 3" - V or As Nowd 7I 9 i 1 1 El WI/ i • El ALUMINUW SUPPORT LOCK RIN CHANNEL ' (SUPPORI ANGLE BRACKET (TIE DOWN).. FASTENER I / IIIII SIZE AND SPACING MEET CODE REOUIREMENTS Y j lotIjll �% III Igloo %//aljll'/ pll GENERALNOTES: LEGEND i� Iljlli� � jlljl 1.1l� r y. 1 AM" RWAM AT WW4OR AW 7 R11' aM7M INULOCri P0M TO AD"w .• WATCH OF FINIM TO A LOMAL MW POINT. (MUM WFIT, FLOOR, ETQ 4. ALL N0113 APPLY TO DIFFMC JW YI '1 1 DrawingAWN- Clamshell Awning Storm Shutter at Concrete Block Construction 'Headand Sill Elevation e The Jones Payne Group rt t Iwaraar so+lt iourdl Hour tat 6171 .3747uab ou10 st a7.no.na floe an.7soa�w .allt PsojMNama KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Dddl Nombe ��No: �1.1 SP-3.2 Drawn B Y P. Leroy Checked By: T. Kugd Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scaly. 3' - V or As Noted tcrconvnnnt xatep r ;t r EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY I4 AND OVERHANG j CUT BACK STUCCO t MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES EXISTING BAY WINDOW I I AND SUPPORT BRACKETS TO BE REMOVED 1� 1 J OEXI�Tl,�G WINDOW ELEVATION 318_GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. MITERK)R AND WEIIIOR. MIA)MON (SIOM,G, TRW, FMMSNES, ETC) WIRY PER M15TAIAWK 2. ALL PROOIICTS wBJECT 10NURRI(I W caonaNs slwt MICWOE ENCINEEREO Alb cERTIFIEo fASTENMIG scNEouE ousTNc I MATCH FSIM OF ADIA= SURFACES AT MIIERKIR AND EXTERIOR ELEINTKMIS, MWW PATCHNG, PRMMNG AND PAMiTNG TO ACHIEVE A CON56TANf Q 11Er1 INTCH OF FNWS TD A LOWAL BREAK POW (COMM SOFFIT. FLOOR ETC.) ALL M W APPLY TO DIFFERMIG .WIB CONDITIONS. Tallmidge SK: ACGL-M Acoustical Gliding Metal Window at Removed Bay Window Drawing Title: Existing and New Elevations 1 t: nI SW W W Saw. Fwx-th Floor 1pThe )ones Payne Group M l:6113tr�ci�u�1= 6173 tik i17J90.3747 /ne �I7.790.3748 aroA Project Nmwe KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Neaober: Project No: 20001.1 - SK-A Drawn 19r. - - P. �oY Qkclted By. T. Kugd Date lasued: 07-19-02 Sole: 3" =1' or Aa Noted I FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES REFER TO DETAIL MW-3.4^4 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SHEET MEMBRANE (FLEXIBLE FLASHING) AT FULL DEPTH OF SILL. AT EXTERIOR. RECESS MEMBRANE TO SUFFICIENTLY ALLOW PENETRATION AND ANCHORING OF CAULK JOINT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS SEALANT. PROVIDE BACKER ROD IF GAP EXCEEDS Xh PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BLOCKING. SHIMS AND BUCK FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION WITHOUT DOWNSIZING. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. — EXISTING PRE CAST WINDOW SILL CUT BACK STUCCO WHERE EXISTING TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. PATCH/GROUT TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS (TEXTURE. SILL PROJECTION). T . Project Nrme KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM DeW Number. 321 Summer Street. Forth PAw ipThe Jones Payne Group Boeam, Masmdwi*w 02210 ak 617.790.37�7 fam 617.790.37M ProjedNw 20001.1 SK-A Dawn By: P. Leroy Checked By: T. Kugei Due laved 07-19-02 Sale: 3" = I' a As Noted wrlik `tel a COm ®copyright 2002 Ll PROVIDE CONCRETE LANDING SIZED TO MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS. MINIMUMWIDTH EQUAL TO WIDTH OF'.DbOR OR AS OER.ARCHITECT NEW , HEIW AT. HALF OF DISOW BETWEEN GROUND UNE AND FINISH FL000'UNE. RISE NOT TO EXCEED, CODE REQUIREMENTS.'*' :. —CUT BACK AND EXISTING ,WALKWAY.: INDICATED ON DRAWINGS —EXISTING WALKWAY TO REMAIN f PmjmNmW. KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION. PROGRAM D"Nutubm Jones Payne Group 321 Summer Straw, Fourth Floor Project No.: 20001.1 J-C Drawn By: EF Chedcad By: TEK 1pThe Boston, n flaadmm=02210 tok&ll,'9&3747 fi=6172"3748 S K Date hsue&- 06-15-01 Scale: 3" - V or As Noted anWI: postafficeftnesparmtmn 0cotmiaht 2W2 PROVIDE NEW BRICK MOLDING; MATCH EXISTING STYLE OR AS PER ARCHITECT PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEALANT AT PERIMETER PROVIDE NEW BUCK FRAME SECURELY FASTENED TO EXISTING STRUCTURE BACK SEAL MINIMUM 2 LOCATIONS: AT INTERIOR SIDE AND RM EXTERIOR SIDE EXISTING WALL ASSEMBLY PATCH, REPAIR AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING ANY INTERIOR FINISHES DAMAGED DURING REMOVAL OF _ EXISTING 'ASSEMBLY — PROVIDE NEW EXTERIOR STOP PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEALANT AT PERIMETER EXISTING BRICK EXTERIOR 'THRESHOLD PROVIDE. CONTINUOUS THRESHOLD SHIM AND FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION A PROVIDE NEW INTERIOR CASINGS; MATCH, EXISTING STYLE OR AS PER ARCHITECT PROVIDE CONTINUOUS NEW FULL HEIGHT THRESHOLD : SIDELIGHT .(MFIXC) — SEE SCHEDULE PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEALANT AT PERIMETER ("� Jamb Detail J 3.b ADDITIONAL NOTES: 1. FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES REFER TO DETAILS MW-2.3, DR-1.1 AND SD-1.1. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CERTIFIED ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS COMPLYING WITH LOCAL CODE HURRICANE REQUIREMENTSFOR UNIFIED DOOR/WINDOW/FRAME INSTALLATION. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND I. "MM NO DIM CONDITIONS (SO O, IRK FMtrS11ES, Eft) VARY rot MSMMON. 2 ALL PMM= stlar=10 NUt XAW c WIMS stun MCLUDE BOWS AND cER M FASTDW Sd1E AL ®005 J. MATCH FILM OF AMIA M SURFACES AT HUM AND D MR aEYAilOt15, MCLUOMO PATCHW4 PN MG AND PAMNO TO ACME A COMM 0 NEW MATCH OF MOM TO A 1000L BREAK FC*f. (CORNER, SOFFIT, FLOOR. EEC.) C ALL NDTES APPLY.70 MOM JU CUMONS. Drawing Title: Exterior Prime In -Swinging Wood Door with Sidelights and Full Light Storm Door Jamb Detail The Jones Payne Group 321 Wormer steer. kxwtb Fw« t o .617. M0.3747 tatu 02210 17.7 jp ter 617.790.37Q hie 617.790.37�8 Project Nam= KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENITAL NOISE 1NSULA73ON PROGRAM mail Ntmtber. Projeallo� 20OOI I SK-D Drawn By. P. Leroy Ch d d Br. T. KttvI Date lsstted: 07-29-02 Scat= 6" - I' or As Noted errat ,• L ,-: wpyrignt cwc PROVIDE NEW EXTERIOR CASINGS; PROVIDE CONTINUOUS MATCH EXISTING STYLE OR AS SEALANT AT PERIMETER PER ARCHITECT PROVIDE NEW 1 X FRAME SECURELY FASTENED TO EXISTING EXISTING BRICK { ' STRUCTURE �— EXTERIOR THRESHOLD PROVIDE NEW EXTERIOR STOP NEW SECONDARY OUT —SWINGING DOOR PROVIDE CONTINUOUS (SD —SW) —SEE SEALANT AT PERIMETER SCHEDULE ( PROVIDE CONTINUOUS ! THRESHOLD SHIM AND FILL ALL 7 VOIDS WITH INSULATION 1p PROVIDE NEW DOOR. _ FRAME -SET IN --BED OF - NEW FULLH€tGt�T CONTINUOS SEALANT SIDELIGHT (MFIXC) — _ SEE SCHEDULE - - - --- — - - - - -- PROVIDE CONTINUOS a WEATHER-STRIPPING AS PER SPECIFICATION r PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEALANT AT PERIMETER NEW IN —SWINGING PROVIDE NEW INTERIOR DOOR .(EPW) SEE t CASINGS; MATCH EXISTING SCHEDULE STYLE OR AS PER ARCHITECT PROVIDE CONTINUOUS / THRESHOLD Mullion Detail ADDITIONAL NOTES: 1. FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES REFER TO DETAILS MW-2.3, DR-1.1 AND SD-1.1. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CERTIFIED ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS COMPLYING WITH LOCAL CODE HURRICANE REQUIREMENTS FOR UNIFIED DOOR/WINDOW/FRAME INSTALLATION. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. mum me W MDR CONanONS MW TMM. MKS. M) vW Pat N6TAWM 2. ALL PRODUCTS ROM To HU W-W COMA M SHALL NICM DDIESS MD CEMP FA90M SMWJ E: ®Dan I MATCH FTMISFES OF A"" StWACES a NOW AND EXIEAIOR ETFYADDNS, NKLUDNIO PACK PM" AND FAW" TO Ao" A OMM MR. F--1 Mw (LATCH OF FNNSHES To A LOWA WM POW(CORWK SDFFTF. ROM M) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DFFUM AS CONanONS 11 Drawing Title: Exterior Prime In -Swinging Wood Door with Sidelights and Full Light Storm Door Mullion Detail The Jones Payne Group Project Nanw, BEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENI7AL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Derail Number: Project No.: 20OD1.1 v Sl1�l.JT� 3n tZ~ sueet Froth Favor ten Memetluaetts 9¢no temok e 617.79&3747 6e: 617.799.371! IP a �rnnvrinhr 7Mf - D— By: P. Leroy peeked By. T. ICutd Date (wed 07-29-M -- Scale: 6" -1' or As Noted PATCH, REPAIR AND PAINT TO MATCH :EXISTING ANY INTERIOR FINISHES DAMAGED DURING REMOVAL OF EXISTING ASSEMBLY PROVIDE NEW INTERIOR CASINGS. MATCH EXISTING STYLE OR AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE CONTINUOS SEALANT AT PERIMETER NEW DOOR FRAME SECURELY FASTENED TO STRUCTURE AND SET IN CONTINUOUS 80 OF SEO i1NT` PROVIDE CONTINUOS WEATHER - SIG -AS PER NEW IN -SWINGING DOOR / (EPW) - SEE SCHEDULE MAINTAIN MINIMUM 2- AIR SPACE BETWEEN DOORS. FRAME DEPTHS ARE TO BE COORDINATED TO ALLOW FOR FOR BOTH CONSISTENT JAMB DEPTH AND DOOR HARDWARE. (EASE OF OPERATION) PROVIDE ADEQUATE BLOCItI14G TO SECURE NEW DOORJVDEUGHT ASSEMBLY AND NEW EXTERIOR CASINGS PROVIDE NEW JAMB EXTENSION AT HEAD T—PROVIDE NEW EXTERIOR CASINGS; MATCH EXISTING STYLE OR AS PER ARCHITECT d;Tn Sri 3r'e`�� i'711 �'TCi -- - SHIM AND FILL ALL VOIDS WITH INSULATION ,� TNT... PROVIDE BACKER! IF GAP EXCEEDS Yi . Head at Door ADDITIONAL NOTES: 1. FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES REFER TO DETAILS MW-2.3r DR-1.1 AND SD-1.1. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CERTIFIED ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS . COMPLYING WITH LOCAL CODE HURRICANE REQUIREMENTS FOR UNIFIED DOOR/WINDOW/FRAME INSTALLATION. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND I. IMERWR NO EXTERIOR CONDITIONS (StDIt1Or TRM. RINSNM ETC.) VARY PQt IIISWATION E705TNG 2 ALL PRODUCTS SISM TD tRIRRICaNE CONDRIDNS StNLL NCWDE ENGNIEDIED ADO CERfM FAS1ElMtG SMULE L MOM FiIIISNFB OF AaV= SURFACES AT NIERpIt MO r I A IR B.EyrtTloK MMUOMC PA1t1M POW AND P11MN 10 POM A CMISISEK 0 raw HATCH t1F rose TO A LDGICAE. &wm pow. (COINER St1fRf. FLOOR, ETC.) 4. ALL ND1ES APPLY TO OIFFUM AW CONDIRONS. Drawing Title: Exterior Prime In -Swinging Wood Door with Sidelights and Full Light Storm Door Head Detail The Jones Payne Group 321 Ssruner Strm4 Fourth Floor Pmjm Name: KEY WM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RIMMO rIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number:. ProjedNo_ 2ODDI.1 - Drawn By: P. Lacy Checked By: T. Ruyel 2210 Oat 617.7901717 6s 817.790.3718 tat tom617 Alaat7danens 611.7 1p SK-D Date Issued: 07-"-M Sala 6" -1' or As Noted — PO— ar-- C^Copyright 2002 a PATCH. REPAIR AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING ANY INTERIOR FINISHES DAMAGED DURING REMOVAL OF EXISTING ASSEMBLY PROVIDE NEW INTERIOR CASINGS. MATCH EXISTING. STYLE OR AS PER ARCHITECT. PROVIDE CONTINUOS SEALANT AT PERIMETER WALL r . EXISTING PROVIDE ADEQUATE BLOCKING TO SECURE NEW DOOR/SIDELIGHT ASSEMBLY AND N EXTERIOR CASHEW •PROVIDE NEW JAMB EXTENSION AT HEAD PROVIDE NEW EXTERIOR CASINGS. MATCH EXISTING STYLE OR AS PER ARCHITECT NEYY_EXTERIOR PROVIDG AND INSTALL PROVIDE BACKER ROD IF GAP EXCEEDS 9. SHIM AND FILL ALL VOIDS WITH VMUlAT10N NEW. FULL HEIGHT SIDEL1(MFIXC) - SEE SCHEDULE Head at Sidelight _ = T, o. ADDITIONAL NOTES: 1. FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES REFER TO 'DETAILS MW-2.3. DR-1.1 AND SD'-1.1. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTORTO PROVIDE CERTIFIED ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS COMPLYING WITH LOCAL CODE HURRICANE REQUIREMENTS FOR UNIFIED DOOR/WINDOW/FRAME INSTALLATION. GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. INTE MOR AND. DXTBMOR CONDITIONS (SIDING. TRIM, FWGIM. ETC.) wW PER INSTMAIION. p� z. ALL PRODUCTS SIZ= TD ;IKIIMT AE CONDflgNS SIVLL NCLMDE DI K01111 AND CEx M FASMW SMILE. Dos" 3 W= FNNM OF AIA W SURFACES AT NOW *0 UMMOR Eli1MT101TS.. NWAK PAIDIII , POING AND vANIN TO ACTNEYE A CDamve 7-1 *.= OF F111TSFES'TD A FOWL BREAK POINT. (CORNER. SOFFIT. UK ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY. TO OFFffM JW CONDITONS. Drawing Title: Exterior Prime In -Swinging Wood Door with Sidelights and Full Light Storm Door Head Detail 321 Su M Rreet FourM ROW 1pThe Jones Payne Group t esmn Maradsaetts 02210 take po"r 7 "MmpMT90.37IB Rojm Name: KEY WFSr INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDEN TAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number. PmjwNo: 200011 SK-D Drawn By: P. Lemy Checked By: T. Kugel Date Issued: 07-29A2 Scats: 6" -1' or As Noted u coPyngnl zwz AT CEILING W 1H BEAMS AT NON-RESILENT WALL EXISTING EXPOSED T&G DECKING V.I.F. 5/8" PLYWOOD (TAPED) CONTINUOUS SEALANT, PROVIDE BACKER ROD IF GAP EXCEEDES 1/4" FINISH BUTT JOINTS FOR A NEAT AND FINISHED APEARENCE. PROVIDE EDGE MOLDING AT PERIMETER OF CEILING. AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT EXISTING BEAM V.I.F. 5/8" T&G WOOD DECKING MATCH EXISTING IN SPECIES & FINISH U.O.N. EXISTING EXPOSED T&G DECKING V_I.F. 1x STRAPPING 016" O.C. 5/8" PLYWOOD (TAPE ALL JOINTS) 5/8" T&G WOOD DECKING SPECIES AND FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING U.O.N. BEAM BEYOND CONTINUOUS SEALANT PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW CROWN MOULDING. SPECIES & FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING U.O.N. EXISTING WALL GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND 1. 14TEFM MID WMDR OO WDNS OMIIt n4K FNIS M EIG.) WRY PER IMAIATU L ®E)ow 2. ALL PROM= SUB)ECr 10 MItB ME COIOfM SNALL NCUIOE EWNaRED MID CERTFIED MUM SRMUE I MAT01 NMS O OF ADJAC M % f= AT NTERKNt 10 EXIETIOR MMTM% KLUDNO PATRNNC PRMNO A* PAIITIIG 10 A ME A CONS"M O mw MM OF FRNM TO A LDGE L BREAK PML (CO M. SDFFIT, RM& EQ 4. ALL 14M APPLY TO DFFERNG AWB COMIONS. I Drawing Title: Furred T&G Ceiling I Section Detail The Jones Payne Group 321 Summer Street, Fourth Floor Project Nmm KEY VIM 1NTEMAMONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detad Nambv Project No.: 20001.1 Boston Musedasetts 02210 ma's By: JRK Chocked By: TER tel: 617.790.3747 fax: 617.790.I748 ema8: Postol6ce�joh.npayna.com SKE Dale Lsaued: 08-20-02 Scale: 3" - V or As Nord THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES: 1. WORK INCLUDES LABOR, MATERIALS, TOOLS AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR THE REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING HVAC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WITH NEW COMPONENTS AND THE INSTALLATION OF COMPLETE HVAC SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. SCHEDULE ALL DEMOLITION AND INSTALLATION WITH THE PROJECT. RESIDENT INSPECTOR AND HOMEOWNER 3. COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE ALL INTERFACES BETWEEN TRADES. 4. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE PROPERTY OF THE HOMEOWNERS AND END OF DAY AND JOB CLEANUP. 5. HVAC DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMATIC AND REPRESENT EXISTING CONDITIONS BASED ON SITE OBSERVATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL ACTUAL CONDITIONS INCLUDING THOSE FOR THE EXISTING HVAC SYSTEMS THAT WILL BE REPLACED. 6. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS. 7. ALL PROVIDED HVAC COMPONENTS SHALL BE STATE OF FLORIDA ENERGY EFFICIENCY QUALIFIED. 8. ALL CONDENSING UNIT AND EXTERIOR DUCTLESS UNIT INSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE E-A8 FLOOD ZONE REQUIREMENTS AND WITHSTAND 155 MPH WIND LOADS. VERIFY THAT CLEARANCES FROM ADJACENT PROPERTY MEET REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY OF KEY WEST. 9. DAMS, RAIN GUTTERS, AND DOWNSPOUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED OVER THE CU TO PREVENT HEAVY WATER STREAMS ON TO THE CU. 10. PROVIDE MANUFACTURE_ WSM _RECOMENDED TRAP AT THE AHU FOR NEW CONDENSATE PIPING AND DISCHARGE THE CONDENSATE TO A SUITABLE DRY (FRENCH) WELL. 11. EXISTING PTAC UNITS SHALL BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO THE HOMEOWNER AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, ALL RESULTING OPENINGS SHALL BE SUITABLY PATCHED AND PAINTED. 12. DUCT DIMENSIONS ON THE DRAWINGS ARE CLEAR INSIDE FOR ROUND DUCT. EQUIVALENT RECTANGULAR DUCTS ARE PERMISSIBLE. NEW DUCTS SHALL BE RIGID OR FLEXIBLE AS NEEDED, AND THEY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED ACCORDING TO LOW PRESSURE SMACNA REQUIREMENTS. BENDS, TRANSITIONS, ETC. SHALL PROVIDE LOW PRESSURE LOSSES. 13. EXISTING DUCTS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES SHALL BE CLEANED. WHERE REGISTERS AND GRILLES ARE PROVIDED, THE SOUND LEVEL SHALL BE NOT GREATER THAN NC25 FOR BEDROOMS AND NC35 FOR OTHER ROOMS. 14. INSULATION R VALUE FOR NEW DUCTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FLORIDA ENERGY EFFICIENCY CODE. 15. VENT EXISTING BATHROOM EXHAUST FANS TO THE OUTDOORS AND PROVIDE TWO MITERED ELBOWS IN SERIES IN THE EXHAUST DUCTS. 16. PITCH NEW REFRIGERANT PIPING PER STANDARD PROCEDURES OR MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 17. EXTERIOR REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT OR SOFFIT AND SECURED TO WITHSTAND 155 MPH WIND LOADS. 18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE AND FACILITATE T&B TESTING AND COORDINATE THE WORK AND TRADES WITH THE T&B TESTING. THE T&B AIR DISTRIBUTION BASELINE FOR REPLACED HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE THE AIR DISTRIBUTION BEFORE DEMOLITION. KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM 0 BCT ENGIINBW% INC amm"WAII �r pest) � � e�ii . su—soot GENERAL NOTES Scale: As Noted Date: 05-1 B-01 Drawn by: YA Checked by: AP Job#: 20001 1� 3U Boylston Street. Boslon, Massedwsetb 02116 Phone: (6M 538-831S Fmc (817) 538-620 Emal: .com 1(7CnnV"uht 7(N11 KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM MECHANICAL DETAIL AT DUCT $CT G-19 MWG, INC mom t�A Prw our► �1U :1W7 Scale: As Noted Job#: 20( Date:05-18-01 Detail: Drawn by: YA M-2 Checked by: AP 3M BoyWon Street, Boon; M=ssdwsetb 02110 Phone: (81T) 53WI6 FIX (e17) 536.82410 EmeB: postom�.00m ovrieht 2001 2X2 HANGER 0 16" O.C. J (a) 8d NAIL. TO EXISTING - JOIST NEW 5/8". DRY, WALL.., (TYP.) REMOVE EXISTING CEILING 0 HANGERS EXISTING JOISTS �I I1 2X2 CONT. ,__._ ._- — O WALL• PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 2X2 2X2 .BLOCKING 0 16" O.C. NAILER TO WALL AND OMIT HANGER 2X2 0 16" O.C. NAIL TO HANGER hl'L._ a7;1 0041: sill" M5► ' az I Moll . to �Ei '1t• NOTE: PAINT DRY WALL TO MATCH EXISTING FINISH. NOTE: THIS DETAIL IS APPLICABLE WHERE CONTRACTOR INSTALLS NEW CENTRAL AIR OR NEW DUCTWORK INSTEAD OF MINI —SPLIT SYSTEM ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS. KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL. NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM BCT BNGIl WG,1NC l�i'ilt�+ a» 1M p re.�p..�raW�./i�.�:ed1� ale 1YAM K Nw "" DETAIL AT DUCT PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS Scale: As Noted Job#: 201 Date:05A8-01 Detail: M-3. Drawn by: YA Checked by: AP 334 BOYMM .SteoK Bmbm Messadwaetls 02116 Rww- (617) 5386316 Fm (W) 538624E Erna I-1rn"vnoM 71N/1 EMOVE .EXISTING NEW PIPING CEILING O EXISTING CEILING HANGERS EXISTING JOISTS -�� VIREWOVAL EXIST. CEIUNG 2X2 HANGER O 16` 0. . 2X2 Cam' (3) 8d NAIL TO EXISTING O. WALL; JOIST PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 2X2 2X2 NAILER NAILER TO WALL AND OMIT HANGER NEW 5/8' DRY WALL 2X2 O 16" O.C. NAIL TO HUNGER NOTE: PAINT DRY WALL TO MATCH EXISTING FINISH. DETAIL OF PIPING IN SOFFIT NTS KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM K [I' HCr GIIq0Qv INC Cmxft oil. IN **oft ahM *A* US Y" i se book�"M' um ."ri'3. ~''e'°' MECHANICAL PIPING IN SOFFIT Scale: As Noted Job#: 20001 Date: 05-18-01 Detail: M-4 Drawn by: YA Checked by AP 334 Boylston Street, Boston. Manadmette 02116 (617) 53MIS Fax (617) fiat -W48 F_maH Woe oan (G�cornriaht 2001 BRASS SCREWS ON 12" CENTERS EXTERIOR WALL 16 GAGE METAL PANEL PAINTTOr MATCH EXISTING WALL WITH WEATHER PROOF PAINT DETAIL OF SHEET METAL PANEL AT PIPE DROPS ON EXTERIOR WALL NTs KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM 8CT G, II�TC 701 Ilreplit icy � 110 wt � Mwl► 11rY� ylp MECHANICAL DETAIL OF SHEET METAL PANEL AT PIPE DROPS ON EXTERIOR WALL Scale: As Noted Job#: 20001 Date:05-18-01 Detail: Drawn by: YA . M-5 Checked by: AP . 3U BoyMm St"L Boson. Mom dwseft MIS Phone: (81n 538.8318 Error F= (817)53"M 300 LBS PREFABRICATED CONCRETE PAD lN4! WITH 3 STAND ANCHOR BOLTS REMOVE GRASS, DIRT AND COMPACT SOIL TO INSTALL 6- 6' NEW CONCRETE PAD EXISTING GRASS A. .7� 44 4 7 SAND OR GRAVEL CONDENSING UNIT CONCRETE PAD DETAIL NTS SEE CU STAND DETAIL KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Rer 110214 4WPM(Gp INC out) 04-nm ► MECHANICAL CONDENSING UNIT CONCRETE PAD DETAIL Scale: As Noted Job#*20001 Date: 05-18-01: Detail: M-6 Drawn by: YA Checked by: AP &U 80*Wn Street, Boston, MmsedMeft 82118 Phone: (07) 630-6316 Fwq'(61?)53S4i48 Email: I M Is ®copyright 2001 I. `b- it ° I I a c e v� o a 4 r N y I REMOVE GRASS, DIRT AND COMPACT SOIL TO INSTALL NEW CONCRETE PAD I PREFABRICATED CONCRETE PAD 1'X4' WITH 3 STAND ANCHOR BOLTS 6. EXISTING GRASS Q a 4 O o v- CONDENSING UNIT CONCRETE PAD DETAIL NTS SEE CU STAND DETAIL "—SAND OR GRAVEL i KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION.PROGRAM MECHANICAL Scale: As Noted Job#: 20001 CONDENSING UNIT Date: 07-13-01 Detail: Drawn by: YA M-6 i RCT ENGINEERING, INC CONCRETE PAD DETAIL Checked by: AP CamAlirgEMro�s 1M 00 . !r~r sr. au 334 Boymon Sheet. Boston. Mam0 02116 i W !�w. �M't►� sari � Phone: (W) 5364316 Fax (617) W64248 - IrA1� R Mw 7�a� Email: .mn ®copyright 2001 2 4 5 2 4 3 3 5 1 Frame members shall be minimum 2" X 1" X 1/4" steel angles. Other frame members shall be minimum 1" X 1" X 1/4". Weld joints. Paint per Section 15010. Anchor frame to house wall and to pad. If frame house, anchor to at least 3 studs. Provide vibration isolation between frame and house wall. Galvanized steel anchor bolts, 1/4" - 20UNC2A X 1 -1/ 2" long, 6 each. -Use plastic washers between bolt nuts/heads and frame, frame and concrete pad and CU pan interior. _ CU tie down bolts shall point down: - - - _ ---- 1O 1 ft X 4 ft, reinforced, concrete pad on sand/gravel bed, minimum weight of 300 lb. See CU Pad details. OLength to match longest side of condensing unit. OMinimum 5 feet long based on grade 3 feet above sea level. O42" long minimum to provide manufacturer's 12" minimum clearance from wall for short side length of largest CU. O45" long minimum. Provide vibration isolation between CU and frame. Provide 8 ft long rain gutter and downspout to grade or 8 ft long dam to keep roof runoff from the CU. KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM MECHANICAL Scale: As Noted Job#: 20001 CONDENSING UNIT Date: 07-13-01 Detail: RCT ENGINEERING, INC CONCRETE PAD DETAIL Drawn by: YA iw-7 Checked by: AP 334 Boylston Street. Boston, mnss&"elt; 02116 _ Phone: (611) 536.6316 Farr. (61n 5364245 Ernail: postofk*@Jonespayne.eom m p mp s Fw tart aN rare ft" w■A Irnsr now As 4" alsa�us ij ss�Yo1 11wYs !t wrzopyngnt Zwt A ELECTRICAL LEGEND ELECTRICAL PANEL, 1201240VOLT SINGLE PHASE, 3 WIRE 200AMP OR AS NOTED. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (EX = REMOVE AND REINSTALL FOR WALL TREATMENT). COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS. TELEPHONE OUTLET. (EX = REMOVE AND REINSTALL FOR WALL TREATMENT). COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS. CABLE TV OUTLET. (EX =REMOVE AND REINSTALL FOR WALL TREATMENT). COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS. LIGHT FIXTURE. (EX = REMOVE XND REINSTALL FOR WALL OR CEILING TREATMENT). COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS. . CEILING FAN WITH OR WITHOUT LIGHT. (EX = REMOVE AND -REINSTALL FOR CEILING TREATMENT). COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS. -- -- - - WP WEATHER PROOF [Dj DISCONNECT SWITCH, 40/60 = OVERCURRENT SIZE /FRAME SIZE. NF/30 = NON -FUSED / FRAME SIZE. O THERMOSTAT. SEE MECHANICAL, PROVIDE SIX -CONDUCTOR THERMOSTAT WIRING FROM THERMOSTAT TO AHU AND TO CONDENSER. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE #12 AWG FOR POWER CIRCUITS. PROVIDE GROUND WIRE IN ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS. METAL CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE USED AS THE SOLE GROUNDING PATH. CONDUIT MAY BE DELETED WHERE NONMETALLIC -SHEATHED CABLE IS USED AS PERMITTED BY CODE. O BATHROOM EXHAUST FAN, SEE MECHANICAL. S 140Q10 .-Ye► TOGGLE SWITCH t. NiEW AND EIITERIOR COND1t1ONS (SEINC. TRN. FORMES. ETC.) VW PER NSWAWL 2. All PWOIXTS SUB.W TO MJRICCANE MOMS Shill NCM DOWIEO AM CERTIFED FASiENNC SC WAL I WTCII FMO OF AOKENT SURFACES AT NTEM AND MUM ELEOWNS. NCAM PATUM PRIt" AND PANRNC TO AMW A C01156T1WT NAiCN OF.FNSFES TO A IOCR'J1l MEW POSIT (CORNER, SM. FLOOR ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO OFFEiM .WIB CONUTIOFK. Drawing Title: Electrical Legend 21 9 The Jones Payne Group 321 smaaar Saar. Found AD" Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number. Project No: 2tNJ01a Dtswn sy: By: laston tfsaclaeatb 0231C tat 617.7%3747 fie 61779U74! E-1 Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 3" - V w As Noted mat ©copyright 2W2 SERVICE WIRE SHALL PROJECT AT WEATHERHEAO LEASE 3FT. FROM WEATHERHEAD FOR CONNECTION BY CITY ELECTRIC COMPANY TO SERVICE DROP 6" -INSULATED CLEVIS (WIRE HOLDER) WIREHOLDER ' IS! MIN..CLEARANCE ABOVE ROOF STRAPS OR 80LTS ANCHORED TO BUILDING STUD OR CONCRETE \ BLOCK BY CONTRACTOR SERVICE EOUIPMENT 100AMP, MIN. NOTE �`—� SERVICE DROP CLEARANCES �_� TO BE'12' IN, ABOVE GRADE AND IS' ABOVE ALL ALLEYS, DRIVEWAYS AND ..:AREAS SUBJECT TO TRUCK USE. ROOF FLASHING WITH WATERTIGHT CONNECTION BY CONTRACTOR C —SERVICE MAST-2" RIGID GALVANIZED .STEEL CONDUIT WATER TIGHT CONNECTION P:1E___fV1TrV%rw_LwTVm__F.a.wFs... -- .. - _. I C6' XI MINIMUM MAMUMOM FURNISHED GRADE MINIMUM . 5ABOVENOTES:STREET LEVEL 1. WHERE THE MAST DOES NOT GO THROUGH THE ROOF... TWO BOLT EE NOTE 4 CONDUIT 'U" CLAMPS MUST BE INSTALLED TO BUILDING STUD OR CMU BY CONTRACTOR. 2. VERIFY SERVICE MAST LOCATION AND METER PLACEMENT TNTH DAVID PRIM OF CITY ELECTRIC (305-295-1042) PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CITY ELECTRIC SHALL PROVIDE METER AND OVERHEAD: CONNECTION. CONTRACTOR. SNALL .PROVIDE MAST, MOUNTING HARDWARE, AND All ACCESSORIES FOR WATERTIGHT INSTALLATION 3• NOT MORE THAN 6 FEET OF THE SERVICE DROP CONDUCTORS, 4 FEET HORIZONTALLY, SHALL PASS ABOVE THE ROOF OVERHANG PER 19H NEC 230-24(0) EXCEPTION I 4. 06 AWIG COPPER CROLWING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR IN 1/2" RGS TO GROUND ROD AND /4 AWIG COPPER TO INTERIOR COPPER COLD WATER PIPE (WHERE EXISTING) GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND I. INTEROR AM EXTERIOR CONDITIONS (SIDING, TRIM, FINISHES, ETC.) VARY PER MiSTAlATION. p�� 2. . 1EXISTING ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT 10 HURRICANE CONDRIONS SHALL IMMW ENGINEERED AND CERTIFIED FASTENNG SOIEDIAL IGLLd I MATCH FNISIIS OF. A PMO SURFACES AT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ELLWI TOK INCLUOING PATD*r, PRIMING AND PAVING TO ACHIEVE A CONSISM MATCH OF FINISHES tO A LOGKJII BREAK PoMR. (CORNER SOFFIT. nLOOR, ETC.) NEW 4. ALL NDTES APPLY TO DIFFERING JAMB CONDITIONS. I Drawing Title: Service Master Detail I Section Detail Thejp E!Z —o yne Group F Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOME INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number PmjmN, 2MI.1 Iostoa. Mawd o3110 akc 17.79U747 1„e cn narw E-2 Drawn B . r' akdsy Date Isued. 07-19-02 Scale: 3" - 1' or As Noted M O 1 GENERAL NOTES: LEGEND I. MiIERIOR AND WEMM cONo M"S (SI% TRMI. FMJSNES. Er -I VAW PER MISTALATION. v� i 2. ALL PROM= SUBJECT To MlARKAt coNDlraNs SrYY I Na uDE EIICWE = AND CERrM1HD FASIE W SCHEDULE- r DOM SH ( 1 MUCH FMES OF AWK00 SURFACES AT WTWM AND OWN EIEtF mn MCLUONIC PAIMK PRYMIG AND PMnW TOAD" A CONSfSUWT L J � WITCH OF FMMM TO A LOWK BREAK POW (CORNER, SOM. FLOOR. ETC) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO OFFMW JAWS CDNOITIONS. Drawing Title: Typical Upgraded Electrical Riser 321 &Awnw Sawk Fow d Poor jpThe Jones Payne Group Wrok - m �omio t* s17.79=47 Ax •17.79tLU74t Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM DebH Number; 20001.1 E-3 Dawn By: cbe�ea sy: Date Issued: 07-19-M soak: 3" - 1' or As Noted Ccopyright 2002 Key West Sound Insulation Project, RCT 00532 12/15/00 ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. All work shall conform to the City of Key West Electrical Code (amendments to the 1999 National Electrical Code) and other applicable City, State, and Federal codes and regulations. 2. Service entrance equipment, meters, and panels shall not be installed within the flood plane, 8 feet above sea level (5 feet above street level). 3. Coordinate with City Electric engineering service representative, David Price, supervisor (305-29571042), for final meter and service drop locations. Provide meter cans and service masts per City Electric requirements. Install meter cans nominally six feet tocenter line above grade. 4. Provide 200-amp service with service mast, 2" galvanized rigidWuit, per SERVICE MAST DETAIL. Provide clearance above roof and above ground in accordance with NEC 230-24. 5. Provide #6 AWG grounding electrode conductor in %" rigid galvanized conduit from meter can to copper clad ground rod. Continue this conductordixsting ground rod (minimum 10-foot separation) near removed service drop. Where existing plumbing is copper, provide #4 AWG ground conductor from meter can to nearest and visible 3/4" cold water pipe. - - 6. Provide six -conductor thermostat wiring fm thermostat to AHU and to condenser. Minimum wire size shall be #12 AWG for power circuits. Provide ground wire in all branch circuits. Metal conduit shall not be used as the sole grounding path. Conduit may be deleted where nonmetallic -sheathed cable is used as permitted by Code. 7. All conduit and wire shall be concealed in living areas of dwelling units. Contractor shall cut and patch walls and ceilings as required. No surface mounted systems shall be allowed. Contractor shall provide all required penetrations through floors and walls (concrete block or wood) as required. All penetrations shall be sealed watertight. Penetrations and holes resulting from removed work shall be patched and sealed watertight. 8. Provide local disconnect switch asuiicated for all air conditioning equipment except AHUs with integral disconnects. Non -fused disconnects shall be safety switches, pull-out disconnects, molded case switches, or motor rated switches. Fused disconnects shall be fused safety switches or, where permitted by nameplate data, enclosed HACR circuit breakers. Ratings shall not exceed manufacturer's nameplate data. Disconnects within enclosed rooms shall be NEMA 1. Athers shall be NEMA 3R. GENERAL NOTES: 1. MAE M AND DOTERIOR CONDITIONS (SOO TRIlk FINISHES. ETC.) VARY PER INSTAIATM 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO MARICANE CONDITIONS SHALL NCLUDE DICRIEEREO AND CERTM FASTENING SCHEDULE. 3. MATCH MGM OF AGDICENI SURFACES AT NIERIDR AND WERIOR EtE141T10N5, IN XWNG PATOOlk PRIIMIC AND MITNC TO ACHIEVE A CONS15W MATCH OF FINISHES IO A LOCICk BREAK POINT. (CORNER, SOFFIT. FLOOR. ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO OIFFERNC J" CONDIRONS. Drawing Title: Electrical Notes Jones Payne Group 321 Summer Strom Fouts Boor Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number Project No: 20001.1 Drawn By: checked By: JPThe Bosom Masach sem 02210 set 617.790.3747 bs 617.790.3748 E' -4 Date Issued: 07-19-02 Scale: 3"- 1' or As Noted ama Qcopyright 2W2 TWO NEW — LAYERS GWB .i I NEW EXTENSION (STEEL) EXISTING SINGLE GANG BOX REMOUNT TO NEW SURFACE I WITH DEEPER l BOX REMOUNT TO ( NEW SURFACE I WITH DEEPER BOX €X1STtNG-- MULTIPLE GANGED BOX NEW LAYER GWB • FLOOR FLOOR n WALL OUTLET AND SWITCH MODIFICATIONS i iy GENERAL N07W: LWpND t. rim me mom miolT m (SMING. TRY. FMMS iM ETC.) wn PER INSTAUflON ® EIOSTING 2. ALL PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO HRICANE URCONDITIONS SK%1 MMU ENGINEERED lulu CEaTIFIEo FASTENING SCFEm Q � : 3. WM MOD OF AQNWO SURFACES Al INTETDOR Alp EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. NCUIORM' PAMIK PRYNG AND PAINING TO ACHIEVE A CONSISTANT PITCH OF FIN ES TO A LODCAL WEAK FONT. (CORNER, SOFFIT. FT K ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO DIFFEIM JMY CONDITVM Drawing Title:Wall Outlet and Switch Modification Section Detail i. The Jones Payne Group 321 Simmer, Sweet. Forth Roor !aeon, Maadw9em on 10 tat 417"1"117 im e17.79&3740 Project Name: KEY WEST WERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Numbe IrbjeeNo: 20001.1 E-5 Drawn Br.. Cbecked By: Date Lnoed: 97-19-M Scale: 3" - V or As Noted ©copyright 2002 OPTIONAL CALCULATION - ONE FAMILY DWELLING (EXISTING ONLY) 1. OTHER LOADS - 220-31 General lighting loads - 220-31 1800 sq.ft. x 3 VA = 5400 VA Small appliance and laundry loads - 220-31 1500 VA x 3 circuits = 4500 VA Special loads- 220-31 Refrigerator = 1200 VA Dishwasher = 1200 VA Garbage Disposal' = 900 VA Compactor' = 1200 VA Electric, water heater = 4500 VA Electric.range. = 12000 VA Electric clothes dryer = 5000 VA Microwave hood' = 1200 VA 1 HP pool pump' = 1920 VA Boat lift'.= 4000 VA 2nd Electric range' = 12000 VA 2nd Electric water heater' = 4500 VA (total) 59520 VA Applying demand factors - 230-31 First 8000 VAx 100% = 8000 VA Remaining-51-520VAx--40%= 20608 VA - _ Added appliances AC -condenser B-AHU----BM-VA x iD To =-90W -VA -- - - VA x 100% = 0 VA VA x 100% = 0 VA VA x 100% = 0 VA (total) 37606 VA Phase. conductor ampacity 1 phase service: 1= VAN 37608 VA 1= = 157 A 240 V Existing service conductor ampacity = 100 to 150 A NOTE: LOADS.SHOWN ARE MAXIMUM. ALL LOADS MAY BE NOT PRESENT AND ARE SO NOTED WITH'. AC UNITS TO BE REMOVED ARE ' NOT INCLUDED. GENERAL NOTES: T. MfiMOR AND WERIOR WND11M (SIDING. Tft r015rE5. Efr-) WN PER MISUtATM Z ALL PAOp M SUB XTJO NURRI('AK MWITIONS SWILL I CIDDE ENG N111WO AND CER M FASTEFMNG 9C11EDULE. I WTCN fMMSFIES OF AO MMO SWAM AT MIIERIOR AND EXTERIOR MEIM►TIT K NC WNG PATCHING, PRANIG AND PAINIM TO ACHIEVE A CON515TANT HM OF FMMM TO A LOGIA WX PONT. (CORNEk SOmT. ROOK ETC.) 4. ALL NOTES APPLY TO WFERMiC .IAMB CONDITIONS. :4 1 'zz s I Drawing Title: I Optional Calculation, One Family Dwelling Units I L Existing Only The Jones Payne Group 321 Sunnw Serim Fourth RowProject Project Name: KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT RESIDENTIAL NOISE INSULATION PROGRAM Detail Number: No.: 20001.E -. Drawn By. Checked By: Boston, Mmadasams 02210 ub 617MAV47 hoc6172903740 E-6 Date Issued 07-19-02 scale: 3" -1' or As Noted P—S-61—P'm"'mL. I A, C Qcopyright 2002 a 01100 - Summary GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01100 SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project Identification: The Work under this contract consists of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for making improvements to the acoustical performance of the residential dwellings listed herein. B. Project Location: City of Key West, Florida, for the following Residences: 1 Bervaldi 1720 Bahama Dr. 70390 2 Blatt 3003 Airport Blvd. 70680 3 Busche 1607 Venentian Dr. 70770 4 Callaway 1611 Venetian Dr. 70760 5 Davila 1709 Bahama Dr. 70200 6 DeViddio 3017 Airport Blvd. 70420 7 Drake 1712 Bahama Dr. 70370 8 Fallon 1721 Bahama Dr. 70170 9 Halpern 1717 Jamaica Drive 70460 10 Newcomb 1730 Bahama Dr. 70410 11 O'Dell 3000 Venentian Dr. 71190 12 Paez 1723 Bahama Dr. 70160 13 Pondelicek 1619 Venetian Dr. 70740 14 Robertson 1615 Venetian Dr. 70750 15 Roos 1709 Jamaica Dr. 70480 16 Rosam 1704 Jamaica Drive 70640 17 Scribner 1705 Bahama Dr. 70210 18 Skomp 1713 Jamaica Drive 70470 19 Smithrick 1610 Trinidad Drive 71050 20 Stepan 1710 Bahama Dr. 70360 21 Sweeting 1714 Bahama Dr. 70380 22 Tallmadge 1700 Jamaica Drive 70630 23 Ta is 1701 Jamaica Drive 70500 24 Watt 1 1621 Jamaica Drive 70510 C. Sponsor: Monroe County Board of County Commissioners (BOCC) c/o Key West International Airport 3491 S. Roosevelt Boulevard Key West, FL 33040 SUMMARY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01100 - 1 D. Homeowner Carrie Freije, Airport Noise Program Coordinator Liaison Key West International Airport 3491 S. Roosevelt Blvd. Key West, FL 33040 E. Project Key West International Airport Office: 3491 S. Roosevelt Blvd. Key West, FL 33040 F. Sponsor's Andres Gutierrez Representative: URS Corporation 7650 Corporate Center Dr. Suite 400 Miami, FL 33126 G. Architect: The Jones Payne Group. 321 Summer Street Boston, MA 02210 H. Engineer: URS Corporation 499 Col. Eileen Collins Blvd Syracuse, NY 13212 I. Acoustical Wyle Laboratories Engineer: 2001 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 701, Arlington, VA 22202 J. The Work consists of noise insulation measures including but not necessarily limited to the following: 1. The Work will include the replacement of window units; replacement and/or addition of storm shutters; replacement of exterior door leaves and/or door units; replacement and/or addition of storm doors; weather-stripping; caulking; new mechanical and electrical systems; plaster walls and ceilings; and other sound -mitigating measures. 2. The Work will also include the demolition and removal of designated elements of the existing construction and temporary weatherproof enclosures as required. 3. This work shall include all related work incidental to the above -described work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the work site and base his/her proposal on a thorough investigation of existing conditions and how existing conditions will affect the work. 4. The overall objective of the Sponsor is to achieve quantitative noise reductions in selected homes most affected by the aircraft operations. Toward this end, the program provides for the improvement of openings in the exterior envelope using known technology and quality workmanship. The purpose of this project is to account for existing noise and demonstrate the benefits in noise reduction that have occurred based on the improvements in the building envelope that were made. Sound testing will occur when each of the residences are completed 5. Small openings, cracks, and gaps can be significant sound leaks and effect test results. Special attention will be given to caulking where called for, as well as careful alignment of building elements. 1.02 CONTRACT A. Project will be constructed under a general construction contract. SUMMARY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01100 - 2 1.03 WORK SEQUENCE: COMMENCEMENT, SCHEDULE AND COMPLETION OF WORK A. The Work shall be conducted in One (1) phase. B. The successful bidder shall furnish the Sponsor's Representative with four (4), copies of the bonds and all insurance certificates, as required by the General Conditions Section, prior to the time of signing the contract. The cost of such bonds and insurance shall be included in the unit bid prices. C. No work at the site, or storage of materials thereon, will be permitted prior to the scheduled start of construction at any given residence. After such time, all work at the site, or storage of materials thereon, may be performed Monday through Friday of each week, between the hours of 8:00 am and 5:00 pm only, excluding holidays. D. Notice to Proceed will be issued upon execution of the contract to permit the taking of measurements, preparation of shop drawings, and procurement of materials. All work must be totally complete, including all punch list items, within two hundred ninety five (295) calendar days. E. It is anticipated that the given time for completion of the work under this contract is more than adequate and that the work will be performed only during those days and hours as indicated. Should it be necessary to work on Saturdays, or before 8:00 am, or after 5:00 pm, the Contractor shall obtain written consent from the Architect and each affected Homeowner. F. The objective is to make all improvements to each residential dwelling as specified in these Documents with the minimum inconvenience to each Homeowner. G. The Contractor shall reach Substantial Completion at each residence within twelve (12) working days after starting work on that residence. The Architect will complete the punch list inspection within five (5) working days after notification by the Contractor that the residence has been completed. H. The Contractor shall complete punch list work at each residence within ten (10) working days from the date of Substantial Completion of that residence. The time permitted by the Architect to complete the punch list inspection shall be included in this ten-day period. Punch list items shall be addressed immediately by the Contractor at each residence upon receipt of a written list from the Architect. The contractor shall be responsible for scheduling the work with the Homeowner and notifying the Homeowner Liaison. Once the punch list is complete, the Superintendent shall notify the Homeowner Liaison to schedule the final inspection. J. Liquidated damages have been included in this contract as provided in the Agreement. For each residence that has not achieved "Substantial Completion" in the allotted time period, the Contractor shall incur $125.00 per day in liquidated damages. In addition, for each day after the Completion Date for the entire Work of the Contract that any part of the Work upon any property remains incomplete, the Contractor shall incur $1000.00 per day in liquidated damages. K. The Sponsor reserves the right if the contractor is not performing, to assume the work, or portions of the work and deduct the value based on the associate actual costs. L. Once work has commenced at any given residence, the Contractor shall work continuously and uninterrupted at the residence, according to the work hours established in the Contract Documents, until all work at the residence has been completed. SUMMARY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01100 - 3 M. The Contractor shall prepare a Construction Schedule based on the above parameters showing all specified items and required submittals per residence for approval by the Architect prior to the commencement of the work. N. All scheduling shall be coordinated through the Architect and the Homeowner Liaison. It will be necessary to alter schedules to suit the availability of Homeowners and/or residents. O. The proposed schedule for each residence shall be confirmed with the Homeowner and/or residents no less than (6) weeks prior to the first house start, through the Architect and the Sponsor's Representative. Every effort shall be made to coordinate and accommodate the residents. P. If construction is scheduled through the Christmas holiday season, the Contractor shall terminate all construction activity between Christmas and New Year's holidays, including observed holiday dates. Construction starts will not be permitted Thanksgiving week. All new construction starts, during the holiday period shall be scheduled to achieve a Substantial Completion prior to Thanksgiving and/or Christmas. Q. Any alteration in schedule must be approved by the Architect at least seven (7) days prior to its rescheduled commencement. R. The Contractor shall attend a "Pre -construction walk-through" at which time site dimensions shall be taken. The Contractor shall be required to have a representative from the major manufacturers for Doors / Windows, shutter installer, HVAC installer and the electrician accompany them on the "Pre -construction walk through" with the Architect, Engineer, Resident Inspector and Homeowner Liaison for each residence in the package, which may be in conjunction with the Contractor taking site dimensions. The "Pre -construction walk-through" shall be scheduled by the Contractor at the convenience of Architect, Homeowner Liaison and Homeowner. The proposed schedule for Pre -Construction Walks should reflect a minimum one (1) hour visit per residence. All outstanding construction issues that could potentially affect the construction schedule will be identified at this time and will be reflected in the shop drawing process for the Architect's review. S. When measuring for replacements units, confirming installation details or as directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall remove exterior or interior casings as required to verify the rough opening dimensions. New units shall be sized to fit rough opening per agreed upon installation detail. Contractor to re -install / patch and repair trim once measurements have been taken. T. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Homeowner Liaison to schedule and conduct another "Pre -construction walk-through" 48 hours in advance of construction for each residence in the package to clarify that the Homeowner is prepared and the pre -work responsibilities have been completed. The Contractor shall confirm with the Homeowner Liaison no less than seven (7) days prior to the commencement of work at each residence, and with Homeowner no less than 48 hours in advance of the commencement. The Contractor and Homeowner Liaison shall review with the Homeowner the following: 1. Construction sequencing (windows, doors, mechanical, drywall etc) 2. Scheduled Contractor access to the premises 3. Substantial Completion, Punch -list, Final Completion and Warranty. 4. Homeowner access, involvement and site responsibilities. 5. The Contractor shall prepare a memorandum subject to the Sponsor's Representative's, Architect's and Homeowner Liaison's review and comment which outlines the above - mentioned items. Said memo shall be left with the Homeowner during the 48-hour visits and posted for tenants where absentee landlords are encountered. U. Final Inspection: the Contractor shall notify the Homeowner Liaison and Architect when the punch -list is complete and the residence is ready for final inspection. The Homeowner Liaison SUMMARY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01100 - 4 shall schedule and coordinate a final inspection with the Architect, Engineer, Homeowner and Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Superintendent and a carpenter at the final inspection to verify completion and take care of any unresolved issues. The contractor shall provide the record drawings (with all changes annotated) and photographs for review at the final inspection. V. Acoustical Post Testing. After the Final Inspection when the Architect, Homeowner Liaison and Homeowner have certified completion, the residence may be acoustically post tested. Should the improvements fail to meet the acoustical objectives known for a specific treatment, the Architect may order further corrective measures to be undertaken by the Contractor. Testing will be performed by the Acoustical Engineer. 1.04 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system. B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 1.05 ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS A. The Contract work may require the removal, alteration or disposal of regulated asbestos containing materials. Such materials may include cementitious ("transite") siding, exterior plaster, stucco, window caulks or putty, and paint; and interior plaster, early versions of sheet rock, plaster, joint compound, and skim coats (applied texturing) and asphalt roofing felts. Where such work is required, the Contractor shall perform the work in accordance with all applicable local, state and federal regulations regarding such work at no additional cost to the Sponsor. 1.06 LEAD PAINT A. Lead Paint may be present at doors, windows, woodwork, and other materials that may be disturbed by the work of this contract. The Contractor shall perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the "Pre -Renovation Lead Information Rule" (Toxic Substances Control Act, Section 406 b), including but not limited to, the procurement and distribution of the lead hazard information pamphlet "Protect Your Family From Lead in Your Home" as referenced therein and at no additional cost to the Sponsor. The Pre -Renovation Notification form shall be used to document notification efforts. The Contractor shall obtain two (2) copies of all signed Pre - SUMMARY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01100 - 5 Renovation Notifications Forms. One of the two (2) signed forms shall be forwarded to the Sponsor's Representative. B. The Contractor shall make advance notifications to Homeowners and tenants no more than sixty (60) days prior to commencement of renovation activities. Advance notifications shall include any renovation activities that were previous canceled or postponed during the prior 60- day notification period. The Contractor shall obtain two (2) copies of all signed Renovation Notice forms. One (1) of the two (2) signed forms shall be forwarded to the Sponsor's Representative. C. in addition to the Pre -Renovation Notification and Renovation Notice forms, the Contractor shall also document procedures used for delivering notices. The Record of Tenant Notification Procedures form, included herein, shall be used to document procedures. The Contractor shall forward a copy of all Record of Tenant Notification Procedures forms to the Sponsor's Representative. D. Measures to control stray dust and chips shall be practiced. Such measures shall include but not be limited to the following: .1. The wetting down of all work surfaces prior to scoring/cutting. 2. The wetting down of all work surfaces requiring significant demolition prior to commencement. 3, Turning off ventilation systems prior to construction. 1.07 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Furniture Moving: The Contractor shall be prepared to provide a total of forty-six (46) hours of labor, (2 hours per house) when directed by the Architect for the moving of furniture in work areas covered under this contract. B. Window Treatments: The Contractor shall remove window and door treatments (shutters, shades, curtains, blinds, valances etc) as necessary to facilitate the removal of old and installation of new windows and doors. Prior to removal, the contractor is to evaluate if the window treatments can be to be reinstalled. If they cannot, the contractor shall notify the Architect. When installation is complete, the contractor shall be responsible for reinstalling all treatments that were removed prior to construction. C. Disturbances: The committing of nuisances on the subject properties and adjacent property shall be rigorously prohibited and adequate steps shall be taken to prevent it. Any employee found violating this provision shall be discharged and not employed again on work under this Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01100 SUMMARY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01100 - 6 01140 — Work Restrictions GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS c@2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01140 WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 USE OF PREMISES A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Homeowner Occupancy: Allow for Homeowner and/or tenant occupancy of site. 2. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Homeowner, Homeowner's guests, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on -site. B. Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weather -tight condition throughout construction period. -Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its occupants during construction period. C. Sanitation: The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining adequate toilet facilities for his/her work crews and those of his/her Subcontractors. The method of providing sanitary facilities shall be acceptable to the Sponsor and the respective Homeowners. D. Water and Electricity: The Contractor will be responsible for providing water and electricity as may be required by the Contractor or by Subcontractors during the progress of the work, in a manner acceptable to the Sponsor and the respective Homeowners. E. Debris and Surplus Material: All debris and waste material, scrap or salvageable material generated by the construction and which is unsuitable for re -use shall be legally removed from the site by the Contractor on a daily basis, except for materials approved by the Sponsor to be retained by the Homeowner. Debris shall not be permitted to accumulate and the work shall be kept satisfactorily clean at all times. The Contractor shall provide clean up of all areas that his/her work or Subcontractors has dirtied to a vacuum clean condition at the end of each day. The Contractor shall make the utmost efforts to keep all areas of work and circulation clean, so as to cause the least possible disruption to dwelling unit occupants. Failure of the Contractor to provide satisfactory cleaning may result in the Sponsor or the Sponsor's Representative to direct others to clean up at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide temporary floor covering to protect floors at entries, paths to work areas, and work areas. The Contractor shall also provide temporary covering to protect furniture in work areas. 1.02 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS A. Full Homeowner and/or Tenant Occupancy: Homeowner and/or tenant will occupy site and existing building during entire construction period. The utmost in cooperation with the Homeowner and/or tenant is required during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Homeowner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Homeowner's and/or tenant's operations. wUHK RESTRICTIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01140 -1 1.03 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Storage of materials and equipment for this work shall be permitted solely at the Contractor's risk and shall be limited to areas reviewed by the Architect. No liability or responsibility for said storage shall be placed on the Sponsor. B. Store products at a storage shed/warehouse in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. Products shall be grouped by individual dwellings for verification purposes. 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protection of work shall be continuously maintained by the Contractor in such suitable form as will protect the work as a whole and in part, and adjacent property and improvements from accidents, injury, or damages. The Contractor shall properly protect the work with lights, guard rails, temporary covers and barricades; and shall brace and secure all parts of the work against storm and accident, and provide such additional forms of. protection which may be necessary in the prevailing circumstances. Written permission must be obtained from the Sponsor Representative prior to leaving any opening (i.e. door, window, etc.) with temporary cover overnight, or during inclement weather. B. Protective measures may be required to adequately protect the public from hazards resulting from contract work, to exclude. unauthorized_ persons from the work and shall he_ provided and maintained in good repair by the Contractor. When regulated by local building code or other authority, such requirements for protections shall be considered as minimum requirements and the Contractor shall be responsible for providing protection to meet such minimum requirements as may be required by public safety laws. C. The buildings and premises included in the scope of this contract are currently occupied. The work is to be done with as little inconvenience as reasonably possible and without danger to the people occupying the premises and the permanent structures within the project area. Special care must be exercised in the use of machinery so as not to constitute a source of danger or nuisance. The Contractor shall provide, install, and maintain temporary protection, in the form of tarps, pads, drop cloths, covers or other appropriate items so as to minimize as much as possible any damage to the premises or its contents. D. The Contractor shall take special measures to protect the occupants from noise, dust, and other disturbances. Complete the following on a daily basis: 1. Keep common circulation areas clean and unobstructed throughout the day. 2. Insulate work areas from occupied portions as far as possible. 3. Seal dust and fumes from contaminating the adjacent and occupied spaces. 4. Remove all dirt, dust, and debris created by the work of the Contract on the premises by cleaning, vacuuming, and washing as required and as directed, in order to leave the site in as clean a condition as existed prior to the start of the work. 5. Clean work areas at the end of each day with a HEPA-filtered vacuum. E. The Contractor shall, for the duration of the construction period, provide in each dwelling unit a "Room of Refuge" which meets the following requirements: 1. "Room of Refuge" shall be an area free from construction and construction traffic. 2. "Room of Refuge" shall be an area mutually acceptable to the Homeowner, Contractor and the Architect. 3. The Contractor shall schedule construction to maintain a minimum of impact upon the "Room of Refuge" while insuring completion of work within the designated time period. 4. The "Room of Refuge" shall not be used by the Contractor for the storage of materials. WORK RESTRICTIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01140 - 2 5. The "Room of Refuge" shall be sealed off from adjacent work areas with 6 mil plastic sheeting temporarily and continuously fastened at all openings. F. The Contractor shall take special measurements to protect product, integrity of installations, and occupants from inclement weather conditions with reference to, but not limited to the following: 1. All exposed openings not in progress of work are to be protected with 6 mil poly vapor barriers to prevent excessive conditioned air loss and secured against inclement weather. 2. Sealant and caulking when used under the environmental conditions outlined under Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection shall be stored and handled to prevent deterioration by keeping joint substrates and sealers protected and dry as required. 3. The Contractor is solely responsible for maintaining suitable temperature and ventilation for painting and staining work. All wood surfaces are to be pre -painted before installation. No exterior painting/staining shall be undertaken if air or surface temperature is below 50 degrees F nor immediately following rain or until frost, dew, or condensation has evaporated. A minimum interior temperature of 65 degrees F shall be maintained during application and drying of paint. Adequate ventilation shall be maintained at all times. 4. Installation of prime doors where air temperatures fall below 50 degrees F shall be done in such a way as to allow for proper finishing as outlined above. Contractor shall allow for reinstallation of existing doors once new leaves are fitted to allow for shop finishing. Unit replacements shall be shop finished prior to installation. 1.05 CONFLICT OF INTEREST A. In order to maintain the integrity of the schedule and to keep the lines of responsibility definite, the Contractor agrees not to enter into any Contract either verbal or written with the dwelling unit owners, involving the dwelling units covered by this Contract unless specifically approved otherwise by the Sponsor. This agreement shall remain intact throughout the duration of the Contract. 1.06 SCHEDULE A. Both the Overall Contract and the individual residences have schedule requirements, see Section 01100 — Summary and the General Conditions for additional information. B. Limitation on number of residences underway: 1. Do not start more than three (3) residences per week for the duration of the contract. 2. Do not start a Parcel if there are more than nine (9) residences that have been started, but have not reached Substantial Completion. 3. Do not start a Parcel if there are more than six (6) residences that have reached Substantial Completion, but have not reached Final Completion. 4. Do not exceed these limits without the written authorization of the Sponsor or the Sponsor's Representative. Should these limits be exceeded the Sponsor may notify the Contractor in writing that no additional residences shall be started, effective immediately upon receipt of the notice. C. The Contractor must submit a preliminary schedule indicating a proposed start, scheduled substantial completion, scheduled punch completion, scheduled final inspection and close out. The Schedule will be provided by the Contractor with the submittals and confirmed with the Homeowner, by the Homeowner Liaison no less then six (6) weeks in advance of Construction. D. The Contractor must confirm, in writing to the Architect, that all inventory has been received and verified prior to the house start. WORK RESTRICTIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01140 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01140 t" WORK RESTRICTIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01140 - 4 01250 — Contract Modification Procedures GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01250 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01270 "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements for using unit prices. 2. Division 1 Section 01600 "Product Requirements" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after Contract award. 1.02 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on the following documents: AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions" or "Construction Field Directive" 1.03 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Architect -Initiated Proposal Requests: The Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time on AIA Document G709 "Proposal Request" attached, see Division 0, Section 00901 Contract Forms. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Proposal Requests issued by the Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 5 working days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. C. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. B. Contractor -Initiated Clarifications or Changes: If latent or unforeseen conditions require clarifications or modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a 'Request for Interpretation' CSI 13.2A or 'Change Order Request' CSI 13.6A attached, see Division 0, Section 00901 Contract Forms. CONTRACT MODIFICATION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01250 -1 PROCEDURES 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 5. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 1.04 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. Change Order(s) will be issued to effect any substantive changes in the contract such as a contract extensions, substitutions, exceeding the allowance and or as a Final Change Order on completion of the contract. The Change Order will be issued on "Change Order" AIA G701 attached, see Division 0, Section 00901 Contract Forms, and will require signatures by the Architect, Contractor and Sponsor. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: The Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on "Construction Change Directive" AIA G714 attached, see Division 0, Section 00901 Contract Forms, to instruct the contractor to proceed with a change in the work, for subsequent inclusion in an Allowance Change. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: The Contractor's proposal shall be used as the basis for a Construction Change Directive and reference the original proposal(s). The Contractor shall document all Time and Material for the change. No consideration will be given for work not authorized and fully documented. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. 1.06 FIELD CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Field Change Order: The form Field Change Directive shall be included and used as an 'emergency' instructions to the Contractor where the time required for preparation and execution of a formal Construction Change Directive would result in a delay or work stoppage. This form allows the Resident Inspector to act in the Sponsor's benefit to authorize minor additional changes in scope. 1. The Field Change Directive contains a complete description of the change in work. The Resident Inspector shall issue it in an "emergency" for minor work that will not significantly alter the Contract Value and does not alter the Contract Duration. The form must be filled out in entirety, it designates the method of proposal, Unit Price / Time and Expenses and is signed by the Resident Inspector and Contractor. CONTRACT MODIFICATION C2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01250 - 2 PROCEDURES 2. Documentation: The Contractor shall document all Time and Material for the Change. No consideration will be given for work that has not been authorized or fully documented. After the completion of the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost adjustments to the contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01250 LUNTRACT MODIFICATION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01250 - 3 PROCEDURES THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CONTRACT MODIFICATION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. ui eou - 4 PROCEDURES 01270 — Unit Prices GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01270 UNIT PRICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01250 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders. 2. Division 1 Section 01290 "Payment Procedures" for procedures for measurement and payment for unit price items. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Unit price is an amount proposed by Bidder as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. These figures shall bear a direct relationship to the information contained in the bid, and when applicable, will be used as the basis for all proposals submitted by the Contractor. 1.03 PROCEDURES A. Unit prices shall include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, taxes, overhead, and profit. B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. C. The County reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work -in -place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at the County's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) UNIT PRICES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01270- 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE, PRIME DOORS A. Unit Price No. 1 — DR 1.1, EPW, Exterior Prime, In -Swinging, Wood Door, in wood frame construction. The value of the unit price shall represent an aggregate cost of the various styles. 1. Description: Provide and install new exterior, prime, wood, door with in -swinging configuration in wood frame construction according to contract detail DR-1.1. 2. Unit of Measurement: 36"x80" B. Unit Price No. 2 — DR 1.2, EPW, Exterior Prime, In -Swinging, Wood Door, in concrete block construction. The value of the unit price shall represent an aggregate cost of the various styles 1. Description: Provide and install new exterior, prime, wood, door with in -swinging configuration in concrete block construction according to contract detail DR-1.2. 2. Unit of Measurement: 36"x80" C. Unit Price No. 3 — DR 1.3, EPM, Exterior Prime, In -Swinging, Metal, Door, in wood frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new exterior, prime, metal door with in -swinging configuration in wood frame construction according to contract detail DR-1.3. 2. Unit of Measurement: 36"x80" D. Unit Price No. 4 — DR 1.4, EPM, Exterior Prime, In -Swinging Metal Door, in concrete block construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new exterior, prime, in -swinging Metal Door in concrete block construction according to Contract Detail DR-1.4. 2. Unit of Measurement: 36"x80" E. Unit Price No. 5 — DR 4.1, EP-OS, Exterior, Prime, out -swinging, Metal, Door, in wood frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new exterior, prime, Metal Door, out -swinging configuration in wood frame construction according to Contract Detail DR-4.1. 2. Unit of Measurement: 36"x80" F. Unit Price No. 6 — DR 4.2, EP-OS, Exterior, Prime, out -swinging, metal door unit, in concrete block construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new exterior, prime, metal door with out -swinging configuration in Concrete block construction according to Contract Detail DR-4.2. 2. Unit of Measurement: 36"x80" G. Unit Price No. 7 — DR 5.1, EGLM, Exterior, Sliding, STC 38, metal door unit, in wood frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new STC 38, metal, sliding door unit in wood frame construction, according to Contract Detail DR-5.1. 2. Unit of Measurement: 72"x80" H. Unit Price No. 8 — DR 5.2, EGLM, Exterior, Sliding, STC 38, metal door unit in concrete block construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new STC 38, metal sliding door in concrete block construction, according to Contract Detail DR-5.2. 2. Unit of Measurement: 72"X 80" UNIT PRICES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01270- 2 Unit Price No. 9 — DR 5.3, EFRM, Exterior, French, STC 38, metal door unit (2 leafs) in wood frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new exterior metal French door unit (2 leafs) in wood frame construction, according to Contract Detail DR-5.3. 2. Unit of Measurement: 72"x80" J. Unit Price No. 10 - DR 5.4, EFRM, Exterior, French, STC 38, metal door unit (2 leafs) in concrete block construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new metal French door unit (2 leafs) in concrete block construction, according to Contract Detail DR-5.4. 2. Unit of measurement:72x80 K. Unit Price No. 11— DR 6.1, Interior, swinging Wood Door in wood frame construction. The value of the unit price shall represent an aggregate cost of the various styles. 1. Description: Provide and install new interior swinging wood door in wood frame construction, according to contract detail Dr-6.1 2. Unit of Measurement: 36"X 80" L. Unit Price No. 12— DR 6.3, Interior, gliding Wood Door unit (2 leafs) in wood frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new interior gliding wood door unit in wood frame construction, according to contract detail Dr-6.3 2. Unit of Measurement: 72"X 80" 3.02 UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE, SECONDARY DOORS A. Unit Price No. 13 — SD 1.1, SD -SW, Secondary Door, out -swinging, hurricane rated in wood frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and install hurricane rated, out -swinging secondary door to in wood frame construction to contract detail SD 1.1 2. Unit of Measurement: 36" X 80" B. Unit Price No. 14 — SD 2.1, SD -SW, secondary Door, out -swinging, hurricane rated in concrete block construction. 1. Description: Provide and install hurricane rated, out -swinging secondary door in concrete block construction to contract detail SD 2.1 2. Unit of Measurement: 36" X 80" 3.03 UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE, STORM / HURRICANE PROTECTION. A. Unit Price No 15 — SP 1.1, PAN, Removable Storm Panel in wood frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and Install new removable storm panel in wood frame construction according to construction detail SP 1.1 2. Unit of Measure 40" X 44" B. Unit Price No 16 — SP 1.2, PAN, Removable Storm Panel in concrete block construction. 1. Description: Provide and Install new removable storm panel in concrete block construction according to construction detail SP 1.2 2. Unit of Measure 40" X 44" C. Unit Price No. 17 — SP 2.1, SHUT, Bahama Shutter in wood frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new Bahama shutter according to construction detail SP 2.1 UNrr PRICES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01270- 3 2. Unit of Measurement: 40" X 44" D. Unit Price No. 18 - SP 2.1, SHUT, Bahama Shutter in concrete block construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new Bahama shutter in concrete block according to construction detail SP 2.1 2. Unit of Measurement: 40" X 44 E. Unit Price No. 19 - SP 3.1, AWN, Clamshell Awning in wood frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new Clamshell Awning in wood frame construction according to construction detail SP 3.1 2. Unit of Measurement: 40" X 44" F. Unit Price No. 20 - SP 3.1, AWN, Clamshell Awning in concrete block construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new Clamshell Awning in concrete block according to construction detail SP 3.2 2. Unit of Measurement: 40" X 44" 3.04 UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE, ACOUSTICAL METAL WINDOWS A. Unit Price No. 21 - MW 1.3, MDHC, Metal Double Hung Window, in wood frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new dual double hung, metal, window in wood frame construction according to construction detail MW 1.3 2. Unit of Measurement: 90 U.I. B. Unit Price No. 22 - MW 1.4, MDHC, Metal Double Hung Window, in concrete block construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new dual double hung, metal, window in concrete block construction according to construction detail MW 1.4 2. Unit of Measurement: 90 U.I. C. Unit Price No. 23 - MW 2.3, MFIXC, Metal Fixed Window, in wood frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new dual fixed metal, replacement window in wood frame construction according to construction detail MW 2.3 2. Unit of Measurement: 90 U.I. D. Unit Price No. 24 - MW 2.4, MFIXC Metal Fixed Window, in concrete block construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new dual fixed metal, replacement window in concrete block construction according to construction detail MW 2.4 2. Unit of Measurement: 90 U.I. E. Unit Price No. 25 - MW 3.3 MGLC Metal Gliding Window, in wood frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new dual gliding metal, replacement window in wood frame construction according to construction detail MW 3.3 2. Unit of Measurement: 90 U.I. F. Unit Price No. 26 - MW 3.4, MGLC Metal Gliding Window, in concrete block construction. 1. Description: Provide and install new dual gliding metal, replacement window in concrete block construction according to construction detail MW 3.4 2. Unit of Measurement: 90 U.I. G. Unit Price No. 27 - MW 4.0 Dual Metal Replacement window mull in wood frame or concrete block construction UNIT PRICES C2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. uiziu- 4 1. Description: Provide and install new dual metal replacement window mull according to construction detail MW 4.0 2. Unit of Measurement: 36 Linear Inches 3.05 UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE, GENERAL DETAILS A. Unit Price No. 28 — GEN 1.5, Sound Insulating through wall A/C cover. 1. Description: Provide and Install a through wall sound insulating A/C cover according to construction detail GEN 1.5 2. Unit of Measurement: 30" x 16" B. Unit Price No. 29 — GEN 1.6, Remove and Infill Existing Through -Wall A/C in Concrete block construction. 1. Description: Provide and Install all necessary labor and materials to infill existing through wall A/C in concrete block construction according to construction detail GEN 1.6. 2. Unit of Measurement: 18" X 30" C. Unit Price No. 30 — GEN 1.7, Remove and Infill Existing Through -Wall A/C in Wood Frame construction. 1. Description: Provide and Install all necessary labor and materials to infill existing through wall A/C in wood frame construction according to construction detail GEN 1.7. 2. Unit of Measurement: 18" X 30" D. Unit Price No. 31 — GEN 2.1, Non -reducing Attic Access Panel. 1. Description: Surface mounted, wood, wound insulated, attic access panel. 2. Unit of Measurement: 24" X 30" E. Unit Price No. 32 — CL 6.0, One Layer of 5/8" Gypsum Board Direct applied with existing ceiling surfaces retained. 1. Description: One layer of 5/8 " gypsum board directly applied with existing ceiling surfaces retained according to construction detail GEN 6.0 2. Unit of Measurement: 12" X 12" F. Unit Price No. 33 — WL 1.0, Narrow Profile Wall. 1. Description: Provide and install Interior infill wall in existing closet with framing, insulation, gypsum and baseboard board as indicated in WL 1.0 2. Unit of Measurement: Per 24"x 96" G. Unit Price No. 34 — WL 1.1, Interior opening at Mechanical Closet. 1. Description: Alter existing closet openings to allow for installation of new mechanical equipment as indicated in detail WL 1.1. 2. Unit of Measurement: as indicated on detail. H. Unit Price No. 35 — WL 5.0, One Layer of 5/8" Gypsum Board Direct applied with existing wall surfaces retained. 1. Description: Provide and install One layer of 5/8 " gypsum board directly applied with existing wall surfaces retained according to construction detail GEN 5.0 2. Unit of Measurement: Per 12" X 12" Unit Price No. 36 — WL 8.0, New or enlarged wall opening 1. Description: Enlarge existing or provide new opening to accommodate new mechanical equipment as indicated in detail WL 8.0 2. Unit of Measurement: as indicated on detail. UNi I eHIULS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01270- 5 J. Unit Price No. 37 — WL 8.2, Lowered Window Sill in Wood Framed Construction. 1. Description: Provide and install all necessary labor and materials necessary to lower the window sill in wood framed construction according to construction detail WL 8.2 2. Unit of Measurement: Lower opening by 12" K. Unit Price No. 38 — WL 8.3, Lowered Window Sill in Concrete Block Construction. 1. Description: Provide and install all necessary labor and materials necessary to lower the window sill in concrete block construction according to construction detail WL 8.3 2. Unit of Measurement: Lower opening by 12" L. Unit Price No. 39, SW 10.0 Operable Interior Storm Window at Skylight. 1. Description: Provide and install wood custom-built interior storm window at sky -light according to construction detail SW 10.0 2. Unit of Measurement: 24"X36" M. Unit Price No. 40, Single, Clear Glazed window sash 1. Description: Provide and install interior sash of dual window as indicated in section 08810 2. Unit of Measurement: 24"X36" N. Unit Price No.41 , Single, Tinted Glazed window sash 1. Description: Provide and install interior sash of dual window as indicated in section 08810 2. Unit of Measurement: 24"X36 END OF SECTION 01270 UNIT PRICES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01210- b 01290 - Payment Procedures GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01270 "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements governing use of unit prices. 2. Section 01250 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 3. Section 01310 "Project Management and Coordination" coordination and submittal of payment application with construction meetings. 4. Section 01320 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals Schedule. 5. Section 01330 "Submittal Procedures" for initial submittal of payment application and coordination with complementary submittals. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of Payment Application with the Schedule of Values, overall Bar Chart and Individual Residence Construction Schedules. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittals Schedule. 2. Submit the sample Schedule of Values during the initial submittal to Architect See Section 01310, Submittal Procedures within ten (10) days of the Notice To Proceed. Submit the final Schedule of Values no later than seven (7) days before the date scheduled for the first Application for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use the following categories as a guide to establish line items for each residence identified in the Schedule of Values. 1. Format the Schedule of Values so it matches the layout of the bid form and such that each residence is identified separately. 2. Line Item Categories: Provide at least one line item for each category for each residence. a. General Conditions b. Bonds & Insurance C. Pre -Construction Work d. Windows e. Doors f. Wall/ Ceiling Work g. Mechanical and Electrical h. Miscellaneous Carpentry i. Masonry and Stucco PAYMENT PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01290 - 1 j. Finishes 3. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. C. Sponsor's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 4. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Bonds and Insurance b. Pre -Construction Work C. General Conditions d. Specification Division G. Subcontractor. f. Post Construction Close-out Activities g. Dollar value of each. 1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one -hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 5. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. 6. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 7. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equiplllent purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on -site and items stored off -site. Include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing if required. 8. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values to indicate the cost of materials separate from cost of labor and subcontracted work. 9. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities, warehousing and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work -in -place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values, such as General Requirements or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 10. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Application for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.03 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. An initial sample Application for Payment will be submitted and approved prior to the first Application for Payment. B. Payment Application Times: The Sponsor shall indicate the date for each progress payment. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated. C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G-702, "Application and Certification for Payment," and AIA Document G-703, "Continuation Sheets" attached, see Division 0, Section 00901, Contract Forms. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01290 - 2 D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. The Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders issued before last day of construction period covered by application. 3. Do not include Construction Change Directives, Construction Field Directives, or Change Orders unless approved by the Owner and Architect. 4. Allow a line item per parcel to retain amounts representing Liquidated Damages of $125.00 per day that substantial completion is exceeded Division 0, Section 00500, Monroe County - Contractor Agreement until a Change Order AIA Document G-701, Change Order" attached, see Division 0, Section 00901, Contract Forms authorizing an extension to the contract has been submitted, approved and signed by the Architect, the Contractor and the Sponsor. E. Transmittal: Submit (3) three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to the Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include Manufacturer's invoices, Contractor's inventory, transfer of title, waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's liens from subcontractors, sub -subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3. Sponsor's Representative reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of mechanic's lien for construction period covered by the application. a. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to Sponsor's Representative. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list. 5. Schedule of unit prices. 6. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final). 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 9. Copies of building permits. 10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 11. Initial progress report. 12. Report of pre -construction conference. 13. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 14. Performance and payment bonds. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01290 - 3 H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion of the overall contract: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion AIA Document G-704, "Certificate of Substantial Completion", attached, see Division 0, Section 00901, Contract Forms, submit an Application for Payment showing 95% percent completion for portion of the work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect certificates of substantial completion by Residence as indicated and signed by the Resident Inspector. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following, attached, see Division 0, Section 00901, Contract Forms: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G-702, "Application and Certification for Payment." 5. AIA Document G-704, "Certificate of Substantial Completion." 6. AIA Document G-706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 7. AIA Document G-706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 8. AIA Document G-707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 9. Evidence that claims have been settled. 10. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, inc. V 1G7V 01310 - Project Management and Coordination GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Coordination Drawings. 3. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 4. Project meetings. 5. Closeout activities B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section 01100 "Summary" for procedures and miscellaneous provisions. 2. Division 1 Section 01320 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting -the -Contractors Construction Schedule. 3. Division 1 Section 01330 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting action and information submittals. 4. Division 1 Section 01600 "Product Requirements" for administrative and procedural requirements for product selection and handling, warranties, and product substitutions. 5. Division 1 Section 01770 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating Contract closeout. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. B. Coordination: The Contractor and Sub -Contractors shall coordinate its operations with those of other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the work. Each contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. C. If necessary, prepare memoranda to document and distribute to each party involved, outlining procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for distribution of each party involved, outlining the special procedures required for coordination where required. PROJECT MANAGEMENT 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01310 - 1 AND COORDINATION D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Contract Start up activities 3. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 4. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 5. Delivery and processing of submittals. 6. Progress meetings. 7. Project closeout activities. E. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated in the Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Shop Drawings that indicate different trades and overlapping work as required for installation of products and materials fabricated and installed by separate entities. 1. Indicate relationships of components shown on separate Shop Drawings (pay particular attention to coordination of the General -Work with the—Me6hanical Work) 2. Indicate required installation sequences. 3. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical and Materials and Methods" and Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical ' Materials ad Methods" for specific Coordination Drawing requirements for mechanical and electrical installations. B. Staff Names: Within ten (10) days after the Notice to Proceed submit a list of principal staff assignments, including Project Manager and Superintendent and other personnel anticipated at the project site. Identify individuals, their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. An Emergency telephone number and cell phone number shall also be included for twenty-four (24) hour contact with the contractor. 1. Following review by the Architect, provide copies to the Sponsor, Sponsor's Representative, Architect, Homeowner Liaison, and Resident Inspector. Furthermore post copies of the list in Project meeting room and field office. 1.04 SCHEDULES: A. Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar chart type overall Construction Schedule with in ten [10] days after the Notice to Proceed. Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a continuous vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. The Overall Construction Schedule shall show: 1. Required submittals for each section of specification and for each house. 2. Submission data for all required submittals including shop drawings and samples. 3. Product ordering dates. 4. Product delivery dates. 5. Construction start dates. 6. Dates of Substantial Completion, Punch List completion, Final Completion and Closeout of each house. 7. The required date for Final Completion for all work. PROJECT MANAGEMENT 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01310 - 2 AND COORDINATION B. Schedule shall take into account, represent and highlights processing dates and times of all long lead time items. C. Update schedule within ten [10j days after the pre -construction / pre -walk measurements to include the proposed order of specific residences. It should be noted that the schedule will be altered to accommodate the Homeowner's availability. D. Coordinate the Overall Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, List of Subcontracts, Submittal Schedule, Payment Requests and other schedules. E. Schedule work to allow for products with long lead times. Schedule preparation of submittals for those products prior to other submittals. F. Distribution: Following review by the Architect, print and distribute construction schedule with copies to the Sponsor's Representative, Architect, Homeowner Liaison, Resident Inspector, Superintendent Subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. G. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity, where revisions have been recognized or made. Contractor will be responsible for projecting a revised completion date for all proposal requests and potential scheduling alterations issued by Architect. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL A. General: In addition to Project Superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work. B. Superintendent / Foreman: The Contractor shall provide, and bear all costs in conjunction with a full-time superintendent. The Superintendent shall be a competent and responsible employee, satisfactory to the Architect, who is regularly employed by the Contractor and is designated by him as his representative to be in full time attendance at the project site throughout the progress of the work. The Superintendent shall be responsible for coordinating all the work of the Contractor. The Superintendent shall be licensed consistent with the State of Florida requirements. If the Contractor employs more than one crew, there shall be a competent Foreman assigned to each crew. The Superintendent will attend all job meetings. The Superintendent shall possess and carry a cell telephone or 2-way radio during project working hours at Contractor's expense. The Contractor will provide the Sponsor's Representative, Architect, Resident Inspector, and Homeowner Liaison with the telephone numbers. C. Project Manager: The Contractor shall provide, and bear all costs in conjunction with a dedicated Project Manager. The Project Manager shall be a competent and responsible employee, satisfactory to the Architect, who is regularly employed by the Contractor and is designated by him as his/her representative to be in attendance at the project site, as necessary, throughout the progress of the work. The Project Manager will be accessible at all times during the project and attend all job meetings. The Contractor will provide the Sponsor's Representative and Architect with the Contractor's Project Manager's day, evening and cell phone numbers. Note that the Contractor's Superintendent and Contractor's Project Manager cannot be the same person. D. Warehouse Manager: The Contractor shall provide, and bear all costs in conjunction with a dedicated Warehouse Manager. The Warehouse Manager shall be a competent and responsible employee, satisfactory to the Architect, who is regularly employed by the Contractor and is designated by him as his/her representative to be in attendance at the warehouse throughout the progress of the work. PROJECT MANAGEMENT 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01310 - 3 AND COORDINATION 1.06 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: The Architect will schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site office unless otherwise indicated. The Project site office is located at the Key West International Airport, on the second floor of the Terminal building. B. Attendees: The Architect will inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Project Meetings shall include the Resident Inspector, Homeowner Liaison, Contractor's Project Manager and Superintendent; and may include the Sponsor's Representative and Architect. 1. Agenda: All Parties shall prepare a meeting agenda for distribution prior to the job meetings to all invited attendees. 2. Minutes: The Architect shall prepare meeting minutes and record significant discussions and agreements achieved as a contract record. The meeting minutes will be distributed prior to the job meetings to all concerned parties, including the Sponsor's Representative, Contractor and the Homeowner Liaison within three [3] working days of the meeting. C. Pre -construction Conference: The Architect will schedule a pre -construction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to the Sponsor's Representative, Architect, Engineer and Homeowner Liaison, but no later than fifteen (15) days after Notice to Proceed. The conference will be held at the Project Office. The Architect shall conduct the meeting to review project organization, communication, responsibilities and personnel assignments. 1. Attendees: the Sponsor's Representative, Homeowner Liaison, Architect, Engineer; Contractor (Project Manager, Superintendent); major subcontractors; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress and the most efficient execution for the success of the project, including but not limited to: a. Tentative overall construction schedule. b. Critical work sequencing. C. Communication procedures. d. Designation of responsible personnel. e. Procedures for processing field issues.and changes. f. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. g. Submittal procedures. h. Distribution of the Submittals and Shop Drawings. i. Maintenance of the Contract Record Documents. j. Use of the premises. k. Parking availability. I. Equipment deliveries and priorities. M. Security. n. Progress cleaning. o. Working hours. p. Lien Waivers q. Construction period. r. Inspections. S. Close-out 3. A portion of this meeting will be used by the Sponsor's Representatives to demonstrate and explain the goals of the Key West International Airport Noise Insulation Program — Phase 2. D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with reporting requirements and preparation of payment requests. 1. Attendees: In addition to the Sponsor's Representative, Homeowner Liaison, Architect, Contractor, subcontractors; other entities concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these PROJECT MANAGEMENT 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01310 - 4 AND COORDINATION meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Sequence of operations. 2) Status of submittals. 3) Deliveries. 4) Access. 5) Site utilization. 6) Progress cleaning. 7) Quality and work standards. 8) Request for Information 9) Request for Change 10) Proposal Requests 11) Construction Field Directives 12) Construction Change Directives 13) Change Orders. 14) Documentation of information for payment requests. 15) Warranties 16) Record Photographs 17) As -Built Documents 18) Closeout status 3. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. 1.07 CELLULAR PHONES A. The Contractor shall provide at his or her own expense two (2) cellular phones / radios. They shall. be compatible with the type and system used by the Contractors work force to encourage quick communication and resolution of issues in the field. The 2 phones / radios shall be available to the Architect's Project Manager, and the Resident Inspector with a plan that allows a minimum of 600 minutes of out -going calls (per month, per phone) which shall including long distance service. These phones shall be provided during the construction period (Pre - Construction walks through the last final inspection) and are to be used strictly for project - related business. PROJECT MANAGEMENT 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01310 - 5 AND COORDINATION PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01310 - 6 AND COORDINATION 01320 —Construction Progress Documentation GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01320 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Overall Contract Construction Schedule. 2. Contractor's Proposed Construction Schedule. 3. Submittals Schedule. 4. Daily construction reports. 5. Material location / Inventory reports. 6. Field condition reports. 7. Construction photographs. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01290 "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 1 Section 01310 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes. 3. Division 1 Section 01330 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 4. Division 1 Section 01400 "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections. 5. Division 1 Section 01770 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic negatives as Project Record Documents at Project closeout. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Predecessor activity is an activity that must be completed before a given activity can be started. B. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. C. Milestone: A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. B. Submittals Schedule: Submit three [3] copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular format: rnUUHt55 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01320 - 1 DOCUMENTATION 1. Scheduled date for initial and subsequent submittals. 2. Specification Section number and title. 3. Submittal category (action or informational). 4. Name of subcontractors. 5. Description of the Work covered. 6. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. C. Overall Construction Schedule: Submit two [2] printed copies of initial schedule, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period with all designated milestones 1. Submit an electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, on 3-1/2-inch (89-mm) diskettes, formatted to hold 1.44 MB of data, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (Initial or Updated) and date on label. D. Construction Photographs: The Contractor shall provide a minimum of ten (10) photographs of all residences prior to starting the work and another ten (10) again after all work is complete. The Photographs shall be submitted at Final Inspection with the final as -built drawings. 1. Format: 4-by-6-inch or approved alternate, smooth -surface matte prints on single -weight commercial -grade stock, enclosed back to back in clear plastic sleeves that are punched for standard 3-ring binder. 2. Identification: On back of each print, provide an applied label or rubber-stamped impression with the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name of Photographer. C. Name of Architect. _ d. Name of Contractor. e. Parcel name, address and parcel number. f. Date photograph was taken. g. Description indicating location. E. Daily Construction Reports: See Division 0, Section 00901, Contract Forms. Submit two (2) copies at weekly job meetings. F. Material Inventory / Location Reports: The Contractor shall provide a dated weekly report of all products that have been ordered with the scheduled delivery date and the actual delivery date. The Report shall indicate products by residence and supplier updated weekly and distributed to the Architect, Resident Inspector and Homeowner liaison at the weekly job meetings. G. Request for Interpretation: The Contractor shall submit a Request for Interpretation, CSI Form 13.2A attached, see Division 0, Section 00901, Contract Forms if differing conditions appear in the field that alter the scope of the work. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre Construction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site office to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01310 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the Overall Contract Schedule and the Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review use of software and format for reports. 2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule. 3. Discuss constraints, including phasing and interim milestones. 4. Review time required for review of submittals and re -submittals. 5. Review likely tests and inspections by Architect, sub -consultants, building inspectors etc. 6. Review time required for startup and completion procedures. 7. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule. 8. Review submittal requirements and procedures. PROGRESS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01320 - 2 DOCUMENTATION 9. Review procedures for updating and distributing schedule. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals within 15 days of notice to proceed, arranged in chronological order by dates required priority and construction schedule. Include time required for review, re -submittal, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. 1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, suppliers, the Schedule of Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Organize Submittals Schedule to correspond with product lead times, putting longest lead times first. 3. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary bar -chart schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. a. At Contractor's option, show submittals on the Preliminary Construction Schedule, instead of tabulating them separately. 4. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2.02 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, OVERALL A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning & Scheduling." B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Final Completion and Payment. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. C. Activities: Treat each separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 30 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. PROGRESS ©2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01320 - 3 DOCUMENTATION 2. Submittal Review Time: Include review and re -submittal times indicated in Division 1 Section 01330 Submittal Procedures in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule. 3. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Limitations of continued occupancies. b. Use of premises restrictions. C. Seasonal variations. E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, interim milestones indicated below, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion. 1. Pre -construction Meeting 2. Administrative submittals 3. Construction measurement pre -walks 4. Product submittals 5. Shop Drawings 6. Product Delivery 7. Individual proposed house starts 8. Individual substantial completion dates based on house starts. 9. Individual punch list Inspections dates based on house starts 10. Individual punch list completion dates based on house starts 11. Individual final completion dates based on house starts and available inspections times. 12. Individual close-out dates based on house starts. 13. Contract substantial completion 14. Contract completion F. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time -impact analysis to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. G. Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. 2.03 CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt -chart -type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within ten [10] days of the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback was received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 1. For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in ten (10) percent increments within time bar. PROGRESS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01320 - 4 DOCUMENTATION 2.04 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 3. Meetings and significant decisions. 4. Unusual events (refer to special reports). 5. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 6. Construction Change Directives received. 7. Field Change Directives received. 8. Substantial Completions verified. B. Material Location / Inventory Reports: At weekly intervals, prepare a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing date materials were ordered, when products are anticipated, received, previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site. C. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare a detailed report. Submit with a request for information on Field Condition Report, CSI Form 13.2A attached, see Division 0, Section 00901, Contract Forms. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At weekly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity. B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Sponsor's Representative, Homeowner Liaison, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need -to -know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographic Film: 35mm-format or approved alternate. rrtuumhbb 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01320 - 5 DOCUMENTATION B. Date Stamp: Unless otherwise indicated, date and time stamp each photograph as it is being taken so stamp is integral to photograph. C. Pre -construction Photographs: Before starting construction, take ten (10) color photographs of Project site from different vantage points, as directed by Architect. 1. Field Office Prints: Retain one set of prints of periodic photographs in field office at Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify photographs the same as for those submitted to Architect. D. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take ten (10) color photographs after date of Punch -list Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. The Photographs should reflect the new construction elements and be coordinated with the Architect. END OF SECTION 01320 PROGRESS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01320 - 6 DOCUMENTATION 01330 —Submittal Procedures GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ®2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01290 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment. 2. Section 01400 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports and Delegated -Design Submittals. 3. Section 01770 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties Project Record Documents and operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Divisions 3-16 Technical Specifications see specific divisions for submittal requirements. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's approval. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. B. Commence the work of preparing submittals required by the Contract Documents immediately after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Within (15) calendar days after the Notice to proceed, submit product data and manufacturer's standard installation details for windows, doors and storm shutters and other major products. 1. Do not schedule or commence walk-through inspections until after product data has been submitted and approved by the Architect. C. Within (10) calendar days after completing the Pre -Construction Walks, commence shop drawing and installation detail submittals for the individual residences, starting with first residence inspected and submitting in same sequence as walk-through inspections. Total time permitted for submittal of shop drawings shall equal total time permitted to complete walk- through inspections. D. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01330 - 1 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. E. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01320 "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. Refer to other Division 1 sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for informational, administrative and action submittals. Such submittals include but are not limited to: 1. Submittal schedule 2. Schedule of Values 3. Permits 4. Daily construction reports 5. Shop Drawings 6. Product data/samples 7. Payment Application 8. Proposal 9. Request for Information 10. Request for Change 11. Guarantees and Warranties 12. Construction Schedule 13. Record Drawings 14. Record Photographs F. Processing Time: Illustrate in the schedule and allow sufficient time for submittal review, including time for re -submittals, as follows. Initial submittal, review period, re -submittal final approval and submission of final bound sets. 1. Initial Review: Allow ten (10) working days for initial review of each submittal. Prioritize submittals in order of importance (Schedules, Schedule of Values, Unit Prices, Payment Application, Major Products with significant lead times, permits, etc.). Allow additional time if processing must be delayed due to bulk submittal of documents that are unresponsive to an approved schedule. The Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Allow ten (10) working days for processing each re -submittal. 4. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. G. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block/page on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm and the person that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 4 x 6 inches on label or on title block/page to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name of manufacturer. f. Unique identifier, including revision number. g. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. h. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. I. Other necessary identification. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01330 - 2 H. Deviations: All deviations from the specifications shall be highlighted, encircled, or otherwise identified in submittals and brought to the Architects attention. The Contractor is fully responsible for meeting the performance requirements set forth in the Contract Documents. If Substitutions, alternates or deviations are to be considered it is the responsibility of the Contractor to bring it to the attention of the Architect and for review. t' I. Additional Copies: The Contractor shall initially submit two (2) copies of each submittal. After the approval the contractor shall submit five (5) additional copies in bound sets for distribution. J. Transmittal: Package each initial submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor. 1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal. 2. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. C. Destination (To:). d. Source (From. G. Category and type of submittal. f. Submittal purpose and description. g. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. h. Remarks. i. Signature of transmitter. K. Distribution: Furnish copies of final bound sets of the submittals to Sponsor's Representative, Architect, manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. L. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect in connection with construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of each submittal, as follows, unless otherwise indicated: a. Initial Submittal: Submit one (1) original and one (1) copy of each submittal. Architect will retain one (1) copy as a Project Record Document. Required corrections will be noted on the original and the copy will be stamped and returned to the Contractor for re -submittal, or if requiring no revisions when initially submitted, will be stamped and returned to the Contractor. b. Final Submittal: Submit four (5) copies, bound in sets for distribution. The Architect will retain one (1) copy as a record document; remainder will be distributed. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01330 - 3 B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. if information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Identify each submittal with a cover sheet with the appropriate Specification Division, Section and Paragraph. 3. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 4. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. C. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. d. Printed performance curves. e. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals. f. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. g. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. C. Shop Drawings: Contractor shall submit on a format designated by the Architect, separate shop drawings for each dwelling unit included. Shop drawings shall include customized details specific to each residence, taking into account particular existing conditions of that residence. 1. Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification purposes. Indicate homeowner name, address and designated identification number. Indicate who prepared each submittal on the label or title block. 2. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Floor plans b. Dimensions. C. Identification of products, manufacturers and distributors. d. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. e. Door and window reference keys f. Door and window schedules g. Templates and patterns. h. Required door and window elevations I. Design calculations. j. Notation of coordination requirements. k. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 30 by 40 inches (750 by 1000 mm). 4. Number of Copies: Submit copies of each submittal, as follows: a. Initial Submittal: Submit one (1) original and one (1) set of prints. Architect will return one (1) copy stamped with comment. b. Final Submittal: will be one (1) original and five (5) sets of prints organized and bound for distribution. The Architect will retain two (2) copies, the original as an in- house record copy and the others will be distributed to the Homeowner Liaison for the Project site office, Sponsor's Representative, and Resident Inspector. D. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01400 "Quality Requirements" for mockups. 2. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01330 - 4 3. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated. Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name or name of manufacturer. C. Sample source. 4. Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, provide the following: a. Size limitations of manufacturer b. Compliance with recognized standards. C. Availability. d. Delivery time. 5. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. a. If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the product represented by a Sample, submit at least Three (3) sets of paired units that show approximate limits of the variations. b. Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, and details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. 6. Number of Samples for Verification: Submit three (3) sets of Samples. Architect will retain One (1) Sample set; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project Record Sample. -- --- a. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 7. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality - control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Sponsor's property, are the property of Contractor. E. Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product. 2. Number and name of room or space. 3. Location within room or space. F. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01320 "Construction Progress Documentation." G. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01290 "Payment Procedures." H. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01290 "Payment Procedures." Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use CSI Form 1.5A. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01330 - 5 2.02 INFORMATIONAL / ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit two (2) copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. An officer shall sign certificates and certifications or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. 3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01400 "Quality Requirements." B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01320 "Construction Progress Documentation." C. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of Contractor and Sub Contracting firms or persons. Include lists of completed projects with project names, dates and addresses, with contact names, addresses and Telephone numbers of contacts (Owners, Architects or Managers) with other information relevant to assurance of qualifications. D. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements. E. Installer _Qertificates:_ Prepare _written statements on m—anufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project. F. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements. G. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. H. Warranty information: Prepare a Manufacturer Warranty package for Architect's review. The Manufacturer Warrantees shall be originals and as defined in the Technical Specifications Divisions 2-16. I. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01770 "Closeout Procedures." J. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01330 - 6 I B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, j and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows: 1. The Architect's review and approval of shop drawings shall be for conformance with design intent only and will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for fitting and construction of work, nor from furnishing material and work required by the Drawings, Specifications, and related documents which may not be indicated, or which may be indicated differently, on the approved shop drawings. Similarly, such approval shall not constitute acceptance of deviations from the Drawings, Specifications, or instructions, nor from local, state, or federal laws, nor regulations or requirements of boards, commissions, or departments having jurisdiction, nor approval of conditions which may involve infringement of patents. 2. The Architect's shop drawings shall read: a "Reviewed," b. "Rejected," C. "Revise and Resubmit," or d. "Furnish as Corrected." C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01330 - 7 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01330 - 8 01400 — Quality Requirements GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. It is the responsibility of the contractor to meet the quality of materials and installations as defined in the individual Technical Specifications Divisions 2-16. 2. Specifi`ed -tests;- inspections; and related actions- do not-lirmfit-ConTracter~s-quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality -control services required by Sponsor, Architect, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01731 "Cutting and Patching" for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by testing and inspecting activities. 2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Quality -Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements. B. Quality -Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Testing Agency: Any entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01400-1 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. B. Factory -Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Specialists:. Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade -union jurisdictional settlements and - similar conventions- F. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality -control services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Where quality -control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality -control service. 2. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 3. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. B. Special Tests and Inspections: The Sponsor, Sponsor's Representative, or Architect will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections as required by authorities. 1. Testing agency will notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Testing agency will submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality -control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Testing agency will submit a final report of special tests and inspections at the time of Substantial Completion or Final inspection, which may include a list of unresolved deficiencies. 4. Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 5. Testing agency will retest and re -inspect corrected work. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01400-2 C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing. D. Retesting/Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality -control services, including retesting and re -inspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents. E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality - control service through Contractor. 4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality -control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: - _ 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field -curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality -assurance and quality -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS @2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01400-3 2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section 01731 "Cutting and Patching." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality -control services. END OF SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01400-4 01420 — References GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01420 REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": The term "reviewed," when used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" mean directed by Architect, requested by Architect, and similar phrases. D. "Indicated": The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on Drawings -Dr -to other-paragraphs-or-schedules-fn-Specifications-and similar requirements in the -- Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference. E. "Regulations": The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": The term "furnish" means to supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": The term "install" describes operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide": The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Installer": An installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. J. The term "experienced," when used with an entity, means having successfully completed a minimum of five (5) previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name. REFERENCES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01420 - 1 K. "Project site" is the space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.02 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect or decision before proceeding. D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source and make them available on request. E. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. F. AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (202) 626-7300 www.aiaonline.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee (301) 972-1700 ANSI American National Standards Institute (212) 642-4900 www.ansi.org APA APA-The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (610) 832-9585 REFERENCES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01420 - 2 www.astm.org AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association (817) 326-6300 www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353 CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462 CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.asinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 462-8961 www.cedarbureau.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gYpsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 (Formerly: FGMA - Flat Glass Marketing Association) www.glasswebsite.com/gana GTA Glass Tempering Division of Glass Association of North America (See GANA) IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 938-7444 www.igcc.org LSGA Laminated Safety Glass Association (See GANA) NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-6372 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (703) 442-4890 www.glass.org NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (901) 377-1818 www.natlhardwood.org NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association REFERENCES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01420 - 3 (See WDMA) SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 938-7444 www.sgcc.org SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.sigmaonline.org/sigma SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (800) 704-4050 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 USG United States Gypsum Company (800) 874-4968 A Subsidiary of USG Corporation (312) 606-4000 www.usg.com WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800) 283-1486 www.wclib.org (503) 639-0651 WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 (Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door (847) 299-5200 Association) www.wdma.com WIC Woodwork Institute of California (916) 372-9943 www.wicnet.org WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889 www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org G. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. BOCA BOCA International, Inc. (708) 799-2300 www.bocai.org CABO Council of American Building Officials (See ICC) ICBO International Conference of Building Officials (800) 284-4406 www.icbo.org (562) 699-0541 ICC International Code Council (703) 931-4533 (Formerly: CABO -Council of American Building Officials) www.inticode.org SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. (205) 591-1853 www.sbcci.org REFERENCES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01420 - 4 H. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CFR Code of Federal Regulations www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission www.cpsc.gov DOC Department of Commerce www.doc.gov DOD Department of Defense DOD Specifications and Standards www.astimage.daps.dia.mil/online EPA Environmental Protection Agency www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration Department of Transportation www.faa.gov FED -STD Federal Standard (See FS) FS Federal Specification (Available from DOD, GSA, and NIBS) FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (See CFR 29) www.osha.gov PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01420 (202) 512-1800 (800) 638-2772 (301) 504-0990 (202) 482-2000 (215) 697-6257 (202) 260-2090 (202) 366-4000 (301) 975-2000 (202) 219-5000 REFERENCES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01420 - 5 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 0 REFERENCES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01420 - 6 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Project identification and temporary signs. 2. Field offices. 3. Storage and fabrication sheds. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01330 "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting copies of implementation and termination schedule and utility reports. 2. Division 1 Section 01700 "Execution -Requirements'-forprogress cleaning requirements- 1.02 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Sponsor, Sponsor's Representative or Architect and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Sponsor's construction forces. 2. Occupants of Project. 3. Architect. 4. Testing agencies. 5. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work: 1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat. TEMPORARY FACILITIES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01500 -1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use intended. B. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" and "Miscellaneous Carpentry." C. Roofing: Standard -weight, mineral -surfaced, asphalt shingles or asphalt -impregnated and - coated, mineral -surfaced, roll -roofing sheet. D. Gypsum Board: Minimum 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick by 48 inches (1219 mm) wide by maximum available lengths; regular -type panels with tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36. E. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section "Painting." F. Water: Potable. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Field Offices: The Contractor shall provide a field office with close proximity to the residences receiving work under this Contract. Field office shall be a heated and air-conditioned space with toilet and telephone facilities available for use. Field office shall be available to Sponsor, Sponsor's Representative, Architect, Homeowner Liaison, and Resident Inspector for meetings or as required to supervise and/or facilitate work of the Contract. Contractor shall provide work space for the Architect and the Architect's Resident Inspector at the field office. This shall include, but not be limited to: desk or work table, file cabinet, access to facsimile transmittal machine and copying machine, and telephone. Architect's Resident Inspector shall have access to the field office during normal work hours, as specified herein. C. Fire Extinguishers: Hand -carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. D. Drinking -Water Fixtures: Drinking -water fountains, including paper cup supply. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. TEMPORARY FACILITIES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01500 - 2 3.02 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access. 2. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241. 3. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Sponsor. B. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification and other signs in sizes indicated. Install signs where indicated to inform public and persons seeking entrance to Project. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. 1. Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics for Project identification signs. Comply with details indicated. 2. Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors. 3. Construct signs of exterior -type Grade B-B high -density concrete form overlay plywood in sizes and thicknesses indicated. Support on posts or framing of preservative -treated wood or steel. 4. Paint sign panel and applied graphics with exterior -grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior primer. C. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste -collection containers in sizes adequate to -hand -le waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Comply with Division 1 Section 01700 "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements. 1. If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly labeled, for each type of waste material to be deposited. 2. Develop a waste management plan for Work performed on Project. Indicate types of waste materials Project will produce and estimate quantities of each type. Provide detailed information for on -site waste storage and separation of recyclable materials. Provide information on destination of each type of waste material and means to be used to dispose of all waste materials. D. Common -Use Field Office: Provide an insulated, weathertight, air-conditioned field office for use as a common facility by all personnel engaged in construction activities; of sufficient size to accommodate required office personnel and meetings. Keep office clean and orderly. 1. Furnish and equip offices as follows: a. Desk and four chairs, four -drawer file cabinet, a plan table, a plan rack, and bookcase. b. Water cooler and private toilet complete with water closet, lavatory, and medicine cabinet with mirror. C. 2. Construct framing, sheathing, and siding using fire -retardant -treated lumber and plywood. 3. Paint exposed lumber and plywood with exterior -grade acrylic -latex emulsion over exterior primer. Paint interior walls with two coats of interior latex -flat wall paint. 4. Provide resilient floor covering and painted gypsum wallboard walls and acoustical ceiling. Provide operable windows with adjustable blinds and insect screens. 5. Provide an electric heater with thermostat capable of maintaining a uniform indoor temperature of 68 deg F (20 deg C). Provide an air-conditioning unit capable of maintaining an indoor temperature of 72 deg F (23 deg C). 6. Provide fluorescent light fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc (215 Ix) at desk height. Provide 110- to 120-V duplex outlets spaced at not more than 12-foot (4-m) intervals, 1 per wall in each room. TEMPORARY FACILITIES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01500 - 3 E. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within building or elsewhere on -site. 1. Construct framing, sheathing, and siding using fire -retardant -treated lumber and plywood. 2. Paint exposed lumber and plywood with exterior -grade acrylic -latex emulsion over exterior primer. 3.03 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor. The Sponsor, Sponsor's Representative, or Architect reserve the right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during__ construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 1 Section 01770 "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01500 - 4 01600 — Product Requirements GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements: selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01420 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 2. Division 1 Section 01770 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for contract Closeout. 3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. C. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to the Sponsor. D. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Sponsor. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01600 - 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Include generic names of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each product. 1. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule. 2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings: a. Specification Section number and title. b. Generic name used in the Contract Documents. C. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. 3. Initial Submittal: Within ten [101 days after notice to proceed, submit three (3) copies of initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. a. At Contractor's option, initial submittal may be limited to product selections and designations that must be established early in Contract period. 4. Completed List: Within fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit three (3) copies of a completed product list, indicating all products used in the project. Such list should directly correspond to product submittals. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. 5. Architect's Action: Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within fifteen (15) days of receipt of completed product list A hitect's response wilrinctude�ist of unacceptable- product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect's response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement that products comply with the Contract Documents. B. Substitution Requests: Submit three (3) copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by separate contracts that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. C. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. d. Samples, where applicable or requested. G. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses, and names and addresses of architects and sponsors. f. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. g. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. h. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery. i. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01600 - 2 j. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated. k. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one (1) week of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within fifteen (15) days of receipt of request, or seven (7) days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order. b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 2. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 3. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 4. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage. B., Storage: Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by construction forces. Coordinate location with Architect. 1.06 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution. 1. Specified Form: Forms are included with the Specifications. Prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01600 - 3 2. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01770 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged, and unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. The Sponsor, Sponsor's Representative, and Architect reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect's. 6. Single Source Manufacturer: The Contractor must use a single manufacturer to respond to the performance requirements in the Technical Specifications Division 2-16. This requirement is included to prevent two dissimilar products in adjacent locations. If a manufacturer does not provide sizes or styles the Contractor is required to call attention to and request clarification from the Architect prior to Order. 7. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products. 8. Or Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal" or "or approved equal" or "or approved," comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following: 1. Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within thirty (30) days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. B. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01600 - 4 1. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. 2. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. 3. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule. 4. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 5. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. 6. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. 7. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. 2.03 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses, and names and addresses of architects and sponsors, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01600 - 5 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01600 - 6 01700 - Execution Requirements GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General installation of products. 2. Progress cleaning. 3. Protection of installed construction. 4. Correction of the Work. requirements governing execution of the Work B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01731 "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements for cutting and patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work. 2. Division # Section -01770 "C-loseout-Procedures"-for-submitting-final-property survey with - Project Record Documents, recording of Owner -accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. General: Examination of the site and pertinent existing buildings shall be made by the Contractor who shall compare it to the contract drawings and specifications to determine the exact amount including that to be removed, altered and/or reconnected. The Contractor shall be satisfied as to the condition under which the work is to be performed and gain complete knowledge of the scope of the work to provide a complete and operable system. No allowances shall subsequently be made for any extra expense to which the Contractor may be accountable due to failure to make such examination and to include the required materials and labor in the bid. 1. The Contractor will be held to have examined the premises before submitting the proposal for the work and to have knowledge as to the existing conditions under which the work is to be accomplished. B. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Examine roughing -in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01700 -1 3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Homeowner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect and Sponsor in the shop drawings and in writing not less than two (2) days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. B. Field Measurements: Coordinate field measurements for primary products (windows and doors) with a representative from the Manufacturer to ensure correct measurement, order and fit of products. Recheck and verify measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. Submit requests on AIA for, "Request for Information." 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. F. Anchors and Fasteners: The Contractor is to be responsible for providing an engineered fastening schedule (refer to Technical Specifications Divisions 2-16) for all products subject to hurricane conditions. These products shall include (at a minimum) all exterior prime doors and windows, storm panels and shutters, A/C condensers and stands. Provide anchors and EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01700 - 2 fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. G. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. H. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3.04 PROGRESS A. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. B. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. C. Installed Work: Keep installedwork clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property 'and that will not damage exposed surfaces. D. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. E. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. F. Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. 1. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. G. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on -site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01700 - 3 3.05 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. 3.06 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01731 "Cutting and Patching." 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01700 - 4 01731 - Cutting and Patching GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02W2 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01731 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least ten (10) days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the following information: 1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot be avoided. 2. Changes to Existing Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work. 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. 6. Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity or load -deflection ratio. CUTTING AND PATCHING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01731 - 1 B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the elements or related components in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. E. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - - 2.01 MATERIALS_ A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 'EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. CUTTING AND PATCHING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01731 - 2 C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to avoid interruption of services to occupied areas. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete or Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Plaster Surrounds: Where walls require patching to provide new plaster surrounds, provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire wall surface containing the patch to the edges of natural breaks. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Repairing and Replacing Existing Work: All items of existing work which are to remain and are damaged or removed on account of work done under this Contract, including interior and exterior finishes, trim, fixtures, and furnishings, shall be repaired and replaced to match existing adjacent work in all respects. Any damage to buildings, roads, public roads, bituminous concrete areas, CUTTING AND PATCHING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01731 - 3 fences, lawn areas, trees, shrubbery, poles, underground utilities, etc. shall be made good by the Contractor at his/her own expense, all to the satisfaction of the Architect. 5. Existing Electrical Items At New Wall/Ceiling Modifications: Where a new wall or ceiling modification (or vertical/horizontal duct enclosure) is being installed, any existing lights, fans, outlets, switches, plugs, telephone jacks, cable jacks, thermostats, etc., Or any other item(s), exclusive of security systems, affected by the installation of the new work, are to be extended forward and reinstalled to accommodate the new wall or ceiling modification. Provide new wiring, plug extensions, etc. As required for a complete and operable installation. All work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable codes. Patch all wall/ceiling finishes to match existing thickness before installation of new wall or ceiling modification. 6. Existing Shelving/Casework - Remove/Reinstall At New Work: At wall, ceiling, or other modifications in contact with existing shelving, casework, or other finished item, remove and reinstall the item to its original location unless otherwise noted. Provide new parts to match existing where required for a complete, safe, and secure reinstallation. Provide new trim where required. 7. Existing Floor Finishes - Cut Back/Protect At New Wall/Door Modifications: Where a new door is to be installed, the existing carpeting and/or pad, or other floor finish shall be cut back and reinstalled to accommodate the door installation. Protect existing floor finish during construction. Reinstalled floor finish shall match existing conditions. Provide new tack strips, trim, padding, etc., Where required, for a complete and finished installation. Repair Concrete Terrazzo floors where required to provide a solid installation. 8. New Ductwork Penetrations: At New, Wall, Or Ceiling Ductwork Openings, the floor, wall and/or ceiling finish affected by new openings shall -be repaired io match exis i�Cspenings created or newductwork shall be no greater than 5/8 inch around the perimeter of the ductwork and shall be filled with fiberglass insulation, backer rod, and sealant (with wood blocking, as required by these specifications). Provide new metal collar(s) and ceiling penetrations. Where new ductwork passes through a closet space, cut back and adjust existing shelves, bracket(s), rods, etc. to accommodate new ductwork. 9. New Ductwork At Finish Ceilings: Where a finished GWB or other ceiling exists in any space designated to receive new ductwork, where designated, provide new duct enclosure as detailed. Provide new ceiling material, finish and components, as required, to match existing for a complete, finished installation. 10. Existing Ceiling Beams At New Wall/Ceiling Modifications: Where real beams exist, install new gypsum board between and against them. Provide new molding where required to provide finished appearance. 11. New Work In Closet Space: At installation of a new attic access panel or ceiling modification, duct enclosure, etc. Or other construction within a closet or kitchen cabinet, remove existing obstruction required for installation of the new work. Adjust, as required, and reinstall the existing item to their original location. Replace any item(s) damaged during the course of removal with new to match existing. If items are not reusable, provide new to match existing. 12. Existing Exterior Siding At Removals - Repair To Match Existing: Where an existing electric meter, door, window or door trim, etc. Is being removed or relocated, the contractor shall repair or replace exterior siding, shingles, trim, etc. Affected by the new work to match existing conditions. Where vinyl or aluminum siding exists, match existing exposure, color and texture. Where wood siding, clapboards, or shingles exist, matching existing exposure, color, and finish. 13. Existing Exterior Siding At New Installations - Repair To Match Existing: Where any new exterior work such as window, door, louver, or new trim or panning installation affects the existing siding, shingles, clapboards, vinyl or aluminum siding and/or trim, the contractor shall repair or replace the material affected by the work with new to match existing. Where vinyl or aluminum siding exists, match existing exposure, CUTTING AND PATCHING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01731 - 4 color, and texture. Where wood siding, clapboards, or shingles exist, match existing exposure, wood species, color, and finish. 14. Stucco Matching: Exterior stucco shall be mixed and applied to match existing texture, and shall be ready to receive finish paint. If the existing stucco is an integral color material, the new stucco shall match that color. 15. Concrete Masonry Units: Masonry shall be installed using materials which match existing. Fit masonry units into bonding and coursing pattern. Mortar joint width and color to match existing. 16. New Windows/Doors - Remove And Reinstall Items: Where required for the installation of program work; remove existing shutters, planters, etc., or any other item that obstructs the work. Reinstall the existing materials to the original location with new galvanized fastening devices as required for a complete, secure, and safe reinstallation. 17. New Ceilings - Extend Electrical Items: At new ceiling modifications, all existing ceiling lighting fixtures, smoke alarms, switches, receptacles, fans, or other electrical items (exclusive of security or fire alarm systems) shall be extended forward to accommodate the ceiling modification. This shall include telephone, coaxial, and audio cables. 18. Marble Stools — Window Installation: Remove marble stools for installation of new windows. Cut and reinstall marble or purchase new stool marble to maintain existing condition. The prevailing condition is white or white and gray streaked standard stool marble. 19. Tile Surrounds — Window and Door installation Where tile exists as a sill or surround, remove the for window installation. At door installation, neatly cut existing tile to allow installation of new door. Provide new tile or secure matching the from Homeowner's stored stock if available. New tile will match the existing condition as closely as possible. Provide matching samples for Architect's representative to approve prior to the start of construction. END OF SECTION 01731 CUTTING AND PATCHING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01731 - 5 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK S CUTTING AND PATCHING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01731 - 6 01732 - Selective Demolition GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01732 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building or structure. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01100 "Summary" for use of the premises and phasing requirements. 2. Division 1 Section 01140 "Work Restrictions" for restrictions on use of the premises due to Owner or tenant occupancy. 3. Division 1 Section 01500 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and environmental -protection measures for selective demolition operations. 4. Division 1 Section 01731 "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures for selective demolition operations. 5 Divisioo5-Sec ions-- s for demolishing, cuffing, p'—tea ching, or refioc is ng mechanical Items. 6. Division 16 Sections for demolishing, cutting, patching, or relocating electrical items. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off -site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. 1.03 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Homeowner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be taken away from the Homeowner's residence on the same day they are removed. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. B. Proposed Dust -Control and Noise -Control Measures: Submit statement or drawing that indicates the measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify options if proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate. C. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Homeowner's on -site operations are uninterrupted. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01732 -1 2. Interruption of utility services. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Coordination of Homeowner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Homeowner's partial occupancy of completed Work. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241. D. Pre -demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01310 "Project Management and Coordination." E. Pre -demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01310 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to selective demolition including, but not limited to, the following: _1__construction to be selectively demolished_ 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Homeowner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Homeowner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than [72] hours' notice to Homeowner through the Architect of activities that will affect Homeowner's operations. B. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. C. Homeowner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Homeowner as far as practical. 2. if materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Sponsor's Representative and Architect. D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on -site will not be permitted. E. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire -protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01732 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect: D. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES A. Existing -Utilities: -Maintain -services indicated to-remain-and--protect-them-against-damage-during --- -- selective demolition operations. B. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by Sponsor and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Homeowner and to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to Sponsor's Representative, Architect and Homeowner if shutdown of service is required during changeover. C. Utility Requirements: Refer to Division 15 and 16 Sections for shutting off, disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utilities. Do not start selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Dangerous Materials: Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition operations. B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01732 - 3 3.04 POLLUTION CONTROLS A. Dust Control: Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental -protection regulations. 1. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution. 2. Wet mop floors to eliminate trackable dirt and wipe down walls and doors of demolition enclosure. Vacuum carpeted areas. B. Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 1. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. C. Cleaning: Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. 3.05 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame -cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire -suppression devices during flame -cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin -infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off -site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. 10. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. B. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, when ever possible at mortar joints, using power -driven saw, then remove masonry between motor joints / saw cuts. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01732 - 4 3.06 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Homeowner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 01732 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01732 - 5 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01732 - 6 01770 - Closeout Procedures GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout. The number of individual parcels and sequential construction dictates that many of these close out procedures are to be completed on a per parcel basis. The close-out activities per parcel include, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection and Certification procedures 2. Project Record Documents. 3. Operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Warranties. 5. Final cleaning. B. Related Sections include the following: 1 -- Dlvlsio" SeM ri Dt290—"Paym-eM Procaduri3s"- for requiremnts f-or-Appitoations for - Payment for Substantial and Final Completion. 2. Division 1 Section 01320 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting Final Completion construction photographs and negatives. 3. Division 1 Section 01700 "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning of Project site. 4. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for products of those Sections. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit samples of operating and maintenance and warranty packets for Architect's review. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. The Architect will make a determination whether the work of a Parcel has reached Substantial Completion and will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion for that Parcel if, in the sole opinion of the Architect, it is Substantially Complete. The Architect will attach a Punch List of incomplete items to the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 1. Should a limited amount of work remain incomplete due to circumstances beyond the Contractor's control, such as a defective window, which requires replacement, the Contractor may request in writing to the Architect that this work be permitted to extend beyond the date required for Parcel Final Completion. Should the Architect accept the request, the incomplete item shall not be a cause for determination that the Parcel has not reached Parcel Final Completion within the required dates. However, the remaining Punch List items shall be completed within the required dates. B. Prerequisites to Substantial Completion: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. Indicate items that are incomplete with request. 1. Each window, door, and storm protection product; and each other major product; in a parcel shall be installed, including trim, painting and other related work. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01770 - 1 2. Complete startup testing of mechanical systems. 3. Complete final cleaning, including touchup painting. 4. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes, new and existing, caused by construction. 5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, removable storm panels and similar items to the Homeowner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 6. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Homeowner. Provide copy of signed receipt from Homeowner evidencing receipt of keys. C. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, which must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re -inspection: Request re -inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. 1.04 FINAL COMPLETION A- __P_xeliminary__ProcedureK _Before requesting final inspecAlon fQc_determining__date...of__Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 2. Submit testing and balancing reports of HVAC systems. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, certifications, and similar documents. 5. Provide a copy of the record drawings to the Architect for review at or prior to the final inspection. 6. Instruct Homeowner in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re -inspection: Request re -inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1:05 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: Submit two (2) copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Use CSI Form 14.1 A. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01770 - 2 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Homeowner Name and Address C. Homeowner Identification Number. d. Date. e. Name of Architect. f. Name of Contractor. g. Page number. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain and submit two (2) copies of Contract Record/As-Built Drawings. 1. Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity that obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked -up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention _ to informationon concealed_ elements that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. C. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. d. Mark Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on Contract Drawings. e. 2. Submit Initial Record/As-Built Drawings to the Architect for review at or before the Final Inspection for review on -site. 3. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 4. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 5. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate numbers, and similar identification where applicable. 6. Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. Organize into a heavy-duty 3-ring vinyl -covered binder; bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. C. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: Submit two (2) copies of written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01770 - 3 B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied during construction. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by- 11 -inch (115-by-280-mm) paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. E. Proposed guarantee and warranty documents must be submitted to the Architect for review and approval with other required submittals prior to commencement of construction. F. All materials and workmanship, furnished under the Technical Specifications, shall be warranted by the manufacturer for a minimum period of one (1) year from completion of the project except where longer period of warranty is specified. G. The Contractor shall furnish a written warranty for installation of said work for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance. H. The Contractor shall furnish a warranty plan to the Architect for review that indicates the procedure for warranty resolution. This plan shall indicate the contact with statement regarding a minimum time period for response and the resolution of issues. I. All guarantees and warranties required in the various sections of the specifications which originate with a Subcontractor or Manufacturer must be delivered to the Architect before final payment to the Contractor may be made for the amount of that sub trade of for the phase of work to which the guarantee or warranty relates. Upon final inspection and completion of punch listed items of each residence, as noted by the Resident Inspector, the Contractor should submit, in duplicate, a package of requested guarantees and warranties for each residence which will stipulate that after the Contractor's guarantee period for the aforementioned guaranties and warranties will include as beneficiaries each of the Homeowners for the properties which are part of this contract. The warranty packages will include product descriptions, operation and maintenance information suitable for the Homeowners. All of the aforementioned submittals shall be originals as provided by the manufacturer. Photocopies will not be accepted. 1.08 MAINTENANCE DATA A. Include in manual operation, maintenance and warranty data for each type of door, window and mechanical equipment. Include operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows: 1. Project Identification: a. Homeowner's name, address and Identification Number. b. Contractor's name, address, telephone number. C. Contractor's contact person. d. Identification of scope and time period of warranties. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01770 - 4 e. Certified Copy of Contractor's project warranty for this parcel. f. Company name, address, and phone number of each product manufacturer for Homeowner's use for arranging warranty service. 2. Operation Data: a. Emergency instructions and procedures. b. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions, including operating standards. C. Operating procedures, including startup, shutdown, seasonal, and weekend operations. d. Description of controls and sequence of operations. e. Piping diagrams. 3. Maintenance Data: a. Manufacturer's information, including list of spare parts. b. Name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier. C. Maintenance procedures. d. Maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance. e. Maintenance record forms. f. Sources of spare parts and maintenance materials. g. Copies of manufacturer's warranties and bonds. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and anti -pollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion at each parcel: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. C. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. d. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES C2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01770 - 5 e. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. f. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision -obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. g. Remove labels that are not permanent. h. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. I. Leave residence clean and for Homeowner use. C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Homeowner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01770 - 6 01781 - Project Record Documents GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 01781 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01770 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures and maintenance manual requirements. 2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents of products in those Sections. 1.02 SUBMITTALS - A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit two (2) initial sets of marked -up Record Prints. 2. Number of Copies: Submit final and copies of Record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: Submit one (1) original set of Record Drawings and (1) one set of copies per residence with of all change directives at, or prior to the final inspection. The Architect will review, initial and date each drawing and request corrections, additional information and advise if the quality of drafting is acceptable. The Architect will retain 1 copy and the contractor will make corrections to be resubmitted. b. Final Submittal: Submit (1) one set of original marked -up record drawings and (2) two sets of copies printed from the record Drawings. Print each Drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded Provide 2 full sets (all residences) to be forwarded to the Architect at the end of the project PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked -up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. C. Record data as soon as possible and provide an annotated set for the Architects use at the final inspection. PROJECT RECORD 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01781 -1 DOCUMENTS 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. b. Actual equipment locations. C. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. d. Changes made following Architect's written orders. e. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing Record Drawings where Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation. 1. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification. 2. Consult with Architect for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other construction. Integrate newly prepared Record Drawings into Record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizingcopying,b nding and submitting.- C. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. C. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project. PROJECT RECORD 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. ul R51 - Z DOCUMENTS B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 01781 i PROJECT RECORD 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01781 - 3 DOCUMENTS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PROJECT RECORD 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 01781 - 4 DOCUMENTS 03301 — Cast -in -Place Concrete SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne uroup, inc. SECTION 03301 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast -in -place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. Work is to include poured in place landings at new door installations as indicated in drawings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. General: In addition to the following, comply with submittal requirements in ACI 301. B. Product -Data:- _ For each_ type of manufactured material and product_ indicated including but not limited to: 1. Granular fill for subsurface compaction. 2. Joint filler material 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of cement of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer. D. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," including the following, unless modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. General requirements, including submittals, quality assurance, acceptance of structure, and protection of in -place concrete. 2. Formwork and form accessories. 3. Steel reinforcement and supports. 4. Concrete mixtures. 5. Handling, placing, and constructing concrete. CAST -IN -PLACE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 03301 - 1 CONCRETE PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301. 2.02 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. B. Plain -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as required. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Types I or II or Type 1/11. B. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, not exceeding 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) nominal size. C. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94. 2.04 ADMIXTURES A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water- soluble chloride ions by mass of cement and to be compatible with other admixtures. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. 2.05 RELATED MATERIALS A. Fine -Graded Granular Material: Clean mixture of crushed stone, crushed gravel, and manufactured or natural sand; ASTM D 448, Size 10, with 100 percent passing a No. 4 (4.75- mm) sieve and 10 to 30 percent passing a No. 100 (0.15-mm) sieve; complying with deleterious substance limits of ASTM C 33 for fine aggregates. B. Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self -expanding cork. 2.06 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Water: Potable. 2.07 CONCRETE MIXES A. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures. CAST -IN -PLACE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 03301 - 2 CONCRETE r B. Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI301, for normal -weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3000 psi (20.7 MPa). 2. Slump: 4 inches (100 mm). 2.08 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready Mixed: Provide Ready mixed concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FORMWORK A. Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301. 3.02 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 3.03 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Provide separation control joints between existing buildings or pavement. 3.04 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with recommendations in ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement. C. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. 3.05 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Smooth -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas. Completely remove fins and other projections. 1. Apply rubbed finish to smooth -formed finish where visible. B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. CAST -IN -PLACE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 03301 - 3 CONCRETE 3.06 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1 R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. 1. Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations. 2. Provide troweled surface finished with fine broom texture. 3. At landings and steps provide slope for water drainage. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 3.08 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection, and follow recommendations in ACI 305R for hot -weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before .float finishing. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by moisture curing, moisture -retaining -cover curing, curing compound, or a combination of these as follows: 3.09 REPAIRS A. Remove and replace concrete that does not comply with requirements in this Section. END OF SECTION 03301 CAST -IN -PLACE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 03301 - 4 CONCRETE 03930 — Concrete Rehabilitation SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. r SECTION 03930 CONCRETE REHABILITATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Removal of deteriorated concrete and subsequent patching and rebuilding. 2. Epoxy crack injection. 3. Corrosion -inhibiting treatments. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Selective Demolition." 2. Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete (Limited Applications)." 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Concrete Removal and Patching or Rebuilding: Work will be paid for by the cubic foot (cubic meter) computed on the basis of rectangular solid shapes approximating the actual shape of concrete removed and replaced with average depths, widths, and lengths, measured to the nearest inch (centimeter). 1. Reinforcing bar replacement will be paid for separately by the pound (kilogram) of replacement steel with welded and mechanical splices paid for by the unit. B. Epoxy Crack Injection: Work will be paid for by the linear foot (linear meter) of crack injected. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include material descriptions, chemical composition, physical properties, test data, and mixing and application instructions. B. Rehabilitation program for each phase of the rehabilitation process, including protection of surrounding materials and Project site during operations. Describe in detail the materials, methods, equipment, and sequence of operations to be used for each phase of the Work. 1. If alternative materials and methods to those indicated are proposed for any phase of rehabilitation work, submit substitution request complying with Division 1 Section ,Product Requirements and provide a written description of proposed materials and methods, including evidence of successful use on other comparable projects. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: In addition to other requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements," retain installers that employ workers trained and approved by manufacturer to apply corrosion -inhibiting treatments, concrete patching and rebuilding materials, and epoxy crack injection materials. CONCRETE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 03930 - 1 REHABILITATION B. Source Limitations: Obtain concrete patching and rebuilding materials, and epoxy crack injection materials through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each of the following through one source from a single manufacturer: 1. Concrete patching and rebuilding materials. 2. Epoxy crack injection materials. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with type and name of products and manufacturers. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for minimum and maximum temperature requirements and other conditions for storage. C. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location. D. Store aggregates, covered and in a dry location, where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations for Epoxies: Do not apply when air and substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by manufacturer. During hot weather, cool epoxy components before mixing, store mixed products in shade, and cool unused mixed products to retard setting. Do not apply to wet substrates unless approved by manufacturer. 1. Use only Class C epoxies when substrate temperatures are above 60 deg F (16 deg C). B. Hot -Weather Requirements for Cementitious Materials: Protect repair work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from patching materials. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply to substrates with temperatures of 90 deg F (32 deg C) and above. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 . BONDING AGENTS A. Epoxy -Modified, Cementitious Bonding and Anticorrosion Agent: Product that consists of water - insensitive epoxy adhesive, portland cement, and water -based solution of corrosion -inhibiting chemicals that forms a protective film on steel reinforcement. 2.02 PATCHING MORTAR A. Patching Mortar: Unless otherwise indicated, use one of the following: 1. Polymer -Modified, Silica -Fume -Enhanced, Cementitious Patching Mortar: Packaged, dry mix complying with ASTM C 928, that contains silica fume complying with ASTM C 1240 and a non-redispersible latex additive as either a dry powder or a separate liquid that is added during mixing. CONCRETE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 03930 - 2 REHABILITATION B. Overhead Patching Mortar: For overhead repairs, use patching mortar recommended by manufacturer for overhead use and as specified above. C. Coarse Aggregate for Adding to Patching Mortar: Washed aggregate complying with ASTM C 33, Size No. 8, Class 5S. Add only as permitted by patching mortar manufacturer. 2.03 CONCRETE A. Concrete Materials and Admixtures: Comply with Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete (Limited Applications)." As applicable. B. Steel and Fiber Reinforcement and Reinforcement Accessories: Provide as necessary to match existing conditions based on assessed, exposed conditions. C. Form -Facing Materials: Comply with ACI 301 for formwork to match existing conditions. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Epoxy Crack Injection Adhesive: ASTM C 881, Contractor to recommend based on exposed condition. B. Epoxy Capping Adhesive: Product manufactures# for use with -crack injection adhesive- by same - manufacturer. C. Corrosion -Inhibiting Treatment Materials: Water -based solution of alkaline corrosion -inhibiting chemicals . that penetrates concrete by diffusion and forms a protective film on steel reinforcement. 2.05 MIXES A. Mix products in clean containers according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Add clean silica sand and coarse aggregates to products only as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Do not add water, thinners, or additives unless recommended by manufacturer. 3. When practical, use manufacturer's premeasured packages to ensure that materials are mixed in proper proportions. When premeasured packages are not used, measure ingredients using graduated measuring containers; do not estimate quantities or use shovel or trowel as unit of measure. 4. Do not mix more materials than can be used within recommended open time. Discard materials that have begun to set. B. Dry -Pack Mortar: Mix with just enough liquid to form a damp cohesive mixture that can be squeezed by hand into a ball but is not plastic. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Notify Resident Inspector within 24 hours of discovery of concrete needing repair. GUNGRETE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 03930 - 3 REHABILITATION 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect people, motor vehicles, equipment, surrounding construction, Project site, plants, and surrounding buildings from injury resulting from concrete rehabilitation work. 1. Protect adjacent equipment and surfaces by covering them with heavy polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. If practical, remove items, store, and reinstall after potentially damaging operations are complete. 2. Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes for disposal off Owner's property. 3. Dispose of runoff from wet operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors. B. Concrete Removal: Remove loose and deteriorated concrete by breaking up and dislodging from reinforcing. 1. Where half or more of the perimeter of reinforcing bar is exposed, bond between reinforcing bar and surrounding concrete is broken, or reinforcing bar is corroded, remove concrete from entire perimeter of bar to provide at least a 3/4-inch (1 9-mm) clearance. 2. Test areas where concrete has been removed by tapping with hammer, and remove additional concrete until unsound concrete is completely removed. 3. Provide fractured aggregate surfaces with a profile of at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) that are approximately perpendicular or parallel to original concrete surfaces. At columns and walls, make top and bottom surfaces level. 4. Thoroughly clean removal areas of loose concrete, dust, and debris. C. Reinforcing Bar Preparation: Remove loose and flaking rust from reinforcing bars by wire brushing until only tightly bonded light rust remains. 1. Where section loss of reinforcing bar is more than 25 percent, or 20 percent in 2 or more adjacent bars, cut bars and remove and replace as directed by Architect. Remove additional concrete as necessary to provide at least a 3/4-inch (19-mm) clearance at existing and replacement bars. Splice replacement bars to existing bars according to ACI 318, by lapping, welding, or using mechanical couplings. D. Surface Preparation for Corrosion -Inhibiting Treatment: Clean concrete by detergent scrubbing to remove dirt, oils, films, and other materials detrimental to treatment application. Allow surface to dry before applying corrosion -inhibiting treatment. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Epoxy -Modified, Cementitious Bonding and Anticorrosion Agent: Apply to reinforcing bars and concrete by stiff brush or hopper spray according to manufacturer's written instructions. Apply to reinforcing bars in two coats, allowing first coat to dry two to three hours before applying second coat. Allow to dry before placing patching mortar or concrete. B. Patching Mortar: Unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer, apply as follows: 1. Place patching mortar by troweling toward edges of patch to force intimate contact with edge surfaces. For large patches, fill edges first and then work toward center, always troweling toward edges of patch. At fully exposed reinforcing bars, force patching mortar to fill space behind bars by compacting with trowel from sides of bars. 2. For vertical patching, place material in lifts of not more than 2 inches (50 mm) or less than 1/4 inch (6 mm). Do not feather edge. 3. For overhead patching, place material in lifts of not more than 1 inch (25 mm) nor less than 1/4 inch (6 mm). Do not feather edge. 4. After each lift is placed, consolidate material and screed surface. CONCRETE C2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 03930 - 4 REHABILITATION 5. Where multiple lifts are used, score surface of lifts to provide a rough surface for application of subsequent lifts. Allow each lift to reach final set before placing subsequent lifts. 6. Allow surfaces of lifts that are to remain exposed to become firm and then finish to a smooth surface with a wood or sponge float. 7. Wet -cure cementitious patching materials, including polymer -modified, cementitious patching materials, for not less than seven days by water -fog spray or water -saturated absorptive cover. C. Dry -Pack. Mortar: Use for deep cavities. Place according to manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Provide forms where necessary to confine patch to required shape. 2. Wet substrate and forms thoroughly and then remove standing water. 3. Place dry -pack mortar into cavity by hand, and compact into place with a hardwood drive stick and mallet or hammer. Do not place more material at a time than can be properly compacted. Continue placing and compacting until patch is approximately level with surrounding surface. 4. After cavity is filled and patch is compacted, trowel surface to match profile and finish of surrounding concrete. A thin coat of patching mortar may be troweled into the surface of patch to help obtain required finish. 5. Wet -cure patch for not less than seven days by water -fog spray or water -saturated absorptive cover. D. Epoxy Crack ejection: Comply with_manufacturer's written instructions and the followin _ 1. Clean areas to receive capping adhesive of oil, dirt, and other substances that would interfere with bond, and clean cracks with oil -free compressed air or low-pressure water to remove loose particles. 2. Place injection ports as recommended by epoxy manufacturer, spacing no farther apart than thickness of member being injected. Seal injection ports in place with capping adhesive. 3. Seal cracks at exposed surfaces with a ribbon of capping adhesive at least 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick by 1 inch (25 mm) wider than crack. 4. Inject cracks wider than 0.003 inch (0.075 mm) to a depth of 8 inches (200 mm) or to a width of less than 0.003 inch (0.075 mm), whichever is less. 5. Inject epoxy adhesive, beginning at widest part of crack and working toward narrower parts. Inject adhesive into ports to refusal, capping adjacent ports when they extrude epoxy. Cap injected ports and inject through adjacent ports until crack is filled. 6. -After epoxy adhesive has set, remove injection ports and grind surfaces smooth. E. Corrosion -Inhibiting Treatment: Apply by brush, roller, or airless spray in two coats at manufacturer's recommended application rate. Remove film of excess treatment by high- pressure washing before patching treated concrete. 1. Apply to the following: Exposed reinforcing steel. END OF SECTION 03930 UUNUNt i t 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 03930 - 5 REHABILITATION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CONCRETE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 03930 - 5 REHABILITATION 04810 - Unit Masonry Assemblies SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS (02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: 1. Concrete masonry units. 2. Mortar and grout. 3. Reinforcing steel. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section Cutting and Patching. 2. Division 1 Section: Selective Demolition. 3. Division 8 Section: Aluminum Windows 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each different masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product specified. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for the following: 1. Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." C. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results of the following for compliance with requirements indicated: 1. Each type of masonry unit required. 2. Mortar complying with property requirements of ASTM C 270. 3. Grout mixes complying with compressive strength requirements of ASTM C 476. Include description of type and proportions of grout ingredients. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. UNIT MASONRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 04810 -1 ASSEMBLIES 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. B. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each days work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) down both sides and hold cover securely in place. B. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 2. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. C. Hot -Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. 1. When ambient temperature exceeds 100 deg F (38 deg C), or 90 deg F (32 deg C) with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph (13 km/h), do not spread mortar beds more than 48 inches (1200 mm) ahead of masonry. Set masonry units within one minute of spreading mortar. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows: B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90 and as follows: 1. Weight Classification: Normal weight. 2. Provide Type II, nonmoisture-controlled units. 3. Size (Width): Manufactured to the following dimensions: a. 8 inches (203 mm) nominal; 7-5/8 inches (194 mm) actual. 4. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless otherwise indicated. a. Where units are to receive a direct application of plaster, provide textured -face units made with gap -graded aggregates. 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement -Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III, and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 207. UNIT MASONRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 04810 - 2 ASSEMBLIES B. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329. C. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch (6.5 mm) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve. D. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. E. Water: Potable. F. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Mortar Cement: a. Magnolia Superbond Mortar Cement; Blue Circle Cement. b. Lafarge Mortar Cement; Lafarge Corporation. C. Approved Equal 2.03 REINFORCING STEEL A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 61.5/A 615M; ASTM A 616/A 616M, including Supplement 1; or ASTM A 617/A 617M, Grade 60 (Grade 400). 2.04 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Job -Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 1/2-cup (0.14-L) dry measure tetrasodium polyphosphate and 1/2-cup (0.14-L) dry measure laundry detergent dissolved in 1 gal. (4 L) of water. 2.05 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air -entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in the form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Property Specification. 1. Extended -Life Mortar for Unit Masonry: Mortar complying with ASTM C 1142 may be used instead of mortar specified above, at Contractor's option. 2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement, mortar cement, and lime. 3. For reinforced masonry and where indicated, use Type N or RN. D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 5 of ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (200 to 280 mm) as measured according to ASTM C 143. UNIT MASONRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 04810 - 3 ASSEMBLIES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance. 2. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cut masonry units with motor -driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide a continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Where possible, use full-size units without cutting. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. B. Matching Existing Masonry: Match coursing, bonding, color, and texture of existing masonry. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 and the following: B. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external comers, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. C. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), nor 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. D. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as exposed lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 3.04 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow masonry units as follows: 1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. 2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. 3. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, including areas under cells. B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than the joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. C. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct -applied finishes (other than paint), unless otherwise indicated. UNIT MASONRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 04810 - 4 ASSEMBLIES 3.05 LINTELS A. Provide masonry lintels where shown and where openings of more than 12 inches (305 mm) for brick -size units and 24 inches (610 mm) for block -size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. 1. Provide precast lintels made from concrete matching concrete masonry units in color, texture, and compressive strength and with reinforcing bars indicated or required to support loads indicated. Cure precast lintels by the same method used for concrete masonry units. 2. Provide prefabricated or built -in -place masonry lintels. Use specially formed bond beam units with reinforcing bars placed as indicated and filled with coarse grout. Cure precast lintels before handling and installing. Temporarily support built -in -place lintels until cured. 3. Provide either of above at Contractor's option or provide precast or formed -in -place concrete lintels complying with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." B. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches (200 mm) at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 3.06 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements of ACI 530.1/ASCE 61f MS 602. B. Grouting: Do not place -grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements of ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 3.07 PARGING A. Parge predampened masonry walls, where indicated, with Type S or Type N mortar applied in 2 uniform coats to a total thickness of 3/4 inch (19 mm). Scarify first parge coat to ensure full bond to subsequent coat. B. Use a steel -trowel finish to produce a smooth, flat, dense surface with a maximum surface variation of 1/8 inch per foot (3 mm per 300 mm). Form a wash at top of parging and a cove at bottom. C. Damp -cure parging for at least 24 hours and protect the parging until cured. 3.08 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application. C. In -Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. UNI I MASUNRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 04810 - 5 ASSEMBLIES D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2 applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. 3.09 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Recycling: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site. END OF SECTION 04810 UNIT MASONRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 04810 - 6 ASSEMBLIES 06100 — Rough Carpentry SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Perform all operations and installations required to complete the work of this section as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. The extent of the rough carpentry is as shown on the Drawings, Scope of Work, and as specified herein. Specific requirements are generally outlined in the "Scope of Work" provided herein for each residence; however, the work under this section also includes all miscellaneous framing, blocking, fastening and all other incidental work required in support of other work included in this project. B. Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other sections and which is generally not exposed, except as otherwise indicated. Such work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Cutting, patching, removal of existing framing, new blocking and all other rough carpentry work for complete hfstaltat%n -of -prime -doors-,—storm - Moors,- prime -winnows, storm protection, attic access panels, mechanical units and ceiling finishes. 2. Furnish, coordinate, and install all other items of rough carpentry necessary for complete and satisfactory installations as indicated on the Drawings, as specified herein, or reasonably implied by same. C. This Section includes the following: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Wood blocking, bucks and nailers. 3. Wood furring and grounds. 4. Sheathing. 5. Building wrap. D. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01731 "Cutting and Patching" 2. Section 06200 "Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view and not specified in another Section. 3. Division 8 Section for "Doors & Windows" for installation of prime doors and windows. 4. Division 9 Section for "Finishes" for installation for gypsum wallboard, painting and stucco. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed, unless otherwise indicated. B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. APA — The Engineered Wood Association 2. AW PA — American Wood -Preserver's Association 3. DOC — Department of Commerce 4. NELMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association. ROUGH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06100-1 5. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority. 6. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 7. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association.. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory -fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood -preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material. 2. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 3. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide _for _air circulation_around stacks.and..under_ coverings. __ PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2- inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Provide dry lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2- inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood Structural Panels: 1. Plywood: Either DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thickness: As needed to comply with requirements specified but not less than thickness indicated. 3. Comply with "Code Plus" provisions in APA Form No. E30K, "APA Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial." 4. Factory mark panels according to indicated standard. ROUGH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. oe1 uu-L 2.02 WOOD -PRESERVATIVE -TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood), except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). Do not use treatment containing CCA (Chromated Copper Arsenate). 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and one of the following: a. Ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate (ACZA). b. Ammoniacal, or amine, copper quat (ACQ). C. Copper bis (dimethyldithiocarbamate) (CDDC). d. Ammoniacal copper citrate (CC). G. Copper azole, Type A (CBA-A). B. Kiln -dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection_ with roofing, flashing,_vaporbar6eirs, and wa mof ng__ 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches (460 mm) above grade. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 2.03 DIMENSION LUMBER A. General: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the American Lumber Standards Committee National Grading Rule provisions of the grading agency indicated. B. Non -Load -Bearing Interior Partitions: Construction, Stud, or No.2 grade and the following species: 1. Western woods; WCLIB or WWPA or approved equal. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Furring. 2. Grounds. B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and the following species: 1. Western woods; WCLIB or WWPA. C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and the following species and grades: 1. Western woods, Construction or No. 2 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA or approved equal. HUUUH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06100-3 C 2.05 For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent -over nails and damage to paneling. SHEATHING A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Exterior sheathing. 1. Span Rating: Not less than 16/0. 2. Thickness: Not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm). 2.06 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1 Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power -Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. D. wood -Screws: ASME 615.6.1. E. Screws for Fastening to Cold -Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. { i F. Lag Bolts: ASME 1318.2.1. (ASME 618.2.3.8M). G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with ! capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Carbon -steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F 738M and ASTM F 836M, Grade Al or A4). 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Building Paper: Asphalt -saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), unperforated. B. Building Wrap: Air -retarder sheeting made from polyolefins; cross -laminated films, woven strands, or spun -bonded fibers; coated or uncoated; with or without perforations; and complying with ASTM E 1677, Type I. 1. Thickness: Not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm). 2. Permeance: Not less than 10 perms (575 ng/Pa x s x sq. m). 3. Flame -Spread Index: 25 or less per ASTM E 84. ROUGH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06100-4 4. Allowable Exposure Time: Not less than three months. C. Building Wrap Tape: Pressure -sensitive plastic tape recommended by building wrap manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in building wrap. D. Sheathing Tape: Pressure -sensitive plastic tape for sealing joints and penetrations in sheathing and recommended by sheathing manufacturer for use with type of sheathing required. E. Sill -Sealer Gaskets: Glass -fiber -resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill sealer; 1-inch (25-mm) nominal thickness, compressible to 1/32 inch (0.8 mm); selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. F. Sill -Sealer Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. G. Water -Repellent Preservative: NWWDA-tested and -accepted formulation containing 3-iodo-2- propynyl butyl carbamate, combined with an insecticide containing chloropyrifos as its active ingredient. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. C. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative -treated lumber and plywood. D. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. CABO NER-272 for power -driven fasteners. 2. Table 23-II-B-1, "Nailing Schedule," and Table 23-II-B-2, "Wood Structural Panel Roof Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in the Uniform Building Code. 3. Table 2305.2, "Fastening Schedule," in the BOCA National Building Code. 4. Table 2306.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the Standard Building Code. 5. Table 602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table 602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in the International One- and Two -Family Dwelling Code. E. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required. F. Use finishing nails for exposed work, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads and fill holes with wood filler. ROUGH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06100-5 3.02 WOOD GROUND, SLEEPER, BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build anchor bolts into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, secure anchor bolts to formwork before concrete placement. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure -preservative -treated, key -beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.03 WOOD FURRING INSTALLATION A. Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finish work. 1. Fire block furred spaces of walls, at each floor level and at ceiling, with wood blocking or noncombustible materials accurately fitted to close furred spaces. B. Furring to Receive Plywood or Hardboard Paneling: Install 1-by-3-inch nominal- (19-by-63-mm actual-) size furring horizontally at 24 inches (610-mm) o.c. - --- - - - - -- C. Furring to Receive Gypsum Board: Install 1-by-2-inch nominal- (19-by-38-mm actual-) size furring vertically at 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. D. Furring to Receive Gypsum Board: install 1-by-2-inch nominal- (19-by-38-mm actual-) size furring vertically at 400 mm o.c. E. Furring to Receive Plaster Lath: Install 1-by-2-inch nominal- (19-by-38-mm actual-) size furring vertically at 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. F. Furring to Receive Plaster Lath: Install 1-by-2-inch nominal- (19-by-38-mm actual-) size furring vertically at 400 mm o.c. 3.04 WOOD FRAMING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Framing Standard: Comply with AFPA's "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. B. Do not splice structural members between supports. C. Where built-up beams or girders of 2-inch nominal- (38-mm actual-) dimension lumber on edge are required, fasten together with 2 rows of 20d (100-mm) nails spaced not less than 32 inches (812 mm) o.c. Locate one row near top edge and other near bottom edge. 1. For continuous members, stagger end joints at quarter points between supports. 3.05 WALL AND PARTITION FRAMING INSTALLATION A. General: Arrange studs so wide face of stud is perpendicular to direction of wall or partition and narrow face is parallel. Provide single bottom plate and double top plates using members of 2- ROUGH CARPENTRY C2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06100-6 inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness whose widths equal that of studs, except single top plate may be used for non -load -bearing partitions. Anchor or nail plates to supporting construction, unless otherwise indicated. 1. For exterior walls, provide 2-by-4-inch nominal- size wood studs spaced 16 inches (406 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 2. For interior partitions and walls, provide 2-by-4-inch nominal- (38-by-89-mm actual-) size wood studs spaced 16 inches (406 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. B. Construct corners and intersections with three or more studs. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1. Provide continuous horizontal blocking at midheight of partitions more than 96 inches (2438 mm) high, using members of 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness and of same width as wall or partitions. C. Fire block concealed spaces of wood -framed walls and partitions at each floor level and at ceiling line of top story. Where fire blocking is not inherent in framing system used, provide closely fitted wood blocks of 2-inch nominal- (38-mm actual-) thick lumber of same width as framing members. D. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Provide nailed header members of thickness equal to width of studs. Set headers on edge and support on jamb studs. 1. For non -load -bearing partitions, provide double -jamb studs with headers not less than 4- inch nominal (89-mm actual) depth for openings 48 inches (1200 mm) and less in width, 6-inch nominal (140-mm actual) depth for openings 48 to 72 inches (1200 to 1800 mm) in width, 8-inch nominal (184-mm actual) depth for openings 72 to 120 inches (1800 to 3000 mm) in width, and not less than 10-inch nominal (235-mm actual) depth for openings 10 to 12 feet (3 to 3.6 m) in width. 2. For load -bearing walls, provide double -jamb studs for openings 72 inches (1800 mm) and less in width, and triple -jamb studs for wider openings. Provide headers of depth indicated or, if not indicated, according to Table 602.7 in the International One- and Two - Family Dwelling Code. E. Provide bracing in exterior walls, at both walls of each external corner, full -story height, unless otherwise indicated. Provide one of the following: F. Provide bracing in walls, at locations indicated, full -story height, unless otherwise indicated. Provide one of the following: 1. Diagonal bracing at 45-degree angle using let -in 1-by-4-inch nominal- (19-by-89-mm actual-) size boards. 2. Plywood panels not less than 48 by 96 inches (1219 by 2438 mm) applied vertically. 3. Particleboard sheathing panels not less than 48 by 96 inches (1219 by 2438 mm) applied vertically. 3.06 BUILDING PAPER APPLICATION A. Apply building paper horizontally with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap and 6-inch (150-mm) end lap; fasten to sheathing with galvanized staples or roofing nails. Cover upstanding flashing with 4- inch (102-mm) overlap. 3.07 BUILDING WRAP APPLICATION A. Cover wall sheathing with building wrap as indicated. 1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. ROUGH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06100-7 2. Cover upstanding flashing with 4-inch (102-mm) overlap. 3. Seal seams, edges, and penetrations with tape. 4. Extend into jambs of openings and seal corners with tape. 3.08 SHEATHING TAPE APPLICATION A. Apply sheathing tape to joints between sheathing panels and at items penetrating sheathing. Apply at upstanding flashing to overlap both flashing and sheathing. END OF SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06100-5 06200 — Finish Carpentry SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior standing and running trim. 2. Interior standing and running trim. 3. Air conditioner covers. 4. Attic access hatches. 5. Pull -down stairs. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 06105 — Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry, for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view. 2. Section 07317 — Wood Shingles and Shakes. 3. Section 07470— Siding, for-claptroards aluminum siding and vinyl siding. 4. Section 07620 — Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim, for metal covered trim. 5. Section 08215 — Wood Doors and Frames, for wood door frames. 6. Section 09910 — Paints, for priming and backpriming of finish carpentry. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association. 2. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service. 4. SCMA - Southern Cypress Manufacturers Association. 5. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 6. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 7. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of wood and factory -fabricated product. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and textures. B. Samples for Verification: For each species and cut of lumber and panel products, 24 inches (600 mm) long for lumber and 12 inches (300 mm) square for panels. C. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 1. Show details at scale of no less than half size. 2. Show locations and sizes of blocking and nailers, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections. FINISH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06200 - 1 D. Wood Treatment: Wood treatment applicator's certification that moisture content of treated lumber meets specified levels. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect materials against weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. B. Store finish carpentry materials in temperature and humidity controlled environment similar to that of an occupied home in the project area. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation of exterior work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit work to be done in dry weather, and at least one coat of specified finish to be applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness during curing period of finish. B. Coordinate installation of sheet metal flashing and caulking specified in other Sections to ensure watertight installation. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards," Section 300, Custom Grade. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated and, where the following products are part of exterior woodwork, with requirements of the referenced product standards that apply to product characteristics indicated: 1. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, Exterior and Medium Density Overlay. B. Moisture Content: Condition wood for interior use prior to installation to moisture content of 8-13% per piece as recommend by the US Forest Service "Wood Handbook." Condition wood for exterior use prior to installation to moisture content of 10-15%. 2.02 WOOD -PRESERVATIVE -TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AW PA C2 (lumber) and AW PA C9 (plywood), except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). Do not use treatment containing CCA (Chromated Copper Arsenate). B. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: FINISH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06200 - 2 1. Do not use chemical formulations that require incising. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive transparent finish, do not use chemical formulations that contain colorants or that bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. 3. Kiln -dry material after treatment to levels required for untreated material. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. 4. Mark each treated item with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards' Committee Board of Review. 5. Application: Where covered by sheet metal flashing and where indicated. 2.03 EXTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Trim, Stained or Painted: Kiln -dried lumber with surfaced (smooth) face and of the following species and grade; or grade as required by referenced quality standard: 1. Clear redwood; RIS. 2.04 SIDING A. Lumber Siding: Kiln -dried lumber siding complying with DOC PS 20. 1. Grade A western red cedar; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 2. Bevel Siding: S1S2E, actual overall dimensions of 5-1/2 by 11/16 inch (140 by 17 mm), measured on the face and thick edge at 19 percent moisture content, B. Plywood Siding: APA-Rated siding, pressure -preservative treated in panel sizes indicated by existing conditions. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm). 2. Face Grade: 303-OC or NR matching existing condition. 3. Face Species: Western red cedar. 4. Pattern: Texture 1-11; grooves 4 inches (101.6 mm) o.c. 5. Surface: Smooth or Rough sawn as matches existing conditions. C. Siding Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated by existing conditions, provide siding with the following requirements: 1. As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 2. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.05 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Trim for Painted Finish: Solid, finished lumber (S4S), one of the following species and grades: 1. Grade D Select eastern white pine; NELMA or NLGA. 2. Grade D Select (Quality) Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, or sugar pine; NLGA or WWPA. 3. Grade D Select white woods; WWPA. 2.06 MOLDINGS A. Manufactured Moldings: Made to patterns included in WMMPA WM 7. Wood moldings made from kiln -dried stock and graded under WMMPA WM 4; N-grade. 1. Species for Exterior Use: redwood. 2. Species for Exterior Use: eastern white, Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, or sugar pine. FINISH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06200 - 3 B. Custom Fabricated Moldings: Where moldings are indicated to match existing, moldings may be fabricated by building -up stock moldings, or portions of stock moldings, to match the existing profile; or custom milled to match profile. Fabricate in accordance with AWI quality standards in pattern and species to match existing. For built-up moldings, comply with the following: 1. Obtain Architect's approval of match of profile and quality of assembly. 2. Adhesive: Use waterproof adhesives suitable for exterior use for both interior and exterior moldings. 3. For transparent finished stock, assemble moldings carefully so that adhesive does not inhibit application of wood stain. 2.07 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Sound Deadening Board: Fiberboard manufactured from 100 percent recycled wood fiber material, equal to Homosote "440". Physical properties: 1. Thickness: 3/4 inch (19 mm), unless otherwise indicated. 2. Density: 24-26 pcf (385-415 kg/cubic m). 3. Water Absorption by volume (2 hour immersion): 5 percent maximum. 4. Expansion, 50 to 90 percent relative humidity: 0.25 percent. 5. R-value: 1.11 (0.19). 6. NRC: 0.20. B. Hardwood Veneer Plywood, Interior Use: Stock hardwood veneer -core plywood complying with requirements_ of HPVA HP-1. Glue bond, type I exterior. Face_ veneer, grade A-C_with rotary-cutbirch veneer. Comply with Product Standard PS-1. C. Faced Exterior Plywood (MDO): Exterior B-B, medium density overlay 3/4" thick, unless indicated otherwise. Comply with Product Standard PS-1. 2.08 HARDWARE A. Draw Latches: Chrome plated solid brass, or stainless steel, hold down clamp. Acceptable Manufacturers include: 1. Seadog Corporation, Everett, WA, 206-259-0194; Model #222110. 2. Perko, Inc., Miami, FL, 305-621-7525; Model #1113. B. Sash Lock: Wrought brass sash lock and strike; brass or chrome finish as selected by Architect. 1. Ives #4 or approved equal. C. Pulls: Solid brass door pulls, finish as selected by Architect. Acceptable Manufacturers include: 1. Ives, Model #8112-5. D. Continuous Hinges: Piano hinge; minimum 0.040 inch thick; 0.75 inch leaf; BHMA 645 (bright, nickel plated steel). 1. Stanley; Model 311. E. Slip Off Hinge: Slip -off or take -apart (two per cover). Acceptable manufacturers and products: 1. Hafele America Co., Archdale, NC. (800) 334-1873. Model: #321.30.859 or #321.30.840 2. Thomas Body Parts & Hardware, Reading, PA. (215) 921-2723 Attn: Darryl Steffy; Steel Slip -off hinge #TB4100, Electro-Polished finish. 3. Massachusetts Custom Millwork, No. Dartmouth, MA. (508) 995-8455. Solid brass take - apart hinge, custom fabricated. FINISH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06200 - 4 F. Gasketing: Kerf-type extruded neoprene or silicone; nominal size 1/4 inch. Acceptable products include: 1. Zero International; Model #8800. 2. Pemko; Model #S104. 2.09 PULL -DOWN STAIRS A. Frame: Clear southern yellow or white pine, minimum 3/4" thickness. Comers butt joined with screw fasteners. B. Stair: Fabricate from clear southern yellow pine in three folding sections joined by heavy duty steel hinges. Fabricate with stiles of 1 by 5 inch nominal size and treads of 1 by 6 inch nominal size. Mortise treads into stiles and support with 3/16 inch steel rods spanning from stile to stile. Provide non-skid rubberized coating or grooves at each tread. Provide rise between treads of 9- 1/4 inch, nominal. C. Hardware: Continuous piano hinge and two positive acting spring balance hinges. 1. Where plywood, sound deadening board or other treatment is shown to be applied to door, provide extra heavy duty counterbalancing springs. Coordinate with manufacturer to determine required spring type based upon added weight. D. Load Capacity: 300 lbs. E. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Memphis Folding Stairs; Model, Imperial. 2. Bessler Stairway Company; Model, Space -Saver. 3. Werner Co.; Model, WH Series. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners, Exterior: Provide stainless steel nails in sufficient length to penetrate minimum of 1- 1/2 inches (38 mm) into substrate. B. Fasteners, Interior: Finish nails and other anchoring devices of type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible. C. Flashing: Comply with requirements in Section 07620 — Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim for flashing materials installed in finish carpentry. D. Sealants: Comply with requirements in Section 07920 — Joint Sealants for materials required for sealing exterior. 2.11 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Back out or kerf backs of the following members, except members with ends exposed in finished work: 1. Exterior standing and running trim wider than 5 inches (125 mm). 2. Interior standing and running trim. B. Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch (25 mm) in nominal thickness to 1/16-inch (1.5-mm) radius and edges of lumber 1 inch (25 mm) or more in nominal thickness to 1/8-inch (3-mm) radius. FINISH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06200 - 5 2.12 FABRICATION, ATTIC ACCESS HATCH A. Provide access hatch where indicated as Door Type AAP. B. Frame: Solid pine with mitered corners at exposed locations, neatly joined and secured. Countersink fasteners, plug and sand smooth. C. Hatch Door Panel: Fabricate with one layer of sound deadening board sandwiched between two layers of 3/4 inch thick Birch veneer plywood. Glue and screw together from unexposed face of panel. D. Hardware: Provide continuous piano hinge; two draw catches; two pulls. E. Gasketing: Provide two rows at entire perimeter of panel. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Carefully miter at comers to ensure tight joints and continuous seal. F. Fabricate access panels and install gasket to prevent wood -to -wood contact between operable panel and frame. Provide 1/8 inch clearance at perimeter of operable panel. 2.13 FABRICATION, AIR CONDITIONER COVER A. Provide clear birch casing around air conditioner unit at interior wall. B. Fabrication: Miter comers. Provide rabbeted sub -frame. Countersink fasteners, plug and sand smooth. C. Inset Panel: Rigid polyisocyanurate insulation board sandwiched between birch veneer plywood; with clear birch molding. D. Gasketing: Provide two rows at entire perimeter. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Carefully miter at corners to ensure tight joints and continuous seal. E. Hardware: two sash locks, two slip off hinges. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. i B. Before installing finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours, unless longer conditioning is recommended by manufacturer. FINISH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06200 - 6 C. Backprime trim for exterior applications. Cut trim to required lengths and prime ends. Comply with requirements in Section 09910 — Paints. D. Existing trim may be salvaged and reused if approved by the Architect, and if the following conditions are met: 1. Existing trim is of proper lengths and quantity for new conditions. 2. Sufficient materials can be salvaged such that new and existing trim are not mixed together in a manner negatively affecting appearance in the sole judgment of the Architect. 3. Reuse of existing trim will result in a substantially similar detail to the details on the Drawings. 4. Existing trim is removed without splitting, dinging or causing other damage. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700, Custom Grade. B. Provide new trim as indicated on Drawings. Drawings may indicate new trim where no similar existing trim is in place. C. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements. D. Install finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2500 mm) for level and plumb. E. Install with minimum number of joints using full-length pieces. Cope at returns and miter at comers to produce tight -fitting joints with full -surface contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end -to -end joints. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints, where necessary for alignment. 1. Drill pilot holes in hardwood before fastening to prevent splitting. Fasten to prevent movement or warping. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. F. Tolerances: Comply tolerances per AWI Section 1700 Custom Grade, which include the following: 1. Wood -to -Wood Joints: For flushness variation and gap width of flat surfaces, 0.025" (0.65 mm); of shaped surfaces, 0.050" (1.2 mm). 2. Wood -to -Non -Wood Joints (such as adjacent wall surface): For flushness variation and gap width of flat surfaces, 0.050" (1.2 mm); of shaped surfaces, 0.075" (1.9 mm). G. Fold Down Stairs: 1. Install in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide two rows gasketing at perimeter. 3. Provide additional counterbalance spring to accommodate additional sound deadening materials applied to face of panel. 3.04 INSTALLATION, EXTERIOR TRIM A. Replace existing exterior casings as required to properly install new unit windows. Replace existing wood which is split, rotted or damaged. FINISH CARPENTRY ©2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06200 - 7 B. Fit exterior joints to exclude water. Apply flat grain lumber with bark side exposed to weather. 3.05 SIDING INSTALLATION A. Work includes, but is not limited to: 1. Remove areas of clapboards and plywood siding required to complete the project, as indicated on the Drawings or as necessary to facilitate installation of new windows, doors and frames or storm protection. 2. Infill openings in exterior envelope as indicated on the Drawings and Scope of Work. 3. Enclose open joist floor areas exposed to the exterior at raised platform houses. B. Horizontal Lumber Siding: Apply starter strip along bottom edge of sheathing or sill. Install first course of siding with lower edge at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) below starter strip and subsequent courses lapped 1 inch (25 mm) over course below. Nail at each stud. Do not allow nails to penetrate more than one thickness of siding. C. Plywood Siding: Install panels with edges over framing or blocking. Nail at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. at panel perimeter and 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. at intermediate supports, unless manufacturer recommends closer spacing. Leave 1/16-inch (1.5-mm) gap between adjacent panels and 1/8-inch (3-mm) gap at perimeter and openings, unless otherwise recommended by panel manufacturer. 1. Seal butt joints at inside and outside corners and at trim locations. 2. Install continuousmetal_flashing.at horizontal_Danel_ioints with 1/8-inch (3-mm) expansion gap. 3. Apply battens and corner trim as indicated. 4. Conceal fasteners to greatest practical extent by countersinking and filling, by placing in grooves of siding pattern, or by concealing with applied trim or battens as detailed. Do not nail through overlapping pieces. D. Flashing:, Install metal flashing as indicated on Drawings and as recommended by siding manufacturer. E. Finish: Apply finish within one weeks of installation. F. Install siding to comply with manufacturer's warranty requirements. 3.06 INSTALLATION, INTERIOR TRIM A. Remove existing wood stops and replace with new wood stops to match existing, or as directed by Architect.- 1. Match head and side stop fasteners to existing conditions. Where existing head and side stops are fastened with screws, provide new oval head brass screws with finish washers. B. Where new window installation requires modification of existing stool or casing, remove existing and replace with new to match existing or as directed by Architect. 3.07 ADJUSTING A. Replace finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. Finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. FINISH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06200 - 8 E. Hardware: Adjust operable hardware and gaskets in compliance with manufacturer's instruc- tions and recommendations to provide smooth operation and tight seal upon closure. END OF SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06200 - 9 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FINISH CARPENTRY 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 06200 -10 07210 — Building Insulation SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK - ---- - -- --- SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Blown -in cellulose insulation. 2. Glass fiber insulation for miscellaneous use. 3. Semi -rigid fiberglass insulation. 4. Vapor retarders. 5. Eave ventilation troughs. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06200 — Finish Carpentry, for sound deadening board. 2. Section 09260 — Gypsum Board Assemblies. 3. Division 15 Sections for duct insulation, equipment insulation, and pipe insulation for mechanical -systems: 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. R-Value: Provide attic insulation with R-value of 22, and minimum thickness when settled of 6 inches. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Certification: For attic insulation, provide certified calculations indicating number of bags of insulation required for each Parcel to meet specified R-value. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation through one source. B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide insulation with fire -test -response characteristics indicated. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Surface -Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. 2. Critical Radiant Flux of Exposed Attic Floor Insulation: ASTM E 90-89. C. Cellulose Insulation: Comply with the Cellulose Insulation Manufacturer's Association (CIMA) publications: 1. CIMA Technical Bulletin #4, Properties and Performance Guideline for Cellulosic Fiber stabilized Thermal Insulation. BUILDING INSULATION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07210 - 1 2. CIMA Technical Bulletin #5, Guide for Installation of Cellulosic Fiber Stabilized Thermal Insulation. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CELLULOSIC INSULATION A. Cellulosic Insulation, Stabilized: ASTM C 1497, for pneumatic installation on attic floors; chemically treated for flame -resistance, processing, and handling characteristics. B. Cellulosic Insulation, Loose Fill: ASTM C 739, for pneumatic installation; chemically treated for flame -resistance, processing, and handling characteristics. C. Products: One of the following or equal. 1. CentralFiber_ Corporation. 2. P.K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc. 3. Regal Industries, Inc. 4. U. S. GreenFiber, LLC. 5. Any producer member of the Cellulose Insulation Manufacturer's Association. 2.02 GLASS FIBER INSULATION A. Unfaced Glass -Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Johns Manville Corporation. 3. Knauf Fiber Glass. 4. Owens Corning. B. Window Perimeter Wrap: Glass fiber insulation in rolls; 0.75 lb/cu. ft; nominal 1 inch thick by width to match window frame depth. 1. Johns Manville; Model OEM Fibrex. 2. Knauf; Model Sill Sealer. C. Unfaced, Glass -Fiber Semi -Rigid Insulation: ASTM C 612, Type IA or Types IA and IB; maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; nominal density of 3 lb/cu. ft. (48 kg/cu. m); thermal resistivity of 4.3 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F (29.8 K x m/W at 24 deg C). Products: 1. CertainTeed; Model CB-300. 2. Johns Manville; InsulShield 300. 3. Knauf; Model IB Board 3.00. 4. Owens Corning; Model 703. BUILDING INSULATION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07210 - 2 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Eave Ventilation Troughs: Preformed, rigid fiberboard or plastic sheets designed and sized to fit between roof framing members and to provide cross ventilation between insulated attic spaces and vented eaves. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Owens Corning; Model Raft-R-Mate attic rafter vents. b. Shelter Enterprises Inc.; Model Shelterfoam Snap Vents. B. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, cross -laminated, 6 mils (0.15 mm) thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perm. C. Vapor -Retarder Tape: Pressure -sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor -retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of -puncturing vapQr_retarders_or of_interfering_with_insulation_attachment._ _ B. Prior to installation of attic insulation, verify proper installation of eave insulation troughs, or other method acceptable to the Architect, to prevent insulation from blocking ventilation paths. Do not install insulation if eave insulation troughs are not satisfactory. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. f C. Window Perimeters: Wrap window frames with fiberglass insulation prior to installation in ( opening. Provide sufficient insulation to completely fill the accessible hollow portions of the 1 entire frame. D. Wall Insulation: Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. E. Stuff glass -fiber batt insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where shown. Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m). F. Semi -Rigid Fiberglass Insulation: Bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units unless otherwise noted. BUILDING INSULATION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07210 - 3 3.03 INSTALLATION OF ATTIC INSULATION A. Installation Standards: Comply with the requirements of ASTM C 1015, and CIMA Technical Bulletin #5 for installation of loose fill insulation. Apply insulation to comply 16 CFR Part 460, Federal Trade Commission rule on labeling of home insulation. B. Install to an overall settled thickness and density as stated in manufacturers tables to acquire the specified R-value. C. Insulation Troughs: Install prior to installing insulation in existing attic spaces. Install in a manner which will maintain continuous flow of ventilation from eave to ridge. Comply with manufactures written instructions. D. Protect insulation from sources of combustion such as lighting fixtures, heaters, motors and other sources of heat. Do not allow insulation to contact or cover such items unless the item has an IC (insulation contact) rating. Install wood blocking or 16 gauge galvanized sheet metal shields to contain insulation and a maintain minimum air space of 3 inches (7.26 cm) around such equipment. E. Do not allow insulation to make contact with chimneys and flues. Maintain a minimum air space of 3 inches (7.62 cm) from chimneys and flues, or larger distance if required by local codes. Install wood blocking to maintain clearance. F. Install dimensionlumber blocking_ around attic access hatches and stairs to contain insulation._ G. Apply stabilized cellulosic insulation according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide insulation with moisture content of 20% or less at application time. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS A. General: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose -fiber insulation. B. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges; at perimeter of wall openings; and at lap joints. Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as recommended by vapor -retarder manufacturer. C. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor -retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder. D. Repair any tears or punctures in existing or new vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with vapor -retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder. END OF SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07210 - 4 07460 - Siding SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 07460 SIDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Perform all operations and installations required to complete the work of this section, as indicated on the Drawings, Scope of Work, and as specified herein. Such work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Removal of siding on as indicated on the Drawings, as required to complete project or to facilitate installation of new windows, doors and frames, roof vents and gable vents. 2. Removal of existing aluminum sheet metal as indicated on the Drawings, as required to complete project or to facilitate installation of new windows, doors and frames, roof vents and gable vents. 3. Installation of new sheet metal work at new windows, doors and frames, roof vents and gable vents. 4. Repair/ installation of sheathing as required to complete work. 5.-InstaNatierFof building -paper- and -new-flashing-where-indicated or as required -to -complete _ _ _- work. 6. Installation on new aluminum siding and/or accessories where indicated or as required to complete work. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for sheathing and air -infiltration barrier. 2. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for exterior wood trim. 3. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for field -applied sealants. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. Include identification of materials; dimensions of individual components; installation instructions; and available profiles, textures and colors. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's sample finishes showing full range of colors, profiles, and textures available. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed siding installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations for Siding and Accessories: Obtain each color, texture, pattern, and type of siding and related accessories from one source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work SIDING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07460-1 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's unopened packages or bundles with labels intact. B. Store materials in a dry, well -ventilated, weathertight place. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for storage, handling, and protection. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with siding installation only if existing and forecasted weather conditions permit siding to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and if substrate is completely dry. 1.06 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in. addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. _B.. _ _ _SpeciaL. Project _y11arranty: _ Submit a written warranty, executed _ by siding manufacturer. -- agreeing to repair or replace siding that fails in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, cracking, deforming, fading, or otherwise deteriorating beyond normal weathering. Fading is defined as loss of color, after cleaning with product recommended by manufacturer. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Furnish full lengths of siding in a quantity equal to 2 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Aluminum Siding: a. Alcoa Building Products b. Certain Teed Corp C. Georgia-Pacific Corp. 2. Sheet Metal Trim: a. Alcoa Building Products b. Certain Teed Corp C. Georgia-Pacific Corp. SIDING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07460-2 2.02 SIDING A. Formed Aluminum Siding: Solid vinyl siding and accessories. 1. Horizontal Pattern: 8-inch exposure. 2. Texture: Plain or Wood grain to match existing. 2.03 SOFFIT A. Aluminum Soffit: Provide soffit and accessories as necessary. 1. Pattern: 8-inch exposure. 2. Ventilation: Provide perforated soffit. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Siding Accessories: Provide starter strips, edge trim, window head flashing, comer cap, and other items as recommended by manufacturer for building configuration; match type of siding. B. Moldings and trim: Provide aluminum 'trim sheet as indicated: 1. Provide sheet metal without pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, or other imperfections where exposed to view on finished units. 2. Flat sheet complying with ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209B), alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use _and _finish indicated,_ and Frith not leaa__ that strength and durability properties of alloy 5005-1-11. C. Fasteners: Non -corrosive aluminum siding nails, in sufficient length to penetrate a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) into substrate. Provide pre -finished fasteners in color to match siding where face nailing is unavoidable. 2.05 FABRICATION, SHEET METAL A. Shop Assembly: Pre -assemble formed -metal fabrications ion shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Dis-assemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units ready for re -assembly and coordinated installation. B. Coordinate dimensions and attachment methods of formed -metal fabrications with those of adjoining construction to produce integrated assemblies with closely fitting joints and with edges and surfaces aligned, unless otherwise indicated. C. Form metal to profiles indicated, in maximum lengths to minimize joints. Produce flat, flush surfaces without cracking or grain separation at bends. Fold back exposed edges of unsupported sheet metal to form W' wide hem on the concealed side, or ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32" and support with concealed stiffeners. D. Increase metal thickness or reinforce with concealed stiffeners, backing materials, or both, as needed to provide surface flatness specified for stretcher -leveled sheet metal and sufficient strength for indicated use. Retain one requirement below. If retaining second requirement, indicate colors and textures on a separate schedule. SIDING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07460-3 2.06 COLORS AND TEXTURES A. Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated, provide siding and accessories complying with the following requirements: 1. Match Architect's samples. 2. Match colors and textures indicated by referencing manufacturer's standard designations for these characteristics. 3. Provide Architect's selections from manufacturer's full range of colors and textures for siding and accessories of type indicated. Accessories may be required to match siding or to be of a different color or texture as selected by Architect. 2.07 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. B. Baked -Enamel Finish: Apply baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's written specifications for cleaning, conversion coating and painting. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2. Paint to match existing conditions if color unavailable. PART 3 EXECUTION_ 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for substrates, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of siding. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. B. Coordinate installation with flashings and other adjoining construction to ensure proper sequencing: 3.03 INSTALLATION: ALUMINUM SIDING A. General: Comply with siding manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. Center nails in elongated nailing slots without binding siding to allow for thermal movement. Overlap joints to shed water away from direction of prevailing wind. B. Install siding, soffit, and accessories. 1. Install siding in continuous lengths without seams. SIDING ©2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07460-4 f' 3.04 INSTALLATION: SHEET METAL A. General: Comply with sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Locate and place formed -metal fabrications level, plumb, and in alignment with adjacent construction. C. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where needed to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. D. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitting together. Provide reveals and openings for sealants and joint fillers as indicated. E. Corners are to formed with minimum 2 inch lapped joints. Corner seams are to be oriented downward so as to prevent intrusion of running water. Running seams are not acceptable unless specific approval is given by Architect. Provide and install caulking at all seams and joints. F. Install concealed gaskets, joint fillers , insulation, and flashings, as the Work progresses, to make exterior formed -metal fabrications weatherproof. 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged, improperly installed, or otherwise defective siding materials with new materials complying with specified requirements. B. Clean finished surfaces according to siding manufacturer's written instructions and maintain in a clean condition during construction. END OF SECTION 07460 SIDING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07460-5 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SIDING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07460-6 07655 — Self -Adhering Flashing SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. f SECTION 07655 SELF -ADHERING FLASHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY (' A. This Section includes the following: 1. Rubberized -asphalt self -adhering membrane for flashing of stucco penetrations. f B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for modifying window and door openings. 2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint -sealant materials and installation. 3. Division 9 Section "Portland Cement Plaster" for stucco. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include -manufacturer's written -instructions for evaluating, preparing; and treating - substrate, technical data, and tested physical and performance properties of flashing. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations and extent of flashing. Include details for substrate joints and cracks, sheet flashings, penetrations, inside and outside corners, tie-ins with adjoining materials, and other termination conditions. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who is authorized or approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products. B. Source Limitations: Obtain flashing materials through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING I A. Store materials in their original undamaged packages in a clean, dry, protected location and within temperature range required by manufacturer. B. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. i.. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Apply flashing within the range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by manufacturer. Do not apply to a damp or wet substrate. 1. Do not apply flashing in rain, fog, or mist. B. Maintain adequate ventilation during preparation and application of flashing materials. SELF -ADHERING FLASHING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07655 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Carlisle Corporation, Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Div.; CCW-705-TWF. 2. Grace Construction Products; Perm -A -Barrier Wall Flashing. 2.02 RUBBERIZED -ASPHALT SHEET FLASHING A. Flashing Description: .8 mm (32 mils) of self-adhesive rubberized asphalt integrally bonded to .2 mm (8 mils) of cross -laminated, high -density polyethylene film to provide a min. 1.0 mm (40 mil) thick membrane. Membrane shall be interleaved with disposable silicone -coated release paper until installed. Physical Properties: 1. Tensile Strength: ASTM D 412, Die C Modified _ Min. 5.5 MPa (800 psi) 2. Elongation, Ultimate Failure of Rubberized Asphalt: ASTM D412, Die C _ Min. 200% 3. Low Temperature Flexibility _ ASTM D 1970 _ Unaffected to -439C (-454F) 4. Puncture Resistance: ASTM E 154 _ 178 N (40 lbs.) 5. Water Absorption: ASTM D 570 _ Max. 0.1 % by weight 6. Water Vapor Transmission: ASTM E 96, Method B _ 2.9 ng/m2sPa (0.05 perms) - - maXlmum - - --- - 7. Tear Resistance: a. Initiation _ ASTM D 1004 _ min. 58 N (13.0 lbs.) M.D. b. Propagation _ ASTM D 1938 _ min. 40 N (9.0 lbs.) M.D. 8. Lap Adhesion at -42C (259F): ASTM D 1876 _ 880 N/M (5.0 lbs./in.) of width 2.03 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Furnish auxiliary materials recommended by flashing manufacturer for intended use and compatible with sheet flashing. 1. Furnish liquid -type auxiliary materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Surface Conditioner: Latex -based, water -dispersible liquid for substrate preparation. Product: 1. Grace Construction Products; Model Perm -A -Barrier Surface Conditioner. 2. Carlisle Corporation, Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Div.; CCW-714. C. Termination Mastic: Rubberized asphalt -based mastic with 200 g/I max. VOC Content. Product: 1. Grace Construction Products; Model Bituthene Mastic. 2. Carlisle Corporation, Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Div.; CCW-704 Mastic. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation, tolerances and other specific conditions affecting performance of flashing. Remove all deleterious materials from surfaces to be flashed. SELF -ADHERING FLASHING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07655 - 2 B. Clean, prepare, and treat substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean, dust -free, and dry substrates for flashing application. C. Remove grease, oil, bitumen, form -release agents, paints, curing compounds, and other penetrating contaminants or film -forming coatings from concrete. D. Remove fins, ridges, mortar, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets, holes, and other voids. 3.02 APPLICATION A. General: Install flashing to dry surfaces at air and surface temperatures of -44C (254F) and . above in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Flexible Wall Flashing: 1. Precut pieces of flashing to easily handled lengths for each location. 2. Remove silicone -coated release paper and position flashing carefully before placing it against the surface. 3. When properly positioned, place against surface by pressing firmly into place by hand roller. Fully adhere flashing to substrate to prevent water from migrating under flashing. 4. Overlap adjacent pieces 50 mm (2") and roll all seams with a steel hand roller. 5. 5. Trim bottom edge 13 mm (1/2") back from exposed face of the wall. Flashing shall not be -permanently -exposed -to. sunlighht - _ 6. At heads, sills and all flashing terminations, turn up ends a minimum of 50 mm (2") and make careful folds to form an end dam, with the seams sealed. 7. Do not allow the rubberized asphalt surface of the flashing membrane to come in contact with polysulfide sealants, creosote, uncured coal tar products or EPDM. 8. Do not expose flashing membrane to sunlight for more than thirty days prior to enclosure. C. Accessories: 1. When required by dirty or dusty site conditions or by surfaces having irregular or rough texture, apply surface conditioner by spray, brush, or roller at the rate recommended by manufacturer, prior to flashing installation. Allow surface conditioner to dry completely before flashing application. 2. Apply a bead or trowel coat of mastic along flashing top edge, seams, cuts, and penetrations. END OF SECTION 07655 SELF -ADHERING FLASHING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07655 - 3 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SELF -ADHERING FLASHING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07655 - 4 07920 - Joint Sealants SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sealants for the following applications: 1. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces: a. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows. b. Other joints as indicated. 2. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: a. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and elevator entrances. C. Other joints as indicated. B. Related Sections include the following: iding" foratuminumstreet metal -- - -- - 2. Division 8 Section "Windows and Doors" for installation doors and windows. 3. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for sealing perimeter joints of gypsum board. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water- resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint -sealant product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. C. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of joint sealants certifying that products furnished comply with requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. D. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. JOINT SEALANTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07920 - 1 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint -sealant installations with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. __ EnvironmentaLLimitations:__knot-proceed -with installation of joint sealants under the-f4llowina conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are wet. j B. Joint -Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint -Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.07 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Installer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by elastomeric sealant manufacturer agreeing to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. JOINT SEALANTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07920 - 2 D. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in the sealant schedules at the end of Part 3. 2.02 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide -joint sealants, backings, -and -other related materials that -are compatible - with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range for this characteristic. 2.03 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid -applied chemically curing sealant in the Elastomeric Joint -Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses. 2.04 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 834 for each product of this description indicated in the Latex Joint -Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3. 2.05 JOINT -SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F (minus 32 deg C). Provide products with low JOINT SEALANTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07920 - 3 compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. C. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint -filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint - sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Porous joint surfaces include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. C. Stucco. d. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. 3. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. JOINT SEALANTS ©2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07920 - 4 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. a. Metal. b. Glass. C. Porcelain enamel. d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint -sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant_Installation. Standard: _ Comply_with_recommendations_ of_ASTM_C 1193ior use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and back of joints. E. Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field -Adhesion Testing: Field-test joint -sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Test Method: Test joint sealants by hand -pull method described below: a. Make knife cuts from one side of joint to the other, followed by two cuts approximately 2 inches (50 mm) long at sides of joint and meeting cross cut at one end. Place a mark 1 inch (25 mm) from cross -cut end of 2-inch (50-mm) piece. b. Use fingers to grasp 2-inch (50-mm) piece of sealant between cross -cut end and 1-inch (25-mm) mark; pull firmly at a 90-degree angle or more in direction of side cuts while holding a ruler along side of sealant. Pull sealant out of joint to the JOINT SEALANTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07920 - 5 distance recommended by sealant manufacturer for testing adhesive capability, but not less than that equaling specified maximum movement capability in extension; hold this position for 10 seconds. C. For joints with dissimilar substrates, check adhesion to each substrate separately. Do this by extending cut along one side, checking adhesion to opposite side, and then repeating this procedure for opposite side. 2. Inspect joints for complete fill, for absence of voids, and for joint configuration complying with specified requirements. Record results in a field adhesion test log. 3. Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled -out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion passes sealant manufacturer's field- adhesion hand -pull test criteria. b. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free from voids. C. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. 4. Record test results in a field adhesion test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant fill, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 5. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used to originally seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and new sealant contacts original sealant. B. Evaluation of Field -Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. 3.07 ELASTOMERIC JOINT -SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Low -Modulus Nonacid -Curing Silicone Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated, provide products complying with the following: 1. Products: Available products include the following: Products listed below are neutral curing except for "Spectrem 1" from Tremco, which is basic curing. a. 790; Dow Coming. b. 864; Pecora Corporation. JOINT SEALANTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07920 - 6 C. Spectrem 1; Tremco. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Additional Movement Capability: 50 percent movement in extension and 50 percent movement in compression for a total of 100 percent movement. 5. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 6. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates: Coated glass, color anodic aluminum, aluminum coated with a high-performance coating, galvanized steel, brick, granite, limestone, marble, ceramic tile, and wood. 7. Stain -Test -Response Characteristics: Nonstaining to porous substrates per ASTM C 1248. 8. Applications: General building sealant. B. Single -Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated, provide products complying with the following: 1. Products: Available products include the following: a. Dynomic; Tremco. b. Dynatrol 1; Pecora Corporation. c. Sikaflex - 1 a; Sika Corporation. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure:_ NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates: Coated glass, color anodic aluminum, aluminum coated with a high-performance coating, galvanized steel, brick, granite, limestone, marble, ceramic tile, and wood. 6. Applications: Sheet Metal, Prime Window, Storm Window, Window and Storm Door Sealant. 3.08 LATEX JOINT -SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Latex Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated, provide products complying with the following: 1. Products: Available products include the following: a. b. LC 160 All Purpose Acrylic Caulk; Ohio Sealants, Inc. C. AC-20; Pecora Corporation. d. Tremflex 834; Tremco. 2. Applications: Interior Exposed Joint Sealant END OF SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07920 - 7 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK JOINT SEALANTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 07920 - 8 08120 — Aluminum Swinging French Doors SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 08120 ALUMINUM SWINGING FRENCH DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Heavy duty aluminum outswing French door: Type SD -SW B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" 2. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" 3. Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" 4. Section 08710 — Door Hardware, for locks and deadbolts. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association 1. AAMA 103.3-93 "Procedural Guide for Aluminum and Vinyl Prime Windows and Glass Doors, Insulating Storm Products for Windows and Glass Doors and Thermal Performance of Windows and Glass Doors" 2. AAMA1302.5-76, paragraph 3.1.1 Test A through 3.1.5 Test B "Voluntary Specifications for Forced -Entry Resistant Aluminum Prime Windows" B. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 1. ANSI/AAMA 101-93 "Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum and Poly Vinyl Chloride PVC Prime Windows and Glass Doors" C. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM E 283-91 "Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors". 2. ASTM E 330-90 "Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference". 3. ASTM E 331-86 "Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference'. 4. ASTM E 547-86 "Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential". 5. ASTM F 588-85 "Standard Test Methods for Resistance of Window Assemblies to Forced Entry Excluding Glazing". D. SFBC - South Florida Building Code 1. Dade County Protocol PA-201 "Impact Test". 2. Dade County Protocol PA-202 "Air, Water, Structural Test". 3. Dade County Protocol PA-203 "Cyclic Wind Load Test". ALUMINUM SWINGING ©2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08120 -1 FRENCH DOORS 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Configuration: aluminum outswing French door, single door. B. Frame: 3" jamb depth, standard outswing threshold (0.489" high exterior, 1.489" high interior). C. Glazing: exterior glazed, with aluminum glazing bead. Provide impact resistant glass. D. Muntins: double applied colonial configuration (raised muntins) E. Performance Requirements 1. When tested according to ANSI/AAMA 101 requirements, conforms to or exceeds an HGD-LC75 rating using 7/16" laminated glass and tested without sidelites. 2. Air Infiltration: 0.3 (ftA3)/min/ft maximum when tested per ASTM E 283 at a 1.57 psf static air pressure difference. 3. Water Resistance: no water leakage when tested per ASTM E 547 at a static air pressure difference of 15% of the positive design pressure. 4. Uniform Load Structural: after testing per ASTM E 330 with a load equal to 150% of the positive design pressure, the unit must be operable, with a maximum permanent deformation in any member of 0.4% of the member's length. 5. Meets City of Key West wind load requirements at 150 mph at Exposure B. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit according to provisions of Division 1. B. Product Data: provide manufacturer's standard details, specifications and catalog information, recommendations, and installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: include unit elevations, details of all aluminum door sections, typical anchorage and installation details, type of glazing and door finish, and interface with other products. D. Finish Samples: manufacturer's available colors. E. Samples: When requested by the Architect, provide samples as indicated that show fabrication techniques, workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. 1. Corner Sample: Corner of door and frame approximately 12" by 12" with glazing. 2. Unit Samples: Provide scaled -down size operating samples of each unit type, to demonstrate design and construction of the unit.and hardware. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: minimum five (5) years documented experience in the manufacture of aluminum doors as required for this project. B. Installer Qualifications: workmen properly trained and skilled in the installation and handling of aluminum doors as required for this project. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store and handle doors and accessories in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. ALUMINUM SWINGING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08120 - 2 FRENCH DOORS B. Protect the products from damage due to the elements, construction traffic, or other hazards, from the time of arrival through the completion of the project. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer: Warrant material and workmanship on all products for a period of three (3) years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Product: PGT Industries, Inc.; Model Heavy duty, Impact Resistant French door; or approved equal. 2.02 MATERIALS I A. Main frame members: extruded from 6063-T5 alloy. B. Door slab members: extruded from 6063-T5 aluminum alloy,. C. Hardware: three 7" 6063-T5 aluminum alloy hinges per slab, 3-point lock assembly, handles attached, deadbolt. D. Weatherstripping: double weatherstripped with two compressed foam -filled Q-Ion vinyl bulbs on slab sides and bottom, and with two fin seals on slab top. E. Glazing: Comply with requirements of Section 08810 — Glazing. 1 1. Glazing attachment with silicone adhesive. F. Muntins: extruded aluminum 6063-T5 alloy, tube construction. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Main frame and slab joints constructed with butt joint fit and assembled with Phillips pan head screws. B. Hardware: 1. Provide two -point latching mechanism; perimeter gasketing and weatherstripping; and hinges factory installed. 2. Provide factory preparation for locks and deadbolts specified in Section 08710 — Door Hardware. 2.04 FINISHES A. Provide color for each Parcel as selected by the Homeowner. B. Finish: White - PC-518, high-speed rotary atomizer applied or electro-statically sprayed, 1.0 mil dry film thickness minimum; Supplier Alumax or equivalent. ALUMINUM SWINGING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08120 - 3 FRENCH DOORS r C. Finish: Bronze - PC-501, high-speed rotary atomizer applied or electro-statically sprayed, 1.0 mil dry film thickness minimum; Supplier Alumax or equivalent. D. Finish: Gray, high-speed rotary atomizer applied or electro-statically sprayed, 1.0 mil dry film thickness minimum; Supplier Alumax or equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that openings provide an acceptable anchoring surface, being clean, level plumb, and dimensionally within the manufacturer's tolerance of clearance spacing. B. Correct unacceptable openings as required prior to installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors and accessories in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's recommendations. _B. Securely fasten frames -and --jambs- _and set units -level, -plumb,_ and-square-with__respect- to -the- surrounding structure, without twist or bow. C. Place insulation materials around shim spaces as required to ensure continuity of the thermal barrier of the structure. D. Apply caulk all around between the aluminum frame and the structure, ensuring that a continuous airtight and watertight perimeter seal results. Leave exposed surfaces clean and free of caulk. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Ensure that units freely operate in a normal fashion without scraping or excessive noise, and that door slabs make proper contact with weather-stripping perimeter seal. Adjust frame, door slab, or hardware as needed. B. Leave units thoroughly clean and free of dirt or other construction residue. END OF SECTION 08120 ALUMINUM SWINGING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08120 - 4 FRENCH DOORS 08128 - Sound Control French Doors SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 08128 SOUND CONTROL FRENCH DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work Includes: Swinging aluminum doors and frames; single and pairs, and sidelights. Designation - EFRM. B. Related Work: 1. Section 07920 - Sealants, for perimeter sealants. 2. Section 08810 - Glazing, for requirements for glass and glazing. 3. Section 08710 - Door Hardware, for locks and deadbolts. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM E90 - Airborne Sound Transmission Loss, -1/3-Octave andZSata. B. ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape, and Tube C. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Sliding doors, Curtain Walls, and Doors D. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Sliding doors, Curtain Walls, and Doors By Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. E. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. iF. ASTM E376 - Method of Measuring Coating Thickness. G. ASTM E413 - Classification for rating Sound Insulation. H. ASTM E1425 - Determining the Acoustical Performance of Exterior Sliding doors and Doors 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 A. Extruded Aluminum French Door with a stile and rail thickness of 1 3/4 inches (44 mm), a stile width of 5 1/2 inches, and true muntins with a profile of 1 7/8 inches (48 mm). All stiles, rails, and muntins shall be hollow tube type and profile dimensions shall include glazing stops. The system shall be a complete package fabricated by the door manufacturer as a pre -assembled door and frame with acoustic glazing and finish hardware installed at the factory. The entire 1 door system (door, framing members, glass, and integral components) shall meet or exceed the value listed (STC 38) when tested as a complete system and measured in accordance to ASTM E90 and E413. The sound transmission loss shall meet the following allowable deviations: 1. Three non -continuous 1/3 octave band values may deviate below the specified values as ' much as three decibels, subject to the provision in 2: 2. The summation of deviation of decibels from the specified values must not exceed six decibels. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08128 - 1 FRENCH DOORS B. Frames shall be block frame type with a 1 314 inches (44 mm) profile and 51/2 inches (141 mm) depth, and have provision for concealed anchors and fasteners. C. Provide units with pairs of doors, single door, and sidelights where indicated on drawings. Provide system from single manufacturer for each opening. 1. Provide system fully engineered by manufacturer to meet wind load conditions. Provide factory engineered system to mull units together. 2. Provide sidelights with minimum STC rating of 40. 1.04 PERFORMANCE A. All tests for validation of door and frame performance for compliance with these specifications shall be conducted by an independent testing laboratory. The door manufacturer shall provide the finish hardware as part of a complete package assuring compatibility with these performance requirements. The requirements listed in B and C apply only to offset, single -acting doors utilizing a weather-stripped door stop continuous around the frame. B. Air infiltration at a test pressure of 1.56 psf (25 mph) shall not exceed 0.10 CFM/Ft. CL, as measured in accordance with ASTM E283. C. No uncontrolled leakage shall occur during a test period of fifteen minutes when the door is subjected to a rate of flow of 5 gal/hr/sq. foot with a differential pressure across the door of 6.0 psf as measured in accordance with-ASTM E331._ 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings showing sections of typical members and details of accessories shall be submitted for approval prior to fabrication. B. Submit certified test reports made by an independent testing laboratory verifying that the specified air, water, and structural performance of doors of this type is met. Submit test reports from a NAVLAP accredited acoustic laboratory verifying that the specified sound transmission class rating has been met. C. Submit two finish samples showing anodizing or showing color match in specified paint finish. D. Samples: When requested by the Architect, provide samples as indicated that show fabrication techniques, workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. 1. Corner Sample: Corner of door and frame approximately 12" by 12" with glazing. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Doors shall be stored off the ground in an upright position and shall be protected from weather and damage. Provide wrapping to protect pre -finished aluminum surfaces. Doors shall not be transported flat, or in any way which might cause racking of the door panel 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide a five (5) year manufacturer's warranty covering complete door system, except finish hardware, for failure to meet specified requirements. Warranty on finish shall be determined by type of finish selected. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08128 - 2 FRENCH DOORS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT A. Products shall meet the specified performance requirements as indicated in this section. Products may include but are not limited to: 1. System 3000A acoustic wide stile doors and System 5600 frames as manufactured by Century Manufacturing. 2. Approved equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: 99.9% pure, 6063-T5 alloy and temper (ASTM B221 alloy, GS 10A-T5) or equivalent. B. All frame extrusions shall have a nominal metal thickness of 0.125 inch. Door rails and stiles shall have a nominal metal thickness of 0.110 inch. i a 2.03 FABRICATED COMPONENTS A. Door, frame, and hardware_ shall -be designed -and -assembled so -as -to provide a- continuous - exterior water deterrent. B. Door lite glass shall be glazed with extruded snap -on glazing stops with a keyed slot for extruded glazing gasket. The design of the door shall facilitate removal of glass stops for reglazing. In the storefront framing, no exposed fasteners are allowed. C. Fabricated components shall be a complete package fabricated by the door manufacturer as a pre -assembled door and frame with acoustic glazing and finish hardware installed at the factory. 2.04 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Comply with the requirements of Section 08810 — Glazing. B. Glass shall be secured with extruded aluminum snap -on glazing stops and an extruded black glazing vinyl. C. Performance: Provide glass and insulated glass units of thickness and composition necessary to meet the specified performance requirements. D. Safety Glass: Provide category 11 materials complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 and ANSI Z97.1. E. Provide systems with insulated glass units, with tinted glass or low-e glass as selected by the Homeowner and approved by the Architect. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08128 - 3 FRENCH DOORS 2.05 FABRICATION A. Comer joinery: All frames shall be mechanically staked and crimped to provide rigid, even, and tight joinery. Door corners shall be mechanically fastened with #14 SS screws and solid shear blocks. Rigid, even and tight joinery shall be welded to prevent movement of the door joinery. B. Fabricate frames allowing for minimum clearances and spacing around perimeter to allow for adjustment to plumb, level, true to line installation. C. Threshold system for exterior out -swing doors shall direct moisture drainage to the exterior; for interior or in -swing doors, flat thresholds may be provided so long as there are at least two seals. Exterior door thresholds shall have integral door stop with silicone bulb seal making continuous contact across bottom of door leaf, and door shall have an automatically adjusting drop -down acoustic seal on the opposing side of the door leaf. D. Weather-stripping along the frame stops shall be silicone bulb seals, continuous around the perimeter of the door. Lock stiles shall have two weather-strips of either silicone bulb seals or a seamless elastomeric or embossed non -vinyl skin over a closed cell foam and shall be keyed into extruded slots. E. The door frame and all door rails and stiles shall be filled with MinLead composite, which shall be secured and sealed with expanding foam. F._. Provide weather -seated _and Qverlapping astragal at paired_doors. 2.06 HARDWARE A. Provide lockset and deadbolt. Coordinate hardware with that provided on doors specified in other Sections so the same manufacturer and keyway is provided on all locksets. Rekey in field if required to match keying on other doors. B. Bored Locks: BHMA Grade 2, with lever; entrance function. 1. Backset: 2-3/4 inches. 2. Product: Schlage, Model AL -series. 3. Strike: Standard T-strike with curved lip and dust box. Provide extended lip if required by conditions. C., Bored Auxiliary Locks: Comply. with the following: 1. Deadbolt: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by key outside and turn inside. 2. Product: Schlage, Model BC-100. 3. Strike: Standard strike with dust box. 2.07 FINISHES A. Bronze, black, or clear anodized finishes shall be applied in accordance with Aluminum Association designations: Class 1 AA-M12C22A44 0.7 mils or greater integral color for bronze or black; Class 1 AA-M12C22A41 for clear. The color of bronze anodized aluminum shall be within the approved light and dark range of industry standards when viewed in natural light. B. Where indicated as White in Drawings, provide Fluoropolymer coating conforming to the requirements of AAMA 605.2. Siliconized Acrylic/Polyester paint or architectural grade powder coat finishes shall conform to the requirements of AAMA 603.8. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08128 - 4 FRENCH DOORS r PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Assure that all frame openings conform to all dimensions and tolerances shown on architectural plans and door manufacturer's approved shop drawings. Check that surfaces in contact with doors are free of debris and that. wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this section. B. Installation shall not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected; beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION 1 A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. B. Units shall be set plumb, level and true to line without warp or rack of frames. Frames shall be anchored solidly to surrounding construction, adjusting as required to prevent distortion or misalignment. C. Frames shall be sealed to surrounding construction in accordance with manufacturer's shop _ drawings, with a sealant appropriate to the aluminum _finish -and the surrounding-construction- D. Prior to installation the installer shall apply a protective layer to the aluminum where necessary to isolate it from incompatible materials. 3.03 CLEANING A. Aluminum surfaces may be washed in a solution of mild detergent and warm water using soft cloths. Excess sealants may be removed by a moderate use of mineral spirits. Use of solvents shall not be allowed. END OF SECTION 08128 SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08128 - 5 FRENCH DOORS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08128 - 6 FRENCH DOORS 08163 - Sound Control Sliding Glass Doors SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 08163 SOUND CONTROL SLIDING GLASS DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes STC-rated sliding aluminum -framed glass doors for exterior locations. 1. Type designation: EGLM. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01400 — Quality Requirements, for field testing of installed units. 2. Section 08810 — Glazing, for glazing requirements for sliding aluminum door units, including those specified to be factory glazed. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI/AAMA/NWWDA-10VI.S.2, "Voluntary -Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl -(RN£) and -Wood -- Windows and Glass Doors" 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. AAMA/WDMA Performance Requirements: Provide sliding aluminum door units which meet the minimum standards established by ANSI/AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 for the designation, performance class and performance grade listed for each sliding aluminum door unit indicated. Provide sliding aluminum door units which meet general requirements, specific product performance requirements, material and component requirements, and optional performance requirements. 1. Enhanced Performance: When indicated, provide products with enhanced performance beyond the minimum established by the applicable AAMA standards for the scheduled performance class and grade. 2. Optional Performance Standards: Provide products meeting AAMA "optional" performance standards when indicated. a. Minimum Test Size: Same size as required for "gateway" performance standards, unless smaller test size is indicated in window schedule. 3. Minimum Performance Class and Grade: C-35. B. Sound Transmission: Provide sliding aluminum door units certified to provide the listed Sound Transmission Class (STC) when tested according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413. 1. Minimum STC: 38. C. Thermal Movements: Provide sliding aluminum door units and anchorage that accommodate thermal movements from a maximum change (range) in ambient temperature of 120 deg F (67 deg C) and material surface temperature of 180 deg F (100 deg C) without buckling, distortion, opening of joints, failure of joint sealants, damaging loads and stresses on glazing and connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on actual surface temperatures of materials due to solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08163 -1 SLIDING GLASS DOORS D. Condensation Resistance: Provide doors tested for thermal performance according to AAMA 1503.1, showing a condensation -resistance factor (CRF) as indicated. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Include submittal of Product Data and Samples for glazing of sliding aluminum door units as specified in Section 08800 — Glazing as part of the submittal packages of this Section. B. Product Data: For each type of aluminum glass door unit indicated, including the following: 1. Construction details and fabrication methods. 2. Profiles and dimensions of individual components. 3. Data on hardware, accessories, and finishes. 4. Recommendations for maintaining and cleaning exposed surfaces. C. Shop Drawings: For each type of aluminum glass door unit indicated, include information not fully detailed in manufacturer's standard Product Data and the following: 1. Fabrication, layout, and installation details, including anchors. 2. Typical door elevations. 3. Full-size details of typical composite members, including reinforcement. 4. Hardware. 5. Glazing details. 6. Accessories. D. Samples: When requested by the Architect, provide samples as indicated that show fabrication techniques, workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. 1. Comer Sample: Corner of door and frame approximately 12" by 12" with glazing. 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Test Reports: Provide complete test reports based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed within the last four years by a qualified testing agency, for each type, grade, and size of sliding aluminum door unit. 1. Test results based on units smaller than that required by the applicable standard will not be accepted. B. Installer Qualifications: Submit description of installer's experience and qualifications. Include a listing of at least three projects similar to this Project which have been in place for at least two years. C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Submit description of manufacturer's experience. Include a listing of at least three projects similar to this Project which have been in place for at least two years. D. Certification: Provide certification from manufacturer stating that each size and type sliding aluminum door unit complies with specified requirements, including those of referenced standards. 1. Include certification that product meets the specifications for general requirements, specific product performance requirements, material and component requirements, and optional performance requirements of ANSI/AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2. 2. Include certification that product meets acoustical performance requirements. Include glazing type and thicknesses on certification. E. Maintenance Data: For operable door, operating hardware, weather stripping, finishes, and cleaning. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08163 - 2 SLIDING GLASS DOORS (^i 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain sliding aluminum door units through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: The manufacturer shall have been regularly engaged in the manufacture of a similar type and quality of doors specified for not less than five consecutive i years. C. Product Options: The sizes, profiles, dimensional requirements, and aesthetic effects of the doors included in the Contract Documents are part of the design of the Project. Other door manufacturers whose products have equal performance characteristics may be considered provided deviations in size, profile, and dimensions are minor and do not alter the aesthetic effect as judged solely by the Architect. i D. Glazing Publications: Comply with written recommendations of glass manufacturers and j GANA's "Glazing Manual," unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store doors in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Store in manner such that manufacturer's identification marks are readily visible. B. Do not slide units against one another. Do not roll sliding aluminum door units onto comers, or otherwise cause racking of frames. 1 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Proceed with installation of door units only when weather conditions permit and when substrates and framing are completely dry. Do not install doors in inclement weather. B. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. I C. Coordinate installation of door units with flashing, siding, casing, caulking, painting and priming, and other adjoining work so as to ensure proper and timely sequencing of job. Proceed with installation of door units after rough carpentry, insulation, and the installation of aluminum brake -metal and flashing work, if any, has been completed. D. Field Measurements: Verify door openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace components of sliding aluminum framed door units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures, including excessive deflection, water leakage, air infiltration, or condensation. 2. Faulty operation of movable panels and hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 4. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Parcel Substantial Completion. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08163 - 3 SLIDING GLASS DOORS 5. Warranty Period for Glass: Five years from date of Parcel Substantial Completion. 6. Warranty Period for Metal Finishes: Five years from date of Parcel Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Century Manufacturing, Inc.; Model 9100. 2.02 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and components meeting the applicable requirements of ANSVAAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2. B. Aluminum Extrusions: Manufacturer's standard, 6063-T5 or 6063-T6, with minimum wall thickness of 0.078 inch (2.0 mm) thickness at any location for the main frame and sash members. C. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other materials warranted by manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with door unit members, hardware, anchors, and other components. 1. Exposed Fasteners: Unless unavoidable for applying hardware, do not use exposed fasteners. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match finish of member or hardware being fastened. 2. Reinforcement: Where fasteners anchor into aluminum less than 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) thick, reinforce interior with aluminum or nonmagnetic stainless steel to receive screw threads, or provide standard, noncorrosive, pressed -in, splined grommet nuts. D. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or zinc -coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure. E. Reinforcing Members: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, nickel/chrome-plated steel complying with ASTM B 456 for Type SC 3 severe service conditions, or zinc -coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure for AAMA Optional Performance Grade indicated. W F. Compression -Type Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard system and materials complying with AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2. Provide compressible weather stripping designed for permanently resilient sealing under bumper or wiper action, and completely concealed when door is closed. G. Replaceable Compression Weather Seals: Comply with AAMA 702. H. Sliding -Type Weather Stripping: Provide woven -pile weather stripping of wool, polypropylene, or nylon pile and resin -impregnated backing fabric. Comply with AAMA 701. Provide weather stripping with integral barrier fin or fins of semi -rigid, polypropylene sheet or polypropylene - coated material. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08163 - 4 SLIDING GLASS DOORS Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated windows, provide window manufacturer's standard, permanently elastic, nonshrinking, and nonmigrating type recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint size and movement. 2.03 GLAZING A. Glass and Glazing: Provide factory marine -glazed units. Comply with the requirements of Section 08800 — Glazing. B. Performance: Provide glass and insulated glass units of thickness and composition necessary to meet the specified performance requirements. C. Safety Glass: Provide category II materials complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 and ANSI Z97.1. D. Provide systems with insulated glass units, with tinted glass or low-e glass as selected by the Homeowner and approved by the Architect. 2.04 HARDWARE A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard hardware fabricated from aluminum, stainless steel, or other corrosion -resistant material_com t _le with aluminum:�esigned to smoo___thlX_operate�_ tightly close, and securely lock sliding aluminum door units. Do not use aluminum in frictional contact with other metals. Where exposed, provide solid bronze; extruded, cast, or wrought aluminum; solid white metal with special coating finish; or nonmagnetic stainless steel. B. Roller Assemblies: Provide movable panels with roller assemblies that comply with AAMA 906.3. Provide adjustable tandem roller assemblies with non-magnetic stainless steel rollers. C. Threshold and Sill Cap/Track: Provide extruded -aluminum threshold threshold and stainless - steel track designed to comply with performance requirements indicated and to drain to the exterior. D. Door Pulls: Provide manufacturer's standard extruded -aluminum pull grips. E. Locks: Install manufacturer's standard pull and keyless locking device on each movable panel, lockable from the inside only. Adjust locking device to allow unobstructed movement of the panel across adjacent panel in the direction indicated. 2.05 INSECT SCREENS A. General: Design windows and hardware to accommodate screens in a tight -fitting, removable arrangement, with a minimum of exposed fasteners and latches. Locate screens on outside of window and provide for each operable exterior sash or ventilator. B. Insect Screen Frames: Provide manufacturer's standard extruded -aluminum or formed -tubular - aluminum members, with concealed fasteners, adjustable rollers, and removable PVC spline/anchor concealing edge of frame. 1. Finish: Baked -on organic coating in manufacturer's standard color matching color of sliding aluminum door unit frame. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SLIDING GLASS DOORS 08163 - 5 C. Glass -Fiber Mesh Fabric: 18-by-14 (1.4-by-1.8-mm) or 18-by-16 (1.4-by-1.6-mm) mesh of PVC - coated, glass -fiber threads; woven and fused to form a fabric mesh resistant to corrosion, shrinkage, stretch, impact damage, and weather deterioration in the following color. Comply with ASTM D 3656. D. Screens: Screen panel shall comply with minimum applicable standards of the Screen Manufacturers Association (SMA). Screen fabric shall comply with requirements of FS L-S-125. E. Insect Screen Lock: Install manufacturer's standard pull and keyless locking device on each movable panel, lockable from the inside only. Adjust locking device to allow unobstructed movement of the panel across adjacent panel in the direction indicated. 2.06 FABRICATION A. AAMA Performance Requirements: Provide sliding aluminum door units of the performance class and grade indicated that comply with AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2. B. Weep Holes: Provide weep holes and internal passages to conduct infiltrating water to exterior. C. Mechanically fasten frames to provide rigid, tight joinery. Seal corner joints and screw heads with elastomeric sealant. Provide end dams in sill assemblies to direct water to exterior. D.Weat_herstriDO Provide operable panels with double row of weatherstripping in horizontal rails and single- or double -row weatherstripping in meeting or jamb stiles, as required to meet specified performance requirements. Provide weather stripping locked into extruded grooves in panels. E. Insect Screens: Provide framed insect screen for each operable sliding door panel. Design doors and hardware to accommodate screens in a tight -fitting removable arrangement, on either inside or outside of door, with a minimum of exposed fasteners and latches. F. Provide units with pairs of doors, single door, and sidelights as indicated on drawings. Provide system from single manufacturer for each opening. 1. Provide system fully engineered by manufacturer to meet wind load conditions. Provide factory engineered system to mull units together. 2. Provide sidelights with minimum STC rating of 40. 2.07 FINISHES A. Baked -Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid -chromate -fluoride -phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Apply baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting. 1. Organic Coating: Thermosetting, modified -acrylic enamel primer/topcoat system complying with AAMA 2603, medium gloss. 2. Color: White, tan/almond, and brown/bronze. Color shall be as selected by the Homeowner for each individual window. Note that window colors will be individually selected for each Parcel in this Contract. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08163 - 6 SLIDING GLASS DOORS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine openings and existing conditions to insure that completed installation will meet requirements of Contract Documents. Verify that rough opening is suitably plumb and level, and that support for sill is sufficient. Verify the following conditions: 1. Masonry Surfaces: Visibly dry and free of excess mortar, sand, and other construction debris. 2. Wood Frame Walls: Dry, clean, sound, well nailed, free of voids, and without offsets at joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in opening and within 3 inches (76 mm) of opening. Replace soft and rotted wood. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Coordinate with requirements for flashing and painting indicated on Documents, and specified in Section 07620 — Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim and Section 09910 — Painting. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing doors, hardware, accessories, and other components._ B. Set doors level, plumb, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames and panels. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. 1. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from masonry, concrete, stucco and dissimilar metals by use of suitable elastomeric coating, gasket, caulking, coating or other method which complies with requirements specified in "Dissimilar Materials" Paragraph in Appendix B to AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2. C. Anchor frame to structure at 18 inches o.c., and within 6 inches of corners. Cover anchors in sills in sealant to make watertight. D. Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, to provide weathertight construction. E. Fill gaps at perimeter of door frame. Use continuous strips of wood for gaps over 1/4 inch; fill with sealant if less than 1/4 inch. F. After initial leveling and attachment, check and reseal joints in frame that may have cracks which would permit water entry into the building. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating panels, screens, and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and weatherstripping for smooth operation and weathertight closure. B. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. C. Lubricate surface of polyethylene covered foam gaskets with silicone lubricant as recommended by the manufacturer. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08163 - 7 SLIDING GLASS DOORS D. Verify that weep holes have not been covered during installation, and remove obstructions. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean aluminum surfaces immediately after installing sliding aluminum -framed glass doors. Avoid damaging protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess glazing and sealants, dirt, and other substances. B. Clean glass immediately after installing doors. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels from glass surfaces. C. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during the construction period. D. Protect sliding aluminum -framed glass doors from damage or deterioration until time of Parcel Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08163 SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08163 - 8 SLIDING GLASS DOORS 08215 - Wood Doors and Frames SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 08215 WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Solid -core exterior flush wood doors. 2. Solid -core interior flush wood doors. 3. Stile and rail interior wood doors. 4. Stile and rail exterior wood doors. 5. Wood door frames. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 08710 — Door Hardware, for gasketing and operating hardware. 2. Section -08810 --Glazing;-for-requirerrvents-for-glass-indoors: 3. Section 09910 — Painting, for field finish. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI), "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards." 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction and trim for openings. 1. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of hardware blocking; and other pertinent data. ' 1. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts. 2. Indicate requirements for veneer matching. 3. Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements. i C. Door Schedule: Provide schedule for doors indicating location, construction, style and performance requirements for each door. 9 i D. Samples: When requested by the Architect, provide samples as indicated that show fabrication techniques, workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. 1. Corner Sample: Corner of door and frame approximately 12" by 12" with glazing. E. Certification: Provide manufacturer's certification that doors meet AWI requirements, and that doors meet specified performance requirements. is WOOD DOORS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08215 - 1 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single manufacturer. Obtain stile and rail wood doors through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards." C. Manufacturer Qualifications: The manufacturer shall have been regularly engaged in the manufacture of a similar type and quality of doors specified for not less than five consecutive years. D. Product Options: The sizes, profiles, dimensional requirements, and aesthetic effects of the doors included in the Contract Documents are part of the design of the Project. Other door manufacturers whose products have equal performance characteristics may be considered provided deviations in size, profile, and dimensions are minor and do not after the aesthetic effect as judged solely by the Architect. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Package doors individually in plastic bags or cardboard cartons. Do not use shipping package for storage. Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop C. Store doors flat on carefully leveled supports in a dry, well ventilated building. Cover to keep clean, but allow air circulation. If doors are stored more than one week, seal edges prior to storing. D. Do not subject stored doors to extremes of heat, dry or humid conditions. Maintain relative humidity between 30 and 55 percent. E. Do not drag doors across one another. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that are defective in materials or workmanship, have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in a 42-by-84-inch (1067-by-2134-mm) section, or show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch (0.25 mm in a 75-mm) span. 1. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. 2. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time from date of Substantial Completion: a. Exterior Flush Doors: 5 years. b. Interior Doors: Life of installation. C. Exterior Stile and Rail Doors: 5 years. WOOD DOORS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08215 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Flush Wood Doors: a. Vancouver Door Company, Inc. b. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division. C. Algoma Hardwoods Inc. d. VT Industries Inc. 2. Stile and Rail Doors. a. J. B. Sash. b. Jeld-Wen Inc. C. The Maiman Company. d. Woodtech Trading Company. e. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. f. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division. 2.02 WOOD DOORS, GENERAL + A Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DH1-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A! 1 0-V series standards, and hardware templates. { B. Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project -site fitting. C. Side Panels: Fabricate panels to match adjoining doors in materials, finish, and quality of construction. 2.03 FLUSH DOORS A. Quality Standard: AWI Section 1300, Custom Grade; except as specified otherwise for individual components or fabrication. B. Construction: 1. Core: Particleboard, or manufacturer's proprietary core as required for specified acoustic rating. a. Particleboard Cores: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-2. 2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches or 1-3/8 inches as scheduled. 3. Construction: 5-ply; stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive sanded before veneering. Apply faces with hot-press laminating; cold -press not acceptable. 4. Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard -core doors as needed to eliminate through -bolting hardware, and as follows: a. 5-inch (125-mm) bottom -rail blocking in exterior doors and in doors with mortised automatic door bottoms. C. Faces: 1. For Transparent Finish: (Grade A faces): Rift cut white oak. Manufacturer's standard veneer matching. 2. For Painted Finish: Medium -density overlay. WOOD DOORS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08215 - 3 D. Exterior Doors: Factory treat exterior doors with water repellent after manufacture. 2.04 STILE AND RAIL DOORS A. Quality Standard: AWI Section 1400, Custom Grade; except as specified otherwise for individual components or fabrication. B. Wood Species and Cut: Rift cut white oak. C. Construction: 1. Stiles and Rails: Laminated solid lumber with veneered faces. 2. Sticking: Ovolo, milled integrally with stile. Applied sticking not acceptable, except on glazed panels, one side may be applied. 3. Panels: Solid lumber with veneer faces. 4. Adhesives: Type 1, exterior. 5. Pressure treat after fabrication. Apply second treatment to bottom of door after machining. D. Component Dimensions: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than the following: 1. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inches (44 mm). 2. Stile Width: 5-3/8 inches (137 mm). 3. Top Rail Width: 4-1/2 inches (114 mm). 4. Lock Rail Width: 7-1/2 inches (191 mm). 6. Panel Thickness: 1-1/8 inches (29 mm). 7. Panel Rim Edge Thickness: 1/2 inch (13 mm). E. Transom and Side Panels: Fabricate panels to match adjoining doors in materials, finish, and quality of construction. F. Louvered Doors: Where indicated, provide stile and rail doors with louvers. Provide fixed slats secured in routed slots in door stiles. 2.05 GLAZING A. Glazed Openings: Glaze doors at factory with glass of type, thickness and installation method necessary to comply with acoustic requirements. Comply with Section 08810 - Glazing. B. Safety Glass: Provide products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR, Part 1201, for Category II materials, unless those of Category I are expressly indicated and permitted. 2.06 SHOP FINISH A. Provide field painted or field stained and varnished finish as selected by the Homeowner. For each door and frame, provide factory primer or sealer as appropriate for selected field finish. B. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime faces and edges of doors, including cutouts, with one coat of manufacturer's wood primer. C. Doors for Transparent Finish: Shop seal faces and edge of doors, including cutouts with manufacturer's standard sealer suitable for field staining and finishing. Provide system suitable WOOD DOORS ©2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08215 - 4 for field staining and varnishing, and that promotes an even uptake of stain for more uniform appearance. 2.07 WOOD DOOR FRAMES AND JAMBS A. Quality Standard: Comply with AW I Section 900, Custom grade. B. Size: 1-3/8 inch, by 4-9/16 inches, 5-3/16 inches, 6-9/16 inches or to match thickness of wall. C. Wood Species and Cut for Opaque Finish: Douglas Fir or Western Hemlock with white oak veneer face. Do not use finger jointed material. D. Fabricate frames to custom size to fit existing rough opening. Prepare frames for hardware, and preassemble doors, frames and gasketing in shop to the maximum extent practical. E. Back -prime exterior frames and jambs prior to installation. Double seal cut edges of doors, including hardware preparation cutouts. i PART 3 - EXECUTION i" FA 9 rel► •► A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances; rough opening dimensions; coordination with wall flashings, vapor retarders, and other built-in components; and other conditions affecting performance of work. Verify that door and frame are sized correctly for the rough opening. 1. Masonry Surfaces: Visibly dry and free of excess mortar, sand, and other construction debris. 2. Wood Frame Walls: Dry, clean, sound, well nailed, free of voids, and without offsets at joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in opening. B. Verify that rough framing and jamb have been reinforced as required for installation of acoustic wood doors which are heavier than conventional solid core doors. C. Nail, screw, patch, shim and otherwise make existing openings plumb, level, smooth and satisfactory to receive new doors and frames. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. D. Advise the Architect immediately if existing framing at rough opening is soft or rotted, or if masonry is spalled or otherwise deteriorated. E. Coordinate with requirements for flashing and painting indicated on Documents. F. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. G. After removing each existing door and frame and related items, thoroughly clean existing surfaces before installing new door and frame. H. Be fully prepared to install the new door and frame with related items into the designated existing openings as soon as each existing door is removed. WOOD DOORS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08215 - 5 is 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Section 08710 — Door Hardware. B. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. C. Job -Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer. Machine doors for hardware. Double -seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. Including areas routed for hardware. 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) from bottom of door to top of threshold. 2. Bevel non -fire -rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3-1/2 degrees) at lock and hinge edges. D. Coordinate field finishing of doors with the requirements of Section 09910 — Painting, to ensure that doors are finished immediately after fitting, and prior to hanging. E. Gasketing: Install gasketing in conformance with the requirements of Section 08710 — Door Hardware. A. Install frames plumb and level. Shim frames with solid stock. B. Fasten frames securely to prevent flexing, bowing or twisting of frame due to the weight of the door. Do not rely on installation of door casings to provide support to door frame. Provide long screws at hinges as required in Section 08710 — Door Hardware. C. Tightly fill voids between door frames and structure with mineral fiber insulation. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. 3.05 DOOR SCHEDULE A. Door type: ISC. 1. Product: Interior solid core flush door. 2. Thickness: 1-3/8 inches. B. Door type: Bypass closet door. 1. Product: Solid core interior bypass closet doors. 2. Thickness: 1-3/8 inches. WOOD DOORS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08215 - 6 C. D. E. Door type: IP. 1. Product: Interior stile and rail (panel) door. 2. Louvers: Provide full louvered door with lock rail where indicated on drawings. Door type: ESC. 1. Product: Exterior solid core flush door, in protected locations. 2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. 3. Glazing: Manufacturer's standard thermal glazing. Provide low-e, except provide matching tinted glass where windows in Parcel have been selected to have tinted glass. Door type: EPW. 1. Product: Exterior stile and rail (panel) door. 2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. 3. Glazing: Manufacturer's standard thermal glazing in style as selected by the Homeowner from those shown in drawings. Provide low-e, except provide matching tinted glass where windows in Parcel have been selected to have tinted glass. END OF SECTION 08215 WOOD DOORS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08215 - 7 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK WOOD DOORS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08215 - 8 08345 - Sound Control Steel Doors SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 08345 SOUND CONTROL STEEL DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section requires sound control door assemblies consisting of swinging steel doors, frames, sound seals, glazing, finishes and related accessories to achieve STC rating indicated as installed in exterior exposure locations. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 04810 — Unit Masonry, for grouting frames in masonry construction. 2. Section 08120 — Aluminum Swinging French Doors, for secondary product to be installed with type EPM door. 3. Section 08710 — Door Hardware, for locksets, latches, and other hardware not furnished with sound control doors. 4. Section 08800 — Glazing, for requirements for glazing doors. -5..- Section-0994G--PaiftAor-fie"inting-doors-and4rames. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Sound Rating: Provide door and frame assemblies that have been fabricated as sound - retardant units, tested according to ASTM E 90, and have the following certified STC rating according to ASTM E 413. Manufacturer shall have at least (5) years experience in production and manufacture of specified materials. 1. Door Type EPOS: STC Rating: 41. 2. Door Type EPM: STC Rating: 31. B. Hurricane Resistance: Door Type EPOS 1. Provide door and frame assemblies that have been fabricated as SFBC - South Florida Building Code compliant. Manufacturer shall have at least (5) years experience in production and manufacture of specified materials. The product shall meet the requirements of the following tests: a. Dade County Protocol PA-201 "Impact Test" b. Dade County Protocol PA-202 "Air, Water, Structural Test" C. Dade County Protocol PA-203 "Cyclic Wind Load Test" C. Supports, Fasteners and Anchors: Provide certified engineered anchorage to meet wind load requirements of the City of Key West. Provide Stainless steel attachments to be built into exterior walls. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's specifications, construction details, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, gasketing, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, finishes, and installation instructions. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08345 - 1 STEEL DOORS 1. Single and Double doors shall as an assembly have astragals and hardware package to meet requirements of wind load resistance as defined above B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of frames with adjacent construction. Include details of each frame type, cam -lift hinge (when used), sound seals, door bottom, threshold, and door. Indicate location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements. C. Samples: When requested by the Architect, provide samples as indicated that show fabrication techniques, workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. 1. Comer Sample: Corner of door and frame approximately 12" by 12" with glazing. D. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of sound ratings and fire ratings with requirements indicated. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. . Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing sound control doors assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Sound -Rated Door Assemblies: Provide sound control doors that are identical to assemblies whose STC ratings aresietemibed_per_ASTM E 90 and ASTM E_413, zy_a_s}ualified independent acoustical testing agency. C. Source Limitations: Obtain sound control doors and frames, including gasketing, thresholds, hinges (when integral with design), and other appurtenances essential for sound control, from a single manufacturer specializing in producing this type of work, unless otherwise approved by Architect. D. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Provide assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are identical to door and frame assemblies tested for fire -test -response characteristics per UL 16B or NFPA 252, and that are labeled and listed for fire ratings indicated by UL, FM, ITS, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and frames with sound seals palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transit and storage. B. Examine doors and frames on delivery for damage. Minor damage may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and are approved by Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store doors and frames under cover. Place units on minimum 4-inch- (100-mm-) high wood blocking. Avoid the use of nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide 1/4-inch (6-mm) spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Project Warranty: Refer to Conditions of the Contract for project warranty provisions. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08345 - 2 STEEL DOORS B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, manufacturer's extended warranty document executed by authorized company official. Manufacturer's warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights Owner may have under Contract Documents. C. Warranty Period: 5 years commencing on Date of Substantial Completion, to include but not limited to finish and rust protection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Type EPOS: a. Firedoor Corporation of Florida. 2. Type EPM: a. Krieger Steel Products Company. b. Amweld Building Products, Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Hinge and strike reinforcements minimum 7GA. Reinforcements for surface mounted hardware, minimum 12GA. Hinges shall be full mortised extra heavy hinges B. Shop -Applied Paint: Rust -inhibitive enamel or paint, either air -drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints on steel surfaces. C. Safety Glass: Category II materials complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 and ANSI Z97.1. 2.03 DOORS A. General: Provide flush -design doors, not less than 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick, constructed with welds and without seams to produce sound ratings indicated and to comply with the following: 1. Join door faces at vertical edges by welding, ground smooth, and dress smooth to make welds invisible and to provide a smooth, flush surface. Bevel both vertical edges 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3 mm in 50 mm). 2. Reinforce top and bottom of doors with inverted, continuous steel channels of same material and as face sheets; continuously weld channels to both face sheets. Close top and bottom edges to provide flush construction by additional steel channels. B. Painted Exterior Doors: Fabricate exterior doors from two stretcher -leveled, galvanized steel sheets not less than 18 ga. thick. Construct doors with smooth, flush surfaces without visible joints or seams on exposed faces or stile edges. 2.04 FRAMES A. Form frames from minimum 16 ga. steel sheets, full -welded unit construction, with corners mitered, reinforced, and continuously welded full depth and width of frame. Knockdown -type frames are not acceptable. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. STEEL DOORS 08345 - 3 B. Sound Seals: Door manufacturer's gasketing system to provide sound rating indicated. Provide compression or magnetic, one-piece head and jamb seals. Provide automatic door bottoms or compression seals with cam -lift hinges at sill with smooth threshold recommended by manufacturer. C. Jamb Anchors: Furnish formed, galvanized steel jamb anchors as required to secure frames to adjacent construction. Provide anchors per jamb as required by certifying engineer D. Floor Anchors: Provide not less than 0.070-inch- (1.8-mm-) thick, formed, galvanized steel sheet anchors for each jamb as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip -type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners, welded to bottom of jambs and mullions. E. Head Strut Supports: Provide 3/8-by-2-inch (10-by-50-mm) vertical steel struts extending from top .of frame at each jamb to supporting construction above, unless frame is anchored to masonry or to other structural support at each jamb. Bend top of struts to provide flush contact for securing to supporting construction above. Provide adjustable wedged or bolted anchorage to frame jamb members. F. Spreader Bars: Provide removable spreader bar across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. G. Plaster Guards: Provide minimum 0.016-inch- (0.4-mm-) thick, steel plaster guards or dust - cover boxes; welded to frame; at back of hardware cutouts to close off_ interior _of_openings_and_ where mortar, plaster, or other materials might obstruct hardware operation. 2.05 HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT A. Provide steel reinforcement plates in doors and frames; drilled and tapped for fully templated hardware according to hardware schedule and templates furnished. Provide reinforcement required for field drilling and tapping for field -applied hardware. 1. Hinges: Minimum 0.167 inch (4.2 mm) thick by 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide by 6 inches (150 mm) longer than hinge, secured by not less than six spot welds. B. Refer to Section 08710 — Door Hardware for requirements for door hardware. 2.06 GLAZING STOPS AND MOLDINGS A. Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of door, unless otherwise indicated. B. Provide stops and moldings around glazed openings where indicated. C. Provide removable stops and moldings where required, formed from not less than 0.032-inch- (0.8-mm-) thick steel sheets matching same material as door. Form corners with butted or mitered hairline joints. Secure with cadmium- or zinc -coated, countersunk, flat- or oval -head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. D. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glass or panel and type of installation indicated. E. Glass Products: Insulated safety glass, meeting Miami -Dade missile impact testing and local wind exposure; and which maintains STC rating of door. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08345 - 4 STEEL DOORS 2.07 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Identify work that is not permanently factory assembled before shipment to ensure proper assembly at Project site. Weld exposed joints continuously; grind; fill; dress; and make smooth, flush, and invisible. B. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide zinc -coated, countersunk, flat- or oval - head exposed screws and bolts. C. Hardware Preparation: Factory mortise, reinforce, drill, and tap doors and frames for fully templated hardware according to hardware schedule and templates furnished. Comply with HMMA 830, "Hardware Preparation and Locations for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames." 1. Locate hardware according to DHI'S "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames," unless otherwise indicated on door manufacturer's drawings or written instructions. 2. Coordinate hardware mounting locations with hardware mounting locations of secondary doors to avoid conflicts, especially with door locks and latches. D. Factory Painting: Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of doors and frames. 1. Clean surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before applying paint. 2. Apply pretreatment to cleaned metal surfaces, usingcold or hot phosphate solution. 3. Apply shop coat of fast -drying, lead-free, rust -inhibitive primer within time limits recommended for pretreatment used. Apply a smooth, even coat compatible with substrate and field -applied finish paint system and capable of providing protection for prolonged exposure until topcoat is applied. 4. Provide Pre -finished doors and frames with colors to be chosen from manufacturer's standard color line. Finish shall be warranted for exposure within 1 mile of a coastline. E. Glazing: 1. Type EPM Doors: Factory -installed, double -glazed insulated vision panels meeting door STC requirement and conforming to style drawings indicated in the drawings. Provide glass assembly as installed or recommended in writing by manufacturer and as required to meet safety glazing requirements of the Florida Building Code 2001. 2. Type EPOS Doors: Factory -installed preferred, impact resistant vision panels meeting door STC requirement and conforming to style drawings indicated in the drawings. Provide glass assembly as installed or recommended in writing by manufacturer and as required to meet safety glazing requirements of the Florida Building Code 2001. 3. Provide glazing which complies with the requirements of Section 08810 — Glazing. F. Styles: Provide embossed (impressed) styles meeting the diagrams shown in the drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prepare wall openings to receive door and frame assemblies according to manufacturer's written instructions after wet construction is complete and dry. B. Frames: Before installation, verify that frames are correct size and swing and that squareness, alignment, twist, and plumbness tolerances comply with HMMA 865. SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08345 - 5 STEEL DOORS 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install all items according to manufacturer's written instructions. Coordinate sequence of installation with other work to avoid delays. B. Install frames and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data, and as specified. 1. Setting Masonry Anchorage Devices: Provide masonry anchorage devices where required for securing frames to in -place concrete or masonry construction. a. Set anchorage devices opposite each anchor location according to details on door manufacturer's drawings and anchorage device manufacturer's written instructions. Leave drilled holes rough, not reamed, and free from dust and debris. 2. Placing Frames: Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. In masonry walls, coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between hollow- metal frames and masonry with mortar as specified in Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry." b. Make field splices in frames as detailed on Shop Drawings, welded and finished to match factory work. C. Remove spreader bars only after frames or bucks have been properly set and secured. 3. Fully grout frames in place after installation. C. Door: Fit non-fire-ratecTdoors accurately in their respective frames With the following clearances: 1. Jambs: 1/8 inch (3 mm). 2. Head with Butt Hinges: 1/8 inch (3 mm). 3. Head with Cam -Lift Hinges: 3/8 inch (10 mm). 4. Bottom: Manufacturer's standard. 5. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch (3 mm). D. Place fire -rated doors with clearances as specified in NFPA 80. E. Sound Seals: When seals have been preinstalled and prefitted in the factory and removed for shipping, install separately furnished gasketing and adjust according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Hardware: Install and adjust according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions. G. Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and touch up with compatible air -drying primer. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and adjust operating hardware items before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including defective or damaged seals and doors or frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. END OF SECTION 08345 SOUND CONTROL 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08345 - 6 STEEL DOORS 08520 —Aluminum Windows SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1 Acoustical aluminum dual double hung windows. 2. Acoustical aluminum dual horizontal rolling windows. 3. Acoustical aluminum dual fixed windows. 4. Non acoustical single windows. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 08800 — Glazing, for glass units and glazing requirements. 2. Section 10730 — Storm Panels and Shutters, for requirements of storm panels, shutters and awnings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 - Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC), and Wood Windows and Glass Doors. B. AAMA 605.2 - Voluntary Specification for High Performance Organic coatings on Architectural Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. C. AAMA 1503.1 - Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors, and Glazed Wall Sections. D. ASTM E 283 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the ' Specimen. E. ASTM E 330 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain ( 1 Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. F. ASTM E 547 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, 1 and Doors by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential. Or 1 ASTM E 331-93 - "Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Air Pressure Difference" ( G. ASTM F 588 - Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Forced Entry Resistance of Window Assemblies, Excluding Glazing Impact H. Standard Building Code 1997 l I. Key West Municipal Ordinance Wind Loads: Windows and Glazing shall meet Key West published wind loads as modified by ASCE requirements in the SBC for Exposure within one mile of coast. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08520 - 1 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide aluminum windows capable of complying with performance requirements indicated, based on testing manufacturer's windows that are representative of those specified and that are of test size indicated below: 1. Minimum size required by gateway performance requirements for determining compliance with AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 for both gateway performance requirements and optional performance grades. B. Design Requirements: 1. Double hung units; thermally broken aluminum dual sash units conforming to, or exceeding, H-DW-C40 per AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2. 2. Horizontal rolling units; thermally broken aluminum dual sash units conforming to, or exceeding, HS-DW-C40 per AAMA/NWW DA 101/I.S.2. 3. Fixed units; thermally broken aluminum fixed sash units conforming to, or exceeding, F- DW-C40 per AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 4. Sound Transmission: All windows fixed and operating shall have an STC Rating not less than 40. Select window system glazing to meet or exceed all design and performance requirements 5. Non -acoustical windows: Where non -acoustical units are indicated, provide single units matching style of similar dual units. STC . rating is not required on non -acoustical windows. C. Performance Requirements (Operable Units): 1. Air Infiltration: Test window in accordance with A TM E 283, primary sash closed and locked, secondary sash full open position; meet the following performance requirements: a. Windows with Operable Perimeter: Not more than 0.150 cubic feet per minute (0.47 Usecond) per square foot of window area at a static pressure drop of 1.57 pounds per square foot (7.66 kg/square m), or 0.35 cubic feet per minute (0.09 Usecond) total when tested at 6.24 pounds per square foot (30.47 kg/square m). 2. Water Resistance: Test window in accordance with ASTM E 547 or ASTM E 331-93, in the winter and summer mode with screen removed, as follows: a. Primary sash closed and locked, secondary sash full open position; subject window to pressure drop of 8.00 pounds per square foot (39.1 kg/square m). b. Both sets of sash closed and latched; subject window to minimum pressure drop of 12.00 pounds per square foot (58.6 kg/square m). 3. Uniform Load Structure Test: Test window in accordance with ASTM E 330, primary sash closed, secondary sash full open position. a. Double Hung Units: Static air pressure difference of 60.0 pounds per square foot (292.9 kg/square m), high pressure applied first on one side of unit and then on the other side. b. Horizontal Rolling Units: Static air pressure difference of 60.0 pounds per square foot (439.4 kg/square m), high pressure applied first on one side of unit and then on the other side. C. Static air pressure difference of 1.5 times design wind class used in AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2.. d. At Conclusion of Test: No glass breakage; no permanent damage to fasteners, hardware parts, support arms, or actuating mechanisms; no other damage which would cause window to be inoperable; permanent deformation of any frame, sash, or ventilator member not exceeding 0.04 percent of its span. 4. Thermal Performance ("U" Value): Test window of exactly 4 by 6 foot (1.219 by 1.829 m) size in accordance with AAMA 1503.1. a. Double Hung Units: Thermal transmittance due to conductance not exceeding 0.60. b. Horizontal Rolling Units: Thermal transmittance due to conductance not exceeding 0.554. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08520 - 2 5. Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF): Test window of exactly 4 by 6 foot (1.219 by 1.829 m) size in accordance with AAMA 1503.1. a. Double Hung Units: CRF not less than 62. b. Horizontal Rolling Units: CRF not less than 64. 6. Forced Entry Resistance: ASTM F 588. a. Horizontal Rolling Windows: Level 10 minimum. b. Double Hung windows: Level 10 minimum 7. Deglazing Test: Operating sash will have no disengagement of the sash stiles and rails from the glass, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 987-88, when a load of 70 LBS is applied to the stiles of the horizontal sliding window and rails of the removable panel and vertical sliding windows and a load of 50 LBS is applied to the rails of the horizontal sliding window and stiles of the removable panel and vertical sliding windows. D. Performance Requirements (Fixed Units): 1. Air Infiltration: Not more than 0.06 cubic feet per minute (0.028 Usecond) per square foot of sash, tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 under a static pressure drop of 6.24 pounds per square foot (30.47 kg/square m), equivalent to 50 miles per hour (80.5 km/hour) wind velocity. 2. Water Resistance: No penetration of water into the plane of the innermost face of the window unit during a 15 minute test period under prescribed conditions of water application, tested in accordance with ASTM E 331 at a rate of 5.0 gallons per hour per square foot (204 L/hour/square m) and a static air pressure differential of 6.24 pounds per square foot (30.47 kg/square m). 3. Uniform Load Structure Test: No glass breakage or other damage and no permanent deforms ion o- any rriemGer-excee�c frig -G.-04-percen of�span; subj-edseparaaeTy to an exterior and interior uniform load in accordance with ASTM E 330, static air pressure difference of 60 pounds per square foot (292.9 kg/square m), pressure applied first on one side of unit and then on the other side. 4. Thermal Performance ("U" Value): Thermal transmittance not exceeding 0.60, tested in accordance with AAMA 1503.1. 5. Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF): CRF not less than 60, tested in accordance with AAMA 1504. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, fabrication methods, dimensions of individual components and profiles, hardware, finishes, and operating instructions for each type of aluminum window indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, details, hardware, certified attachments, operational clearances, and the following: 1. Mullion details, including reinforcement and stiffeners. 2. Joinery details. 3. Flashing and drainage details. 4. Thermal -break details. 5. Glazing details. 6. Muntin profiles 7. Color and finish samples 8. Type of caulking and installation protection of dissimilar materials 9. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation and used to determine the following: a. Structural test pressures and design pressures from basic wind speeds required by SBC 97 below 33 feet. b. Deflection limitations of glass framing systems. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08520 - 3 C. Samples: When requested by the Architect, provide samples as indicated that show fabrication techniques, workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. 1. Comer Sample: Corner of window approximately 12" by 12" with frame, sash and glazing. 2. Main Framing Member: 12-inch- (300-mm-) long, full-size sections of extrusions with factory -applied color finish. 3. Hardware: Full-size units with factory -applied finish. D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed within the last six years by a qualified testing agency, for each type, grade, and size of aluminum window. Submit Independent Laboratory Test Reports verifying windows meet the specified requirements for air leakage, water resistance, uniform structural load, operating force, deglazing, thermal performance, condensation resistance factor, glazing wind load, and sound transmission. Test results based on use of downsized test units will not be accepted. E. Certificates: Furnish an affidavit in triplicate from the Window Manufacturer, certifying that materials used on this Project conform to these Specifications and are identical in all appropriate respects to windows identified in the Independent Laboratory Test Reports. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Fabrication shall be by a Window Manufacturer who can furnish evidence to the Owner that it is, and has been for not less than five (5) consecutive years, regularly engaged in the manufacturing of aluminum window units similar in design and performance to those specified for this Project. B. Installer Qualifications: An installer acceptable to aluminum window manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project. C. Source Limitations: Obtain aluminum windows through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Sample Installation: Provide two sample installations of complete window opening, including associated trim, flashing, sealants and other components in a location selected by the Architect, prior to "Measurement Pre -walks". Approved sample installation may become part of the completed Work. Provide one sample installation in wood frame residence and one sample installation in a concrete block residence. Include storm product as specified in Section 10715 — Storm Panels and shutters. E. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aluminum windows' aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more methods including preconstruction testing, field-testing, and in-service performance. 1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. F. Fenestration Standard: Comply with AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2, "Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors," for minimum standards of performance, materials, components, accessories, and fabrication unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1. Provide AAMA certified aluminum windows with an attached label. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08520 - 4 G. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass manufacturers and GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more stringent requirements are indicated. H. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to aluminum windows including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspect and discuss condition of substrate and other preparatory work performed by other trades. 2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 3. Provide a manufacturer's representative during the measurement walk-throughs to verify measuring methodology and substrate conditions with Contractor and Architect's representative. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify aluminum window openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.07 WARRANTY _ A. Product Warranty: The _successful Bidder shall furnish_ a positively written, non -prorated and at _ fully transferable warranty from the Window Manufacturer against defects in merials and workmanship of the window units, under normal use, for a period of ten (10) years from the date of acceptance of the installed window units by the Sponsor/Owner. The warranty shall state that the Window Manufacturer shall provide all materials required to repair or replace defective materials or workmanship. The warranty shall further state that parts used to manufacture the window units, or suitable replacements, shall be available throughout the warranty period. B. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace aluminum windows that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Failure to meet performance requirements. 2. Structural failures including excessive deflection. 3. Water leakage, air infiltration, or condensation. 4. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 5. Glass failure. C. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Warranty Period for Metal Finishes: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. E. Warranty Period for Glass: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. F. No Warranty stated in this Article shall relieve the responsible parties from remedies available to the Sponsor/Owner under prevailing local laws ALUMINUM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08520 - 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with following: 1. Dual Window: a. St. Cloud; Model 900 Series. b. DeVac; Model 600 Series. 2. Singe Window, non -acoustical: a. St. Cloud; Model 600 Series. b. DeVac; Model 400 Series. requirements, provide products by one of the B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600 with exception noted below. C. Substitutions: Only considered if submitted 10 days prior to Bid Receipt deadline for Architect's review. Submittal for substitution must be complete with performance tests meeting all requirements in order to be considered. D. Provide all aluminum windows from a single manufacturer. 2.02 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Aluminum Extrusions: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum window manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required finish, but not less than Accurately extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6. B. Frame, Sash, and Screen Members: Accurately extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6; 0.062 inch (1.57 mm) minimum wall thickness. C. Thermal Barrier: Not a structural part of frame assembly, but providing complete metal to metal separation between inner and outer frame members; not less than 1/4 inch (6.3 mm) wide. Poured and debridged polyurethane thermal barrier is not acceptable. D. The following sections, Reinforcing Members, Anchors, Clips, and Accessories, Fasteners are intended as a guide and are to be confirmed by the certifying engineer for anchorage and conformance to the ASCE load requirements. E. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, epoxy adhesive, or other materials warranted by manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum window members, trim, hardware, anchors, and other components. Cadmium -plated steel fasteners are not permitted. 1. Reinforcement: Where fasteners screw -anchor into aluminum less than 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) thick, reinforce interior with aluminum or nonmagnetic stainless steel to receive screw threads, or provide standard, noncorrosive, pressed -in, splined grommet nuts. 2. Exposed Fasteners: Unless unavoidable for applying hardware, do not use exposed fasteners. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match finish of member or hardware being fastened, as appropriate. F. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or zinc -coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions; provide sufficient ALUMINUM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08520 - 6 strength to withstand design pressures. Cadmium -plated steel anchors, clips, and accessories are not permitted. G. Reinforcing Members: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, nickel/chrome-plated steel complying with ASTM B 456 for Type SC 3 severe service conditions, or zinc -coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. Cadmium -plated steel reinforcing members are not permitted. H. Replaceable Weather Seals: Comply with AAMA 701/702. I. Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard or custom weatherstripping to meet performance requirements. J. Caulking: Grade "A" type caulking compound, Pecora, Tremco, Vulkem, or equal approved by Architect; color to match color of aluminum unless otherwise approved by architect. K. Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated windows, provide window manufacturer's standard, permanently elastic, nonshrinking, and nonmigrating type recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint size and movement. L. Trim pieces: Provide brick molds; installation flanges, mullion covers; and head, jamb, and sill extenders as manufactured by manufacturer of window to complete installation and to meet structural requirements M. Sash Rollers: Delrin or stainless steel lubricated with "Moly B" dry lubricant, operating on stainless steel axles. N. Screens: All horizontal and vertical sliding windows shall have a half screen mounted in the outer sash track of the exterior frame. The screen shall be pre -bowed, extruded 6063-T6 aluminum with a nominal wall thickness of .062. The screen cloth shall be fiberglass 18 x 16 mesh or better in a charcoal color and secured into screen frame with a black vinyl spline. O. Muntins: Where grilles are noted in the drawings, provide manufacturer's profiled applied aluminum muntin on the interior and exterior glass surface of the exterior window sashes. Finish on muntins is to match finish of window. 2.03 HARDWARE: A. All assembly and installation fasteners and screws incorporated in the window units, exterior panning and interior trim shall be non-magnetic, stainless steel. All hardware parts shall be of aluminum, stainless steel, nylon, or other non -corrosive materials compatible with aluminum. NOTE: Wrought metal parts will not be acceptable B. All horizontal sliding windows will be fitted with a sash retainer at the meeting rail to prevent the sash or screen from being removed or pushed to the exterior beyond the plane of the window. C. Spring -loaded metal plunger type lock automatically engaging as window is closed; locate as follows: 1. Double Hung Windows: Interior sill rails. 2. Horizontal Rolling Windows: Interior meeting rails. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08520 - 7 2.04 GLAZING A. Glass and Glazing Materials: Refer to Section 08800 — Glazing for glass units and glazing requirements. B. Glazing System: Manufacturer's factory -installed glass system. C. Comply with the requirements of Section 08810 — Glazing. 2.05 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate aluminum windows, in sizes indicated, that comply with requirements and that meet or exceed AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 performance requirements for the window type and performance class indicated above. Include a complete system for assembling components and anchoring windows. 1. Fabricate windows as two separate frames permanently interlocked by a rigid thermal barrier. 2. Operable Frame and Sash Joints: Buff type secured by means of thread -cutting type screws anchored into screw ports, ports integral parts of frame members. 3. Fixed Frame Joints: Miter or butt type secured by means of thread -cutting type screws anchored into screw ports, ports integral parts of frame members. 4. Frame corners with permanent cross -linked polyethylene gasket corners, secured with non-magn@tic stainless steel screws into integral screw ports. 5. Deburr and make smooth all sharp milled edges and corners. 6. Internally seal sash comers. 7. Fabricate meeting rails of tubular construction, double weatherstripped and interlocked when in closed position. 8. Fabricate window units in a manner to facilitate replacement of worn or damaged parts, hardware, or weatherstripping. 9. Exterior and Interior Frame Sill: Tubular design, 5 degrees minimum continuous slope with no interior flat surfaces to prevent accumulation of water in sill. B. Thermal Barrier: Interlock both halves of frame, securing them together without inhibiting expansion and contraction of either part; apply bead of sealant into recessed sealant pocket to complete perimeter of window to seal joints between frame and thermal barrier. 1. 1. Thermal Movement: The thermal -break shall allow for free linear movement between the interlocking thermal -break and the separate aluminum members to accommodate expansion and contraction. The temperature range shall be OF to +200F at exterior (metal temperatures), with a +70F indoor air temperature. No screws, clips or metal straps will bridge the thermal -break or restrict the independent expansion or contraction of the frame members. C. Weep System: The sill weep system shall be designed and constructed to prevent the infiltration of air, dirt and insects from the outside to the interior, and provide ample opening relative to the window size, to prevent the accumulation of water. Weep flaps shall be counter -balanced and gravity operated, opening to exhaust water and closing to help prevent air -leakage and infiltration of insects. D. Mullions: Provide mullions and cover plates as shown, matching window units, complete with anchors for support to structure and installation of window units. Allow for erection tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections. Provide mullions and cover plates capable of withstanding design loads of window units without deflecting more than 1/175th of the span. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08520 - 8 E. Factory -Glazed Fabrication: Glaze aluminum windows in the factory where practical and possible for applications indicated. Comply with requirements in Division 8 Section "Glass" and with AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2. F. Double Hung Windows: 1. Fully balance each sash with a minimum of two balances. 2. Make sashes removable without the use of special tools. G. Horizontal Rolling Windows: Fabricate sash to operate on rollers in bottom sash rail in a concealed manner, not protruding beyond bottom of sash rail. 2.06 FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. Finish exposed surfaces of aluminum windows, panning, and trim as follows: 1. Clear/Natural Anodized: Class I AA-C22A41 204-R1, etched and clear anodized to 0.7 mil (0.018 mm). 2. _ _ Champagne--Bronze—Anodized C1as&1AA-C22A44 204-R1, _anodizedto —0. it _(O 11$_ mm). 3. Medium or Dark Bronze Anodized: Class I AA-C22A44 204-R1, anodized to 0.7 mil (0.018 mm). 4. Organic Coated: Fluoropolymer organic coating in a color selected by the Architect; meet or exceed AAMA 605.1 specifications for high performance organic coatings on extrusions. D. D See Drawings for color choices. Windows noted as White shall be finished with organic coating. Windows noted as bronze shall be one of the anodized colors above. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances; rough opening dimensions; levelness of sill plate; coordination with wall (lashings, vapor retarders, and other built-in components; operational clearances; and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Masonry Surfaces: Visibly dry and free of excess mortar, sand, and other construction debris. 2. Wood Frame Walls: Dry, clean, sound, well nailed, free of voids, and without offsets at joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in opening and within 3 inches (76 mm) of opening. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected ALUMINUM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08520 - 9 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove new window units from crating and packaging material. Verify that all parts and accessories are included. All window units and accessories shall be securely stored, upright and protected from the weather. B. Remove old windows and accessories from the window opening. Scrape and remove existing sealant from the opening that will interfere with the installation of new windows. C. Install only preservative treated lumber, as required, for all liners and blocking. All liners, sub - framing or new framing shall be the full length of the head, jambs and sill. The shimming surfaces will be of adequate depth to shim the entire depth of the new window frame. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing windows, hardware, accessories, and other components; Drawings; and Shop Drawings. B. Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or impeding thermal movement, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction. C_ Set.sillmembers inbad_oLsealant.OLwith_gaskeis,s-indicated, for weathertight construction. D. Install windows and components to drain condensation, water penetrating joints, and moisture migrating within windows to the exterior. E. Metal Protection: Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials by complying with requirements specified in "Dissimilar Materials" Paragraph in Appendix B in AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2. F. Install approved insulation materials in the frame cavity on the interior portion of the window frame, area adjacent to exterior of window frame remaining uninsulated. 1. Exercise caution to avoid overlapping insulation materials across thermal barrier connectors. 2. Exercise caution to avoid bridging of the two separated frame members G. Apply caulking at all points between masonry and aluminum outer frame; apply in a manner to ensure airtight and watertight continuous perimeter seal so as to prohibit seepage of cold air into the insulated cavity 3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect window surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. In addition, monitor window surfaces adjacent to and below exterior concrete and masonry surfaces during construction for presence of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, stains, or other contaminants. If contaminating substances do contact window surfaces, remove contaminants immediately according to manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Clean aluminum surfaces immediately after installing windows. Avoid damaging protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08520 -10 C. Clean factory -glazed glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. D. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during construction period. END OF SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08520 - 11 08585 — Storm Windows SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 08585 STORM WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of storm windows: 1. Aluminum Interior Operable Skylight Storm Window. 2. Wood Interior Operable Skylight Storm Window. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 08800 — Glazing, for requirements for glazing storm windows.. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Storm Window Standard: ANSI/AAMA 1002.10, "Voluntary Specifications for Insulating Storm Products for Windows And Sliding Glass Doors." 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. "Primary Window": A window in a dual window unit capable of protecting the building's interior from climatic elements. I B. "Rough Opening": Opening of rough framing or structure after removal of trim, jambs, shims, blocking and similar items, into which a window is installed. For the purposes of this section, Rough Opening shall include masonry opening when Work is in masonry construction. C. "Secondary Window": A window in a dual unit used on the exterior or interior of, and in tandem with, a primary window for the purpose of energy conservation or acoustical enhancement. Secondary Windows are not intended to be used by themselves as Primary Windows. D. "Storm Window": A Secondary Window when not manufactured as part of a Dual Window 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Provide custom -sized window for each opening. Window unit shall be no less than 1/2 inch d smaller in width and in height than the opening size. For openings out of square or plumb, the opening may be considered to be the largest level and plumb rectangle that can fit within the 1 actual opening. a B. Provide 2 inch minimum to 4 inch maximum air space between glazing of storm window and primary window, unless noted otherwise. i C. Operable Windows: Provide sash that can be removed from inside for cleaning. t t_ STORM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08585 - 1 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS, STORM WINDOWS A. ANSI/AAMA Performance Requirements: Provide products which meet the minimum test standards established by ANSI/AAMA 1002.10 for the window performance class listed for each window product specified. Provide products which meet general requirements and specific product performance requirements of ANSI/AAMA 1002.10. B. Air Infiltration: When tested in accordance with ASTM-E283, air infiltration for exterior and interior aluminum storm windows shall not exceed 0.30 cfm /if of operable sash in a closed position under static pressure drop of 1.57 psf (equivalent to 25 mph wind velocity). C. Sound Transmission: When indicated, provide window units certified to provide the listed Sound Transmission Class (STC) when tested according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413. D. Wood Fabrication: Provide storm windows which comply with the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AW I) Standard, Section 1000; Custom grade. 1.06 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Include submittal of Product Data and Samples for glazing as specified in Section 08800 — Glazing as part of the submittal packages of this Section. B. Product-Data#or-each type -of window -required, -including -the -following: -- -- 1. Standard construction details including: a. Joinery. b. Sections. C. Hardware. d. Weatherstipping. e. Glazing. f. Expansion provisions. g. Other details of construction. 2. Profiles and dimensions of individual components. 3. Descriptions of materials. 4. Data on hardware, screens, accessories, and finishes. C. Shop Drawings: Show elevations and details for each window including information not fully shown in manufacturer's standard Product Data. Include details of attachment, flashing, and clearances. 1. Indicate actual dimensions of existing openings. 2. Indicate existing conditions for each opening. D. Window Schedule: Include a complete window schedule indicating: 1. Identifier. 2. Window type. 3. Unit or sash size. 4. Net clear opening, when egress unit. 5. Muntin grille pattern. 6. Glazing type and thickness. 7. Screens. 8. Color. 9. Detail numbers. 10. Special notes and conditions. STORM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08585 - 2 E. Samples: When requested by the Architect, provide samples as indicated that show fabrication techniques, workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. 1. Corner Sample: Comer of window approximately 12" by 12" with frame, sash and glazing. 2. Component Samples: 12" long sections of frame and sash, 12" long sections of weatherstripping and seals, and hardware. 1.07 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Test Reports: Provide complete test reports based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed within the last four years by a qualified testing agency, for each type, grade, and size of window. 1. Test results based on units smaller than that required by the applicable standard will not be accepted. B. Installer Qualifications: Submit description of installer's experience and qualifications. Include a listing of at least three projects similar to this Project which have been in place for at least two years. C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Submit description of manufacturer's experience. Include a listing of at least three projects similar to this Project which have been in place for at least two years. D. Certification: Provide certification from window manufacturer stating that each size window complies with specified requirements, including those of referenced standards. 1.--lnclude,certificati that--product-meets-the-specificationsAo�general requirements -and specific product performance requirements of ANSI/AAMA 1002.10. 2. Include certification that product meets acoustical performance requirements. Include glazing type and thicknesses on certification. E. Maintenance Data: For operable sash, operating hardware, weather stripping, finishes, and cleaning. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: The manufacturer have been regularly engaged in the manufacture of a similar type and quality of windows specified for not less than five consecutive years. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of window through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Product Options: The sizes, profiles, dimensional requirements, and aesthetic effects of the aluminum storm windows included in the Contract Documents are part of the design of the Project. Other window manufacturers whose products have equal performance characteristics may be considered provided deviations in size, profile, and dimensions are minor and do not alter the aesthetic effect as judged solely by the Architect. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store windows in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Store in manner such that manufacturer's identification marks are readily visible. B. Do not slide windows against one another. Do not roll windows onto corners when handling, to avoid damage to integrity of window. STORM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08585 - 3 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Proceed with installation of window units only when weather conditions permit and when substrates and framing are completely dry. Do not install windows in inclement weather. B. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Coordinate installation of window units with flashing, siding, casing, caulking, painting and priming, and other adjoining work so as to ensure proper and timely sequencing of job. Proceed with installation of window units after rough carpentry, insulation, and the installation of aluminum brake -metal and flashing work, if any, has been completed. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: 1. Manufacturer's non -prorated warranty in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace wood windows that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Warranties shall be transferable if the Parcel is sold to a new owner. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure to meet performance requirements. b. Structural failures including excessive deflection. C. Water leakage, air infiltration, or condensation. d. Faulty operation of movable sash and hardware. -----e.- - - Deterioration of. vinyl; metals, -metal finishes,-an"her-materials-beyond--normal weathering. f. Laminated Glass: Edge separation, delamination that materially obstructs vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated - glass standard. 2. Warranty Period: Ten (10) years from date of Parcel Final Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Aluminum interior operable skylight storm windows: a. Mon -Ray, Inc. b. Larson Manufacturing Co. 2. Wood interior operable skylight storm windows: a. Custom manufactured. 2.02 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and components meeting the applicable requirements of ANSI/AAMA 1002.10. B. Aluminum Extrusions: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum window manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required finish, but not less than 22,000-psi (150-MPa) ultimate tensile strength, not less than 16,000-psi (110-MPa) minimum yield strength. STORM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08585 - 4 1. Frame: Not less than 0.062-inch (1.6-mm) thickness at any location for main frame members. 2. Sash: Not less than 0.050-inch (1.3-mm) thickness at any location for sash members. C. Wood: Clear ponderosa pine or another suitable fine-grained lumber; kiln -dried to a moisture content of 6 to 12 percent at time of fabrication; free of visible finger joints, blue stain, knots, pitch pockets, and surface checks larger than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) deep by 2 inches (51 mm) wide; water-repellent preservative treated. 1. Wood Trim and Glazing Stops: Material and finish to match frame members. D. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other materials warranted by manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with window members, hardware, anchors, and other components. 1. Exposed Fasteners: Unless unavoidable for applying hardware, do not use exposed fasteners. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match finish of member or hardware being fastened. E. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or zinc -coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure. F. Reinforcing Members: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, nickel/chrome-plated steel complying with ASTM B 456 for Type SC 3 severe service conditions, or zinc -coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions; provide sufficient strength to withstand design -pressure -for AAMA Optional -Performance -Grade -indicated G. Compression -Type Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard system and materials complying with ANSI/AAMA 1002.10. Provide compressible weather stripping designed for permanently resilient sealing under bumper or wiper action, and completely concealed when window is closed. H. Sliding -Type Weather Stripping: Provide woven -pile weather stripping of wool, polypropylene, or nylon pile and resin -impregnated backing fabric. Comply with AAMA 701. Provide weather stripping with integral barrier fin or fins of semi -rigid, polypropylene sheet or polypropylene - coated material. I. Replaceable Compression Weather Seals: Comply with AAMA 702. 2.03 GLAZING A. Glass and Glazing: Provide factory pre -glazed units which comply with the requirements of Section 08800 — Glazing. B. Performance: Provide glass and insulated glass units of thickness and composition necessary to meet the specified performance requirements. C. Safety Glass: Where indicated and where required by applicable codes, provide safety glazing. 2.04 HARDWARE A. General: Meet the applicable requirements of ANSI/AAMA 1002.10. B. Aluminum Skylight Storm Windows: Provide the following operating hardware: 1. Continuous steel piano -type hinge finished to match frame. STORM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08585 - 5 2. Aluminum panel clips finished to match existing frame, minimum three per skylight sash (one at each unhinged side). C. Wood Skylight Storm Windows: Provide the following operating hardware: 1. Continuous steel piano -type hinge. 2. Wrought sash locks and strikes, minimum three per skylight sash (one at each unhinged side) maximum 12" from corners, 18" on center. Provide in cast brass, B3 finish. Manufacturer: Ives #4. 3. Weatherstripping shall be continuous compressible vinyl bulb, attached securely to all four edges of frame. There shall be no wood to wood contact between skylight storm and receiving frame. 2.05 FABRICATION, ALUMINUM STORM WINDOWs A. General: Fabricate windows in sizes indicated that comply with AAMA 1002.10 for performance class indicated. B. Frame: 1. Corners: Miter cut and welded, or mechanically fastened with screw boss or staked joinery. Provide sealant or gaskets at corners. 2. Nail Fin: Provide frame designed with nail fin or to be fitted with a head expander and sill expander as job conditions require. -- C. Sash: -- - - - -— - ---- - - - - - - -- - -- 1. Fabricate pull rails integral with sash extrusions. Fabricate meeting rails with interlocking profile. 2. Comers: Miter cut and welded, or mechanically fastened with screw boss or staked joinery. D. Weatherstripping and Seals: Provide double or triple weatherstipping at sash perimeter. Positively secure in extruded ports to prevent shrinkage, movement or loss. 2.06 FABRICATION, WOOD STORM WINDOWS A. General: Fabricate wood windows, in sizes indicated. Include a complete system for assembling components and anchoring windows. B. Fabricate wood windows that are reglazable without dismantling sash or ventilator framing. C. Mullions: Provide mullions and cover plates as shown, matching window units, complete with anchors for support to structure and installation of window units. Allow for erection tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections, as indicated. Provide mullions and cover plates capable of withstanding design loads of window units. D. Glazing Stops: Provide nailed or snap -on glazing stops coordinated with Division 8 Section "Glazing" and glazing system indicated. Provide glazing stops to match sash and ventilator frames. E. Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work in the factory/shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Allow for scribing, trimming, and fitting at Project site. STORM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08585 - 6 2.07 FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. Baked -Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid -chromate -fluoride -phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Apply baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting. 1. Organic Coating: Thermosetting, modified -acrylic enamel primer/topcoat system complying with AAMA 2604 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.04 mm), medium gloss. 2. Color: White, tan/almond, and brown/bronze. Color shall be as selected by the Homeowner for each individual window. Note that colors of windows for the Work of this Contract are not a single color throughout. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances; opening dimensions; coordination with wall flashings, vapor retarders, and other built-in components; operational clearances; and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Coordinate with requirements for flashing, finish carpentry and painting indicated on Documents. 1. Coordinate specified requirements for minimum spacing between glazing with work of other sections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. D. Nail, screw, patch, shim and otherwise make existing openings plumb, level, smooth and satisfactory to receive new storm windows. Do not proceed with installation of storm windows until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. E. Advise the Architect immediately if existing substrates are soft or rotted. F. Be fully prepared to install the new window with related items into the designated existing openings as soon as each existing window is removed. G. After removing each existing window unit and related items, thoroughly clean existing surfaces before installing new window unit or window sash. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing windows, hardware, accessories, and other components; Drawings; and Shop Drawings. STORM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08585 - 7 B. Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or impeding thermal movement, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction. C. Embed perimeter of window in concealed sealant to provide acoustically tight and weatherproof joint with no visible sealant. D. Set storm window in direct and continuous contact with substrate and fasten with screws. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and at weatherstripping for smooth operation and a weather tight closure. B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor that each and every new or existing window receiving work operates properly, and that window units not acceptable to the Architect shall be repaired or replaced. 3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to window manufacturer, that ensure window units are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion B. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installing window. Exercise care to avoid damage to protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and ! other substances. Clean sash tracks of dirt. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. C. Clean factory -glazed glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. D. Remove and replace broken glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during construction period. 3.05 WINDOW SCHEDULE A. Window type IOP-SKY: 1. Product: Aluminum hinged interior skylight storm window. 2. Sound Transmittance Class (STC): 30. 3. Air Infiltration, maximum: 0.50. 4. Glazing: Laminated. 5. Manufacturer and Model: Provide one of the following models, or equal: a. Mon -Ray, Inc.; #503-POS. b. Larson Manufacturing Co.; #S743OPO. B. Window type IOP-SKY (wood): 1. Product: Where wood hinged interior skylight storm window is indicated. 2. Glazing: Laminated. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Provide product manufactured to AW I standard indicated. END OF SECTION 08585 STORM WINDOWS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08585 - 8 08710 - Door Hardware SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. r I SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of door hardware: 1. Hinges, locks and trim for swinging doors. 2. Sliding hardware for by-pass doors. 3. Weatherstripping and gasketing. 4. Thresholds. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Samples: 1. Submit samples in specified finish for the following: a. Locks and latches. b. Door gasketing. C. Thresholds. 2. Samples that are acceptable will be returned to the Contractor and may be incorporated into the Work. C. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepare by or under the supervision of supplier. Coordinate Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Organization: Organize into door hardware sets indicating designations of items required for each opening. Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish. b. Manufacturer. C. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Door and frame sizes and materials. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. DOOR HARDWARE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08710 - 1 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock -up for door hardware delivered to Project site. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. 1.05 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of operators and door hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. C. Warranter Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion,_unless otherwise indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HINGES A. Hinges: Full mortise butt hinge, flat button tip and as follows: 1. 1-3/8" Doors: Standard weight, 4 by 4 inch. 2. 1-3/4" Doors: Standard weight, anti -friction, 4-1/2 by 4-1/2 inch; heavy weight where scheduled. B. Products: provide one of the following or equal: 1. Hager Companies. 2. McKinney Products Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. 3. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works. C. Outswinging exterior doors: Provide nonremovable pins with set screw in hinge barrel. D. Fasteners: Phillips flat -head screws with finish to match surface of hinges. 1. Wood Doors: threaded -to -the -head wood screws. 2. Metal Doors: machine screws, with drilled and tapped holes. 2.02 LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Manufacturers: provide one of the following or equal: 1. Schlage Lock Company; an Ingersoll-Rand Company. 2. Sargent; an Assa Abloy Group Company. 3. Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings. DOOR HARDWARE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08710 - 2 _i B. Bored Locks: BHMA Grade 2; backset: 2-3/4 inches, except 2-3/8 inches acceptable on narrow stile door with approval of the Architect. 1. Product: Schlage; Models A -series, AL -Series and S-Series as scheduled. 2. Strike: Standard T-strike with curved lip and dust box. Provide extended lip if required by conditions. C. Bored Auxiliary Locks: Comply with the following: 1. Deadbolt: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by key outside and turn inside. 2. Product: Schlage, Model BC-100. 3. Strike: Standard strike with dust box. D. Keying: Key locks alike within each Parcel. Match existing keys if possible. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS DOOR HARDWARE, GENERAL A. Wide -Angle Door Viewers: Solid brass, with optical glass lenses; adjustable to door thickness, and permitting one-way observation with minimum 180-degree viewing angle. Acceptable products include: 1. Hager; Model 1756. 2. Ives; Model 698. B. Stops and Bumpers: BHMA Grade 2 wall stop with bumper, polished brass. 1. Provide floor stop in conditions where wall_stoD is not practical. 2.04 FINISHES A. Provide one of the following standard finish on hinges and locksets. Finish to match prevalent finish in Parcel, or as selected by the Homeowner and approved by the Architect. B. Exterior Hinges and other hardware: Finishes acceptable for use on exterior doors: 1. Finish: BHMA 605: Bright brass, clear coated, over brass base metal. 2. Finish: BHMA 606: Satin brass, clear coated, over brass base metal. 3. Finish: BHMA 629: Bright stainless steel, over stainless -steel base metal. 4. Finish: BHMA 630: Satin stainless steel, over stainless -steel base metal. C. Interior Hinges and other hardware: Finishes acceptable for use on interior doors; 1. Finish: BHMA 632: Bright brass, clear coated, over steel base metal. 2. Finish: BHMA 651: Bright chromium plated over nickel, over steel base metal. 3. Finish: BHMA 652: Satin chromium plated over nickel, over steel base metal. D. Lockset: Finishes acceptable for use on locksets and deadbolts: 1. Finish: BHMA 605: Bright brass, clear coated, over brass base metal. 2. Finish: BHMA 606: Satin brass, clear coated, over brass base metal. 3. Finish: BHMA 625: Bright chromium plated over nickel, over brass or bronze base metal. 4. Finish: BHMA 626: Satin chromium plated over nickel, over brass or bronze base metal. 2.05 SLIDING DOOR HARDWARE A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Hager Companies (HAG). 2. Johnson: L. E. Johnson Products, Inc. (LEJ). DOOR HARDWARE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08710 - 3 3. Lawrence Brothers, Inc. (LB). 4. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH). B. Sliding Door Hardware: Provide complete sets consisting of rails, hangers, supports, bumpers, floor guides, and accessories, rated for doors weighing up to 75 lb. Provide twin -wheel style trolley. 1. Product: Hager; Model Series 9810. C. Cup Pulls: Provide nominal 2 inch diameter cup pulls in finish matching prevalent existing finish in Parcel. 2.06 GASKETING AND THRESHOLDS, GENERAL A. Provide gasketing, door bottoms and thresholds identical to the types used in tested acoustic door assemblies, unless otherwise approved by the door manufacturer. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. National Guard Products, Inc. 2. Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3. Hager Companies. 4. Zero International, Inc. 2.07 GASKETING A. Aluminum Housing with Bulb: Extruded aluminum housing with polyurethane bulb. Bulb size, nominal 1/4 inch; housing size, nominal 1 inch. Acceptable products include: 1. Reese; Model 770. 2. Pemko; Model 303. B. Color: White or bronze as selected by the Architect. 2.08 DOOR BOTTOMS A. Door sweep: Aluminum housed fixed elastomeric sweep. 1. Product: Pemko; Model 321. B. Automatic Door Bottom: Aluminum housed elastomeric sweep, activated when door closes by jamb mounted cam. 1. Product: Visco; Model V-1. 2.09 THRESHOLDS A. Aluminum Threshold: Provide thresholds in style shown on detail drawings. Provide field modifications to thresholds to match existing conditions, or to match details shown. B. Finish: Mill finish. 2.10 ACCESSORIES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS A. Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.16; designed for mortising into door edge. Products: DOOR HARDWARE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08710 - 4 1. Hager Companies; Model 282 D, for hollow metal; Model 283D, for wood. 2. NT Quality Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company; Model 1357, for hollow metal; Model 1356, for wood. B. Astragals: T-style astragal with gasket, mounted to inactive door. 1. Product: Pemko; Model 355-S. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance of door hardware. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI A115 series. 1. Surface -Applied Door Hardware: Drill andtap_doors and_ frames according -to -SDI 107_ B. Wood Doors: Comply with DHI A115-W series. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Mounting Heights: 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors.° B. Field Fitting: Use jigs to accurately prepare hardware cutouts. Apply two coats sealer at cut outs prior to installation of hardware. C. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Door Viewer: Maximum 5'-0" a.f.f. Verify mounting height with Homeowner 3.04 INSTALLATION, GASKETING AND THRESHOLDS A. Trim and install gasketing and thresholds carefully to eliminate gaps. Verify tightness by checking for light leaks at entire door perimeter. Adjust or replace as required. B. Door Bottom: 1. Cut to door width with seal removed. 2. Trim seal to leave 1/16 inch overhang at each end. C. Thresholds: DOOR HARDWARE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08710 - 5 1. Cope to fit tightly within frame opening with gasket removed. 2. Trim seal 1/16 inch longer than threshold at each end. 3. Set in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Section 07910 — Joint Sealants. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check door and hardware to ensure proper operation. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. B. Lubricate surface of polyethylene covered foam gaskets with silicone lubricant as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.07 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. DOOR TYPES ISC AND IP: Interior swinging flush and stile and rail doors; and other interior doors not otherwise indicated: 3 Hinges Std. wt., anti -friction Interior finish 1 Lock Bored, Schlage A -Series Interior finish, knob, passage function 1 set Perimeter gasketing Aluminum housing with bulb Head and jambs 1 Door sweep Aluminum housing with fin 1 Threshold As shown on drawings B. DOOR TYPES ILVR: Interior swinging louvered stile and rail doors: 3 Hinges Std. wt., anti -friction Interior finish 1 Lock Bored, Schlage A -Series Interior finish, knob, passage function C. DOOR TYPE: Interior by-pass doors: 1 set Sliding door hardware 2 Cup pulls DOOR HARDWARE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08710 - 6 D. DOOR TYPES EPW AND ESC: Exterior flush and stile and rail, swinging: 3 Hinges Std. wt., anti -friction Exterior finish 1 Lock Bored, Schlage A -series Exterior finish, knob, entrance function 1 Deadbolt Bored, Schlage B-series Exterior finish 1 Viewer 1 set Perimeter gasketing- Aluminum housing with bulb Head and jambs 1 Door bottom Automatic 1 Threshold As shown on drawings E. DOOR TYPE EPM: Hollow metal steel doors: 3 Hinges Std. wt., anti -friction Exterior finish 1 Lock Bored, Schlage A -Series Exterior finish, knob, entrance function 1 Deadbolt Bored, Schlage B-Series Exterior finish 1 Viewer 1 set Perimeter gasketing Aluminum housing with bulb 1 Door Bottom Automatic 1 Threshold As shown on drawings F. DOOR TYPE EPOS: single hollow metal steel doors: 4 Hinges Heavy weight, anti -friction 1 Lock Bored, Schlage AL -Series Exterior finish, lever, entrance function 1 Deadbolt Bored, Schlage B-Series Exterior finish 1 Viewer 1 set Perimeter gasketing Aluminum housing with bulb 1 Door Bottom Automatic 1 Threshold As shown on drawings G. DOOR TYPE EPOS: Pair hollow metal steel doors: 8 Hinges Heavy weight, anti -friction 1 Lock Bored, Schlage AL -Series Exterior finish, lever, entrance function 1 Deadbolt Bored, Schlage B-Series Exterior finish 1 set Flush bolts Top and bottom 1 set Perimeter gasketing Aluminum housing with bulb 2 Door Bottom Automatic 1 Astragal With bulb gasket 1 Viewer DOOR HARDWARE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08710 - 7 H. DOOR TYPE SDSW: Swinging aluminum French door: 1 Lock Bored; Schlage S-Series 2-3/8" backset; lever, entrance function 1 Deadbolt Bored, Schlage B Series Other required hardware By door manufacturer END OF SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08710 - 8 08800 — Glazing SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 08800 GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Primary and Secondary Windows. 2. Doors. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 08120 — Aluminum Doors and Frames. 2. Section 08128 — Sound Control Aluminum French Doors. 3. Section 08163 — Sound Control Sliding Glass Doors. 4. Section 08215 —Wood Doors and Frames. 5. Section 08345---Sotmdftetardant--Steel-Door-and Frame Assemblies.-- - 6. Section 08520 — Aluminum Windows. 7. Section 08585 — Aluminum Storm Windows. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. "Interspace": Space between lites of an insulating -glass unit that contains dehydrated air or a specified gas. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. B. Glass Design: Analyze Project loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass lites in thicknesses and strengths required to meet those conditions, and to meet specified performance requirements. C. Thermal Movements: Provide glazing that allows for thermal movements resulting from an ambient temperature range of 120 deg F (67 deg C); and surface temperatures range of 180 deg F (100 deg C), acting on glass framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals as specified for manufactured products which reference this Section. GLAZING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08800 - 1 B. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated. C. Samples: For the following products, in the form of 12-inch- (300-mm-) square Samples for glass. 1. Each color of tinted float glass. 2. Each type of patterned glass. 3. Coated vision glass. 4. Each type of laminated glass with colored interlayer. 5. Insulating glass for each designation indicated. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Tinted Glass: For each manufactured product, obtain tinted, heat - absorbing, and light -reducing float glass from one primary -glass manufacturer for each tint color indicated. B. Source Limitations for Coated Glass: For each manufactured product, obtain coated glass from one manufacturer for each type of coating and each type and class of float glass indicated. C. Source Limitations for Insulating Glass: For each manufactured product, obtain insulating -glass units from one manufacturer using the same type of glass and other components for each type of unit indicated. D. Safety Glass: Category ii materials complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 and ANSI Z97.1. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, permanently mark safety glass with certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications: GANA'S "Glazing Manual" and "Laminated Glass Design Guide." 2. SIGMA Publications: SIGMA TM-3000, "Vertical Glazing Guidelines." F. Insulating -Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of the following inspecting and testing agency: 1. Insulating Glass Certification Council. 2. Associated Laboratories, Inc. 3. National Accreditation and Management Institute. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRIMARY FLOAT GLASS A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I (transparent glass, flat), Quality q3 (glazing select); class as indicated in schedules at the end of Part 3. GLAZING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08800 - 2 2.02 HEAT -TREATED FLOAT GLASS A. Fabrication Process: By vertical (tong -held) or horizontal (roller -hearth) process, at manufacturer's option, except provide horizontal process where indicated as tongless or free of tong marks. B. Heat -Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type I (transparent glass, flat); Quality q3 (glazing select); class, kind, and condition as indicated in door and window schedules. 1. Provide Kind HS (heat -strengthened) float glass where needed to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading of individual glass lites. 2. Provide Kind FT (fully tempered) float glass where safety glass is indicated. 2.03 SAFETY GLASS A. Provide safety glass on doors. Where indicated on drawings or schedules, provide safety glass for window units. B. Provide safety glass for each lite where unit has insulated glass, dual sash, secondary sash or other multiple lite conditions. 2.04 TINTED FLOAT GLASS A. Uncoated Tinted Float Glass: Class 2 (tinted, heat -absorbing, and light -reducing) glass lites: B. Tint Color: Blue-green, blue or green, as selected by the Homeowner. 1. Visible Light Transmittance: approximately 65%. J�J 2.05 COATED FLOAT GLASS 1. A. General: Provide coated glass where indicated for fenestration products specified in other Sections. B. Low-e Coated Float Glass: ASTM C 1376, float glass with metallic -oxide coating applied by pyrolytic or vacuum deposition process, as standard for product manufacturer, and complying with other requirements specified. C. Provide Kind HS (heat -strengthened) coated float glass where needed to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading of individual glass lites and to comply with glass design requirements. Provide Kind FT (fully tempered) where safety glass is indicated. 2.06 PATTERNED GLASS A. Provide patterned (textured) glass where indicated on drawings as "opaque". Provide patterned glass on interior lite where window unit has insulated glass, dual sash, secondary sash or other multiple lite conditions. B. Patterned Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type II (patterned and wired glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Form 3 (patterned), Quality q8 (glazing), Finish f1 (patterned one side); of pattern as selected by the Homeowner and approved by the Architect. M�_-Al0Ie� 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08800 - 3 C. Tempered Patterned Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Type 11 (patterned glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Form 3 (patterned), Quality q8 (glazing), Finish f1 (patterned one side); of of pattern as selected by the Homeowner and approved by the Architect. 2.07 LAMINATED GLASS A. Laminated Glass: Comply with ASTM C 1172. B. Interlayer: Fabricate laminated glass to produce glass free of foreign substances and air or glass pockets. 1. Clear or in colors as indicated. 2. Thickness as required to meet performance requirements for fenestration products specified in other Sections; minimum 0.030 inch. 3. Interlayer Material: Manufacturer's standard polyvinyl butyral sheets or cured resin. 2.08 INSULATING GLASS A. Insulating -Glass Units: Preassembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, and complying with ASTM E 774 for Class CBA units and meeting requirements specified for fenestration products specified in other sections. B. Unit Thickness and Thickness -of LitesAs required to meet for fenestration products specified in other sections. C. Sealing System: Manufacturer's standard dual sealant system. D. Spacer Specifications: Manufacturer's standard spacer material with desiccant, and construction as required to meet performance requirements. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. Elastomeric Glazing Sealants 1. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating -glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920. B. Back -Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape: Preformed, butyl -based elastomeric tape with a solids content of 100 percent; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; packaged on rolls with a release paper backing; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 804.3 tape, where indicated. C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. GLAZING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08800 - 4 E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 08800 GLAZING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08800 - 5 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GLAZING @2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 08800 - s 9 09220 — Portland Cement Plaster SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after plaster application. B. Warm -Weather Requirements: Protect plaster against uneven and excessive evaporation and from strong flows of dry air, both natural and artificial. Apply and cure plaster as required by climatic and job conditions to prevent dry out during cure period. Provide suitable coverings, moist curing, barriers to deflect sunlight and wind, or combinations of these, as required. C. Protect contiguous work from soiling and moisture deterioration caused by plastering. Provide temporary covering and other provisions necessary to minimize harmful spattering of plaster on other work. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering t products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Et_Rey-Stucco-Company, tnc_-- 2. The Quikrete Companies. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Base -Coat: Manufacturer's standard Factory blended, sanded stucco basecoat consisting of Portland cement, lime, properly graded aggregate, alkali resistant fiberglass and acrylic fibers. 1. El Rey Stucco; Model Fiber 47 Sanded. 2. Quikrete; Model Quikwall Fiberglass Reinforced Stucco #1200. B. Factory -Prepared Finish Coat: Manufacturer's standard factory -packaged blend of portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type 1 or 111; hydrated lime, Type S, ASTM C 206 or ASTM C 207; aggregate, ASTM C 897; and compatible with base coat and finish texture indicated. 1. El Rey Stucco; Model Premium Stucco Finish. 2. Quikrete; Model Quikrete Finish Coat Stucco #1201. C. Provide finish coat in color to match existing. D. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable. E. Bonding Agent: Complying with ASTM C 932, and as recommended by the stucco manufacturer. F. Protection for adjacent aluminum surfaces. 2.03 MIXING A. Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. PORTLAND CEMENT 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09220 - 2 PLASTER i SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Two coat, portland cement plaster (stucco) finishes. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" 2. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies" 3. Division 8 Windows and Doors 4. Division 9 Section "Painting" C. The primary work of this section is cutting and patching around the installation of new sound control door and window products, blending the new stucco work into the existing. Some windows wilt be-enlarged-to-meet-egress-code-requirerr,iorits. -- ---- -- -- 1. Deliver sample to Architect at Contractor's field office or at project site, as requested by the Architect, for Architect's approval. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each product specified or intended to be used. C. Samples for Verification: For each Parcel, submit sample of color demonstrating match to existing stucco color;12 by 12 inches (305 by 305 mm), and prepared on rigid backing. D. Methods for protecting aluminum surfaces from corrosive contact. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver cementitious materials to Project site in original packages, containers, or bundles, labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name, and lot number. B. Store materials inside, under cover, and dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, and damage from construction traffic and other causes. PORTLAND CEMENT 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. R PLASTE 09220 -1 B. Frozen, caked or lumpy materials shall not be used and shall be removed from jobsite immediately. C. Accurately proportion materials for each plaster batch with measuring devices of known volume. D. Size batches for complete use within maximum of one hour after mixing. E. Re -temper plaster stiffened from evaporation, but dispose of partially hydrated cement plaster. Do not use excessive water. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATIONS FOR PLASTERING A. Cut back existing plaster to sound material. Undercut edge of existing stucco. B. Clean plaster bases and substrates for direct application of plaster, removing loose material and substances that may impair the Work. C. Apply bonding agent on concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces indicated for direct plaster application; comply with manufacturer's written instructions for application. D. Install temporary grounds and screeds to ensure accurate rodding of plaster to true surfaces; coordinate with scratch -coat work.. E. Flashing: Refer to Division 7 Sections for installing flashings as indicated. F. Surface Conditioning: Immediately before plastering, dampen concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces that are indicated for direct plaster application, except where a bonding agent has been applied. Determine and apply amount of moisture and degree of saturation that will result in optimum suction for plastering. 3.02 PLASTER APPLICATION A. Apply base and finish coats to match texture of existing stucco. B. Plaster Application Standard: Apply plaster materials, composition, and mixes to comply with ASTM C 926 except Table 4. C. Flat Surface Tolerances: Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m) from a true plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 6-foot (3-m) straightedge placed at any location on surface. D. Grout hollow -metal frames, bases, and similar work occurring in plastered areas, with base -coat plaster material, and before lathing where necessary. Except where full grouting is indicated or required for fire -resistance rating, grout at least 6 inches (152 mm) at each jamb anchor. E. Corners: Make internal corners and angles square; finish external corners flush and true with plaster faces on exterior work. F. Number of Coats: Apply plaster of composition indicated, to comply with the following requirements: PORTLAND CEMENT 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09220 - 3 PLASTER 1. Two Coats: Over the following plaster bases: a. Concrete unit masonry. G. Finish Coats: Apply finish coats'to comply with the following requirements: 1. Float Finish: Apply finish coat to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch (3 mm) to completely cover base coat, uniformly floated to a true even plane with fine -textured finish matching existing conditions. 2. Trowel -Textured Finish: Apply finish coat with hand -troweled -textured finish matching existing conditions. H. Moist -cure plaster base and finish coats to comply with ASTM C 926 except Table 4, including written instructions for time between coats and curing in "Annex A2 Design Considerations." 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, patch, replace, repair, and point up plaster as necessary to accommodate other work. Repair cracks and indented surfaces. Point -up finish plaster surfaces around items that are built into or penetrate plaster surfaces. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, excessive pinholes, and similar defects. Repair or replace work as necessary to comply with required visual effects. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTING_ A. Remove temporary covering and other provisions made to minimize spattering of plaster on other work. B. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces not to be plastered. Repair surfaces stained, marred or otherwise damaged during plastering work. END OF SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT ®2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. PLASTER 09220 - 4 SPECIFICATIONS 09260 - Gypsum Board Assemblies 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum wallboard. 2. Non -load -bearing steel framing. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood framing and furring 2. Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for insulation and vapor retarders installed in gypsum board assemblies. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Gypsum Board Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 for definitions of terms for gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09260 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Steel Framing and Furring: a. Dale Industries, Inc. - Dale/Incor. b. National Gypsum Company. 2. Gypsum Board and Related Products: a. National Gypsum Company. b. United States Gypsum Co. 2.02 STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Furring Channels (Furring Members): Commercial -steel sheet with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 (Z120), hot -dip galvanized zinc coating. 1. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) deep members designed to reduce sound transmission. a. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped, with face attached to single flange by a slotted leg (web) or attached to two flanges by slotted or expanded metal legs 2.03 STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Components, General: As follows: 1. Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 2. Steel Sheet Components: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal and with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 (Z120), hot -dip galvanized zinc coating. B. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches (31.8 mm), wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch (22.2 mm), minimum bare metal thickness of 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm), and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. C. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. 2.04 INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36. 1. Regular Type: a. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm), unless otherwise indicated. b. Long Edges: Tapered. C. Location: As indicated. 2.05 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. GYPSUM BOARD 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09260 - 2 ASSEMBLIES I 1. Material: Galvanized or paper -faced galvanized steel sheet. a. Cornerbead: Use at outside comers b. LC -Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound; use at exposed panel edges. 2.06 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. a. Use setting -type compound for installing paper -faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. _ 2A7 AUXILIARY MATERIALS__ A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. I B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. ' C. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation." l f 2.08 TEXTURE FINISHES I t A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, and match existing conditions: l_ PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames, cast -in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other I . conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. l ° 3.02 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Installation Standards: ASTM C 754, and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing l installation. t, GYPSUM BOARD 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09260 - 3 ASSEMBLIES B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations or, if none available, with United States Gypsum's "Gypsum Construction Handbook." C. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.03 INSTALLING STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so members for panel attachment are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3 mm in 3.6 m) measured lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. B. Screw furring to wood framing. C. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and spacings indicated, but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing and installation standards. 1. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. _a.Q4 INSTA IN STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING_._._ ___ A. Installation Tolerance: Install each steel framing and furring member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. B. Z-Furring Members: 1. Erect insulation vertically and hold in place with Z-furring members spaced 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. 2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder -driven fasteners spaced 24 inches (600 mm) o.c. 3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw -attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 inches (300 mm) from corner and cut insulation to fit. 4. Until gypsum board is installed, hold insulation in place with 10-inch (250-mm) staples fabricated from 0.0625-inch- (1.59-mm-) diameter, tie wire and inserted through slot in web of member. 3.05 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA-216. B. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) of open space between panels. Do not force into place. GYPSUM BOARD 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09250 - 4 ASSEMBLIES D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back -blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. E. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. F. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. G. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide -dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members using resilient channels, or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. H. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where recommended in writing by manufacturer, install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal comer construction. J. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches (304.8 mm) o.c. for vertical applications. 3.06 PANEL APPLICATION METHODS A. Single -Layer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitionstwalls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly. 3. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. B. Multilayer Application on Ceilings: Apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face -layer joints 1 framing member, 16 inches (400 mm) minimum, from parallel base -layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly. e4 jC. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. D. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. GYPSUM BOARD 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09260 - 5 ASSEMBLIES 3.07 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.08 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Pref ill open joints and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840, for locations indicated: 1. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges. 3.09 APPLYING TEXTURE FINISHES A. Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and apply primer to gypsum panels and other surfaces receiving texture finishes. Apply primer to surfaces that are clean, dry, and smooth. B. Texture Finish Application: Mix and apply finish using powered spray equipment, to produce a uniform texture free of starved spots or other evidence of thin application or of application patterns. C. Prevent texture finishes from coming into contact with surfaces not indicated to receive texture finish by covering them with masking agents, polyethylene film, or other means. If, despite these precautions, texture finishes contact these surfaces, immediately remove droppings and overspray to prevent damage according to texture finish manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Above -Ceiling Observation: Before Contractor installs gypsum board ceilings, Architect will conduct an above -ceiling observation and report deficiencies in the Work observed. Do not proceed with installation of gypsum board to ceiling support framing until deficiencies have been corrected. 1. Notify Architect Two days in advance of date and time when Project, or part of Project, will be ready for above -ceiling observation. 2. Before notifying Architect, complete the following in areas to receive gypsum board ceilings: a. Installation of ceiling support framing. END OF SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09260 - 6 ASSEMBLIES 09911 — Painting SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SPECIFICATIONS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 09911 PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. 1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If a color of finish is not indicated, Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. 1. All installed, exposed to view work in the scope of this contract is to be finished. Items not prefinished by manufacturer are to be finished by paint or stain based on material 1 schedules-' �n-and irfi09g31 ierier�t�ti- _ 2. An installed items not exposed to view are to be back -primed or otherwise finished or primed as required by these specifications to provide a sound installation of products. C. Do not paint finished metal surfaces and labels. 1. Finished metal surfaces include the following: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Galvinized steel. 2. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code -required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. D. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for wood siding. 2. Division 8 Section "Doors and Windows-. 3. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Wallboard Assemblies" 4. Division 9 Section "Portland Cement Plaster" for surface preparation of stucco. 5. Division 9 Section "Exterior Wood Stain." 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85-degree meter. ! 2. Eggshell refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 3. Semigloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when measured at a 60-degree meter. i PAINTING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09911 - 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers. 1. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full -coat benchmark finish sample for each type of coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. Duplicate finish of approved sample Submittals. 1. Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application -of -each a of coating and substrate. a. Wall Surfaces: Provide samples on at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m). b. Small Areas and Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Apply benchmark samples, according to requirements for the completed Work, after permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated. Provide required sheen, color, and texture on each surface. a. After finishes are accepted, Architect will use the room or surface to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature. 3. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. VOC content. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well -ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. PAINTING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09911 - 2 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C). B. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg C). C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS 1' A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. 1. Quantity: Furnish Homeowner with extra paint materials in quantities indicated below: a. Exterior, Flat Acrylic Paint: 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each color applied. b. Exterior, Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each color applied. [ _ C. Interior, Low -Luster Acrylic Finish: 1-gal. (3.8 L) of each color applied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore). ( 2. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints). ( 3. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams). 2.02 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best -quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint -material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. PAINTING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09911 - 3 C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.03 EXTERIOR PRIMERS A. Exterior Concrete and Masonry Primer: Factory -formulated alkali -resistant acrylic -latex primer for exterior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's Latex Exterior Primer No. 102: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 2. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-603 SpeedHide Interior/Exterior Acrylic Latex Alkali Resistant Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 3. Sherwin-Williams; Loxon Exterior Masonry Acrylic Primer A24W300: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm). B. Exterior Wood Primer for Acrylic Enamels: Factory -formulated alkyd or latex wood primer for exterior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorwhite Primer No. 100: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.1 mils (0.053 mm). 2. Pittsburgh Paints; 72-1 Sun -Proof Exterior House & Trim Wood Primer Flat --Latex: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). 3. Sherwin-Williams; A-100 Exterior Latex Wood Primer B42W41: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). C. Exterior Ferrous -Metal Primer: Factory -formulated rust -inhibitive metal primer for exterior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; IronClad Alkyd Low Lustre Metal & Wood Enamel No. 163: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm). 2. Pittsburgh Paints; 7-858 Pittsburgh Paints Industrial Rust Inhibitive Steel Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 3. Sherwin-Williams; Kern Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50NZ6/B50WZ1: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm). 2.04 INTERIOR PRIMERS A. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory -formulated latex -based primer for interior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Regal FirstCoat Interior Latex Primer & Underbody No. 216: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (G.025 mm). 2. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-2 SpeedHide Interior Quick -Drying Latex Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mm). 3. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite 200 Latex Wall Primer B28W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). 4. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Masonry Primer B28W300 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm). B. Interior Wood Primer for Acrylic -Enamel and Semigloss Alkyd -Enamel Finishes: Factory - formulated alkyd- or acrylic -latex -based interior wood primer. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody No.217: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 2. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-855 SpeedHide Latex Enamel Undercoater: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mm). 3. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Classic Interior Primer B28W101 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). PAINTING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09911 - 4 2.05 EXTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Exterior Flat Acrylic Paint: Factory -formulated flat acrylic -emulsion latex paint for exterior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; MoorLife Latex House Paint No. 105: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 2. Pittsburgh Paints; 10 Line Pitt-Cryl Exterior Water Base Paint: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 3. Pittsburgh Paints; 72 Line Sun -Proof Exterior Flat Latex House Paint: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 4. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Exterior Latex Flat House and Trim Paint, A80 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). B. Exterior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory -formulated semigloss waterborne acrylic -latex enamel for exterior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; MoorGlo Latex House & Trim Paint No. 096: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm). 2. Pittsburgh Paints; 78 Line Sun -Proof Semi -Gloss Acrylic Latex House and Trim Paint: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm). 3. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Exterior Gloss Latex A-84 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 2.06 EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS AND VARNISHES A. Filler and stain as specified for interior wood. B. Exterior Spar Varnish for exterior doors: 1. Sherwin-Williams; Minwax Helmsman Spar Urethane. 2. Valspar Spar 8040 or 8042. 3. Frazee Paint; McCloskeys Man O' War Spar Varnish. 4. PPG Pittsburgh Paints; REZ Spar Varnish Gloss 77-10. 5. Benjamin Moore; Impervo 440 Spar Varnish. 2.07 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Low -Luster Acrylic Enamel: Factory -formulated eggshell acrylic -latex interior enamel. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's Regal AquaVelvet No. 319: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 2. Pittsburgh Paints; 89-Line Manor Hall Interior Eggshell Wall and Trim: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 3. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Interior Latex Satin Wall Paint A87 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). 2.08 INTERIOR WOOD STAINS AND VARNISHES A. Open -Grain Wood Filler: Factory -formulated paste wood filler applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1. Benjamin Moore; Benwood Paste Wood Filler No. 238. 2. Pittsburgh Paints; none required. 3. Sherwin-Williams; Sher -Wood Fast -Dry Filler. PAINTING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09911 - 5 B. Interior Wood Stain: Factory -formulated alkyd -based penetrating wood stain for interior application applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1. Benjamin Moore; Benwood Penetrating Stain No. 234. 2. Pittsburgh Paints; 77-560 Rez Interior Semi -Transparent Oil Stain. 3. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Interior Oil Stain A-49 Series. C. Clear Sanding Sealer: Factory -formulated fast -drying alkyd -based clear wood sealer applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's Interior Wood Finishes Quick -Dry Sanding Sealer No. 413. 2. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-10 SpeedHide Quick -Drying Interior Sanding Wood Sealer and Finish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Fast Dry Sanding Sealer B26V43. D. Interior Waterbome Clear Satin Varnish: Factory -formulated clear satin acrylic -based polyurethane varnish applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1. Benjamin Moore; Stays Clear Acrylic Polyurethane No. 423, Satin. 2. Pittsburgh Paints; 77-49 Rez Satin Acrylic Clear Polyurethane. 3. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Waterborne Polyurethane Satin, A68 Series. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION i A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4. 1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. PAINTING ©2002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09911 - 6 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete unit masonry, cement plaster, and mineral -fiber -reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast -cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces if moisture i content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. C. Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor with clean water to remove acid, neutralize { with ammonia, rinse, allow to dry, and vacuum before painting. 3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges, ( ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. C. If transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. d. — ac prime pane mg on mtenor partitions-w�iere masonry, p sa er-or other wet wall — construction occurs on back side. e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately on delivery. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer and according to SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3. b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash ( coat before priming. ( C. Touch up bare areas and shop -applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire -brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. PAINTING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09911 - 7 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 8. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 9. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field -finished casework to match exterior. 10. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. B. c e u mg-Ra-Ri iT ng Apply --first- co -at -to surfaces that lave een --c- leaned, pry-te ,- or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended by manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not use spray equipment unless approved by the Architect. 1. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Sand lightly between each coat of enamel or varnish to remove defects visible from 5 feet away. 3. Apply paints to drywall and plaster surfaces by roller. 4. Apply paints to wood trim and finish carpentry by brush. 5. Apply paints and stains to siding and shingles by brush. 6. Apply paints to doors and frames by brush. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. PAINTING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09911 - 8 E. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no bum -through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. F. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. G. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass -smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. 1. Provide satin finish for final coats. H. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. 1. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. J. Wood Doors: ------ ----- 1. Seal tops, bottoms of wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately after receipt from manufacturer. 2. Before finishing, thoroughly sand surfaces with hand block and 5/0, 180 grit sand paper to remove handling marks and raised grain to prevent blotchy appearance. Sand and finish door in a horizontal position. Do not use steel wool on oak doors to prevent chemical reaction with iron. 3. Immediately after fitting and sanding and before hanging, seal the entire door, including the top and bottom edges, with two coats of paint or varnish, as applicable. 3.04 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded ( paint materials from Project site. - 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint -spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. PAINTING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09911 - 9 3.06 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Concrete, Stucco, and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry): Provide the following finish systems over exterior concrete, stucco, and brick masonry substrates: 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior concrete and masonry primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior flat acrylic paint. B. Smooth Wood: Provide the following finish systems over smooth wood siding, wood trim, and other smooth exterior wood surfaces: 1. Semigloss Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for acrylic enamels. b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel. C. Wood Trim: Provide the following finish systems over exterior wood trim: 1. Semigloss Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for acrylic enamels. b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel. D. Plywood: Provide the following finish systems over exterior plywood: 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for acrylic enamels. b. Finish Coats: Exterior flat acrylic paint. E. Ferrous Metal: Provide the ollowing in sh systems over exterior ferrous metal. Primer is not t required on shop -primed items. 1. Semigloss Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a rust -inhibitive primer. a. Primer: Exterior ferrous -metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel. F. Wood Doors for Transparent Finish: 1. Spar varnish: Two finish coats over stain and filler. a. Filler: Grain filler for open grain hardwood. b. Stain: Stain as selected by the Homeowner. 3.07 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces: 1. Low -Luster Acrylic -Enamel Finish Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior low -luster acrylic enamel. B. Wood and Hardboard: Provide the following paint finish systems over new interior wood surfaces: 1. Low -Luster Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior wood primer for acrylic -enamel and semigloss alkyd -enamel finishes. b. Finish Coats: Interior low -luster acrylic enamel. 3.08 INTERIOR STAIN AND NATURAL -FINISH WOODWORK SCHEDULE A. Stained Woodwork: Provide the following stained finishes over new interior woodwork: PAINTING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09911 -10 1. Waterborne Stain Satin -Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of waterborne clear satin varnish over a sealer coat and waterborne interior wood stain. Wipe wood filler before applying stain. a. Filler Coat: Open -grain wood filler. b. Stain Coat: Interior wood stain. C. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. d. Finish Coats: Interior waterborne clear satin varnish. B. Natural -Finish Woodwork: Provide the following natural finishes over new interior woodwork: 1. Waterborne Satin -Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of waterborne clear satin varnish over a sanding sealer. Wipe wood filler before applying stain. a. Filler Coat: Open -grain wood filler. b. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. C. Finish Coats: Interior waterborne clear satin varnish. PAINTING END OF SECTION 09911 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09911 -11 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PAINTING 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09911 -12 09931 — Exterior Wood Stains SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 09931 EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of wood stains to exterior wood surfaces. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 9 Sections "Painting" for other exterior coatings and for stained and natural - finished interior woodwork. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of stain indicated. i. Materaa"-1- List:--An—inc usiv is o qw slain materfafs--__ludic-ate Bach material -and_ cross-reference the specific stain system and application. Identify each exterior wood stain material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each exterior wood stain. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying exterior wood stains similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full -coat benchmark finish sample for each type of stain and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. Duplicate finish of approved sample Submittals. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of stain and substrate. a. Small Areas and Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Apply benchmark samples according to requirements for the completed Work. a. After finishes are accepted, Architect will use benchmark samples to evaluate stain systems of a similar nature. 3. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09931 -1 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. Handling instructions and precautions. 9. VOC content. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well -ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temperature Limitations: Apply stains only when temperatures of surfaces to be stained and the surrounding air are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C) for oil -based stain, or between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C) for latex -based stain. B. Weather Limitations: Do not apply stain in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; when temperatures are less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. _ _ _ Allow wet surfaces to dry thoroughly and attain temperature and conditions spocified before starting or continuing with coating operation. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra stain materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. 1. Quantity: Furnish Owner with extra stain materials in quantities indicated below: a. Semitransparent Stain: 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each color applied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore). 2. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints). 3. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams). 2.02 EXTERIOR WOOD STAIN MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Stain -Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best -quality stain material of the various stain types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09931 - 2 r indicated. Stain -material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. B. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.03 EXTERIOR WOOD STAIN PRODUCTS A. Semitransparent O1VAlkyd Stain: Factory -formulated oil- or oil/alkyd-resin-based semitransparent wood stain applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1. Benjamin Moore: Moorwood Semi -Transparent Stain & Wood Preservative No. 081. 2. Pittsburgh Paints: 77-900 Series Rez Exterior Water Repellent Semi -Transparent Oil Stains. 3. Sherwin-Williams: Exterior Alkyd Semi -Transparent Wood Preservative Stain A14 Series. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for stain application. Surfaces to be stained must be thoroughly dry before stains are applied. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4. 1. Proceed with stain application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2. Start of application will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which coatings are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be stained. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and staining. 1. After completing staining operations, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in trades involved. B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be stained according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Allow unseasoned or shiny new wood to weather three months before staining. 1. Remove surface dirt, oil, or grease by washing with a detergent solution; rinse thoroughly with clean water and allow to dry. Remove grade stamps and pencil marks by sanding lightly. Remove loose wood fibers by brushing. 2. Remove mildew by scrubbing with a commercial wash formulated for mildew removal and as recommended by stain manufacturer. EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09931 - 3 3. Countersink steel nails, if used, and fill with putty tinted to final color to eliminate rust leach stains. 4. Previously Stained Work: Renail loose or warped shingles or siding using galvanized or aluminum nails. C. Mixing: Mix and prepare stains according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stir stain thoroughly before applying and frequently during application to maintain color consistency. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and application in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and then strain material before using. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Minimum Spreading Rate: Apply stain at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to ensure proper penetration. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of stain material being applied. 1. Do not apply stain on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. Ensure that each coat is dry and hard before applying succeeding coat. B. Apply stain evenly with brush, roller, or spray. Thoroughly stain edges and ends of boards. BruslLout excess __stain- that collects --in butts ..of_ -shingles--or- boards.._ -Avoid--staining-in-direct- sunlight. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brushes of appropriate size for surface being stained. 2. Vertical Siding: Start at the top with several boards and continue to the bottom to avoid lap marks; maintain a wet edge for a uniform finish and to avoid lap marks. 3. Horizontal Siding: Start at one edge and continue through to a logical break, such as a door, window, or comer; maintain a wet edge for a uniform finish and to avoid lap marks. 4. Drying Time: Allow three to five days between coats. 3.04 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded materials from Project site. 1. After completing staining, clean window glass and other surfaces. Remove spattered stain by proper methods without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being stained or not, against damage from staining. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and restaining as approved by Architect. B. Provide "Wet Paint' signs to protect newly stained finishes. After completing staining operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced stained surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09931 - 4 3.06 EXTERIOR WOOD STAIN SCHEDULE A. Exterior Wood Siding: Provide the following stain systems on exterior wood siding, shingles, shakes, and wood trim including fasciae and soffits: 1. Semitransparent Oil/Alkyd Finish: Two coats. . a. Stain Coats: Semitransparent oil/alkyd stain. END OF SECTION 09931 i i EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09931 - 5 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 09931 - 6 10230 - Vents SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 10230 VENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Gable -end louvers. 2. Soffit Vents. 3. Through roof vents. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07210 - Insulation, requirements for eave ventilation troughs. 2. Section 07620 — Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim, for flashing of louvers. 1.02 VENTING REQUIREMENTS A. For each Parcel for which attic insulation is added, provide additional attic ventilation. Provide total ventilation that complies with building code in effect. Total ventilation may use existing f ventilation, if any, with added venting to provide the minimum required. B. Minimum venting: The ratio of vent area to attic floor area shall be not less than 1 to 150. At least 50 percent but not more than 80 percent of the venting shall be located in the upper portion of the attic. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For each type of product indicated C. Ventilation Calculations: For each Parcel, verify existing ventilation capacity and calculate additional ventilation required to meet the requirements for attic ventilation of the building code in effect. Submit the following data and calculations for each Parcel: 1. Type and manufacture of product to be installed. I 2. Ceiling area directly below spaces being vented. 3. Net free area of the proposed products. 4. Total net free area of existing installation for intake and for exhaust. 5. Total net free area of proposed installation for intake and for exhaust after installation of r additional vents. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: The manufacturer shall have been regularly engaged in the manufacture of a similar type and quality of louvers and vents specified for not less than five consecutive years. vtN i 5 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 10230 -1 B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of louver and vent through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Product Options: The sizes, profiles, dimensional requirements, and aesthetic effects of the louvers and vents included in the Contract Documents are part of the design of the Project. Other louver and vent manufacturers whose products have equal performance characteristics may be considered provided deviations in size, profile, and dimensions are minor and do not alter the aesthetic effect as judged solely by the Architect. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Proceed with installation of louvers and vents only when weather conditions permit and when substrates and framing are completely dry. Do not install in inclement weather. B. Coordinate installation of louvers and vents with flashing, siding, casing, caulking, painting and priming, and other adjoining work so as to ensure proper and timely sequencing of job. Proceed with installation of louver and vents after rough carpentry and the installation of aluminum brake -metal and flashing work, if any, has been completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GABLE LOUVER VENT A. Louver Vents: 1. Type: Stationary louvers. 2. Material: Formed aluminum, minimum 0.020" sheet metal. 3. Finish: Baked enamel. 4. Size: Minimum net free area as required for attic ventilation; as indicated on drawings; or as determined from manufacturer's tables for calculating required attic ventilation. 5. Color: As selected by Homeowner from manufacturer's standard colors. B. Fasteners: Same metal and alloy as metal being fastened. Do not use metals that are incompatible with joined metals. Use type and size to suit installation conditions. C. Screens: 1. General: Locate screens on the inside of louvers, attic side. 2. Glass -Fiber Mesh Fabric: 18-by-14 (1.4-by-1.8-mm) or 18-by-16 (1.4-by-1.6-mm) mesh of PVC -coated, glass -fiber threads; woven and fused to form a fabric mesh resistant to corrosion, shrinkage, stretch, impact damage, and weather deterioration. Comply with ASTM D 3656. D. Acceptable Reversible Mount Products: Provide one of the following or equal: 1. Owens Corning; Model Ventsure. 2. Lomanco, Inc.; Model 150 Series. 3. Solar Group; Model RL Series. E. Acceptable adjustable triangular Products: Provide one of the following or equal: 1. Lomanco, Inc.; Model 900 Series. 2. Solar Group Inc.; Model AL Series. VENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. I U40V - C. 2.02 SOFFIT VENTS A. Vents: Preformed aluminum vents fabricated from minimum 0.020" roll -formed aluminum. Size and profile as indicated on drawings. Color as selected by Homeowner from manufacturer's standard color charts. B. Fasteners: Metal and alloy as fastened metal. Do not use metals that are incompatible with joined metals. Use type and size to suit installation conditions. C. Acceptable Products, Under Eave Vents: Provide one of the following or equal: 1. Air Vent Inc.; Model EV16 Series. 2. Solar Group.; Model UA 16 Series. 3. Lomanco Inc.; Model C-Series. 2.03 THROUGH ROOF VENTS A. Pre -formed aluminum vents, size and profile as indicated, self flashing, fabricated from 24 gauge, RV-20 roll -formed aluminum with a minimum 3" nailing flange, flange on vent stack to prevent weather infiltration, and perma-coated aluminum screen extended to edges of vent cap. Provide manufacturer's standard flat, synthetic baked -enamel coating on weather exposed faces. 1. Color: To be selected by homeowner form manufacturer's standard color charts. 2. Location: To be verified in the field with architect. B. Fasteners: Aluminum or hot -dip galvanized siding or roofing nails of sufficient length to penetrate minimum of 1" into roof framing and blocking. C. Available Manufactures: 1. Ampcor Inc.; Model RVA-50. 2. Lomanco Inc.; Model 600. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine condition of roofing, siding, trim and substrate prior to installation. Advise Architect of deficiencies prior to installation. B. Do not commence cutting of soffits, gable end walls or roof ridge until new louvers and vents have been delivered to the site. 3.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Install louvers and vents in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Neatly trim back existing materials to allow for installation of new louvers and vents. Provide and install blocking, furring and framing as required. C. Locate and place louvers and vents level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. Adjust and reinforce substrate as necessary for secure installation. Provide shims, blocking, anchors and clips for a complete installation. Use concealed anchorages where possible. VENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 10230 - 3 D. Protect galvanized and nonferrous -metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action by applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint on surfaces that will be in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals. E. Set louvers and vents in sealant bed or gasket to provide water -tight seal. Securely attach to existing substrate. F. Siding and roofing materials shall match existing materials in quality, profile and finish. 3.03 GABLE END VENT INSTALLATION A. Embed perimeter of gable end louver in concealed sealant to provide acoustically tight and weatherproof joint. Immediately clean excess sealant from surfaces. B. Provide perimeter flashing and install head flashing. END OF SECTION 10230 VENTS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 10230 - 4 10715 — Storm Panels and Shutters SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 10715 STORM PANELS AND SHUTTERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Bahama Style Shutters. 2. Removable Storm Panels. 3. Clamshell Style Storm Awnings. 4. Doors and windows not rated as impact resistant will receive storm protection as indicated on drawings. B. Existing approved storm products meeting current wind loads for Exposure B shall remain as j noted. Remove and reinstall to complete other Work. C. Related Sections include the following: - -.-- - num-dllindotnrs-.— ----- - _ __ 2. Section 08128 - Sound Control Aluminum French Doors. 3. Section 08163 - Sound Control Sliding Glass Doors. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide storm protection capable of withstanding the effects the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on the following minimum design wind pressures: a. Uniform wind load pressure of 150mph (or as required by the City of Key West) rated to comply with Exposure B, acting inward or outward. b. Storm Resistance: Products shall be certified to meet the Large Missile Impact Test, the Static Load Test and the Cyclic Air Pressure Test. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's complete product data for all specified components, including specifications, finish information and installation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing layout, sizes and types, product materials, components and accessories, fabrication data, finishes, rough -in dimensions, anchorage and installation requirements and details. Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication and assembly of hurricane protection as well as procedures and diagrams 1. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of shutter indicated. STORM PANELS AND 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 10715 - 1 SHUTTERS Submit minimum six inch length of blade and track section. Include manufacturer's standard array of color finishes for selection by Architect.. D. Product Certificates: 1. For each type of hurricane protection provide Manufacturer's certification that design criteria meets specified requirements signed by product manufacturer. 2. Provide certification that product meets Miami/Dade product approval. E. Qualification Data: For Installer, and manufacturer F. Warranties: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by an authorized company official indicating one-year installation warranty and three- year extended product warranty. G. Other Information Submittals: As follows: 1. Submit detailed maintenance requirements and operating instructions. 2. Provide certification for the Homeowners to verify conformance with Florida Windstorm Underwriter's Insurance. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sample Installation: Provide two sample installations of storm panels, shutters or awnings in Section 08520 Aluminum Windows _ coniunction�etith_e►indow�amnle installatio�,specified _ _ B. of complete window opening, including associated trim, flashing, sealants and other components in a location selected by the Architect. Approved sample installation may become part of the completed Work. C. Installer Qualifications: Use only manufacturer's factory trained installers or qualified licensed installers approved by shutter manufacturer. 1. Engineering Responsibility: Prepare data for wind load on protection products and for structural design of anchorage to existing residences including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. D. Manufacturer Qualifications: Maintain, within 150 miles of Project site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs. E. Source Limitations: Obtain products for each Parcel from one source and from a single manufacturer. F. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with all local and governing code requirements including: 1. Florida Building Code 2001. 2. Key West Municipal Ordinances. 3. Provide shutter products and fasteners with Miami/Dade Product Control Approval. Provide label on shutter products confirming approval. G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section ,Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to hurricane protection including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review structural load limitations. 2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 3. Review required certifying procedures. STORM PANELS AND 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 10715 - 2 SHUTTERS 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. Store components protected from harmful weather conditions and damage from other construction activity. Do not deliver products to the work site until ready for installation. Do not store products overnight at the residences. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: The manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of storm protection that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: I. Structural failures 2. Faulty operation. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. B. Warranty Period: One year for Installation and Three years for product from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - - - - — _- - A. Acceptable manufacturers include, but are not limited to: 1. All Broward Hurricane. 2. Willard Shutter Company, Inc. 3. Groff Metals of Florida. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: Manufacturer's standard, 6063-T5 or 6063-T6, with minimum wall thickness of 0.050 inch (1.25 mm) thickness at any location for the main frame and sash members. B. Galvanized steel: Base metal nominal thickness of 0.0359 inch (0.91 mm) with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 hot -dip galvanized zinc coating. C. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or zinc -coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure. D. Fasteners: Provide stainless steel fasteners with adequate protection against corrosion with adjoining materials. Use types and sizes of fasteners as designated in engineered shop drawings. Provide fasteners with Miami/Dade Notice of Acceptance. 2.03 STORM PANELS AND SHUTTERS A. General: Provide storm panels and shutters with hold open and lock -down hardware identical to that used during testing for compliance with hurricane impact testing. STORM PANELS AND 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 10715 - 3 SHUTTERS B. Mounting: Provide mounting system to maintain minimum distance from fenestration necessary to accommodate anticipated deflection of storm protection under impact as determined by storm protection manufacturer. Provide required components for extended mounting system K standard mounting does not maintain this minimum. C. Bahama Style Shutters: Designation SHT. 1. Fabricate of extruded aluminum rails and louver blades, with minimum wall thickness of 0.050", with lateral support for louver blades. Provide baked enamel finish. 2. Provide Bahama style shutters in each location with an existing awning, and where indicated by SHT designation. D. Removable Storm Panels: Designation PAN. 1. Provide precision formed structural panels in aluminum or galvanized steel 2. Mount rails permanently to structure. Provide finished or painted to match existing finishes. 3. Provide removable storm panels in each location where no existing storm protection is in place, and where indicated by PAN designation. 4. Where Homeowners currently have no approved or permanent storm protection system, provide removable storm panel shutters as indicated by the PAN designation in the drawings. 5. Provide protective rubber tips on bolt ends for use when panels are not in place. E. Clamshell Style Storm Awnings: Designation AWN. 1. Provide slatted aluminum awnings with curved clamshell or airfoil profile. 2. Provide clamshell style shutters n eaccation wi�an existing�msFiell awning, and where indicated by AWN designation. 2.04 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Provide factory finished products. B. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. D. Colors: As selected from the manufacturer's full range of colors. Provide different color for each Parcel as selected by the Homeowner and approved by the Architect. 2.05 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. Baked -Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid -chromate -fluoride -phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Apply baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting. STORM PANELS AND 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 10715 - 4 SHUTTERS 2.06 GALVANIZED STEEL FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. t B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. C. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so surfaces are free of oil and other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating suited to the organic coating to be applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 780. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine existing conditions with installer, anchorage engineer, or manufacturer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting I performance of hurricane protection. Verify conditions of substrates to determine if acceptable for shutter installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Correct all unsatisfactory -- -- conditions nrioLto comma cing-shutier installations 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install track and all shutter components to comply with project shop drawings and manufacturer's written installation requirements. B. Fastening: Provide fastening type and method suitable to conditions, and capable of meeting local wind load conditions and missile impact test. C. Where metal surfaces are in contact with masonry, concrete or dissimilar metals, protect manufacturer's recommended isolation coatings or tape. D. After installation, lubricate, test and adjust shutter components to operate properly and free from distortion. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean installed components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to Owner's acceptance. Properly remove from the site all debris remaining from this installation. B. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations and protect completed storm protection installations from damage during remaining construction so as not to void warranty. 3.04 DEMONSTRATION A. Provide training to the Homeowner's in the proper installation and locking of their storm protection. Provide training and operations instruction for the Homeowner and supply approved STORM PANELS AND 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 10715 - 5 SHUTTERS maintenance and operations manual as called for in the submittals. Provide verification to the Resident Inspector of the Homeowner training. END OF SECTION 10715 STORM PANELS AND 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. 10715 - 6 SHUTTERS M 15010 — Mechanical General Requirements SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 15010 r MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor's mechanical work for this project primarily consists of removing existing residential split HVAC system components and replacing them with new equipment and installing split HVAC systems in residences that do not now have one. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Mechanical requirements specified in this Section apply to all Division 15 Section documents included in this Contract. B. The General provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to all sections of Division 15. r - C. -Related-Seetk ns-for-Na-project:---- _ - 1. 15100, HVAC Systems (New Installation). 2. 15200, HVAC Systems (Replacement Installation). 3. 15300, HVAC System Test and Balance (T&B) 4. 16050, Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 1.03 CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. All Contractors and Subcontractors working on this project shall be licensed by the State of Florida, Monroe County, and Key West, as applicable. B. The Contractor for this project shall furnish information in the form of a notarized letter on company letterhead stating that the firm has been successfully managing and coordinating the work of multiple HVAC installation projects for at least 5 years prior to the bid date for this project. C. The Subcontractor(s) for this project shall also furnish information in the form of a notarized letter on company letterhead stating that the firm has been successfully repairing, replacing and installing residential HVAC equipment for at least 5 years prior to the bid date for this project. D. The Contractor and Subcontractor notarized letter(s) shall indicate the number of residential, 5 tons and under, HVAC system replacement -installation projects as a percent of all projects and provide a list of these projects with brief descriptions, cost, size, dates, names and telephone numbers. MECHANICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 15010 - 1 GENERAL 1.04 CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Furnish all materials, equipment and labor and perform all the operations in connection with the construction and installation of the Division 15 Mechanical Systems described in the drawings and the Division 15 specifications herein and according to the terms and conditions of the contract documents. B. Obtain all permits and licenses, and pay all fees as required for execution of the Contract. Arrange for necessary inspections required by the county and other authorities having jurisdiction, and present certificates of approval to the Resident Inspector. C. All required insurance shall be provided by the Contractor for protection against public liability and property damage for the duration of the project D. The Contractor shall provide personnel or Subcontractor(s) with the experience, equipment and certified training that will ensure this work provides high quality HVAC systems in a timely and thoroughly professional manner. In addition, the Contractor shall provide a person qualified and certified to complete the applicable energy efficiency forms per the State of Florida Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction, 1997. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all personnel, trades and Subcontractors required for this project and the scheduling of their work to preclude work and space interference between them. F-. - tf interferenceoccursbecauwequipment--installation-was-not-coordinated-between- - - Subcontractors, the responsible Subcontractor shall make the necessary changes without extra charges. Provide all temporary utilities as required during the project except those that obviously exceed general practice G. The Contractor shall be responsible for the completed system being in accordance with the contract drawings, general notes and the specifications in Sections 15100, 15200, 15300 and the HVAC requirements of 16050. H. The Mechanical Drawings are diagrammatic in nature except where specific dimensions, or specific details, are shown. I. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall visit the residences for exact locations of equipment, building dimensions, architectural details and conditions affecting the mechanical work. J. If equal products from qualified manufacturers are offered as a substitution and accepted, the Contractor is responsible for coordinating all the changes that affect the installation and the Subcontractors. K. The Contractor must obtain approval from the Architect or Engineer before executing any deviations from the drawings and these specifications. L. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairing or replacing any damage done to the new equipment or the Homeowner's residence and its surroundings to the satisfaction of the Architect. 1.05 REFERENCES, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. For this project all work shall comply with the latest versions of the 2001 Florida Building Code — Building (in particular Chapter 13, Florida Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction), and 2001 Florida Building Code — Mechanical as amended by the City of Key West and with MECHANICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 15010 - 2 GENERAL the applicable standards of the following agencies and organizations as specifically referenced in the above codes, hereinafter and in Sections 15100, 15200, and 15300. 1. NFPA-70, National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. NFPA-90A, Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems 3. NFPA-101, Life Safety Code. 4. Air Distribution Council (ADC). 5. Air Filter Institute (AFI) 6. Air Movements and Control Association (AMCA) 7. American Gas Association (AGA) 8. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 9. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 10. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 11. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 12. American Standards Association (ASA) 13. American Welding Society (AWS) 14. Association Air Balance Council (AABC) 15. Federal Specifications (FS). 16. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) 17. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). 18. Plastic Piping Institute (PPI) 19. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors of America (SMACNA) 20. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). R. Where different -sections -of -any -of the -aforementioned -codes -and -regulations -or -the Contract -- Documents, require different materials, methods of construction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall govern. In any conflict between a general provision and a special provision, the special provision shall govern. In case of differences between the drawings and the specifications, or where the drawings and specifications are not clear, the subject shall be referred to the Architect/Engineer for clarification and instructions. 1.06 GUARANTEE A. Guarantees for a period of one full year and, where specified, manufacturer's warranties greater than one year shall be provided from the date of final acceptance for all the mechanical equipment and systems installed for this project. Final acceptance means the time that beneficial occupancy has been confirmed in writing to the Contractor. B. The guarantee shall be against defective/failed materials, design, workmanship and system performance. Defective/failed means not up to manufacturer's or design performance. C. Upon receipt of notice from the Resident Inspector of a defect/failure of any part of the guaranteed equipment, system function or its performance during the guarantee period, the Contractor shall promptly replace the affected part or parts with new parts and make the necessary adjustments to reset the system performance to that of final acceptance. Promptly shall mean not less than two business days after the Contractor is notified. D. The expense for all parts and equipment, adjustments and labor, including those being provided under the manufacturer's warranty, shall be borne by the Contractor. MECHANICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 15010 - 3 GENERAL PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS A. The contract drawings indicate the extent and general arrangements of the mechanical systems. The specifications and drawings are considered as supplementary one to the other. Materials and labor indicated and called for or implied by one and not the other shall be supplied and installed as though specifically called for in both. B. Equipment, ductwork and piping arrangement shall fit into the space allocated and provide clearances for servicing and maintenance per the specified codes and standards. Capacities of all equipment shall be not less than those indicated on the drawings. 2.02 STANDARD PRODUCTS A. The equipment to be furnished under these specifications shall be new and essentially the standard product of the manufacturer. B. The factory supplied equipment shall use materials, be clad, painted or otherwise prepared to minimize corrosion in the South Florida coastal environment and shall bear permanently readable certificates or seals and maintenance/service or cautionary instruction labels. C. Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required under the specifications, these shall be the products of a single manufacturer. 2.03 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering manufactured equipment or products the Contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer six copies of the manufacturer's descriptive literature. 1. The literature shall include but not be limited to model number, descriptive drawings, efficiency ratings, performance data, mechanical specifications, dimensions, weight, controls, control functions, wiring diagrams and installation, startup and checkout instructions, as applicable. 2. Manufactured equipment is defined as but not limited to CU, AHU, Thermostat, Supply Registers, Return Grilles, Filters (ASHRAE Standard 52-76 efficiency rating), Refrigerant Piping, Valves and Fittings, Flexible Ducts, Flexible Connections and Piping and Duct Insulation, Vapor Barrier and Jacketing. B. In addition to the above two copies each of the manufacturer's installation, operation and maintenance instructions for all the proposed equipment and materials. These shall be reviewed to determine if the proposed equipment and material meet the requirements set forth in these specifications. C. The contractor shall also submit to the Architect/Engineer shop drawings showing the proposed arrangement of equipment, piping, ducts, etc., if it varies from the contract drawings. D. Shop drawings shall also be submitted for the prescribed 18 inch AHU stands in new installations, the CU EA8 Flood Zone and 155 mph wind load stands along with load analyses for new and replacement installations, the outdoor refrigerant piping 155 mph wind load containment and security along with load analyses for new and replacement installations, details of structural support wall penetrations, cabinets, and details of soffits. E. T&B reports. Refer to Section 15300. MECHANICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 15010 - 4 GENERAL F. Copies of data produced by a facsimile machine (FAX) or reproductions of FAX copies shall not be accepted. G. Approval of shop drawings is not a guarantee of a detailed check of accuracy or shall it relieve the Contractor's responsibility for performing the work per the drawings and specifications 2.04 ELECTRICAL WORK A. The Mechanical Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified herein, furnish all equipment specified herein with motors, motor controllers and controls. The Mechanical Contractor shall set the motors in place and furnish the motor controllers. B. Motors: 1. Motors shall be those that are built in compliance with the applicable NEMA Standards. General purpose motors can be open drip -proof for installation indoors or in protected locations. 2. Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) motors shall be used in areas of exposure to weather or other environmental contamination. Motors shall be rated explosion proof when i located in hazardous atmospheres. 3. Unless indicated otherwise, motors shall be NEMA Design "B", with a service factor of - IJ5wi degree G-rise-over-4� es�: ambientwherr-o eratin at-desi vo �' degre p g- gn- ftage.- --- --- --- ' TEFL motors shall have a service factor of 1.00 with total temperature rise of 55 degrees C. in above conditions. Motors located in areas exceeding 40 C ambient shall be factory rated for ambient temperature or motor environment. 4. Generally, single-phase motors shall be NEMA Type "N", split phase induction motors with built-in thermal protectors. Single-phase motors connected on loads requiring high starting torque shall be capacitor -start induction motors. Single-phase motors of 1/10 HP or less may be shaded pole induction motors. C. Motor Controllers: 1. Each motor shall be provided with a NEMA standard controller suitable for use intended; equipped with auxiliary contacts required for interlocking as specified in the control sequence; thermal overload in each motor feeder underground leg; an external reset button; black, laminated plastic nameplate with white letters engraved thereon, 3/16 inch or greater in height; either "hand -off -auto" switch or "start -stop" pilot station as indicated or required by the Equipment Control Sequence. 2. Except as indicated otherwise, controllers for three phase motors shall be magnetic, full voltage, non -reversing type. Except where otherwise indicated, or required by Equipment Control Sequence, manual starters shall be used for small, single phase motors, be toggle switch type, trip free and trip indicating. Flush mounted units shall have stainless steel plates. 3. Motor controllers shall have the following enclosure ratings: a. General indoor locations - NEMA-1. b. Indoor locations non -air-conditioned - NEMA-313 c. Outdoor locations - NEMA-313 MECHANICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 15010 - 5 GENERAL 2.05 DUCTWORK A. Repair or replacement of existing ducts shall use the same or equivalent materials as the existing ducts. New ducts can be galvanized steel, hard ductboard, or flexible ducts. B. Flexible ducts shall be factory insulated and be vinyl coated spring steel wire helix bonded to a vinyl coated fiberglass insulation and vinyl impregnated closely woven vapor barrier. Assembly shall meet NFPA-90A, UL181 and be UL listed at a less than 25 flame spread and 50 smoke developed rating. 2.06 INSULATION MATERIALS: All insulation materials including vapor barriers, jackets and adhesives for mechanical systems shall be UL rated in accordance with NFPA. 90A and have a Flame Spread Rating not exceeding 25 and a Smoke Developed Rating not exceeding 50 when tested in accordance with NFPA 255 "Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics Building Materials". Submittal data for materials shall specifically indicate those ratings. 2.07 DOMESTIC PRODUCTS: All piping and fittings shall be fabricated in the United States of America and submittals and product shall be labeled accordingly. Foreign produced pipe and fittings shall not be accepted. 2.08 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: All equipment and piping supports shall be hot dipped galvanized except as otherwise noted in the contract documents. Vinyl coated hangers are required for copper pipe. Copper clad hangers cannot be used. PART 3 —EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Work shall be start as soon as possible. The contractor shall ensure that all work is performed in a workman like manner. B. Work lines and established grades shall be in strict accordance with the drawings. The Contractor is responsible for furnishing to all trades, in ample time, information needed to construct all bases, soffits, chases and openings in ceilings, walls and finishes and to provide clearances for the work. He shall set all sleeves, anchor bolts or inserts required to fasten equipment before adjacent concrete is poured. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the actions of his employees and for compliance with all laws and ordinances governing the work. He shall layout his work and establish elevations in strict accordance with the drawings, be responsible for the accuracy of the laying out, and give his personal supervision to the work. He shall have at all times a competent Representative on the premises who shall be acceptable to the Resident Inspector. D. A continuous cleanup shall be maintained during the progress of the work and appointed storage areas shall be used for surplus materials and supplies. The premises shall be kept free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish; and, at completion, the refuse shall be removed from the site. 3.02 INTERFERENCES A. The plans are generally diagrammatic and the Contractor shall harmonize the work of the different trades so that interference between piping, ductwork, equipment and structural work shall be avoided. The Contractor cannot order equipment or fabricate system components until he has coordinated all of his work with other trades. He shall bring to the attention of the Resident Inspector any apparent conflicts for resolution before commencing with installation. MECHANICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 15010 - 6 GENERAL B. All required offsets, fittings, etc., shall be furnished and installed without additional expense to the Airport Authority. In cases of interference, the Resident Inspector shall decide which equipment shall be relocated, regardless of which apparatus was first installed. C. Piping, ducts, etc., shall be kept as close as possible to ceilings, walls, columns, etc., so as to take the minimum amount of space. Ducts and soffits shall be kept as high as possible. 3.03 WORKMANSHIP A. All materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, the referenced standards, and with the contract documents. B. Workers skilled in the type of work involved shall do the installation. Workers shall have current certifications, when required, for a particular trade. The installation procedures and the completed installation shall be subject to the approval of the Resident Inspector. T 3.04 DRAWINGS: The Contractor shall keep two sets of drawings on the job for keeping a neat, red pencil marked record of day-to-day changes in location of piping, fixtures, and other items. Upon completion of the project sign both copies, certify them as being, actual as -built conditions. Provide one to the Resident Inspector and incorporate these changes on clean copies of the original drawings. Provide this clean copy "as -built" drawing to the Resident Inspector. 3.05 CONTRACTORS' DIFFERENCES: If the Contractor proposes to deviate from specifications or drawings; -her -shall caN attentio"o-them-- in-his-proposal--otherwis� ,r s►,�' `- -- b"ssumed--that -he — --- ----- - accepts and agrees to follow the contract drawings and specifications. The Architect or Engineer shall approve in advance deviations from Construction Documents during construction. 3.06 VIBRATIONS AND NOISE CONTROL: Excessive vibrations or objectionable noise created in any part of the building by operation of any equipment installed under this contract shall not be permitted. Contractor shall isolate various items of equipment from building structure and take all steps that may be necessary to eliminate excessive vibration and objectionable noise produced by any equipment installed under this contract. 3.07 DEMOLITION A. Perform and coordinate all demolition of systems and equipment as specified in the drawings. Non-destructively remove systems, materials and equipment that are either re -usable or salvageable. B. Coordinate the on -site storage of abandoned equipment and materials until it is removed from the site. Remove and legally dispose of these items and manage the truck traffic required for this disposal. 3.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels and similar information needed for distinct identification and adequately packaged and protected to prevent damage during shipping, storage and handling. B. Store equipment and materials off -site. On -site storage authorized for materials incorporated in work on a daily basis. Protect stored equipment and materials from damage. C. Coordinate deliveries of mechanical materials and equipment to minimize construction site congestion. Limit each shipment of materials and equipment to the items and quantities needed for the smooth and efficient flow of installation. MECHANICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 15010 - 7 GENERAL 3.09 EXECUTION A. DUCTS AND REFRIGERANT PIPING 1. Cap and protect all open ducts and refrigerant piping at the end of the day to prevent collecting dust and foreign material in them before they are ready for use. 2. Construct ductwork for Class 1° wg: however, seal all ducts to be air- tight. Tape all joints in new ducts. Tighten and tape loose connections in existing ducts. 3. Longitudinal seams of galvanized ducts with either dimension greater than 15 inches shall be Pittsburgh Lock Type Galvanized duct connections sealant shall be Hardcast Duct fire resistant sealant or equivalent. 4. Flexible duct connections shall be not less than 6 feet nor more than 10 feet in length and connected with Semco 5900 series clamps sealed with mastic Flexible duct connections and repair fire resistant tape and sealant shall be that recommended by the duct manufacturer. 5. All exposed duct and piping insulation joints shall be taped. In addition provide straps around ducts every 4 feet on centers. 6. Connect ducts to AHU using fire resistant flexible duct connections. 7. Provide duct collars at all wall or ceiling penetrations. B. Exterior refrigerant piping insulation shall be covered with a tack coat of Foster 60-39 Gray or equivalent, a layer of glass cloth/mesh embedded in the tack coat and, when dry, with a second mastic coat at one gallon per 100 SF. 9. The exterior refrigerant piping shall be in a galvanized sheet metal conduit or soffit designed to withstand 155 mph wind loads. Paint to match existing walls. 3.10 PIPE SLEEVES A. Pipe sleeves shall be provided where pipes and tubing pass through masonry or concrete walls, ceilings, roofs and partitions. Those in outside walls and above grade shall be zinc - coated steel or PVC pipe. B. Sleeves in partitions shall be zinc -coated sheet steel having a nominal weight of not less than 0.906 pound per square foot. Plastic sleeves, Schedule 40 PVC, may be used when approved by the Resident Inspector. C. Space between pipe, tubing, or insulation and the sleeve cannot be less than one -quarter inch. Space between the pipe or tubing and the sleeve shall be firmly packed with oakum and caulked on both ends of the sleeve with insulating cement. D. Sleeves penetrating fire barriers shall be fire stopped as describe below. 3.11 PIPE SUPPORTS A. All refrigerant and condensate piping shall be anchored and supported in a manner that permits expansion in the desired direction and strain on equipment shall be prevented. The maximum pipe support spacing shall conform to Table 1 below. MECHANICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 15010 - 8 GENERAL F ' 1. Wall brackets can be used where pipes are adjacent to walls. 2. Insulated piping shall have a covering protection saddle at each support. Pipe supports spacing shall provide adequate support for the weight of the pipes, the medium in the pipe, insulation, valves, and fittings, and to prevent the formation of pockets. 3. Approved bolted steel clamps spaced at not more than 15 feet apart shall support all vertical piping. r TABLE 1 PIPE HANGER SPACING MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING PIPE NOM. STEEL PIPE COPPER TYPE V HANGER 1 _ DIAMETER ROD SIZE (INCHES) (FT) (FT) (INCHES) ! 1/2 7 5 1/4 3/4 7 5 3/8 1 7 6 3/8 1-1/2 9 6 3/8 3.12 CORROSION - rrosiomdae--to-contact of-metaflic pipe arrd equipment with dissimilar materials. f " 1. When a pipe is joined to another pipe, valve, fitting, or piece of equipment constructed of j dissimilar metal, an insulated joint shall be installed to prevent the formation of a galvanic couple. 2. Pipe hangers and supports of dissimilar metal shall be isolated from contact with the pipe. 3. Metal pipe and equipment shall be isolated from direct contact with concrete or other corrosive materials or soils. 3.13 FIRESTOPPING: When any mechanical component (duct, pipe, drain, etc.) penetrates or encroaches into an architectural fire barrier, the barrier (wall, floor, ceiling, roof, etc.) shall be firestopped in a method acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. Such penetration shall retain the original integrity of the fire barrier. Products or procedures used to obtain this firestopping shall be tested and listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory such as U.L. or I Factory Mutual as complying with the requirements of ASTM-E-119. 3.14 TESTS: All materials, equipment and systems that are required to be tested by these specifications or by any applicable regulation: A. Tests shall be completed before the equipment is concealed from view. B. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials and equipment used for tests. C. Tests shall be done in the presence of the Resident Inspector and, as required, the authority having jurisdiction. D. All defects disclosed by the tests shall be rectified and the test repeated. The Resident Inspector and, as required, the authority having jurisdiction before execution shall approve the extent of the repairs. i. MECHANICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 15010 - 9 GENERAL i E. After successful leak tests and before final connections, forcefully blow out the ducts and refrigerant piping until there is no evidence of dust and or particles in the exit air stream. This shall be done in the presence of the Resident Inspector. F. When system is fully installed and refrigerant piping is charged perform start up tests per manufacturer's instructions. Next, perform "rough" settings of fan speeds and register settings. G. Perform T&B per Section 15300. 3.15 PAINTING AND FINISHING A. Mechanical equipment shall have factory finish as specified and any damage to that finish shall be field primed and painted to match existing. B. All exposed metal surfaces that are not factory finished shall be painted. 1. All ferrous metal equipment and supports not factory finished shall be cleaned, primed with a suitable primer and given two finish coats exterior enamel. 2. Exposed galvanized metal, including ducts, shall be primed with galvanized metal primer, and painted with enamel paint to match surrounding area. ---3. Other-unpa► cluding-a'! pipe -sleeves or equipment supports shalt -be- - cleaned and primed with a suitable metal primer and then painted with two coats, one of flat and one of enamel. 4. All visible unpainted equipment and piping after insulation has been installed shall be primed and painted with one color flat coat and one color enamel paint, the color to be selected by the Resident Inspector. 3.16 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION: All equipment shall be identified with names or usage, painted or tagged on the outside of equipment. All valves shall be tagged. Piping and ducting shall be identified and direction of flow noted. 3.17 CLEANING UP A. Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that the personnel or Subcontractor responsible for producing rubbish shall remove it as fast as it accumulates. B. Upon completion of work the Contractor shall responsible for overseeing that all personnel and Subcontractors remove from the site all tools, equipment, surplus materials and rubbish pertaining to their operations. 3.18 SPARE PARTS: Provide the Homeowner with one spare set of filters, belts, and fuses. 3.19 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. The Contractor shall prepare for the Homeowner one copy of operation and maintenance manuals for all the system's equipment. B. Manuals shall include manufacturer's data books, parts list, wiring diagrams, maintenance procedures and schedules, and start up/shut down instructions. MECHANICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 15010 - 10 GENERAL C. The Contractor shall also provide a minimum of one hour operating and maintenance instruction to the Homeowners where HVAC equipment did not replace similar equipment. A minimum of 1/2 hour of similar instruction shall be provided to the Homeowners where HVAC equipment replaced similar equipment. END OF SECTION 15010 I MECHANICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 15010 - 11 i GENERAL i THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK MECHANICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 15010 -12 GENERAL 15100 — HVAC Systems (New Installation) SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 15100 HVAC SYSTEMS (NEW INSTALLATION) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 OVERVIEW A. The HVAC system installation is part of a project that also modifies the envelope of the residences to effect sound insulation. B. New factory supplied HVAC units and new ductwork, air distribution devices, piping and electrical wiring will be installed. C. Package terminal air conditioning (PTAC) units will be removed and some will be replaced by ductless HVAC systems. D. A Test and Balance procedure will be done and the results will be reported. 102--CONTRACTORS RE1TY--- - - - - A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment and labor and perform all the operations and scheduling in connection with the construction and installation of the HVAC systems described in the drawings and in this specification and according to the terms and conditions of the contract documents. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all the required permits, coordinating all the subcontractors and for providing the completed HVAC system and components in accordance with the drawings and this specification. C. The Contractor must obtain approval from the Architect or Engineer before executing any deviations from the drawings and this specification. D. The contractor shall be responsible for providing an independent Test and Balance contractor and providing the support to this contractor as specified in Section 15300, HVAC System Performance Test and Balance (T&B) Verification, Final 1.03 REFERENCES, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. All work shall comply with the 2001 Florida Building Code - Mechanical as amended by the City of Key West and the codes and standards of these agencies and organizations and as specifically referenced therein and hereinafter: 1. Air Distribution Council (ADC) Flexible Duct Performance and Installation Standards 2. Air Movements and Control Association (AMCA) 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning (ASHRAE). ANSI/ASHRAE 15, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. f 4. ANSI/ASHRAE 37, Testing Unitary Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment. j 5. FEMA Flood Zone Standard EA8 6. NFPA 90 A & B, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation { Systems. i NEW AIR-CONDITIONING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15100-1 SYSTEMS 7. Section 15200, HVAC Systems (Replacement Installation). 8. Section 15300, HVAC System Test and Balance (T&B). 9. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc. (SMACNA). 10. UL 181; UL181 A Parts I, II and Il; UL 181E Parts I and II. B. In addition to the above, these modified residences are subject to the requirements of the 2001 Florida Building Code — Building, Chapter 13, Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction. The envelope modifications and the HVAC system are subject to the prescriptive requirements of 600C in this code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT: INCLUDING DUCTLESS UNITS A. Air conditioning units shall be of capacities not less than that indicated on the drawings and in Tables A and B in PART 4. B. Equivalents may be submitted for approval per General Conditions and Division 1. Equivalents shall be evaluated on the noted capacities, supply air conditions, entering coil conditions, heating capacity, integrated controls, condensing air temperature and electric service. C. The housing shall have removable panels for easy access to internal components. All - - interne equipment shall be msstal�eTfo provide accessi i or maintenance an replacement and with clearances specified by the applicable codes. All mechanical equipment shall be provided with guards or protectors per the applicable codes. D. Casings shall be constructed of not lighter than 18 gage steel treated inside with a rust inhibitor. All interior accessories shall have a corrosion protection finish applied after unit fabrication. E. Each major component shall have permanently readable labels showing manufacturer's name, trademark, model number and serial number, testing agency seal and mark. There shall be labels showing applicable electrical data, motor horsepower, maintenance/service aids and cautionary instructions. The labels shall be permanently attached to an accessible and viewable casing surface. 2.02 AIR HANDLING UNITS A. The air -handling units shall be factory fabricated, single zone, draw through type. It shall have physical dimensions suitable to fit the space allotted. It shall be complete with airtight casing, factory installed insulation, waterproof drain pan, cooling -expansion coils, fans, motors, access doors, vibration isolators, controls and any other appurtenances necessary for satisfactory operation. B. The drain pan shall not be lighter than 16 gage and the waterproofing material shall be non- combustible. The casing shall have a non -chipping finish coat. It shall have a permanent airflow direction label attached to an accessible and viewable casing surface. 2.03 CONDENSING UNITS A. The condensing unit shall be a factory fabricated, unitary, air-cooled, vertical discharge type. It shall be complete with direct drive propeller fans, hermetic compressor, motors, pressure relief valves, aluminum fin on copper condenser coils, refrigerant piping with flexible NEW AIR-CONDITIONING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15100-2 SYSTEMS connectors, vibration isolators, filter -driers, overload protection and any other appurtenances necessary for satisfactory operation. B. The coils shall have a Heresite coating. The casing shall have a non -chipping, weather resistant, corrosion protection coat. C. It shall have a factory refrigerant charge sufficient for the internal refrigerant piping plus 25 feet of external refrigerant piping. The compressor shall have a five (5) year warranty. 2.04 FANS A. Fans shall be factory built listed units. Each unit's fan sound and air performance shall be certified by the AMCA and each fan shall carry a permanent label showing the certified ratings seal. B. The wheel/propeller shall be statically and dynamically factory balanced in the unit. The motor shall be permanently lubricated and it shall have a permanent label showing rotation direction. C. The Contractor shall provide safety guards where required. Belt -driven equipment, projecting shafts, fan blades and/or other rotating parts shall be enclosed or adequately guarded 2.05 DUCTWORK A. -Duct dimensions shown oft-thedrarawings are or round- duct -free —and- clear- Interior— dimensions. Equivalent rectangular dimensions are acceptable. B. Horizontal ductwork that is not in the attic shall be run under the ceiling in a soffit. Vertical ductwork that is not in an air handler closet or in the attic shall be in a soffit. C. All ductwork in the soffits and the attic shall be insulated to R6 minimum and jacketed with a vapor barrier. D. Main ductwork, elbows, transitions and branch take -offs shall be galvanized steel, constructed in accordance with the latest edition of SMACNA, HVAC Duct Construction Standards. E. Main duct elbows shall have single thickness turning vanes. The main duct elbows transitions and air extractors shall be designed to provide a minimum flow coefficient. F. Run -outs to diffusers and registers shall be flexible duct with factory applied insulation and vapor barrier. G. If needed, flexible connections shall be UL 181 rated in accordance with NFPA 90A and be made of woven glass fiber coated with neoprene providing a fire retardant, waterproof and air -tight connection for sound and vibration isolation. 2.06 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES A. Air distribution devices shall be standard finish, catalog products of the manufacturer. Their design shall be listed as meeting the applicable standards to deliver the air -flow and patterns indicated on the drawings and described in this specification. B. The devices noise parameters shall be listed as meeting the test standards of ANSI/ASHRAE 70 and ANSI S1.31. These devices shall be selected according to the following noise criteria: NEW AIR-CONDITIONING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15100-3 SYSTEMS 1. For bedrooms: Not greater than NC 25 2. All Other: Not greater than NC 35 C. Ceiling supply diffusers shall be equipped with flow volume control dampers and adjustable, curved blades accessible from the face. D. Wall registers shall be equipped with volume control dampers and adjustable vertical and horizontal flow pattern blades accessible from the face. E. Return grilles shall be sized as shown on the drawings and be equipped for a replaceable filter. 2.07 FILTERS A. The air handler filter media shall be a factory supplied, semi -permanent type. B. Furnish and install as shown on plans a Return Air Filter Grille in closet door or in wall + between air handling unit and hallway. Louver shall be as manufactured by Hart and Cooley, Model No. 659 or approved equal, all steel construction, 1/3" spaced fins set at 20 degrees. Filter frames shall use standard 1" thick disposable filters (not included) with removable face for easy installation and removal for cleaning. Filter retainersshall be adjustable. Finish shall be white. The filter media shall be 20% efficient (ASHRAE Test Standards 52-76) with clean pressure drop of less than 0.2 inch WG at 500 FPM. Material shall be equal to Underwriter's Laboratories, Class 2. Refer to Table C in PART 4. 2.08 REFRIGERANT PIPE A. Where feasible, refrigerant lines shall be run up the outside of the building to the attic and down through the ceiling to the air handler. Where not feasible, they shall be run up the outside of the building to a high soffit under the ceiling until they can be turned up into the attic. B. Pipe shall be ASTM B88 Type "L" copper hard drawn with wrought copper or brass fittings. Joints shall be made with silver solder. Liquid lines shall be insulated. C. If the air handler coil and condensing unit compressor suction connections do not have integral oil traps, the air handler suction riser to the attic shall have an oil trap at the bottom and at the top. The horizontal sections of the suction piping shall be pitched toward the condensing unit compressor D. Exterior refrigerant piping shall be in a painted sheet metal conduit or soffit. 2.09 CONDENSATE PIPE A. The condensate pipe shall be run to the outdoors through the exterior wall closest to the air handler. It's material shall be PVC and it shall be sized per the condensate connection on the air handler. It shall have a pressure trap per the manufacturer's instructions B. It shall discharge to a 1-foot diameter by 1.5400t deep dry well lined with drain field pipe filter paper and filled with hard rock gravel. 2.10 CONTROLS: Temperature controls shall be electric type that provides the required sequence of operation and control. Relays, control valves, switches, wiring, or other items not specified herein or shown on the control diagram, but necessary to perform the functions specified, shall be provided. All wiring, raceways, etc. shall be installed in conformance with the requirements of Division 16. NEW AIR-CONDITIONING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15100-4 SYSTEMS 2.11 INSULATION A. Liquid refrigerant lines and ductwork not in the conditioned air space shall be insulated. The insulation shall be jacketed with a vapor barrier, conform to the applicable codes and be UL 181 rated in accordance with NFPA. 90A. B. For 1 inch and less refrigerant pipes the insulation shall be 1/2 inch thick foamed plastic "Armstrong" Armaflex or equal, "K" value = 0.27 at 75 degree F mean temperature. C. For ductwork and plenums the insulation shall be 1-1/2 inch thick fibrous glass and have a density of 1-1/2 pound per cubic foot with a thermal resistance R = 6.0 at 75 degree F mean temperature. Facing shall be Foil -Scrim -Kraft. 2.12 EXHAUST FANS: Provide exhaust fans as indicated on the plans per Table D in PART 4. Where existing fans are to be replaced, provide similar shaped units with the same functions, that is, lights or heat lamps. Install units per manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Ducted and ductless HVAC units shall be installed per the manufacturer's instructions. B. All motors and equipment shall be set, leveled, plumbed and aligned by craftsmen skilled in their labor trade. All equipment shall be wedged or shimmed into place and tested before ` being permanently anchored. All equipment shall be anchored as recommended by the manufacturer C. The Air Handling unit shall be installed on an 18 inch platform that is open to permit return air flow into it. It shall be positioned to provide the clearances to walls and other equipment as ` specified by the manufacturer. It shall be oriented to provide easy access for maintenance of its filter and to its electrical disconnect. D. The Condensing Unit shall be installed on a platform meeting the height above grade requirements and secured to resist the 155 mph wind loads, FEMA Standard EA8, and local codes. E. The jacketed exterior refrigerant piping shall be secured to resist the 155 mph wind loads, FEMA Standard EA8, and local codes. F. Undercut all bath and bedroom interior doors 1% inches. G. Provide and install the specified return grille filter plus provide a spare H. Provide to Homeowner the operating and maintenance manual and instruct the Homeowner in scheduling and executing the semi -permanent air handler filter cleaning and replacing the return grille filter. 3.02 AIR DISTRIBUTION A. Ductwork shall be constructed and erected in a first class workmanlike manner in i conformance with the applicable SMACNA Standards. Ducts shall conform accurately to the dimensions indicated on the drawings, and shall be straight and smooth on the inside with joints neatly finished and sealed. i NEW AIR-CONDITIONING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15100-5 SYSTEMS B. Ducts shall be securely anchored to the building in an approved manner, and shall be installed so as to be completely free from vibration under all conditions of operation. C. The Architect/Engineer shall approve before fabrication any changes necessary to clear obstructions. 3.03 LEAK TIGHT TESTS A. The system ducts, piping and refrigerant system must be leak tested before applying insulation or closing them in. The Resident Inspector shall designate when the tests are to be done, shall observe all the tests, and shall determine and define the extent of the repair work in the event of leaks. A. Air Tight Duct Test: 1. All the air conditioning equipment, piping (other than for refrigerant), ducts, plenums and casing fabricated elsewhere and at the job site shall be pressure tested for leaks and made substantially airtight for the system static pressure. 2. Substantially airtight shall be construed to mean that no air leakage is noticeable through the sense of feeling or hearing. B. Refrigerant Pipe -Joint Test: 1 Alrrefrigerant piping s—iall�e pneuma-ticafr es a with dry nitrogen and proved --tight by swabbing with a soap solution. The high side of each refrigeration system shall be tested at 300 psi minimum and the low side at 150 psi minimum. 2. Any joints or piping that show leakage shall be taken apart, thoroughly cleaned, remade as new piping or joints and retested with dry nitrogen pressure and soap solution swabbing. 3. If it passes the dry nitrogen test, fully recharge the system with refrigerant and perform a final test of the system with a halide torch or electronic leak detector. 3.04 INSULATION A. Insulation shall not be installed until after piping and ductwork have passed the Leak Tight Tests. Surfaces shall be cleaned and dry before applying insulation or coatings. Workers skilled in the trade shall apply insulation and coatings. B. Refrigerant pipe insulation shall be slipped on the pipe prior to connection and butt joints shall be sealed with approved adhesive. Where necessary, slit insulation and apply to pipe, seal seam with adhesive. Insulation exposed to weather shall be painted as recommended by insulation manufacturer. C. Ducts shall be externally wrapped. Insulation shall be tightly and smoothly secured to ducts with approved fire resistant bonding adhesive. Ducts wider than 24 inches shall also have nylon anchors at 18 inches on center each way. Lap insulation two inches and secure with flare staples at four inches on centers. Coat lap with three-inch wide strip of mastic. 3.05 CLEANING AND PREPARATION A. Ducts, plenums and casing shall be thoroughly cleaned of all debris and blown free of all small particles of rubbish and dust before installing outlet faces. Equipment shall be wiped clean, with all traces of oil, dust, dirt or paint spots removed. NEW AIR-CONDITIONING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15100-6 SYSTEMS B. Temporary filters shall be provided for all fans that are operated during construction and, after all construction dirt has been removed from the building, new filters shall be installed. C. Bearings shall be properly lubricated with oil or grease as recommended by the manufacturer. Belts shall be tightened to proper tension. D. All control valves and other miscellaneous equipment requiring adjustment shall be adjusted to the setting indicated or directed. Fans shall be adjusted to the speed indicated by the manufacturer to meet specified conditions. a E. All exposed metal surfaces shall be painted. Air conditioning equipment shall have factory finish, and any damage to that finish shall be field painted to match the existing finish. All ferrous metal, equipment and supports not factory finished shall be cleaned, primed with a suitable primer and given two finish coats of exterior enamel. 3.06 TEST AND BALANCE A. Perform the Section 15300 T&B when the system is clean and fully operation for T&B. NEW AIR-CONDITIONING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15100-7 SYSTEMS t PART 4 Z V Ja= gym UUv W W 0 Z V ~ate 8�M Uv LL W X Z � _ LL ELECTRICAL DATA DCC O cr J W go Z2 U O g J O W ao 5g O � Cr Z =I Oa U� Z H� �a _� =W CO z U. Ix ms 0 20 V0 LTAGE v1 o > W a SAMSUNG DUCTLESS AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SYSTEM SCHEDULE 9,000M 9,500 7.0 247 8.5 900 880 15 115 1 60 A009A6MA 0009A6MA 11,50012,500 6.8 286 6.1 1,340 1,360 15 230 1 60 A012A6MC UQ12A6MC 17,50019,000 6.8 512 8.8 1,920 1,900 20 230 1 60 AQ18A6RC UQ18A6RC FWITSU DUCTLESS AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SYSTEM SCHEDULE 9,200 10.5 10,800 1 7.2 1 300 t 8.8 1 950 880 1 15 1 1151 1 1601 ASU9R1 A0U9R1 11,600 10.5 13,700 7.2 312 11.0 1,240 1 1,210 1 20 1 1151 1 1601 ASU12R1 AOU12R1 17,000 10.5 18,000 1 6.8 1 470 7.8 1 1,750 1 1,580 1 20 1 230 1 1 1601 ASU18R1 I A0U18R1 Table Notes: Provide installation kit including mounting brackets, refrigeration piping, condensate pump and piping, and electrical control and power CU-AHU wiring. -__ - Provide remote provides control -of .-air_up-down_f and_24-four on -off -timer— with four selectable off intervals. Provide indoor unit with electrostatic deodorizing filter and all internal components anti -bacterial treated. TABLE A DUCTLESS UNITS NEW AIR-CONDITIONING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15100-8 SYSTEMS TRANE DUCTED SYSTEM WITH ELECTRIC HEATER NOMINAL SYSTEM SIZE TONS MODEL NUMBER CONDENSER CU MODEL NUMBER AIR HANDLER AHU HEATER MODEL NUMBER M w N ELECT. HEATER kW AMPS WITH HEATER AMPACITY CU/AHU BRKR CU/AHU 2 TTX024D100A TWE024P13FB0 BAYHTR1405 12 4.8 14/27 25/30 2.5 TTX030D100A TWE03OP13FBO BAYHTR1405 12 4.8 18/28 30/30 3 TTX036D100A TWE036P13FB0 BAYHTR1405 12 4.8 22/28 35/30 3.5 TTXO42D100A TWE042P13FB0 BAYHTR1405 12 4.8 24/29 40/30 4 TTX048D100A TWE048P13FBO BAYHTR1408 12 7.68 26/44 45/45 5 TTX060D100A 1 TWE060P13FB0 I BAYHTR14081 12 7.68 38/48 60/50 Table Notes: Provide electronic cool -heat thermostat with timer, Trane TAYSTAT300C with 24-Volt transformer in AHU. For CU: Electrical data is 230/1/60. Braze refrigerant connections. Provide multi -use service valves, Liquid line filter -drier, Fast draining base pan, Factory charged for 25 feet piping, and weather -proofed electrical controls. For AHU: Provide high efficiency, Insulated cabinet, 3 speed direct drive fan, Built -In fan delay function, Non -bleed thermal expansion valve (TXV), Internal breaker box with external access, Factory -filters, racks;-, and access -panel.--- TABLE B DUCTED UNITS NEW AIR-CONDITIONING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15100-9 SYSTEMS t LOUVER SCHEDULE ~ LOUVER SIZE � ^ Q w w EE — v ^ U a W > � > O a z 5 U� w H WIDTH (INCHES) HEIGHT (INCHES) A 18 18 1.68 800 476 2.0 B 18 24 2.25 1,000 444 2.5 C 20 24 2.5 1,200 480 3.0 D 20 30 3.125 1,400 448 3.5 E 1 20 30 1 3.125 1 1,600 1 512 4.0 F 1 20 40' 1 4.16 1 2,000 1 480 5.0 Table Note: * Indicates two 20 x 20 grilles, one directly above the other. TABLE-C LOUVERS NEW AIR-CONDITIONING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15100-10 SYSTEMS BATHROOM EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL DATA (120 VOLTS, 60 HZ) p0 c7 0 W m w a MODEL � TYPE a z m w a SHAPE NUMBER REMARKS V w _¢ O Z Q Q (� N �ry 0 ~O NUTON9 MODEL CLG. MTD. EXHAUST FAN EF-A 50 RECESSED 3 - - 0.75 SQUARE C-350C2 ONLY CLG. MTD. EXHAUST FAN EF-B 70 RECESSED 3 - - 1.2 SQUARE C-370C2 ONLY EF-C 50 CLG. MTD. 4 100 - 1.6 SQUARE F-305C EXHAUST RECESSED FANLIGHT CLG. MTD. EXHAUST EF-D 70 RECESSED 4 100 - 1.9 SQUARE F-307C FANLIGHT EF E 70 CLG. MTD. 4 2 AT 250 - - RECTAN 9427 FAN/HEATER/L RECESSED GULAR IGHT BROAN MODEL EF-A 50 CLG. MTD. 3 - - 0.7 SQUARE 688 EXHAUST FAN RECESSED ONLY EF-B 70 GLG. �D' - 3 - - - 1.1 SQUARE - 689- �H��F� RECESSED ONLY EF-C 50 CLG. MTD. 4 100 - 2.0 SQUARE 678 EXHAUST RECESSED FANLIGHT EF-D 70 CLG. MTD. 4 100 - 2.0 SQUARE 679 EXHAUST RECESSED FAN/LIGHT EF-E 70 CLG. MTD. 4 2 AT 250 - 4.5 RECTAN 164 FAN/HEATER/L RECESSED GULAR IGHT TABLE D BATHROOM EXHAUST FANS END OF SECTION 15100 NEW AIR-CONDITIONING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15100-11 SYSTEMS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK NEW AIR-CONDITIONING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15100-12 SYSTEMS 15200 — HVAC Units (Replacement Installation) SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 15200 HVAC UNITS (REPLACEMENT INSTALLATION) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 OVERVIEW A. The existing HVAC system replacement is part of a project that also modifies the envelope of the residence to effect sound insulation. B. The existing HVAC system and components except for ductwork, air distribution devices and condensate piping will be replaced with new, factory supplied equipment and new refrigerant piping. C. The ductwork, air distribution devices and condensate piping will be cleaned and repaired or replaced as needed. D. Existing package terminal air conditioning (PTAC) systems will be removed and some will be �eptaced with ductless 1.02 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment and labor and perform all the operations and scheduling in connection with the construction and installation of the HVAC systems described in the drawings and in this specification and according to the terms and conditions of the contract documents. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all the required permits, coordinating all the subcontractors and for providing the completed HVAC system and components in accordance with the drawings and this specification. C. The Contractor must obtain approval from the Architect or Engineer before executing any deviations from the drawings and this specification. D. The contractor shall be responsible for providing an independent Test and Balance contractor and providing the support to this contractor as specified in Section 15300, HVAC System Performance Test and Balance (T&B) Verification, Final 1.03 REFERENCES, CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall comply with the 2001 Florida Building Code — Mechanical as amended by the City of Key West and the codes and standards of these agencies and organizations and as specifically referenced therein and hereinafter: 1. Air Distribution Council (ADC) Flexible Duct Performance and Installation Standards 2. Air Movements and Control Association (AMCA) 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning (ASHRAE). 4. ANSI/ASHRAE 15, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. 5. ANSI/ASHRAE 37, Testing Unitary Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment. REPLACE EXISTING AIR- RCT Engineering, Inc. CONDITIONING SYSTEM 15200-1 6. FEMA Flood Zone Standard EA8 7. NFPA 90 A & B, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems. 8. Section 15100, HVAC System (New Installation). 9. Section 15300, HVAC System Test and Balance (T&B). 10. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc. (SMACNA). 11. UL 181; UL181 A Parts I, II, and III; UL 181 B Parts I and II. B. In addition to the above, these modified residences are subject to the requirements of the 2001 Florida Building Code — Building, Chapter 13, Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction. The envelope modifications and the HVAC system are subject to the prescriptive requirements of 600C in this code if the building envelope modifications exceed 30 % of the buildings assessed value as defined under RENOVATIONS in Subchapter 2 of the Energy Efficiency Code. PART 2 — REPLACEMENT PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT: INCLUDING DUCTLESS UNITS A. Air conditioning units shall be of capacities not less than that indicated on the drawings and in Tables A and B in PART 4. B. Equivalents can be submitted for approval per- General - on iflons an nnsion--1.- Equivalents shall be evaluated on the noted capacities, supply air conditions, entering coil conditions, heating capacity, integrated controls, condensing air temperature and electric service. C. The housing shall have removable panels for easy access to internal components. All internal equipment shall be installed to provide accessibility for maintenance and replacement and with clearances specified by the applicable codes. All mechanical equipment shall be provided with guards or protectors per the applicable codes. D. Casings shall be constructed of not lighter than 18 gage steel treated inside with a rust inhibitor. All interior accessories shall have a corrosion protection finish applied after unit fabrication. E. Each major component shall have permanently readable labels showing manufacturer's name, trademark, model number and serial number, testing agency seal and mark. There shall be labels showing applicable electrical data, motor horsepower, maintenance/service aids and cautionary instructions. The labels shall be permanently attached to an accessible and viewable casing surface. 2.02 AIR HANDLING UNITS A. The air -handling units shall be factory fabricated, single zone, draw through type. It shall have physical dimensions suitable to fit the space allotted. It shall be complete with airtight casing, factory installed insulation, waterproof drain pan, cooling coils, fans, motors, access doors, vibration isolators, controls and any other appurtenances necessary for satisfactory operation. B. The drain pan shall not be lighter than 16 gage and the waterproofing material shall be non- combustible. The casing shall have a non -chipping finish coat. It shall have a permanent airflow direction label attached to an accessible and viewable casing surface. REPLACE EXISTING AIR- RCT Engineering, Inc. 15200-2 CONDITIONING SYSTEM } 2.03 CONDENSING UNITS A. The condensing unit shall be a factory fabricated, unitary, air-cooled, vertical discharge type. It shall be complete with direct drive propeller fans, hermetic compressor, motors, pressure relief valves, aluminum fin on copper condenser coils, refrigerant piping with flexible connectors, vibration isolators, filter -driers, overload protection and any other appurtenances necessary for satisfactory operation. B. The coils shall have a Heresite coating. The casing shall have a non -chipping, weather resistant, corrosion protection coat. C. It shall have a factory refrigerant charge sufficient for the internal refrigerant piping plus 25 feet of external refrigerant piping. The compressor shall have a five (5) year warranty. 2.04 FANS A. Fans shall be factory built listed units. Each unit's fan sound and air performance shall be certified by the AMCA and each fan shall carry a permanent label showing the certified ratings seal. B. The wheel/propeller shall be statically and dynamically factory balanced in the unit. The motor shall be permanently lubricated and it shall have a permanent label showing rotation direction. C. The Contractor shall -provide sae--guards—where require e -driven egwpmer�prole"ec ing shafts, fan blades and/or other rotating parts shall be enclosed or adequately guarded 2.05 FILTERS A. The air handler filter media shall be a factory supplied, semi -permanent type. B. Furnish and install as shown on plans a Return Air Filter Grille in closet door or in wall between air handling unit and hallway. Louver shall be as manufactured by Hart and Cooley, Model No. 659 or approved equal, all steel construction, 1/3" spaced fins set at 20 degrees. Filter frames shall use standard 1" thick disposable filters (not included) with removable face for easy installation and removal for cleaning. Filter retainers shall be adjustable. Finish shall be white. The filter media shall be 20% efficient (ASHRAE Test Standards 52-76) with clean pressure drop of less than 0.2 inch WG at 500 FPM. Material shall be equal to Underwriter's Laboratories, Class 2. Refer to Table C in PART 4. 2.06 REFRIGERANT PIPE A. The refrigerant liquid and suction piping shall be ASTM B88 Type "L" copper hard drawn with wrought copper or brass fittings. Joints shall be made with silver solder. Liquid lines shall be insulated. B. If the air handler coil and condensing unit compressor suction connections do not have integral oil traps, the air handler suction riser shall have an oil trap at the bottom and at the top. The horizontal sections of the suction piping shall be pitched toward the condensing unit compressor C. Exterior refrigerant piping shall be in a painted sheet metal conduit or soffit. REPLACE EXISTING AIR- RCT Engineering, Inc. 15200-3 CONDITIONING SYSTEM i 2.07 INSULATION A. Liquid refrigerant lines shall be insulated. The insulation shall be jacketed with a vapor barrier, conform to the applicable codes and be UL 181 rated in accordance with NFPA. 90A. B. For 1 inch and less refrigerant pipes the insulation shall be Y2 inch thick foamed plastic "Armstrong" Armaflex or equal, "IC" value = 0.27 at 75 degree F mean temperature. 2.08 EXISTING EQUIPMENT: Repairs or replacement to ductwork, air distribution devices and piping shall be with materials and components similar to the existing and consistent with the applicable code for any permit applicable to the HVAC system 2.09 EXHAUST FANS: Provide exhaust fans as indicated on the plans per Table D in PART 4. Where existing fans are to be replaced, provide similar shaped units with the same functions, that is, lights or heat lamps. Install units per manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING EQUIPMENT A. Before removing the existing HVAC units, air -flow measurements at maximum heating and cooling load shall be made and logged for the existing diffusers, registers and grilles. An independent T&B contractor, as described in Section 15300, shall perform the measurements and make the log. - -_ B. Remove the air handler, condenser, refrigerant piping and PTAC units and close the PTAC unit wall holes. C. Ductwork shall be leak tested and repaired or replaced as needed. D. Inspect ducts anchors and repair or replace so that they are securely anchored to the building in an approved manner, and be completely free from vibration under all conditions of operation. E. Diffusers, registers, grilles and volume control dampers shall be repaired or replaced as needed. 3.02 NEW EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Ducted and ductless HVAC units shall be installed per the manufacturer's instructions. B. All motors and equipment shall be set, leveled, plumbed and aligned by craftsmen skilled in their labor trade. All equipment shall be wedged or shimmed into place and tested before being permanently anchored. All equipment shall be anchored as recommended by the manufacturer. C. The Air Handling unit shall be installed on an 18-inch platform that is open to permit return air flow into it. It shall be positioned to provide the clearances to walls and other equipment as specified by the manufacturer. It shall be oriented to provide easy access for maintenance of its filter and to its electrical disconnect. D. The Condensing Unit shall be installed on a platform meeting the height above grade requirements and secured to resist the 155 mph wind loads, FEMA Standard EA8, and local codes. REPLACE EXISTING AIR- RCT Engineering, Inc. 15200-4 CONDITIONING SYSTEM E. Secure the exterior jacketed refrigerant piping to resist the 155 mph wind loads, FEMA Standard EA8, and local codes. F. Provide and install the specified return grille filter plus provide a spare G. Provide to Homeowner the operating and maintenance manual and instruct the Homeowner in scheduling and executing the semi -permanent air handler filter cleaning and replacing the return grille filter. 3.03 LEAK TIGHT TESTS A. The system ducts and refrigerant piping and must be leak tested before applying insulation or closing them in. The Resident Inspector shall designate when the tests are to be done, shall observe all the tests, and shall determine and define the extent of the repair work in the event of leaks. B. Air Tight Duct Test: 1. All the existing ducts, plenums and their repairs or replacements shall be pressure tested for leaks and made substantially airtight for the system static pressure. 2. Substantially airtight shall be construed to mean that no air leakage is noticeable through the sense of feeling or hearing. C. Refrigerant Pipe Joint Test: 1. All refrigerant piping shall be pneumatically tested with dry nitrogen and proved tight by swabbing with a soap solution. The high side of each refrigeration system shall be tested at 300 psi minimum and the low side at 150 psi minimum. 2. Any joints or piping that show leakage shall be taken apart, thoroughly cleaned, remade as new piping or joints and retested with dry nitrogen pressure and soap solution i swabbing. 3. If it passes the dry nitrogen test, fully recharge the system with refrigerant and perform a final test of the system with a halide torch or electronic leak detector. ` 3.04 REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION A. Insulation shall not be installed until after piping passes the Leak Tight Tests. Surfaces shall be cleaned and dry before applying insulation or coatings. Insulation and coatings shall be applied by workers skilled in the trade. B. Refrigerant pipe insulation shall be slipped on the pipe prior to connection and butt joints shall be sealed with approved adhesive. Where necessary, slit insulation and apply to pipe, seal seam with adhesive. Insulation exposed to weather shall be painted as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 3.05 CLEANING AND PREPARATION A. Ducts, plenums and casing shall be thoroughly cleaned of all debris and blown free of all small particles of rubbish and dust before installing outlet faces. Equipment shall be wiped clean, with all traces of oil, dust, dirt or paint spots removed. B. Temporary filters shall be provided for all fans that are operated during construction and, after all construction dirt has been removed form the building, new filters shall be installed. C. Bearings shall be properly lubricated with oil or grease as recommended by the manufacturer. Belts shall be tightened to proper tension. REPLACE EXISTING AIR- RCT Engineering, Inc. 15200-5 CONDITIONING SYSTEM D. All control valves and other miscellaneous equipment requiring adjustment shall be adjusted to the setting indicated or directed. Fans shall be adjusted to the speed indicated by the manufacturer to meet specified conditions. E. All exposed metal surfaces shall be painted. Air conditioning equipment shall have factory finish, and any damage to that finish shall be field painted to match the existing finish. All ferrous metal, equipment and supports not factory finished shall be cleaned, primed with a suitable primer and given two finish coats of exterior enamel. 3.06 TEST AND BALANCE A. Use the airflow log obtained before the old equipment was removed for a baseline and perform the Section 15300 T&B when the system is clean and fully operation for T&B. 9 ' i REPLACE EXISTING AIR- RCT Engineering, Inc. 15200-6 CONDITIONING SYSTEM i PART 4 UV Lu 0 V a. q z ELECTRICAL DATA and 0� 8 z2 UO -' 80 o O ZzZ 89 2CO VVLTAGE OBa SAMSUNG DUCTLESS AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SYSTEM SCHEDULE 9,000 10.0 9,500 7.0 247 8.5 900 1 880 1 15 1 1161 1 1601 AQ09A6MA I 0009A6MA 11,500 10.0 12,500 6.8 286 5.1 1,340 1 1,360 1 15 1 230 1 1 1 60 1 A 1 6M 12A6M 17,500 10.0 19,000 6.8 512 8.8 1,920 1 1,900 1 20 1 230 1 1 1601 AQ18A6RC I UQ18A6RC FUJITSU DUCTLESS AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SYSTEM SCHEDULE 9,200 10.5 10,800 7.2 300 8.8 950 880 15 115 1 60 ASU9R1 AOU9R1 11,600 10.5 13,700 7.2 312 11.0 1,240 1,210 20 115 1 60 ASU12R1 AOU12R1 17,000 10.5 18,000 6.8 470 7.8 1,750 1 1,580 1 20 1 230 1 1 1601 ASU18R1 I AOU18R1 Table Notes: Provide installation kit including mounting brackets, refrigeration piping, condensate pump and piping, and electrical -control and power CU-AHU wiring - ---- - - - - Provide remote controller which provides control of air up -down flow, temperature set, and 24-hour on -off timer with four selectable off intervals. Provide indoor unit with electrostatic deodorizing filter and all internal components anti -bacterial treated. TABLE A DUCTLESS UNITS i_ REPLACE EXISTING AIR- RCT Engineering, Inc. 15200-7 CONDITIONING SYSTEM t TRANE DUCTED SYSTEM WITH ELECTRIC HEATER NOMINAL SYSTEM SIZE TONS MODEL NUMBER CONDENSER Cu MODEL NUMBERlzLt_-(;TRIGELECT. AIR HANDLER AHU HEATER MODEL NUMBER w HEATER kW AMPS WITH HEATER AMPACITY CU/AHU BRKR CU/AHU 2 TTXO24D100A TWE024P13FB0 BAYHTR1405 12 4.8 14/27 25/30 2.5 TTXO30D100A TWE030P13FBO BAYHTR1405 12 4.8 18/28 30/30 3 TTXO36DI00A TWE036P13FB0 BAYHTR1405 12 4.8 22/28 35/30 3.5 TTXO42D100A TWE042P131FB0 BAYHTR1405 12 4.8 24/29 40/30 4 TTXO48D100A TWE048P131FB0 BAYHTR1408 12 7.68 26/44 45/45 5 TTX060D100A I TWE060P131FB0 I BAYHTR1 4081 12 1 7.68 38/48 60/50 Table Notes: Provide. electronic cool -heat thermostat with timer, Trane TAYSTAT300C with 24-Volt transformer in AHU. For CU: Electrical data is 230/1 /60. Braze refrigerant connections. Provide multi -use service valves, Liquid line filter -drier, Fast draining base pan, Factory charged for 25 feet piping, and - - weather -proofed el-e-ctiicatconi tro#s.. -- -- ----- For AHU: Provide high efficiency, Insulated cabinet, 3 speed direct drive fan, Built -In fan delay function, Non -bleed thermal expansion valve (TXV), Internal breaker box with external access, Factory filters, racks, and access panel. TABLE B DUCTED UNITS i REPLACE EXISTING AIR- RCT Engineering, Inc. CONDITIONING SYSTEM 15200-8 i LOUVER SCHEDULE a ~ LOUVER SIZE W " Q(j w� LL v a U .-. pa w LL W z in >0 CQ z 15090 w h WIDTH (INCHES) HEIGHT (INCHES) A 18 18 1.68 800 476 2.0 B 18 24 2.25 1,000 444 2.5 C 20 24 2.5 1,200 480 3.0 D 20 30 3.125 1,400 448 3.5 E 20 30 3.125 1,600 512 4.0 F 20 40* 4.16 2,000 480 5.0 Table Note: * Indicates two 20 x 20 grilles, one directly above the other. TABLE C REPLACE EXISTING AIR- RCT Engineering, Inc. 15200-9 CONDITIONING SYSTEM i BATHROOM EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE U ELECTRICAL DATA (120 VOLTS, 60 HZ) �O UTYPE w ¢ coco m W U co Q SHAPE MODEL REMARKS V Z Q NUMBER Z Q f"03 Q ON (9� � -� U F- NUTONE MODEL EF-A 50 CLG. MTD. 3 - - 0.75 SQUARE C-350C2 EXHAUST FAN RECESSED ONLY EF-B 70 CLG. MTD. 3 - - 1.2 SQUARE C-370C2 EXHAUST FAN RECESSED ONLY EF-C 50 CLG. MTD. 4 100 - 1.6 SQUARE F-305C EXHAUST RECESSED FANLIGHT EF-D 70 CLG. MTD. 4 100 - 1.9 SQUARE F-307C EXHAUST RECESSED FANLIGHT EF-E 70 CLG. MTD. 4 2 AT 250 - RECTAN 9427 FAN/HEATER/L RECESSED GULAR IGHT BR AN MODEL EF-A 50 CLG. MTD. 3 - - 0.7 SQUARE 688 EXHAUST FAN - - -- -RECESSES - -- --- - -ONLY EF-B 70 CLG. MTD. 3 - - 1.1 SQUARE 669 EXHAUST FAN RECESSED ONLY EF-C 50 CLG. MTD. 4 100 - 2.0 SQUARE 678 EXHAUST RECESSED FANLIGHT EF-D 70 CLG. MTD. 4 100 - 2.0 SQUARE 679 EXHAUST RECESSED FANLIGHT CLG. MTD. RECTAN FAN/HEATER/L EF-E 70 RECESSED 4 2 AT 250 - 4.5 GULAR 164 IGHT TABLE D BATHROOM EXHAUST FANS END OF SECTION 15200 REPLACE EXISTING AIR- RCT Engineering, Inc. 15200-10 CONDITIONING SYSTEM --_ f SPECIFICATIONS 15300 — HVAC System Test and Balance 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. SECTION 15300 HVAC SYSTEM TEST AND BALANCE (T&B) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.02 OVERVIEW: This project includes T&B for HVAC systems that are installed in: A. Previously unconditioned residences: The air flow distribution requirements are shown in the on-line drawings for the residences. Refer to Section 15100 in 1.02 below. B. Existing HVAC systems that are replaced: The air flow at the supply and return devices shall be measured and logged before removing the HVAC components. These flows shall be used as the baseline for the replacement HVAC system. Refer to Section 15200 in 1.02 below. 1.02 THE REQUIREMENT: The Contractor shall furnish the services of an independent test and balance agency to verify the performance of the residence's complete HVAC system. Established testing and balancing procedures as described in this section shall accomplish performance verification. 1.03 REFERENCES, CODES, AND STANDARDS 1. 2001 Florida Building Code - Mechanical as amended by the City of Key West 2. Section 15100, HVAC Systems (New Installation) 3. Section 15200, HVAC Systems (Replacement Installation) 4. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) National standards, 1982. 5. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) i 1.04 TEST AND BALANCE AGENCY: An independent test and balance agency (herein referred to as the "T&B Agency"), which is fully certified by and a current member of the AABC or the NEBB, shall perform all performance verification. The T&B Agency shall have a State of Florida Registered Professional Engineer to supervise the T&B work, be independent of the Contractor, and be approved by the Architect or Engineer before commencing work. 1' 1.05 CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP I A. Performance verification shall be performed as a service of the T&B Agency directly to the Contractor with no other subcontractors as part of the agreement. B. Performance verification is specified in this Division 15 section only because it relates predominantly to Division 15 work. This section covering performance verification shall not preclude the T&B Agency from contracting directly to the Contractor with no other subcontractors as part of such agreement. 1.06 AGENCY APPROVAL A. Submit the name and qualifications of the proposed T&B Agency to the Resident Inspector for approval within thirty days of Notice to Proceed. B. Include AABC National Project Certification Performance Guaranty. TESTING AND BALANCING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15300 -1 1.07 WORK INCLUDED A. The T&B Agency provides all labor, supervision, professional services, tools, test equipment and instruments (except as otherwise specified) to perform the following work and all other work of this section. 1. Where, in the opinion of the T&B Agency, conditions may exist in the system design or construction that may have the potential of adversely affecting system performance, then the T&B Agency shall identify the condition and submit in writing recommended corrections for consideration by the Resident Inspector. 2. During construction, review those shop drawings which have relevance to performance verification to confirm that the required, ductwork and equipment, and their respective specialties and accessories such as dampers, access doors, etc., are properly selected, sized and located to permit proper and complete testing and balancing to be accomplished. 3. Perform site inspections to verify compliance with documents, and observe pressure tests on ductwork. 4. Perform a complete test and balance of all heating, ventilating, air conditioning and exhaust air systems shown and described on the Construction Documents and as further described herein. 5. Submit Equipment Test and Systems Balance Report. 6. Furnish specifications to Contractor for properly sized fixed sheaves on fan systems after proper RPM has been established _1.08 GIUARANTEE A. The T&B Agency shall include a warranty period of ninety days after completion and acceptance of test and balance work. During the warranty period, the Resident Inspector may request a re -check or re -setting of any system component requiring testing and j balancing. The T&B Agency shall provide technicians, instruments, and tools in conducting any test that may be required during this time. The foregoing shall be in addition to the AABC National Project Certification Performance Guaranty that shall also be provided. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The tangible product of this section shall include the reports and documentation necessary to verify the systems' performance herein specified. Recorded test data shall be for the final balanced condition for each system. Arrange the recorded data by system using the appropriate designation as established on the Construction Documents. Four copies of the final report signed, bound, and indexed shall be submitted to the Architect or Engineer for approval or comments. Where actual measurements recorded for the final balance show deviations of more than 10% from the design, the T&B Agency shall make such note in the report and submit recommendations for corrective action to the Resident Inspector for consideration. B. In those cases where recorded data can be reasonably interpreted to be inaccurate, inconsistent, or erroneous, the Resident Inspector may request additional testing and balancing. The T&B Agency shall at no additional cost perform such retesting and rebalancing as directed by and in the presence of the Resident Inspector. C. Where, in the opinion of the T&B Agency, there is excessive vibration, movement, or noise from any piece of equipment, ductwork, pipes, etc., the T&B Agency shall note such condition in the report and submit recommendations for action to the Resident Inspector. TESTING AND BALANCING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15300 - 2 D. The T&B Agency shall verify that each thermostat and the devices it is controlling operate in the exact sequence required. E. Test Data: Include the following data in the Systems Test and Balance Report: 1. Motors: Manufacturer, model and serial number Rated amperage and voltage Rated horsepower Rated RPM corrected full load amperage Measured amperage and voltage Calculated BHP Measured RPM Sheave size, type and manufacturer 2. Fans: Manufacturer Model or Serial number, BI or Air Foil - number of blades Rated CFM, measured CFM Rated RPM, measured RPM Measured pressures - Inlet and Outlet Static Pressure Pulley size, type and manufacturer Belt size and quantity Rated iSP Operating TSP & operating ESP (at discharge side of Supply Fan or suction side of Exhaust/Return Fan) 3. Air Systems (including inlets and outlets): Provide single line diagrammatic plan locating each air inlet and outlet and its reference number. Grille or diffuser reference number and manufacturer. Grille or diffuser location. Design velocity. Design CFM. Effective area factor and size. Measured velocity. Measured CFM F. Other Report Requirements: Where any systems have equipment or components which are not covered by the above, then the Final Test and Balance Report shall include the following data as applicable to such equipment or systems to confirm actual operation: 1. All inlet and outlet areas. 2. All applicable duct sizes. 3. Supply air conditions. 4. All speeds. 5. All voltage and ampere ranges. 6. Descriptions of each test method used. 2.02 INSTRUMENTATION A. All test and balance equipment and instruments to be furnished by the T&B Agency shall have been calibrated within six months of use on this work. A list of equipment and instruments to be used shall be submitted to the Resident Inspector prior to commencing test and balancing operations and shall include equipment and/or instruments, name, TESTING AND BALANCING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15300 - 3 manufacturer, serial number and certification of last calibration date. Instruments without calibration adjustment capability shall be accompanied with manufacturer's certification of accuracy. Test and balance equipment and instruments furnished by the Contractor to the T&B Agency shall be accompanied with certification as required above. The T&B Agency shall be responsible for the protection from damage due to accident, abuse or misuse, all equipment and instruments provided by the Contractor, and shall return same in good working condition at the completion of the test and balance work to the Contractor. The T&B Agency shall repair at his expense to original condition and accuracy or replace with like equipment and instruments damaged in the work. 2.03 DIAGRAMS A. Provide a schematic diagram (i.e., one -line) of duct system(s) tested. Indicate on the diagram the relative location of all air distribution devices, heating/cooling coils, points of data measurements, fans, air handling units, and similar equipment included in the system. Diagram shall identify each component tested and it shall correlate with the data sheets provided in the Test and Balance Report. 2.04 LOGS AND FORMS A. Logs and forms shall clearly indicate the following: 1. All inlet and outlet areas. 2. All applicable pipe and duct sizes 3. Ou si e,-insi a acf— nd`suppiy air condi ion - - - - - - - -- ---_ __ 4. All fan speeds 5. All motor ampere ranges. 6. Descriptions of each test method used. B. AABC log and data forms shall be used. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Sheaves: The Contractor shall provide applicable fans with V-belt drives and fixed pitch sheaves. In order to provide the properly sized fixed pitch Sheave, the Contractor shall initially provide fans with V-belt drives and variable pitch sheaves. The Contractor, upon completion of system balancing by the T&B Agency, shall replace the adjustable pitch sheaves with fixed sheaves of the size and type specified by the T&B Agency. The Contractor shall tag the adjustable sheaves, transmit it to the Resident Inspector, and receive written receipt from the Resident Inspector of acceptance of these sheaves. Load Conditions: All testing and balancing of systems shall be undertaken with maximum attainable load. Testing and balancing of all air handling systems shall be accomplished with ceiling tile in place and enclosing partitions and doors erected. B. Observe all equipment for noise, movement, or vibrations under normal operating conditions and report excesses to the Resident Inspector. 3.02 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION, PRELIMINARY A. The Contractor, prior to commencement of the balancing by the T&B Agency, shall verify in writing: 1. That all air filters have been installed and are in clean condition. TESTING AND BALANCING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15300 - 4 2. That all linkages between dampers and their actuators are secure. 3. That all fans are operating at the specified RPM. B. The Contractor shall confirm in writing that the systems as scheduled for balancing, are operational and complete and that the ductwork has been pressure tested and accepted. 3.03 PROTECTION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall protect all mechanical devices during the testing and balancing period. B. The activities of the T&B Agency shall include but not be limited to the adjustments of designated balancing devices including adjustment of dampers, air extractors, and sheaves for fan speed. C. The existence of the T&B Agency does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the complete operation of the mechanical systems in conformance with the contract documents. 3.04 CORRECTION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall at no additional cost to the Airport Authority rectify discrepancies between the actual installation and contract documents when in the opinion of the T&B Agency the discrepancy shall significantly affect system balance and performance. 3.05 COORDINATION AND ASSISTANCE A. The Contractor shall assist the T&B Agency by providing all labor, equipment, tools and material required to operate all of the equipment and systems necessary for the testing and balancing of the systems and for the adjustment, calibration or repair of all electric or automated control devices and components. These services shall be available on each working day during the period of final testing and balancing. The Contractor shall assist the T&B Agency by arranging to have all ceilings, partitions, windows, and doors installed prior to the scheduled commencement of balancing within each specified area. B. The Contractor shall provide to the approved T&B Agency a complete set of plans and specifications and an approved copy of all the HVAC system shop drawings. The Contractor shall include the cost of all pulley, belt, and drive changes, as well as balancing dampers required to achieve proper system balance recommended by the T&B Agency. 3.06 AIR SYSTEMS A. The testing and balancing shall include, but is not limited to, the following requirements: 1. Adjust fan speeds to deliver the sum of the supply diffusers and registers and the static pressure required for the total cfm and record the rpm and full load amperes. 2. Make pitot tube traverses as necessary to balance the system cfm. Seal duct access holes with rubber or metal snap -in plugs. 3. Verify the quantity of supply air and return air when the system is operating in the maximum cooling and full heating modes. 4. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille and register to within 10% of requirements, and also adjust so as to minimize drafts in all areas. 5. Observe all equipment and exposed ductwork for noise, movement, or vibration under normal operating conditions and report excesses to the Resident Inspector. B. After all air distribution devices have been balanced, notify Resident Inspector if temperature in any space is not maintained within 2 degrees plus or minus of the space temperature set point. Request and obtain approval to rebalance devices to obtain the desired temperature TESTING AND BALANCING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15300 - 5 regardless of calculated design air quantities. Record the results in the test and balance report. END OF SECTION 15300 1 TESTING AND BALANCING RCT Engineering, Inc. 15300 - 6 ti 16050 — Basic Electrical Materials and Methods SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIFICATIONS 02002 The Jones Payne Group, Inc. I SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED SECTIONS 1.02 1.03 1.04 A. General requirements - Division One sections. B. Mechanical work - Division 15. C. Painting - Division 9. SECTION INCLUDES A. Secondary electrical service. B. Electrical power work. C. Neutral grounding system. D. Equipment grounding system. E. Excavation and backfill for electrical conduit installation. F. Electrical demolition. G. Tests -of eleetrieal systems: -- - - - ---- - ---- -- - __ __ QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements and Standards: Comply with 2001 Florida Building Code — Building (National Electrical Code, 1999 NEC) and applicable requirements of the following codes and standards as therein referenced: 1. Local, state, and federal codes and ordinances. 2. National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI C-2). 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 4. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 5. Life Safety Code (NFPA 101). 6. National Fire Protection Association Fire Codes (NFPA). 7. National Board of Fire Underwriters (NBFU). 8. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 9. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 10. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 11. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). B. Except as otherwise indicated, electrical material and components shall be listed or labeled by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., or by a similar recognized testing organization. Listing or labeling shall include suitability for the use intended on this project. C. Single Source Responsibility: Same types of materials and components shall be the product of one manufacturer. SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitution of materials shall be requested in accordance with the General Conditions and Division One. ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-1 t. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturers technical product literature, including specifications and installation instructions for each component and system as listed in Products, Part 2, of each section. B. Shop Drawings: Dimensioned drawings and layouts showing location of system components, accessories and secondary systems. Include wiring diagrams, connections and special installation details. C. Coordination Drawings: Detailed layout drawings showing primary elements, components and systems of electrical equipment and materials in relationship with other building components. 1. Indicate clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment. 2. Indicate locations where space is limited and sequencing and coordination will affect efficient installation of the Work. D. Project Record Documents: Submit in accordance with General Conditions and Division One at time of Substantial Completion. Include marked up as -built drawings indicating proper circuit numbers, conduit homeruns, branch conduit runs, and other such pertinent data. E. Operational and Maintenance Manuals: Three copies shall be submitted at time of Final Completion in accordance with the General Conditions and Division One. 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate electrical equipment and materials installation with other building components. B. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components to allow for electrical installations. C. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices, conduit, and sleeves to be set in poured in place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. E. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of electrical equipment and materials. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive delivery of, store, and handle materials in such a manner to insure that the materials remain in like new condition and in accordance with the General Conditions and Division One. 1.08 FIELD INSPECTION A. Verify existing conditions before installation in accordance with the General Conditions and Division One. 1.09 PERMITS AND FEES A. Secure and pay for all permits and inspections for required electrical work. Turn over all certificates of approval by governing agencies to the Resident Inspector before final payment for work is made. ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-2 B. Provide the proper authorities notices as required by law. Comply with the regulations regarding temporary enclosures, obstructions, or excavations. Pay all legal fees involved. C. Arrange with the electric utility for changes in service, and pay all required fees. Notify the telephone and cable utilities of any service changes, and pay all required fees. 1.10 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee all work and materials provided under this contract for one year after acceptance by the Architect/Engineer. Repair or replace without additional cost to the Contract any defect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LOAD CENTERS A. Characteristics: Types as indicated or scheduled, service entrance rated and bus ratings as indicated equivalent to Square D QO load center. Provide a typewritten circuit directory on the inside of the door. Provide panels either 22,000 A.I.C. series rated or fully rated. B. Provide surface mounted NEMA 311 or NEMA 1 as indicated. Provide flush or surface mounted as required for indoor panel locations. Provide secondary surge arrester as specified below for all panels provided under this contract. - o e ase lrcut rea eCc- rs: -- NEMA A ,-p u n-t r -m 1 ircatt"--reaAem; with common trip handle for all poles. Provide ground fault interrupter circuit breakers in installations where existing panels are being replaced and existing panels have such breakers. Where circuit breakers are being added to existing panels which are not being replaced, such circuit breakers shall be of the same manufacturer as the manufacturer of the panel in which they are being installed in and shall be so listed for such installation by the manufacturer. D. Source Manufacturers: 1. Westinghouse/Cutler-Hammer. 2. General Electric. 3. Siemens. 4. Square D. 2.02 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND MOLDED CASE SWITCHES A. Characteristics: Molded case type of overcurrent trip rating, number of poles, voltage, and interrupting capacity as indicated. Minimum interrupting capacity of 10,000 AIC unless otherwise noted on 240 volt systems. B. When circuit breakers are used for service entrance equipment, provide with neutral bar. Provide with equipment ground bar. C. Circuit breakers used for overcurrent protection of refrigeration or air conditioning equipment shall be HACR rated. D. Metal nameplate: Locate on front cover indicating type and catalog number. Provide padlock cover or handle capable of being locked in the "OFF" position. E. Enclosed molded case switches shall comply with the above except they shall not have overcurrent trip capability. ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-3 F. Source Manufacturers: 1. Westinghouse/Cutler-Hammer. 2. General Electric. 3. Siemens. 4. Square D 2.03 SAFETY SWITCHES A. Characteristics: General or heavy duty, fusible or nonfusible as indicated or required, quick make, quick break; horsepower rated. Switches shall be of number of poles, amps, and volts indicated. Switch nameplate shall indicate switch type, catalog number, and horsepower ratings. Switch handles shall be capable of being locked in the "OFF" position. B. Source Manufacturers: 1. Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse. 2. General Electric. 3. Siemens. 4. Square D. 2.04 FUSES A. Fuses 600 Amperes and Less: UL 248, Class RK1 or RK5; as indicated on Drawings; current -- _limiting; onetime-fuse;-250-volt.--NornirMH.Iterrvpting-rating: tW,000-rms-amperes -- - --- 1 B. Source Manufacturers: 1. Gould Shawmut. 2. Bussmann. 3. Littelfuse. 4. Reliance Fuse. 2.05 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS A. Characteristics: Types as indicated or scheduled. Where starters control motors without internal overload protection, the starters shall contain overload protection of melting alloy or bimetallic type in each ungrounded conductor serving the motor. B. Switches: Surface or flush mounted as indicated, NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide switches with pilot light where indicated. D. Source Manufacturers: 1. Allen-Bradley. 2. Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse. 3. General Electric. 4. Siemens. 5. Square D 2.06 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS A. Rigid Metal Conduit -Galvanized Steel (RMC-GS): Hot dipped galvanized, ANSI Standard C80.1, Federal Specification WW-C-581, and Underwriters' Laboratories Standard UL6. ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-4 B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): ANSI Standard C80.3, Federal Specification WW-C-563, and Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 797. C. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC-PVC): Polyvinylchloride, Schedule 40 or 80 as indicated, NEMA Standard TC-2 and UL Standard 651. D. Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC): Federal Specification WW-C-566 and Underwriters' Laboratories Standard UL-1. E. Flexible Metal Conduit Liquid Tight (FMC-LT): Steel, galvanized inside and outside, with continuous copper ground and moisture and oil proof extruded PVC jacket. F. Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit Liquid Tight (FNC-LT): Polyvinylchloride with a rigid PVC spiral completely surrounded by flexible PVC. Conduit and fittings shall be UL listed. G. Wireways: National Electrical Code Article 362 and Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. H. Surface Metal Raceway: National Electrical Code Article 352 Part A and Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. I. Auxiliary Gutters: National Electrical Code Article 374 and Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. J. Raceway Fittings: Designed for use with the type of raceways on which they are installed, and for the7typeof-envir6nm-eats-Inmhtclfth-e-rao-oways are -rotated 2.07 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES A. Boxes on interior covered conduit systems: Galvanized steel of the type, shape, size and depth to suit each respective location, minimum 1-1/2 in. deep and of size to accommodate devices noted. Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation, including mounting brackets, wallboard hangers, extension rings, fixture studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting boxes. B. Device boxes on interior exposed or exterior conduit systems: Type FS or FD with external threaded hubs, cast aluminum or galvanized malleable iron, suitable for the wiring devices to be installed. I C. Covers: Cast aluminum or galvanized malleable iron, designed for the wiring devices and boxes to be installed. D. Weatherproof covers: Provide for boxes in damp and wet locations, installed with gaskets and stainless steel fasteners. E. In wet locations, conduits entering sheet metal equipment enclosures shall terminate with gasketed hubs. Source Manufacturers: 1. Myers. 2. Crouse -Hinds. 3. Efcor. F. Surface metal raceway device boxes: National Electrical Code Article 352 Part A and Underwriters, Inc. requirements. ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-5 is G. Conduit Bodies: Cast aluminum or galvanized malleable iron of the type, shape and size to suit each location, constructed with threaded conduit ends, removable cover, gaskets and corrosion resistant screws. H. Provide corrosion resistant, punched steel box knockout closures, conduit locknuts and malleable iron conduit bushings of type and size to fit respective use and installation. Where grounding connections are required, bushings shall have terminals for bonding jumper. 2.08 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Characteristics: Aluminum, galvanized steel, or galvanized malleable iron boxes unless otherwise indicated, of the size required by Article 370 of NEC for the number, size, and position of conduits and conductors entering the box. Provide full access screw covers, for surface or flush installation, mounted with corrosion resistant machine screws. 1. Where intermediate cable supports are necessary because of box dimensions, provide reinforced flange and removable #12 gauge galvanized channels for supports of conductors. B. Characteristics: PVC or reinforced glass fiber composition of the size required by NEC-370 for the number, size, and position of conduits and conductors entering the box. Provide full access screw covers, for surface or flush installation, mounted with corrosion resistant machine screws. Provide grounding lug. 2.09 GROUND RODS A. Characteristics: Copper clad steel, 5/8 in. x 10 ft. except where otherwise indicated. 1. Single ground rods: Either plain or sectional type. 2. Multiple ground rods: Sectional type with exothermic welded couplings driven in tandem. 2.10 POWER, LIGHTING, GROUNDING, AND CONTROL CONDUCTORS A. Material: Copper unless otherwise indicated. Conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. Except where used for grounding, conductors #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. B. Sizes: 1. Power, lighting, and grounding conductors shall not be smaller than #12 AWG. 2. Except where otherwise indicated, control conductors shall not be smaller than #14 AWG. C. 600 volt insulated conductors for general use in raceways: Type THW or THWN/THHN. D. Nonmetallic -sheathed cable (Romex) per NEC 336. E. Service entrance cable per NEC 338. F. Mechanical Splices: 1. For conductors larger than #10 AWG: Compression type. 2. For conductors #10 AWG and smaller: Wire -nut type spring connectors. G. Taps: Power distribution blocks for multiple tapping from feeders. Base shall provide mounting and insulating properties. ILSCO type PDB or Square D type LBA or type LBC. ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-6 2.11 WIRING DEVICES AND COVER PLATES A. Characteristics - Straight blade and locking receptacles: Federal Specification W-C-596 and NEMA Standard WD-1, or where applicable for weatherproof rating, NEMA WD-5; ivory color where ivory is manufactured. Receptacles shall be the NEMA standard blade configurations indicated or NEMA 5-15R where no configuration is shown. Source Product/ Manufacturer: 1. 15 ampere 125 volt single receptacle, 2 pole 3 wire grounding straight blade (single NEMA 5-15R): Arrow -Hart #5261 I. 2. 15 ampere 125 volt duplex receptacle, 2 pole 3 wire grounding straight blade (duplex NEMA 5-15R): Arrow -Hart #52621. 3. 15 ampere 250 volt single receptacle, 2 pole 3 wire grounding straight blade (single NEMA 6-15R): Arrow -Hart #5651 I. 4. 20 ampere 125 volt single receptacle, 2 pole 3 wire grounding straight blade (single NEMA 5-20R): Arrow -Hart #5361 I. 5. 20 ampere 125 volt duplex receptacle, 2 pole 3 wire grounding straight blade (duplex NEMA 5-20R): Arrow -Hart #53621. 6. 20 ampere 125 volt feed through ground fault circuit interrupter duplex receptacle, 2 pole 3 wire grounding straight blade (GFCI duplex NEMA 5-20R): Hubbell #GF-5362-I. 7. 20 ampere 250 volt single receptacle, 2 pole 3 wire grounding straight blade (single NEMA 6-20R): Arrow -Hart #53611. 8. Special purpose receptacles shall be as indicated on the drawings. A mating plug shall be fumished to the Owner for each special purpose receptacle provided. _B. _ CharacWdstims ToggWswitches—fadera[Specification W=S=89 NE-NtA Standard-WD=1- where - applicable, ivory handles, where ivory is manufactured, rated for 120V ac, with grounding screw, and shall have the same current rating as the branch circuit to which they are connected and be the configurations indicated. Source Product/ Manufacturers: 1. 15 ampere single pole: Arrow -Hart #1891 I. 2. 20 ampere single pole: Arrow -Hart #1991 I. 3. 30 ampere single pole: Arrow -Hart #3991 I. 4. 30 ampere 2 pole: Arrow -Hart #39921. 5. Special purpose toggle switches shall be as indicated on the drawings. C. Characteristics - Flush Cover Plates: Appropriate type and size for the boxes and devices installed, plastic. Plates for use with devices in exposed masonry construction shall be sized to cover the masonry opening. D. Characteristics - Surface Mounted Device Box Covers: As indicated on the drawings. Covers for Type FS/FD boxes shall be the four -corner screw type. Covers in damp and wet locations shall be polycarbonate or cast metal, with gaskets and stainless steel hardware. E. Source Product/Manufacturers designated above are specified as standards of quality. The following Source Manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Arrow -Hart. 2. Bell. 3. Bryant. 4. Eagle. 5. General Electric. 6. Hubbell. 7. Leviton. 8. Pass & Seymour. 9. Slater. 10. Sylvania. ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-7 2.12 IDENTIFICATION MARKERS A. Conductor Identification Markers: Plastic, designed for this purpose with preprinted numbers and letters. 2.13 SECONDARY SURGE ARRESTER A. Transient voltage surge suppressors (Category C) shall meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. Listed in conformance with UL 1449, 2nd Edition. 2. Maximum single impulse current rating: 32,000 amperes. 3. Let through ratings per UL 1449, 2nd Edition, 500 volts. 4. Visible indication of proper suppressor connection and operation shall be provided (LED indicator). B. Provide units to mount in breaker spaces such as Square D QO Surgebreaker (cat # QO2175SB) or to panel such as Intermatic IG1240R. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavate as necessary for the installation of electrical materials and equipment at the locations indicated on the drawings. Verify the locations of existing underground utilities or structures beforeimvavat►rrg, and exercise care to -avoid to such items drsring exeavatiorr: B. Backfill with earth free of large clods, large stones, and foreign debris, deposited in 6 in. layers and compacted to a density of not less than that of the surrounding undisturbed material. 3.02 ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE A. Provide the mast and service entrance conduit and conductors for the aerial electric power service. B. Coordinate service requirements with the local electric utility. C. Comply with the utility's requirements for the location and configuration of the mast and service entrance conduit and conductors. D. Provide service metering, disconnecting and overcurrent equipment of a type approved by the utility and the local building authority for this use. E. Metering equipment furnished by the utility may be installed in lieu of Contractor furnished equipment. F. The electric power service grounding electrode and grounding electrode conductor shall conform to NEC Article 250 and the utility's requirements. 3.03 LOAD CENTERS A. Install load centers in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices. B. Coordinate the installation of load centers with raceway installation work. Anchor enclosures securely to walls and other structural surfaces. ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-8 3.04 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND PAINTING A. Cut and patch the building as required to install sleeves, inserts, conduits, and electrical equipment. Patching shall be done by mechanics skilled in the various trades. Work shall match the general construction work. All cutting shall be done in a manner to retain the structural integrity of the unit being cut. Where existing equipment is removed, patch to match the existing building finishes. B. Paint all patched surfaces to match the paint color in the immediate area in accordance with Division 9 requirements. 3.05 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS A. Except where otherwise indicated, provide raceways for each electrical system with fittings, components, and accessories necessary to form a complete raceway system. B. Conduits shall be concealed in finished spaces unless otherwise indicated. Run exposed conduits parallel to and at right angles to building lines and support at proper intervals. C. Make field bends in conduits with benders designed for the purpose. D. Attach conduit support devices to structure with toggle bolts on hollow masonry, lead shields on solid masonry; and machine bolts, beam clamps, or spring steel clips on steel. Use plated steel threaded rods for suspended conduit hangers. Nails, perforated straps, and tie wires will not be E. Conduits direct buried in earth shall be nonmetal (RNC), as indicated. Install at a minimum depth of 30 in. below finished grade. Turn up elbows in conduit runs of 2 in. and larger trade size shall be minimum 36 in. radius sweep and shall be RNC with 2 in. concrete encasement or RMC-GS. F. Conduits above suspended ceilings shall be supported from the building structure, not by the suspended ceiling. G. Install conduits penetrating fire rated ceilings, walls or floors with UL approved methods, materials, and devices to maintain the fire rating integrity of the structure penetrated. Refer to UL Building Materials Directory for firestop systems and listed materials. H. Provide flexible conduit for motor connections and for other electrical equipment connections where subject to movement and vibration. Provide liquidtight flexible conduit in areas subjected to moisture, corrosive atmosphere and dripping oil or grease, in addition to movement and vibration. I. Provide conduit expansion and deflection fittings where indicated or, if not indicated, where recommended by the conduit manufacturer for the environmental conditions in which the conduit is installed. J. Use double locknuts and insulated bushings for conduit connections to boxes and enclosures. Metallic conduit systems shall provide continuous grounding. K. Install wireways, auxiliary gutters, and surface metal raceways using fasteners and fittings designed for the purpose. L. Clean raceway interiors after installation is completed. Provide pull wires in empty, spare, and future use conduits and seal conduit ends with substantial caps or plugs and marked for identification. ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-9 is 3.06 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES A. Install boxes of size required by Article 370 of the NEC for the number and size of conductors installed. Sheet metal boxes shall be installed only in dry, concealed accessible locations and not below grade in outside concrete or masonry walls, or in floor slabs subject to moisture, where vapor tight fixtures are required, or for any outdoor use. B. Close unused threaded openings in Type FS and FD boxes with flush conduit plugs. C. Install device boxes used with surface metal raceways as indicated. 3.07 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Install junction and pull boxes where indicated and where necessary to terminate, tap off, or redirect multiple conduit runs, of size indicated or as required by NEC. B. Where feeder splices are to be made, install boxes large enough to provide ample work space. C. Support boxes independently of the conduits entering them. Place boxes in accessible locations. 3.08 CONDUCTORS A. Do not install conductors and pullwires in raceways until the raceway systems have been - - ereme-care-when-installing-eonductors-tQ-pmveMdamage--to - - conductor or insulation. Use only approved cable pulling lubricants. B. Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet without splices except within wireways or junction boxes. Mark conductors in panels, pull boxes or wireways and terminal strip terminals for identification of circuits. 1. Conductors shall be joined using compression splices, except that conductors #10 and smaller may be joined using wire nut type connectors. Conductors shall be terminated using compression or pressure type terminal lugs, or in pressure terminals. 2. Conductors shall be tapped using pressure type power distribution blocks. 3. Compression splices used on conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be the self insulated type; other splices shall be insulated using 3M #33+ or #88 plastic tape. 4. Splices in wet locations shall be insulated with electrical tape and encapsulated with Scotchcast or equal potting compound. 3.09 WIRING DEVICES AND COVER PLATES A. Install wiring devices of the type, size, voltage and number of wires indicated. Devices shall be grounded. Mount devices within recessed boxes to allow flush plates to be in contact with wall on all sides, without the use of mats or plaster filling. B. Install single throw toggle switches with the ON toggle position up. C. Install multiple switches, receptacles, or combinations installed in the same location in multiple gang boxes; do not install dual or triple switches or combination single gang devices except where specifically indicated. D. Provide device plates of one piece, single or multigang type, selected to match the device or combination of devices. ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-10 t E. Unless otherwise dimensioned or noted, mount devices to match similar devices in the residence. 3.10 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Install disconnect switches, i.e., safety switches and enclosed molded case circuit breakers where required by Code or where indicated. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices. C. Coordinate the installation with raceway installation work. Anchor securely to walls and other structural surfaces. D. Provide disconnect switches of voltage, current and horsepower (where required) ratings per NEC requirements. 3.11 FUSES A. Install fuses of the type designed for the fuse holders. Where fuses are required by the equipment manufacturer to protect the equipment, they shall be installed to comply with the manufacturer's requirements. Replace all fuses blown during construction without additional cost to the Project. B. Where Class R time delay fuses are required as above or as indicated, provide fuse rejection clips for Class R fuse holders. 3.12 GROUNDING A. Installation of system neutral grounding shall comply with the requirements of Article 250 of NEC B. In addition to the equipment grounding requirements of Article 250 of NEC, install copper wire grounding conductors in all flexible conduits, feeder conduits, wireways, auxiliary gutters, surface metal raceways, other than services. C. Where equipment grounding conductor is bonded to equipment, remove insulating paint and other compounds from under the ground lugs. D. Do not use mounting connections for bonding equipment grounding conductors. 3.13 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosures installed for panels, safety switches, and similar equipment shall be NEMA Type 1 for dry locations and NEMA Type 3R for damp or wet locations unless otherwise noted. 3.14 SECONDARY SURGE ARRESTER A. Suppressors shall provided with each panel provided under this contract and shall be close- nippled to the panel or installed in the panel breaker spaces. The mounting position of the suppressor shall permit a straight and short lead length connection between the suppressor and the point of connection to the panel. Connections utilizing conduit between the suppressor and panel will not be accepted. Provide 2-pole circuit breakers of amperage recommended by manufacturer for units hard wired to panel. 1. All manufacturers installation recommendations shall be followed. 2. Conductors between suppressor and point of attachment to the panel shall be kept as short and straight as possible. ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-11 3. Suppressors ground shall be bonded to the neutral conductor and the ground conductor. 3.15 IDENTIFICATION MARKERS A. Install conductor identification markers on conductors at terminations and in junction and pull boxes through which the conductors pass. Color code power conductors by insulation or tape and identify by markers in junction and pull boxes to indicate the conductors' panel and circuit number. Identify control conductors by markers at all locations. B. Identification markers which are not preprinted, such as panel indexes and special cable markers, shall be typewritten or otherwise mechanically printed, not hand lettered. 3.16 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION A. Examine existing conditions. Report discrepancies to Project Manager before starting work. Existing conditions are accepted after work commences. B. Coordinate electrical outages with utility company, Project Manager, and residence owner or , occupant. C. Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system for switchover and connections. Obtain permission from Project Manager and residence owner or occupant at least 24 hours in advance of partially or completely disabling system. Minimize the duration of any outage. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. D. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction, including wiring devices. E. Remove exposed abandoned conduit including conduit above accessible ceilings. Cut conduit flush with walls or floors, and patch surfaces. F. Remove meter can, panel, safety switches, conduit, or service mast as indicated. G. Remove branch circuiting and disconnects to air handlers and condensing units. H. Repair adjacent finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. 3.17 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Repair any existing equipment damaged during demolition or construction. B. Clean and remove from the residence all debris daily. C. Clean all equipment at completion of work, and leave in working. D. On all panels, clean interiors and exteriors. Check tightness of electrical connections. Replace damaged circuit breakers. Provide closure plates for vacant spaces. Provide typed circuit directory with revised circuiting. 3.18 TESTS A. Test each grounding electrode for ground resistance. 1. Use either a crank type or solid state ground resistance tester to perform the test in accordance with the tester manufacturer's instructions. The test shall be performed before ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-12 r any conductor connections are made to the grounding electrode. Do not perform tests within 48 hours following rainfall at the test location. 2. If ground resistance exceeds 25 ohms, provide additional ground rods six feet apart as necessary to provide the required ground resistance. 3. Record the results of the ground resistance tests, including the readings obtained, and forward in writing to the Project Manager or his representative. B. Before each new service or feeder is energized, perform insulation resistance tests, using either a crank type or solid state 500V insulation resistance tester, on the service or feeder conductors and the equipment they feed, for unintentional grounds and short circuits. Record and maintain the results of the insulation resistance tests, including the readings obtained, with other project records on site and available for review. C. After each system is completed, perform functional tests to demonstrate that the system operates in accordance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. The tests shall be performed by the Contractor in the presence of the Project Manager or his representative. END OF SECTION 16050 9 ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-13 is THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ELECTRICAL RCT Engineering, Inc. 16050-14